Thread 33.

[The Spear of Destiny!]

Subject: You Can Call Me Bill. June 20, 2003.
In the past I reported a converstion between George Norey and
a person who claimed to be from space. A friend of mine has just
sent me the complete text of the conversation. Here is what was
said.

<snip>

..........
We are human and have artifacts of fish and wooden fish.
G. I hear dogs in the backqround. Do you people have dogs on
your planet?
B. We have dogs, cats and wooden fish. We also have carbon fish.

Wooden fish? Is that the alien equivalent of rubber chickens?
<snip>

G. How did you get here?
B. Let me give an example. The craft that we use here is below
standards.
G. What do you mean by that?
B. To give you an example one of your large destroyer vessel, it
could sends out small row baats and dingies. We send out small
vessels that are very primitive and that is why there are so many
accidents.

No kidding! In addition to being rapists, kidnappers, and
bestiality-loving perverts, those greys are the worst pilots around.
<snip>

B. I look human. I have originally been transmuted into a human,
but it was a long and painful process.

So THAT'S what they use those probes for! Better wear titanium undies
if you want to keep the aliens out!
<snip>

Closing remarks by George.
G. That's one of the few times, maybe the first time I have ever
spoken to an alien on Earth.

¿No habla español?
Your friend,
The Spear of Destiny!
--
End Extraterrestrial Exhibitionism! Support NASA's Alien Exposure Law!

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Out Of It. Joly 2, 2003.

On June 22, 2003 while driving in a marketing area street of
Sonora, Calif. at about 7:20 PM I passed out completely. I went
completely unconscious with my foot still on the foot pedal. My
friend got the car stopped, jumped out asked a person in a car to
call for an ambulance.

In a little less than a minute a nurse showed and another nurse
at about the same. This must have taken still less than a minute.
The two ladies then cut off my shirt, I was told because, I was
still out of it.

The next I remember was that the ladies were beating on my chest
and screaming at me to wake up. I was barely able to hear their
voice but I figured they were going to beat me to death if I
didn't wake so i did come back to consciousness. I was then aware
of some persons pulling me from the car and putting me in the
ambulance. This all took less than 5 minutes, I was told.

They then started shocking me with the paddles at a low voltage
and next hit me with the high voltage. I must have been in the
astral state then because it appeared and felt they had blown out
my entire organs in my rib cage. This was accomplished by a lot
of pain. People who experience this in the physical form state that
it feels a lot like being kicked by a mule with its two feet at
the same time.

I have Kaizer insurance and they took me to the local hospital
where I was stabilized, then sent me to a hospital in Stockton,
Calif. which is about 80 miles away.

Things were looking good until they gave me some medicine that
I reacted to in a adverse way. My temp. went down to 95 degrees
F. my llood pressure went so low they couldn't read it, and I began
sweating a great deal. It looked like they were going to loose me
and about 5 people were working on me at the same time and they got
me to doing Ok. It about 10 minutes I started loosing it again and
this time I threw up and then got Ok for a while.

Next they shipped me to special hospital in Sacramento, Calif.
Mercy Hospital. They were supposed to be the best in heart treatment
of any place in the world. They kept me in ER for a while, I had
one more partial black-out. They then subjected me to every test
imaginable, put in next a sort of pace maker device and I'm finally
back home.

I was even getting worse at home in Sacramento and I called in
my three sons and said goodbye to them in case I didn't make it.
It appears that I am a little better. I'm going to try to stop
reading all my E-mail because it was causing to use 6 hours a
day to read it and 3 hours to do my posting. I was doing a lot
of volunteer work and ch-rch work.

There is a good chance that I will now make it but I won't be
able to drive a car by myself until I can prove to a doctor that
I haven't had a black-out in a 6 months period.

I tried to prove to the doctors and nurses who asked me how I
got this condition about Chem-trails but they wouldn't believe a
word of it.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[Charles D. Bohne]

On Wed, 2 Jul 2003 23:13:13 -0700, "John F. Winston"

Post by John F. Winston
Subject: Out Of It. Joly 2, 2003.

Nice to have you back John!
Hope you will stay some more years ... till we may all go together.
Fast recovery for you!
Charles

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Out Of It. Joly 3, 2003.

On June 22, 2003 while driving in a marketing area street of
Sonora, Calif. at about 7:20 PM I passed out completely. I went
completely unconscious with my foot still on the foot pedal. My
friend got the car stopped, jumped out asked a person in a car to
call for an ambulance.

In a little less than a minute a nurse showed and another nurse
at about the same. This must have taken still less than a minute.
The two ladies then cut off my shirt, I was told because, I was
still out of it.

The next I remember was that the ladies were beating on my chest
and screaming at me to wake up. I was barely able to hear their
voice but I figured they were going to beat me to death if I
didn't wake so i did come back to consciousness. I was then aware
of some persons pulling me from the car and putting me in the
ambulance. This all took less than 5 minutes, I was told.

They then started shocking me with the paddles at a low voltage
and next hit me with the high voltage. I must have been in the
astral state then because it appeared and felt they had blown out
my entire organs in my rib cage. This was accomplished by a lot
of pain. People who experience this in the physical form state that
it feels a lot like being kicked by a mule with its two feet at
the same time.

I have Kaizer insurance and they took me to the local hospital
where I was stabilized, then sent me to a hospital in Stockton,
Calif. which is about 80 miles away.

Things were looking good until they gave me some medicine that
I reacted to in a adverse way. My temp. went down to 95 degrees
F. my llood pressure went so low they couldn't read it, and I began
sweating a great deal. It looked like they were going to loose me
and about 5 people were working on me at the same time and they got
me to doing Ok. It about 10 minutes I started loosing it again and
this time I threw up and then got Ok for a while.

Next they shipped me to special hospital in Sacramento, Calif.
Mercy Hospital. They were supposed to be the best in heart treatment
of any place in the world. They kept me in ER for a while, I had
one more partial black-out. They then subjected me to every test
imaginable, put in next a sort of pace maker device and I'm finally
back home.

I was even getting worse at home in Sacramento and I called in
my three sons and said goodbye to them in case I didn't make it.
It appears that I am a little better. I'm going to try to stop
reading all my E-mail because it was causing to use 6 hours a
day to read it and 3 hours to do my posting. I was doing a lot
of volunteer work and ch-rch work.

There is a good chance that I will now make it but I won't be
able to drive a car by myself until I can prove to a doctor that
I haven't had a black-out in a 6 months period.

I tried to prove to the doctors and nurses who asked me how I
got this condition about Chem-trails but they wouldn't believe a
word of it.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: St. Germain. My teacher's teacher. July 4, 2004.

While I was being taught by my teacher named Merele Fagot we would
talk about his teacher who was at the time the present St. Germain.
St. Germain's first name was Michael and he was a barber who lived
and worked in the Oakland, Calif. I asked to meet Michael but he
told Merele that everything that he could teach me could be found in
books. He also told me that it was important not to get more
students than you could take care of or you would become less
effective. He was a good friend of Siter Thedra and helped her in
her work. He has passed away in that physical body but I'm told by
a friend of mine now exists and he has seen him in the Mt. Shasta
City where they are good friends.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: P
Subject: St. Germain's Lifestreams
From www.crystalinks.com/stgermain.html
Violet Ray - Crown Chakra
It is believed that Saint Germain was born in 1561. As he grew
into adulthood he mastered all of the European languages. He was one
of the best swordsmen of his day. He was a master violinist.
He was a personal friend of Voltaire, Rousseau, and a great many
other distinguished philosophers. He knew many European heads of
state. He was known as "the man who never dies and knows
everything".
He was very wealthy, but no one knew how he had accumulated his
great wealth.
He was a great painter and musical conductor. He had an extensive
knowledge of herbalism. Some feel that this attributed to his long
life. He was a master alchemist. It is said that he could turn base
metals into gold.
He founded Rosicrucianism and Freemasonry in England. He did this
under the name Francis Bacon. It was his dream to create in America
a new country free of corruption, greed, and dictatorial monarchies.
He was instrumental in formulating the Declaration of Independence
and the constitution of the United States as they were being
written by his Masonic followers who founded this nation. Their
Masonic symbols can be seen on the dollar bill.
He spent eighty five years with the Trans-Hilalayan Brotherhood
which was made up of El Moyra, Kuthumi, Djwhal Khul, and others.
He lived for over 350 years, staging his death between lifetimes.
As a writer he used the names Christopher Marlowe, Edmund Spenser,
Montaigne, Robert Burton, Cervantes, Valentine Andraes, and Comte
de Gabalis. It is from his ascended state that he brings the
ultimate gift of freedom--The Violet Flame.
-----------------------------------------------------

From The Ascended Masters Ruler of an Ancient Civilization
More than fifty thousand years ago, a golden civilization thrived
in a fertile country with a semitropical climate where the Sahara
Desert now is. It was filled with great peace, happiness and
prosperity and ruled with supreme justice and wisdom by this very
Saint Germain.
The majority of his sujects retained full, conscious use of the
wisdom and power of G-d. They possessed abilities that today would
seem superhuman or miraculous. They knew they were extensions of
the Central Sun--Life-streams issuing from the Great Hub of the
Spirit/Matter cosmos. For their wise ruler had charted for them on
a great mural in the center of the capital city, "the City of the
Sun," their cosmic history--that they should not forget the Source
whence they had come nor their reason for being: To become sun
centers in this distant galaxy they now called home, extensions of
the Law of the One. For they were part of an expanding universe. And
their sense of co-measurement with the One sustained an ever-present
cognition of the I AM THAT I AM.
Saint Germain was a master of the ancient wisdom and of the
knowledge of the Matter spheres. He ruled by Light every area of
life; his empire reached a height of beauty, symmetry and
perfection unexceeded in the physical octave.
Truly the he-venly patterns were outpictured in the crystal
chalice of the earth. And elemental life served to maintain the
purity of the Matter quadrants.
The people regarded their hierarch as the highest expression of
G-d whom they desired to emulate, and great was their love for his
presence. He was the embodiment of the archetype of universal
Christhood for that dispensation--to whom they could look as the
standard for their own emerging Go-hood.
Guy W. Ballard, under the pen name of Godfre Ray King, recounted
in Unveiled Mysteries a soul journey in which Saint Germain
conducted him through the akashic record of this civilization and
its decline.
Saint Germain explained to him that "as in all ages past, there
was a portion of the people who became more interested in the
temporary pleasures of the senses than in the larger creative plan
of the Great -od Self. This caused them to lose consciousness of
the G-d-Power throughout the land until it remained active in
little more than the [capital] city itself. Those governing realized
they must withdraw and let the people learn through hard experience
that all their happiness and good came from the adoration to the
Go- within, and they must come back into the Light if they were to
be happy."
Thus, the ruler (the embodied representative of the spi-itual
hierarchy of the earth under Sanat Kumara) was instructed by a
cosmic council that he must withdraw from his empire and his beloved
people; henceforth their karma would be their Guru and Lawgiver,
and free will would determine what, if any, of his legacy of Light
they would retain.
According to plan, the king held a great banquet in the Jeweled
Room of his palace, with his councillors and public servants in
attendance. Following the dinner, which had been entirely
precipitated, a crystal goblet filled with "pure electronic essence"
appeared to the right of each of the 576 guests. It was the
communion cup of Saint Germain, who, with the mantle and scepter of
the ancient priest/kings, gave of his own Light essence to those
who had faithfully served the realm to the glory of -od.
As they drank to the "Flame of the most High Living One," they
knew they could never completely forget the divine spark of the
inner G-d Self. This soul-protection, afforded them through the
ever-grateful heart of Saint Germain, would be sustained throughout
the centuries until once again they should find themselves in a
civilization where the cosmic cycles had turned and they would be
given the full knowledge to pursue the Divine Union--this time
never more to go out from the Golden City of the Sun.
Now a Cosmic Master from out the Great Silence spoke. His
message was broadcast from the banquet hall throughout the realm.
The resplendent being, who identified himself solely by the word
Victory written upon his brow, brought warning of crisis to come,
rebuked the people for their ingratitude to and neglect of their
Great Go- Source, and reminded them of the ancient command to obey
the Law of the One--Love. Then he gave them the following prophecy of
their karma:
"A visiting prince approaches your borders. He will enter this
city seeking the daughter of your king. You will come under the
rule of this prince but the recognition of your mistake will be
futile. Nothing can avail, for the royal family will be drawn into
the protection and care of those whose power and authority are of
-od, and against whom no human desire can ever prevail. These are
the great Ascended Masters of Light from the golden etheric city
over this land. Here your ruler and his beloved children will abide
for a cycle of time."
The king and his children withdrew seven days later. The prince
arrived the next day and took over without opposition.
As we study the history of Saint Germain's lifestream we shall
see that time and time again the Master and his way of -od-mastery
have been rejected by the very ones he sought to help;
notwithstanding the fact that his gifts of Light, Life and Love--
fruits of his adeptship freely given--his alchemical feats, elixir
of youth, inventions and prognostications have been readily received.

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Part 2 of 2.

....................
....................

When you investigate people who are highly evolved like St.
Germain you will find that they exist in about 3 or more bodies
at the smae time. I was explained by my teacher Merele Fagot
that Sister Thedra was her prevent body at the time she was
also that body of a middle aged lady with children and last
of all she was a very beautiful young lady from Venus who visited
lectures of people talking about UFOs.


...........

The goal of his embodiments extending from the golden-age
civilization of the Sahara to the final hour of his life as Francis
Bacon was always to liberate the children of the Light, especially
those who in their carelessness in handling fiery principles of the
Law had been left to their own karmic devices--in whose vices they
were often bound. His aim was to see the fulfillment of his prayer
offered at the final banquet of his reign: If they must have the
experience that consumes and burns away the dress and clouds of the
outer self, then do Thou sustain and at last bring them forth in
Thy Eternal Perfection. I call unto Thee, Thou Creator of the
Universe--Thou Supreme Omnipotent -od.
High Priest on Atlantis
As the High Priest of the Violet Flame Temple on the mainland of
Atlantis thirteen thousand years ago, Saint Germain sustained by
his invocations and his causal body a pillar of fire, a fountain
of violet singing flame, which magnetized people from near and
far to be set free from every binding condition of body, mind and
soul. This they achieved by self-effort through the offering of
invocations and the practice of Seventh Ray rituals to the sacred
fire.
An intricately carved marble circular railing enclosed the shrine
where supplicants knelt in adoration of the G-d flame--visible to
some as a physical violet flame, to others as an 'ultraviolet' light
and to others not at all, though the powerful healing vibrations
were undeniable.
The temple was built of magnificent marble ranging in hue from
brilliant white, shot through with violet and purple veins, to
deeper shades of the Seventh Ray spectrum. The central core of the
temple was a large circular hall lined in ice-violet marble set
upon a rich purpled marble floor. Three stories in height, it was
situated midst a complex of adjacent areas for worship and the
various functions of priests and priestesses who ministered unto
the Flame and mediated its voice of Light and Prophecy unto the
people. Those who officiated at this altar were schooled in the
universal priesthood of the Order of Melchizedek at Lord Zadkiel's
retreat, the Temple of Purification, in the locale of the West
Indies.
Through the heights and depths of the ages that have ensued, Saint
Germain has ingeniously used the Seventh Ray momentum of his causal
body to secure freedom for keepers of the flame who have kept alive
'coals' from the violet flame altar of his Atlantean temple. He has
extolled and exemplified freedom of the mind and spirit. Endowing
the four sacred freedoms with an identity of their own, he has
championed our freedom from state interference, kangaroo courts, or
popular ridicule in matters ranging from scientific investigation
to the healing arts to the spi-itual quest.
Standing on a platform of basic human rights for a responsible,
reasoning public educated in the principles of liberty and equal
opportunity for all, he has ever taught us to espouse our
inalienable divine right to live life according to our highest
conception of -od. For the Master has said that no right, however
simple or basic, can long be secure without the underpinning of
the s-iritual graces and the Divine Law that instills a
compassionate righteousness in the exercise thereof.
Samuel the Prophet
Returning to the scene of the karma of his people as Samuel,
prophet of the LORD and judge of the twelve tribes of Israel (c.
1050 B.C.), Saint Germain was the messenger of -od's liberation
of the seed of Abraham from bondage to the corrupt priests, and
from the Philistines by whom they had been defeated.
Bearing in his heart the special sign of the blue rose of
Sirius, Samuel delivered to the recalcitrant Israelites a prophecy
parallel to his twentieth-century discourses both inextricably
linked with Go-'s covenants concerning karma, free will and grace:
"If ye do return unto the LORD with all your hearts, then put away
the strange -ods and Ashtaroth from among you, and prepare your
hearts unto the LORD and serve him only: and he will deliver you
out of the hand of the Philistines."
Later, when King Saul disobeyed G-d, Samuel freed the people
from his tyranny by anointing David king.
True to the thread of prophecy that runs throughout his lifetimes,
Saint Germain was Saint Joseph of the lineage of King David, son of
Jesse, chosen vessel of the Holy Ghost, father of Je--s in
fulfillment of the word of the LORD to Isaiah--"There shall come
forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse, and a branch shall grow out of
his roots...."
We see, then, in each of Saint Germain's embodiments that there is
present the quality of Alchemy -a conveyance of G-dly power. So
ordained the instrument of the LORD, Samuel transferred His sacred
fire in the anointing of David and just as scientifically withdrew
it from King Saul when the LORD rejected him from being king over
Israel. This unmistakable sign of the Seventh Ray adept, often in
humble garb, was also present as the Holy Spirit's power of the
conversion of souls and the control of natural forces in his life
as the third-century Saint Alban, first martyr of the British Isles.
Alban, Roman Soldier
A Roman soldier, Alban hid a fugitive priest, was converted by
him, then sentenced to death for disguising himself as the priest
and allowing him to escape. A great multitude gathered to witness
his execution--too many to pass over the narrow bridge that must
be crossed. Alban prayed and the river parted--whereupon his
executioner, being converted, begged to die in Alban's place. His
request was denied and he was beheaded that day alongside the saint.
---------------------------------------------------------

Part 2 of 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Nearly 10 Million Space People Are On Earth Now. July 5, 2003.

Once while I was talking to Kelvin Rwwe, who was and maybe still
is, person in Southern Calif., who claimed to have taken over 300
rides on Alien space crafts. I also talked with his wife. She
claimed to be able to tell these space people at a distance and
even as they drove by Kelvin and her house. She also said that
some of these space people worked in the local store, I think it
was a grocery store and looked like regular people. One of these
days it would be good to talk with her again and find out how she
can tell these space people from regular people. This was in San
Jacinto, Calif., If my memory serves me right.
Here's some information from Sheldan so if you don't like him
please don't read it.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: P
Subject: News Update by Sheldan Nidle for the Spiritual Hierarchy &
Galactic Federation
13 Ik, 0 Kumku, 11 Ik
---------------------------------------------
Greetings! In our last message, we ever-so-briefly discussed the
two Sirius B home-worlds, the Sirius B language and our culture -
three subjects that are very dear to us. Even dearer are the
comprehensive series of alterations that you now are passing
through. Your magnificent potential truly excites us all!
Each of you has had countless past lives in many of the worlds
that are part of the Galactic Federation of Light. These worlds
are similar to, and, in some cases, very different from, Mother
Earth. In Andromeda, more than 4,000 star-nations have joined
together to form their Confederation. Its council meetings are
shifted continually from one section of this huge union to another.
Many worlds belonging to the Pleiadean Star League closely
resemble your own. Inhabitants of these two large divisions of the
Galactic Federation of Light look very much like you in stature
and general appearance. In fact, most of our liaisons, which now
serve as observers of your global society, are from either Andromeda
or the Pleiades. This mission has been an important determinant of
our ongoing first contact scenarios.
Right now, nearly 10 million of our observers are scattered
throughout your world, on all of your continents and in more than
180 nations. They are trained social scientists who have learned
your many languages and painstakingly adapted to the nuances of
your world's different cultures. Their prime purpose is to take a
first-hand look at what actually is befalling your society. These
observers, who report to their supervisors every day, are watched
closely by a specially-positioned security team, which is networked
into the various security squads that are assisting our earthly
allies. The data that they have amassed has enabled us to evaluate
your society more accurately and allowed us to teach our teams
about you. From time to time, we give the information that we have
obtained to our earthly allies for one specific purpose. That
purpose is to clearly demonstrate how their extended schedule has
influenced you to implement their financial, economic and political
programs. These matters have greatly concerned us for a considerable
time. We are most gratified that these events are close.
To us, your primitive global society's most appealing elements
are its diversity and your many different languages. They, of
course, are a result of the creative meddling of the Anunnaki, who
needed to keep your many cultures compartmentalized into a certain,
not easily changeable box. The Anunnaki also demanded that these
cultures clash over the resources that surrounded them, thus
fuelling your distrust for each other and allowing you to be more
easily manipulated. However, despite this, dear Ones, you have
learned to cooperate better and to use your differences to achieve
a greater whole. This process has created many multinational
networks and given rise to organizations that are dedicated to
aiding Mother Earth, her environment and her peoples. Together, they
form an 'organic' United Nations that will promote world peace and
spread the concept that greater global unity is essential for the
preservation of all who dwell on this beautiful blue orb.
Many worlds in our galaxy have also progressed from a group of
primitive, isolated cultures to a globally united whole. In itself,
this is not unremarkable. What makes you unique, however, is the
process that you are undergoing. There is a solar system in the
Andromeda Confederation similar in appearance to this one. It had
three water-worlds, in one of which, some three million years ago,
a special group of primates achieved a limited degree of sentiency.
Over the next 2.5 million years, they evolved, producing a global
culture and a technology similar to that which you now enjoy. Over
the subsequent thousand years, this culture endured two cycles of
nuclear w-r.
Eventually, as a result of these culturally shattering experiences,
they learned the necessity of transforming their conflict to unity.
Once in place, this world moved rapidly toward the development of
exceedingly complicated technologies. Less than 500,000 years ago,
it had reached a highly advanced level of sentiency. Then, it was
accepted into the Galactic Federation of Light.
We have recounted this story of the solar system of Mu Andromedae
and its human inhabitants for a reason. What you are doing is not
unique. What is unique are the circumstances under which you are
doing it. These conditions have made you the most important
planetary society in this galaxy. This is the reason for our
divinely inspired First Contact mission, which has allowed us to
come here and interact with you on many levels. Here, we can assure
you that the final step is occurring in an operation that will
restore you to full consciousness. Soon, it will reveal a procedure
that will allow you to visit your many galactic neighbors. You will
see the wonders of a sunset on Sirius B, in which one or two
additional 'suns' descend. You will observe wondrous nights on
Alcyone or Maya, where the great cluster of the Pleiades brightens
the night sky with nearly one-third of the light of your full moon.
All of these marvels are in your future. Ahead of you lies an
unprecedented change in your reality, an event that will indeed be
the dawn of a new world. It will transport you to a realm that is
far different from the one you occupy now. This transitional world
is merely your prelude to full consciousness. It consists of
countless wondrous events that will lead you to a realization of
the creation and interconnection of your cultures. You also will
learn the part each of you plays in the huge net of life, and why
your existing levels of xenophobia must be transformed to a call
that will connect with all of us in this immense galaxy. Your
inevitable return to your essential nature as a galactic human is
your destiny. Those who attempt, in any way, to prevent it, are
doomed to failure.
Now, the single most important thing that you must focus upon is
your transformation into galactic humans. As a result of this
process, your perceptive state has changed, allowing a new conscious
field to emerge. This field has made it increasingly difficult for
those who follow the ancient, proven patterns of hate and disunity
to succeed in their mischief. We will acknowledge that some of their
initial forays have delayed you. We will also state that their
plans for the future will not be permitted to come to fruition. An
enormous legal, economic and political net is closing in around
them. The extreme complexity of this operation demands that every
move be scrutinized. Nevertheless we, together, are forging ahead
with a global revolution of unprecedented proportions that will
unseat this last c-bal and enable you to bask in the light of
freedom and abundance.
Bear in mind, dear Hearts, that what is unfolding will come upon
you suddenly. Its announcement is intended to set in motion a
colossal change. That change will bring you global peace. It will
allow the ever-growing 'organic' United Nations to become the true
United Nations. It will sweep aside discord like matchsticks, and
Unity and Truth will reign. In this new world, we will be able to
complete first contact. The vast resources that you will possess and
the knowledge that you will have within your grasp will alter you
forever. You will be ready to complete your transformation. Our
teams are prepared to act once this becomes manifested. As
mentioned earlier, we are in position to carry out whatever scenario
is required to ensure our mutual success. First contact, now, is
inevitable. We look forward to the rapidly approaching time when we
will be able to openly reveal ourselves to you.
Today, we have discussed the events that are unfolding on your
world. We have linked this to our ongoing first contact operation.
Always know that, whatever happens, we are there and ready to
complete our divine intervention.
The ultimate determinants are your awareness, and the timeframe
given by the divine plan. We now take our leave. Blessings, dear
Ones! Know, in your Heart of Hearts, that the boundless Supply and
endless Prosperity of He-ven is yours!
So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Kasijaram! (Sirian for Be One!
Be Blessed in Love and in Joy!)
---------------------------------------------------
Planetary Activation Organization | Mailing Address: P. O.
Box 880151, Pukalani, Maui, HI 96788-0151 U.S.A.
Voicemail: [phone] | Fax: [phone] |
E-mail: ***@hawaii.rr.com |
Website address: www.paoweb.com

John Winston ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Where Have All The Verdants Gone, Long Time Passing? July 9,
2003.

In the past I have reported the experiences of a former editor of
the Los Angles Times. It talks about his experiences with a group of
space people who were trying to make a place where people who were
interested in the space people could come and interact with them.
When 9-11 happened it shocked them so much that they decided not to
contact us anymore.
Here is the latest on that subject.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: j
Subject: contact-1008: Update #3: Phil Krapf on ET contact project,
and more...
---------------------------------------
John, I do hope your doing much better. I enjoy your mail most
of all. Live long and prosper,
I'm forwarding this in case you did'nt get it.
Blessings,
J
Date: Sat, 05 Jul 2003 14:11:31 -0700
From: Byron Belitsos <***@originpress.com>
To: ***@clublist.net
Subject: contact-1008: Update #3: Phil Krapf on ET contact
project, and more...
Numerous readers of "The Challenge of Contact: A Mainstream
Journalist's Report on Interplanetary Diplomacy" (Origin Press:
2002) have inquired with us, especially since the war in Iraq,
asking for another update from Phil Krapf on recent developments
on the ET/human contact project that he has been reporting on for
many years. Below please find the latest news (our e-newsletter #3),
an offer, and an important reader poll. Meanwhile, our sincere
thanks to all 1,974 of you on his email list for your loyalty and
patience!
Phillip H. Krapf
www.thechallengeofcontact.com
and Byron Belitsos Publisher, Origin Press
MORE FREQUENT UPDATES ON THE ET/HUMAN CONTACT PROJECT
As most of you know, Phil Krapf was a veteran journalist and LA
Times editor who shared a Pulitzer Prize, prior to his dramatic
reports on his on-board contacts with an alien race known as the
Verdants that are presented in a series of three books. There has
been a long pause in the contact project since the events of 9/11,
but as the global situation has reached an acute phase, Phil and
I have agreed to send out more e-newsletters to keep you informed.
The July 4th weekend seemed to us a good time to pick up the thread.
(Again, at the end of this -newsletter, please find our poll asking
for your input on how you would like us to continue reporting to
you.)
FREE SHIPPING OFFER FOR THE NEWEST BOOK BY PHIL KRAPF
In addition, as Phil's publisher, I have agreed to make a holiday
weekend offer for his newest book. This offer features free shipping
(for a savings of $-.--), and it's available only through Tuesday
the 8th of July. Most of you have the third book, the one that
details Phil's post-9/11 update on the contact. But if not--or, if
you want to spread the word to your friends and give them an amazing
summer reading experience--you may order at:
http://www.thechallengeofcontact.com/
(The ordering software shows a $-.-- shipping cost, but this will
be deleted when we draw from your card. Along with the usual 10
percent discount, this $--.00 total value will ship to you for only
$--.--.
Extra books will trigger a shipping cost of $-.00 each.)
THE CURRENT "CHAPTER" ON THE VERDANT CONTACT
In a word, Phil believes that the Verdants are watching and
waiting, and that he will be duly informed when any new moves are
made. These recent emails from Phil, in reply to individual
readers, give the current picture:
"No, they are not gone. They have infinite patience, which
probably is not surprising for creatures who live 20,000 years.
They are still waiting to see how the world is going to look after
the dust settles, if it ever does. Blame it on the human
troublemakers, the ones who caused the delay in the first place.
When the Verdants decide to make their move, either toward us or
away from us, I'm sure that I will be informed. Thanks for your
interest."
Phil also wrote this note to another inquirer:
"I have not received any further word from the Verdants, but I am
firmly convinced that they are still here and have not abandoned us.
What they are thinking about the recent worldwide events is another
matter, however. I just don't know how they are reacting to it, but
I'm sure that they wouldn't leave without any word. I have to
presume that they are biding their time and waiting to see how
things are going to shake out, and whether we are going to weather
these crises or whether they will be our undoing."
COMMENTS BY A U.S. AR-Y SERGENT
This excerpt below from an email by an A-my officer stood out as
a heart-felt testimony to the reliability of Phil Krapf's reporting:
"My intuition is very good in seeing the character of a person. I
believe that you are an honest man, just based on what I have read,
and the short interview I happened to see a while ago. One just
doesn't change his whole lifestyle and system of beliefs just to
try and hoax an already speculative community. The facts that you
claim with regard to the Verdants seem to match up in every way. It
almost feels like the actual truth is 'practical!' If you actually
happened to be lying about all of this (which I find doubtful), then
I believe you would have to be the best storyteller of the
modern-day free world!
"Your claims, stories, and website are VERY intriguing, and I am
requesting that it be updated. PLEASE! The last update posted with
regard to the contact project and human-Verdant relations on your
website is dated November 4, 2002. What happened!.? "Is there any
hope in reconciliation for what we have done? I do hope so. At
any rate, thank you for taking time out of your busy schedule to
read this email of mine. Thank you, Mr. Krapf, for all the
knowledge you have given us."
A QUICK POLL OF THE READERS
We'd like to hear from you about ways we might expand our
reporting to you--not only about the Verdant contact project, but
on related issues that most of us share who follow Phil Krapf's
work. To give input, please email back the simple survey below. To
participate, please cut and paste the survey as you see it below,
put in your responses, and drop it into an email to me, the
publisher, at
mailto:***@originpress.com
**********************************************
PHIL KRAPF READER SURVEY
I. Please check those items that you agree with below:
___ I'd like to receive more frequent updates on the contact
project.
___ Current pace is fine, don't email me more frequently.
___ In the updates, I would like to also know about books or
articles by other authors that relate to and harmonize with issues
covered in Phil Krapf's writings.
___ No, I only want updates on Phil Krapf's work.
II. If you checked "yes" above to receiving broader and more
frequent information, please respond to the query below: If we
expand coverage, the purpose would be to enable you to monitor the
situation "on the ground" so that you can gauge whether planet is
moving toward, or away from, the resinstatement of the
human/Verdant contact. If we did expand the scope of our coverage,
these are some of the topics we are considering:
--Other news, articles, and books about ET contact around the world.
--News, articles, and books about angelic contacts around the world.
--Global news, articles, and books that directly concern what the
Verdants called the "80 percent" and the "20 percent" (i.e., the
latter refers to those who are making life on the planet worse and
who are consciously or unconsciously obstructing the contact
project).
--Updates on the controversies surrounding the events of 9/11, and
the w-r on terrorism.
___ Yes, these are the sorts of topics I'd like to see updates on,
in addition to updates on Phil Krapf's work. And here are other
topics or authors that I suggest that you cover, or leads I can
offer:
[write your comments here]
Finally, comment freely on anything else you would like to say
on these issues or anything else, in this space below:
[write your comments here]
End of survey
************************************
Thanks again,
Byron Belitsos
Phillip Krapf
************************************

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: This Is Another Fine Pickle We Have Ourselves In. July 10, 2003.

Many times we have a tendency to wonder why all of these things are
happening to us. Maybe some of the following will shine some light
on the subject. Some of this is channeled material material, so be
careful.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: w
Subject: The Galactic Federation: Morning Wakeup Call Message, July
3, 2003
From: Nancy Tate | http://www.thetreeofthegoldenlight.com
One day long, long ago, there was a band of peoples who came to
the earth in search of gold. This was the primary purpose for their
mission, although there was another reason for them coming and
settling on the planet. This is the story we tell you now. Good
morning my dear ones, we are of the Galactic Federation, and we are
here to explain a part of your ancient past.
This group of marauding individuals came to earth and explored
the region on which they landed for the much needed gold that they
required for the mending of their atmosphere. They had another
reason for being here, and that was to inhabit the land, and
establish a connection between themselves and the inhabitants who
already walked the earth. This was for the purpose of creating
a ra-e of people who would supply the necessary ingredient to the
plan that had been constructed by the hierarchy of the He-vens.
This plan was the furtherance of the experience that The Creator had
set down for the development and the evolvement of the children of
the Creator.
When this came to be, there was much jubilation in the hearts of
those who accomplished their part of the deed. This was indeed an
accomplishment that would prove to be a lasting component of the
plan.
When this phase of the plan came about there was still another
part to be served. This was the creation of a ruling class of
people. With this ruling class we find the elements of those
original ones who came for this purpose.
They set themselves up as the governing forces of the planet, and
set emissaries to the various parts of the globe. Over the ensuing
years these rulers established dynasties for the purpose of
establishing societies in which their ideas and laws could be
implemented. This reflected the various customs and ideas that they
had brought with them from their home planets.
When the societies were set in place, there was a great deal of
infighting among the citizens, for this was orchestrated by the
rulers in order to gain their supremacy over the citizens. They had
lived in a society previously where this had been the element of
control and they knew the variances of degree by which this could
take place Their strategy was to completely rule the earth and
therefore have dominion over the part of the cosmos in which earth
resided.
Their plan was not limited to the earth, you see; it was to extend
itself into the solar system and eventually into the galaxy. Theirs
was a plan that superceded what they saw from the Creator, and what
they knew to be the overall plan of those who came to the planet in
the furtherance of this plan.
At the time of the settling of the northern hemisphere, there were
some original people who had migrated from the lost continents and
who had already been there before the migration. These people were
living amicably with each other, and their numbers were of a
proportion that was harmonious to the ecosystem. Upon the arrival of
the ones from the other side of the globe, there was established a
go-ernment that had within its content a se-ret plan to coerce
these native people to their eventual submission to the others' ways.
This was the turnaround of the peace and harmony in which these
natives lived.
It was a gradual turnaround, and the change was subtle in waves.
There were some uprisings, and then there was peace in which the
ones gained the trust of the natives.
The new settlers set down roots establishing villages and
procreating to form families. This too was part of the plan. This
too was a subversive act by which they always ran this underlying
thread of coercion and control. They knew the elements that lead to
the success of their mission, and they had the ability to create
anything they desired for their purposes.
The nation grew, and soon there were cities growing out of and
around the villages. A g-vernment was strengthened and the individual
towns and cities created governing bodies of their own. All the time,
these governing bodies contained people of pure descent who carried
the original purpose in harmony with the others in other parts of
the globe whose purpose was the same as this one in the new land.
This same basic purpose remained strong and intact through many
millennia all over the globe.
Today, that same element is in place and carrying on the original
purpose. There is a difference now from any of the times before.
The natives are now more restless than ever, and the people who have
been created from the original has been a great subversion of their
will and their souls by the ones who have kept their purpose and
bloodline pure. They are beginning to remember their own bloodlines
and their own will. They are beginning also to remember their inner
selves, and in that they are gaining in their strength.
This has the ones who rule them running scared. They now are
feeling the restraints of the energy of love and freedom as those
very energies are growing in strength. They are seeing that their
plan may be in jeopardy, though they dare not give that life in the
admitting of it. They are seeing that their strategies are not as
effective as before. They see that they are losing ground, though
their egos will not allow the realization to take hold. This is
where their downfall lies. As all the natives and sons of G-d take
dominion over their own souls once again, and lead each other into
the promise of the freedom and peace where their power lies, the
ones who have subversive intentions are losing the hold they once
had.
This brings us my friends to the present moment. This present
moment contains all of what we have just told you, and more. It
contains all that you are; and when you realize the enormity of
it, you realize that the recounting we have just shared with you is
but a mere part of the total picture. With that is mind, do you now
see the strength you have. You have managed to elevate yourselves in
the original strength that you are, and see that the only hold they
have had on you is that which you allowed them to have. Now do you
feel differently about the subversion? Now do you feel the
powerlessness of the ones who have borrowed on your power for these
millennia?
You have the ability to grow in the innate power you have within
yourselves, for it has always been there serving you in the purpose
for which you entered into this last stretch of earth time and
played your part in the plan. Now is the time for the next phase;
now is the time for the ones of pure bloodline to remember that
they did an exemplary job, and now it is time to complete the plan
as handed down lo those many millennia ago.
They are not the creators of this plan, even though in their part
of it they evolved to a greediness that represented itself as a
self-perpetuation. This is the nature of the dark side of the light.
The further you get from the purity of the light into the dark on
the spectrum of light, the further you get from the purity of the
love, and the truth of the oneness. This is represented in what your
lives look like today on planet earth. This is the scenario that you
have created for the experience and expression of the Creator. Now
it is time to remember that they too are part of the light, and
have merely lost their way in the dark. Reach out a hand to them
and allow them to find their way back to the light. In so doing
you have given them your light, which is theirs, and at the same
time have honored their choice to refuse. Either way, you are
honoring your truth and your ability to exercise your Creator self.
Live it, be it!
We leave you now in this communication, and stay by your side in
the All, giving blessings and love.
Thank you dear Galactic Federation,
Nancy Tate
--------------------------------------------------------
Illusions Mailing List
***@lists.beyond-the-illusion.com
http://lists.beyond-the-illusion.com/mailman/listinfo/illusions

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Strange People In The Jungle. Joly 12, 2003.

All sorts of weird people are found in the jungle. Here is an
example of one such group.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: G
Subject: Multi-D News The KOGI Story
By D
The Children of the Next 1000 Years

The story you are about to read is true, but it is also unusual.
So much so that if you do not have an open mind, it will seem
impossible. And if you don't have an open heart, it will not be
understood so that the meaning can be lived.
Over the last few years I have been to the Yucatan, Mexico,
several times working with the Mayan shaman Hunbatz Men. He has
been performing the ceremonies of the ancient Mayan priests in
modern day times to bring in and stabilize the new energies of
our sun, energies that have never before entered into the Earth
and altering the way we perceive life. His work is very important
to the unfoldment of the new world on Earth, and to the birthing of
our new consciousness.
A few months ago a man named Ellis, who used to work closely with
Hunbatz Men came to me and began to tell me this story. He said
that in Colombia there was an aboriginal tribe deep in the Amazon
jungle called the Kogi. They had no language and "spoke" only
telepathically to each other.
In truth they made little sounds, but these sounds were not
logically arranged into any pattern such as an alphabet. They were
just sounds, but these sounds came from the heart not the mind and
created images inside your head, and you could "see" what the
other person was communicating. Ellis said that they were able to
travel" out of body clearly and knew everything that was happening
around the world, though they had never physically left their
homeland. They had never even tried to communicate with the outside
world, except to a very fortunate few.
The Kogi do not see us as "sleeping" as many of the Hindu and
Oriental re-gions perceive us. The Kogi see us as "dead". We are
not alive, but only shadows of the energy we could be. We do not
have enough life force energy and consciousness to be classified
by them as real people.
And the Kogi believed with the use of their psychic abilities,
they could see the future clearly. And what they saw was similar
to what many other tribes around the world saw, a world that was
about to be destroyed by the misuse of consciousness. So sometime
ago they traveled over the whole world in their light bodies
searching for anyone who is alive. And in the whole world they
could only find one other tribe who were Mayan that lived far in the
jungles of Guatemala. They were so happy to find someone else who
was alive.
But the Kogi belief, their prophesy, was that with the coming of
the Eclipse on August 11th of 1999, all the world would stop and
only the Kogi and this one other Mayan tribe would survive to
inhabit the Earth. This is why they were so happy to find someone
else other than themselves who understood.
Then when the eclipse slowly revealed its face on the 11th of
August, it became apparent to the Kogi that something had happened
since the time they had searched the world for life. Something
that they could not understand for the "great change" had
happened, and we, the "dead" ones were still here. We should
have dissolved back into the Dream. Not that they wanted us to,
that was not their nature. It simply should have happened.
So the Kogi set out to find out why the "dead ones" were still on
Earth, and as they searched the living vibrating records of this
Reality, they found exactly where and why it had happened. Some of
the "dead ones" had become alive, and had created a dream with
enough life force to "save the world" as we know it. In our terms,
some of us had created a "parallel world" where life could continue
to grow, a world where the "dead" could become alive.
The Kogi were so specific to locate exactly who these people were
that were creating this change that had altered the world's destiny.
The Kogi saw these people with living bodies of light around them.
People who had activated their "Light Bodies" or in the ancient
terms, their "Mer-Ka-Ba". Since I was one of the teachers of this
information, the Kogi sent a messenger to Ellis and from Ellis to
me. They sent me a small amount of tobacco wrapped in a bright red
piece of cotton, and simply said "Thank you".
A couple months later, the Kogi sent Ellis another gift to give to
me with a message. The gift was a small ball of dark and sticky tree
sap about the size of a plum. It smelled of the jungle. There was
an energy around this gift of sap that I could feel deep inside me.
I felt the connection in my heart.
The message was that they were going to send someone to me to
teach me how to speak without words so that we could communicate.
They then said that once connection and communication had taken
place, they would ask that I enter into the Colombian jungle and
visit their tribe. And that if I would visit their world, they
would visit mine. They would then be prepared to come out of the
jungle, for the first time in the history of their tribe, and go
on world television, no less, and talk to us. Whatever "talk"
means since they have no language that we know, I am not sure.
And what it is that they have to say, I also do not know. But
through this little piece of tree sap, I am beginning to feel.
After Ellis left on this second visit, I sat and thought about
this whole event. Was it true that the Kogi could see this clearly
into the Reality?

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Part 2 of 2.

..................
..................

Were they really going to send someone to me to teach me how to
speak without words? What was this really all about? I meditated
with the angles, but they only approved what was happening, but
would not give me information or assist.
Then last month in November, I gave an Earth/Sky workshop in
Mexico and about 100 people came from all over Mexico, Central
and South America, and one of the countries that many people
came from was Columbia. And from this group, there was this young
lady whose name I will keep quite to protect her.
She was different than any of the other Colombians. Whenever we
entered into sacred space and could feel the presence of G-d, she
would begin to seemingly go crazy with ecstasy. Not that that was
really unusual, but it was extreme.
This woman would become primal. Her whole body would begin to
shake and go crazy with ecstasy. Not that that was really unusual,
but it was extreme.
A different person would emerge out of her with a different
feeling to her words and different body language. I watched her,
looking for the reason why she had come to this work and looking
for a way to help her.
Then on the last day of the workshop it happened. The group had
formed one great circle, and we were singing to Go-. This lady
broke away from the circle and began to dance primitively and
unashamed within the center of the circle.
She abandoned herself and seemed to lose control. I went over
to her and took her hand to comfort her, and she grasped my hand and
looked deep into my eyes and made a soft and longing sound. The
sound went straight to my heart and vibrated inside my very center,
and I could "see" what she was saying. I had never experienced
anything quite like this before. I didn't understand at that moment
what was really happening, my heart simply reacted.
I took her outside the circle and sat down facing her. Then she
made another "sound", and my body responded with another similar
"sound" that had never come from me before. Instantly, we were
speaking in a new and profound manner that was so beautiful, so
complete. It made all the languages of the world seem inadequate and
obsolete. For two hours we communicated in images of full color
and depth with all the sensory completeness of real life. I learned
so much. I learned about life, and I learned about this woman within
a woman.
She showed me with her sounds where she had come from, a small
village next to the Kogi tribe. She showed me her husband and her
three children. I know them like they were my family. She showed me
around her village where I met two other older men who were from
the Kogi.
She showed me how her tribe had asked her to enter this woman's
body and to come and see me.
She was instructed to teach me how to speak without words. She
was told that once she had done this one thing, then she could
leave this woman's body and come back home and be back with her
family. She missed her husband and children very much. I could
"see" how when this lady returned home she would leave her body.
I could see her own body lying in a pile of grass inside a grass hut
waiting for this moment.
When I returned home, I saw my wife Claudette, who I love so
much, in a new light. I loved her in a way that was different,
because I could hear the sounds coming from her heart. I could
see her pain, and I could see her joy. I was so happy for this
experience with the Kogi, but I still didn't know what was
happening to me. It seemed to just bring a great anticipation of
something to come.
Then two weeks ago I gave an Earth/Sky workshop in Maryland.
While I was setting up and preparing for the workshop, I told this
story to a woman named Diane who was facilitating the workshop.
She asked if I would demonstrate these sound. And I agree to do so.
We sat facing each other, and I asked her to close her eyes. Then
a sound came from my heart and at the same moment an image appeared
within my mind. It was a full image of a large cat, a puma,
walking along the edge of the Amazon near the water. Then it jumped
up onto a tree and began to walk along the edge of a long and
heavy branch that slowly sloped down to the ground. It jumped back
to the ground and continued to walk along the edge of the water. I
opened my eyes. All of this took only about one minute.
I asked her what she saw, and she began to tell me exactly what I
had seen. She described it perfectly. A joy emerged from my heart.
I then asked her to again close her eyes. Another slow and strange
sound came from my heart, and instantly another image. I not only
"saw" but experienced what seemed like myself, floating out of the
woman's body from Colombia and rising high up into the air. Then I
felt myself begin to fly very fast over the jungle. I could see the
trees moving rapidly under me. Quickly I approached a village, and
I felt myself getting lower to the ground and heading for a
specific grass hut. In the next instant I was inside the body of
this tribal woman looking out of her eyes. She knew I was there.
She did not mind, it was suppose to happen.
Her husband quickly took hold of her/me and was obviously happy
that she/I had returned. He knew also that I was there, and was also
very happy. Then all three of her children ran up and began to hug
her and love her. The youngest one reached in and began to s-ck on
her breast.
It was a very moving experience to meet this family that I didn't
know and yet I did. Then I opened my eyes.
I waited a moment to center from this experience, and then asked
Diane what she saw. She began by saying that she experienced herself
as a "bug" coming out of this woman's body. And then she lifted up
into the sky and began to fly over the trees of a jungle. She
watched as we went down to the grass hut and met the "family". She
saw perfectly.
I sat quiet for a long time. I could feel this was a gift of
unparalleled value. But what did it mean to the me or the world?
All of this was such an unusual experience that I still do not know
what this means.
When I returned home from the Maryland workshop, every night for
the first seven or eight days, I would find myself dreaming that I
was "home" in this village. The dream would last all night long
with a complete memory of the dream the next morning. I would dream
that I was doing my chores in the village, and living my life.
Taking care of my children and husband. Many, many men from both
tribes would come up to me and ask questions with sounds that made
images. These people were beautiful and yes "alive". I understood
why they saw us as "dead".
I could "feel with the sight of my heart" what they meant. I
knew they meant to help if they could. They were amazed that I
was there. So was I. Now, it is only the beginning. The Kogi are
excited about the way we are growing. They want to come to us.
G-d willing, they will.
They have asked me now to give you a message in your language if
you can accept it. You who have discovered your light bodies and
are changing the world by your lives.
"You are changing the world into light. Be not afraid of your
innocence and your child nature, it is close to -od. Let your
imagination soar into a Dream where love surrounds all events,
then "see" it as real. Let the sounds of your hearts talk to
those who are not alive. You have shown them the way by your
example, now "show" them the way from within. Listen, and your
heart will speak.
We are with you now. We will help you.".
May the next 1000 years be golden, and may the innocent children
lead the way.

Part 2 of 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Alien H-alers. July 14, 2003.

Here is something I found on the internet that I may checkout to
see it can help me and other people. Some of this information talks
about Mediums which is channeling so be careful. I had difficulty
copying them.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: J
Subject: Healing Aliens, an incredible website and Books
To All Brothers and Sisters:
I would like to cordially invite all of you to visit an incredible
website that deals with H-aling Aliens.
This website is hosted by Adrian Dvir. http://etmedical.com/
Adrian, is an Electronics Engineer and became a Healer with the
help of a variety of Aliens from many star systems.
These Aliens under the guidance of a Galactic Federation, set
several variety of Aliens from many star systems.
Healing Centers or Clinics, at the residence of several Sensitive
individuals. These clinics, though not visible, are set in the
fourth dimension, that enable the Aliens with the help of the
"Mediums", to perform a variety of treatments of many illnesses.
You will be amazed at the testimonials in video format as well
as all of the articles posted there.
Adrian wrote to date 2 books, since he started working with the
Aliens. He explains how he first got involved with the Aliens and
how this led to a full blown dynamic cooperation between Aliens and
our human ra-e.
I enthusiastically invite all of you to visit and read the
articles posted there, watch the videos and also order if you wish,
the books published by Adrian.
For those interested on a sample of his first book, I can under
request, e-mail the chapter 9, that has been directly authorized
by him to be distributed.
This will for the most of you, change the concept of having these
space brothers around us on a constantly basis, as it can be
confirmed by the all of the sightings and close encounters by so
many.
Love and Peace to all You.
J

Here is some information from the web site listed above..

...............
...............

Engineer, Medium, Healer and Author
Aliens medical team collaborates with humans
Testimony of patients treated by Aliens
Alien's explain Astrophysics
Healers & Medium cure with Alien medical teems
Original report by Adrian Dvir M.Sc
Mediums channel
With Aliens medical teems, Entities and Guides An on going
strange extraterrestrial activity is taking place in IS-AEL since
1995.
Alien medical teams from other realms or dimensions cure humans
at Healers-Mediums alternative medicine clinics. Patients feel
strange sensations during the treatments (etching, hot or cold,
increase or decrease in gravity sensations and many more) and
some even see and communicate with the Aliens medical team. The
number of clinics has increased steadily and now ( 2003 ) there
are 50 clinics in ISRA-L and 464 in the USA. Alien alternative
medicine clinics exist also in other countries ( England, Denmark,
Australia ). ET medical activity help to raise the public
awareness and acceptance of Aliens existence.
Organized ET medical collaboration with Healers and Medium is
a leap step forward in Aliens- Humans contact and collaboration
beyond just UFO sighting, random contacts, encounters, abductions,
or crash events as happened in Roosevelt (JW They may mean the city
called Roswell, New Mexico). The Aliens treat humans in the
alternative medicine clinics only after the patients give their
full consent. No abduction take place. In addition to the Alien
medical activity, they willingly collaborate and answer questions on
different issues including: information about the Aliens and their
activity on Earth, general science, astrophysics, and even Earth
actuality events.

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Alien H-alers. Part 2 of 2. July 15, 2003.

I was able finally in downloading the following information.
Some other people also sent me the information.

Here are some of the addresses and phone numbers of part of the
people who are working with the space people to he-l people.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Subject: Aliens clinics in I-RAEL

USA

Location Name Phone Mobile Email,Web Site Mail

Broklyn
Igor Zatulovsky [phone] ***@yahoo.com
http://www.trustyoursoul.cjb.net

New Jersey
Izhak Barzilay ***@juno.com
801 Berdan Av fair LAWN, New Jersy 07410

Denver
Patricia Hammer 303-750-9961 Email: ***@aol.com.
I am an intergalactic healer and clairvoyent/clairaudient. I am
able to see and hear the work of these beings. They built a clinic
at my apartment.
Some of the hea-ings of note lately are: complete restoration of
a woman's olfactory apparatus. She had no sense of smell and is now
completely healed.
Another: Thumb and index finger numbness and tingling due to
nerve damage. This condition needed conventional surgery and was
-ealed completely.

United Kingdom

Location Name Phone Mobile Email,Web Site Mail

London
Sammy Mashdanny
***@dsl.pipex.com
189 Fencepiece road, Ilford ESSEX-IG6 2TG, England

ISRAEL

Each ET Clinic is run by a Healer/Medium with a verity of psychic
abilities that enable him to channel and collaborate with the Aliens
medical teams.
There is no school to learn this. Any interested person should
contact one of the clinics and the Aliens will decide if they can
collaborate with him.
Town Healer/Medium Name Phone Mobile Email

Amirim Shula Israeli 972-53 750693 ***@amir.org.il
Carmiel Shosh Zilberman 972-4 9881312 972-53701616

Kibutz Iahad Or Levin 972-4 6786255 972-52 379145
Naharia Iael Videnfeld 972-4 9923981 972-51 237960
Rehasim Sigalith Petel 972-4 9040648 972-51 244266
Givat Tal (Kiriat Ata) Rivka Iaakov 972-4 8481360 972-55 740957
Pier Renuar 7, Givat Tal
Kiriat Mozkin Miri Est 972-4 8724275 972-53 454954 Trans Medium
and Healer

Haifa Asnat Poplaveski 972-4 8370510
Amir Itzkovits 972-4 8327169 ***@netvision.net.il
Kibitz Maabarot Shoshi Arad Zinger 972-9 8982662 972-53-697223
Aharon Sabag 972-499909222 972-54 915805
Kibutz Shfaim Zvika Polazek 972-9 9523652
972-9 9523419
972-9 9523239 972-58 965752

Harmony center
Kfar Sirkin Dorit Aloni 972-3 9324868 972-54 656951
Ranana Dror Yardeni 972-9 7745114 972-53-335078
Asnat Gefen-Grizer 972-56-515539
Kfar Saba Hagay Katz 972-9 7662801 972-53 403023 Trans Medium and
He-ler
***@netvision.net.il
Hila Dvir 972-97660948 972-53 721886
Ada Reshef 972-9 7672840
Vered Amir Marushi 972-9 7672753 972-58 585921
Herzlia Ruhale Karsted 972-9 9502555 972-53 439951
Petah Tikva Orna Rahel Viner 972-9 338407 972-3 9339506
Tel Aviv Klodi Shefer 972-3 5445127 Medium,Healer
Ramat Gan Michal Viselberg 972-3 6703617 972-55 331115
***@bezeqint.net
Iris Kalman 972-3 5752371 972-53 359724

Jerusalem
Tami Kally 972-2 6428024 972-52 609415
Shai Shefer 972-2 5662678 972-54 824082
Maale Adumim Sigal Amar 972-2 5356947 972-56 484211 Speaks:
Hebrew, English, Arabic
Holon Noi Nafisi 972-58 855963
Priman Hodaya 972-5051144 972-52 630696

Rishon Le Zion
Adrian Dvir
972-3 9649440
972-52 652138
***@adriandvir.com Read Adrian Dvir book:
Available at:

Uri Gal
972-3 9667824
972-58 607577

Haya Levy
972-94 59608
Tovi Baary 972-3 9581881 972-53 455445
Meira Mitelman 972-9502878 972-55 744719 ***@netvision.net.il
Orit Sofer 972-56 263697 ***@hotmail.co.il

Rehovoth Hana Avni 972-8 9361833 972-50 373076
Margalith Aialon 972-3 9625845 972-53 967525
Shimsith Aielet Carmel 972-4 6021523 972-54 703826
Ben Adiva Sharon 972-50 357475

Mishgav Am Haia Ginzberg 972-56 395421
Kibutz Hazor/Ashdod Or and Ehud Ronen 972-53 961607 972-58 691339
***@hatzor.org.il
Moshav Renan Avi Farag 972-8 9925057 972-51 586980
Beer Sheva Batia Ben Aiun 972-86413851 972-54 941385
Ashrit Mord 972-8 6101727 972-50 650298
Izik Morad 972-5 796985
Lehavim Laliv Golan 972-8 6510714 972-58 505128
***@bezeqint.net
www.gilanmed.com

Eilat Ben-Adiva Shiron 972-53 622080 ***@actcom.co.il

Jurnalists interested in paranormal, UFO and Aliens Activity

Name Phone Mobile Email Address

David Ronen 972-3 9031256 972-67 611995 22 Haazmaut st, apart.
37, Rosh Haain, ISRAEL 48511
Avi Greif 972-4 8200003 972-50 903031 Pobx: 3077, Nesher,
ISRAEL, 36750
Hani Salomon 972-8 8532483 Jurnalist, Columnist of paranormal
and UFO phenomena.
Yafa Nevo 972-53-575655 972-56-701179 Journalist, TV film
Producer
Yair Shragai 972-3 5347575 ***@hotmail.com Musician,
Producer

Trans Me-iums

Miri Est
972-4 8724275
972-53 454954
Kiriat Motzkin
Hebrew, Hungarian
Diana Mann
972-3 6773531
972-53-732547
Ramat Gan
Pobx 1605 Ramat Gan 52116
English, Hebrew
Hagai Katz
972-9 7662801
972-53 403023
***@netvision.net.il
Kfar Saba
Hebrew, English

Or Ronen
972-53 961607
972-58 691339
***@hatzor.org.il
Kibutz Hazor/Ashdod
Hebrew

Misc
Speakers Name Phone Mobile Email, Mail
Hebrew
Jakov Avidan, Psychic, Hea-er, Lecturer, In contact with Light
Entities and Creation Energy ***@netvision.net.il
Adrian Dvir documents his own and others Healers and Mediums
outstanding daily collaboration with the Alien ET Extraterrestrials
medical teams,
Entities and Spi-its. The paranormal and mystical events becomes
a daily experience with practical results for suffering sick people.
Parallel realms of existence are described. The book includes a PC
HTML based CD with high resolution Video Clips streaming of
Patients testimony, Healers stories and /Aliens messages and answers
as channeled by Trans Mediums. This is the next step in Alien
contact beyond random UFO sightings, Crop circles, unexpected
encounters and alike.
Read more, Adrian Dvir Home page
encounters and alike.
a.. Paperback: 422 pages ; Dimensions (in inches): 1.02 x 8.66 x
5.58
b.. Publisher: Adrian Dvir; (January 2003)
c.. ISBN: 9657269008

Synopsis
Read an Excerpt
Table of Contents Front Cover
Back Cover
CD Artwork
To order call us toll free at 1-800-247-6553, Available in
Paperback or eBook
Paperback Version
$--.-- US, $--.-- Canada
*OH residents add sales tax*
422 pages, softcover
ISBN: 9657269008.
UK ONLINE:
HARVARD.COM amazon.co.uk
blackwells.co.uk

Lafayet Book Store bookweaver.co.uk
eBook Version Now Available!
$--.-- US
*OH residents add sales tax*
7,356kb pdf file, 422 pages
ISBN: 9657269016
eBook Orders: You will first need to download and certify
Adobe's Acrobat. eBook Reader to view the eBook version.
Click here to download Acrobat. eBook Reader for FREE.
------------------------------------------------------
Price compare:
bublos.com
------------------------------------------------------
Email: ***@bookmasters.com For books ordering please call
800-247-6553
Fax: [phone]
Email: ***@bookmasters.com
Avail.Survey
Copyright (C) 1998-2003 by Adrian Dvir. May be reproduced for
noncommercial purposes as long as attribution is given.

Part 2 of 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Singing Voices From Mt. Shasta. July 17, 2003.

In the past, while Nola VanValer was living, she told me about
the music that she recorded on the sides of Mt. Shasta. It was
the sound made by the people inside of the mountain and it sounded
like an angel's chorus. She was not able to find the tape recordings
so I was not able to reproduce them but then I guess if you've heard
an angel chorus they sound about the same as all the rest. Here is
the information about a person who has heard these voices lately.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: g
Subject: Mt. Shasta Singing
---------------------------------------------------------
--- Dianne Robbins <***@rochester.rr.com> wrote:
From: "Dianne Robbins" <***@rochester.rr.com>
To: "Angelina" <***@yahoo.com>
Enjoy.

Our Mt. Shasta Experience

Our first trip to Mt. Shasta we all stayed at a hotel on the side
of Mt. Shasta. There were three of us, myself, my wife and our good
friend Paul. I had awakened from my slumber at about 6 A.M. as we
were going to go hiking on the mountain that day. As I was waking
up, I became instantly aware that I had heard a very strange and
unusual music just before awakening.
It wasn't like hearing with my ears, but like hearing music from
another room being played very, very softly. I describe the
experience as having the music played directly to my soul. The
music had a very regal and noble quality to it, with a strong
slow majestic beat to it. I was not aware of any voices singing at
this time. I was quite surprised by this music and quickly asked my
wife and friend if they had heard it. They indicated that in deed
they had and described it in a very similar fashion.
That day we went hiking using a compass up the Northeast face of
the mountain, to tree line, which is what we figured was about 1/3
of the way up. On our long drive to Mt. Shasta, we had studied
some Sanskrit words of greeting, which we felt might jokingly come
in handy should we come across some Lemurians. To our surprise,
while hiking on the mountain, we called out "Ha joo ha" loudly and
received an almost immediate "Ha joo ha" back to us, in a different
voice back. We assumed that our friend, Paul who had learned the
Sanskrit greetings along with us, on the drive up, had responded
to our call.
Joining up with him a few minutes later we questioned him
intensely, figuring he was pulling a prank. He very clearly had
not been the one to respond to our call. We figured it might have
been an actual Lemurian responding.
Another very unique experience we had on the mountain, was during
broad daylight, while I was sitting on a log chatting with another
person we had befriended while hiking, right in the middle of our
conversation, we heard what sounded like a women crying loudly for
about 5 or 10 seconds. There was no one around, including my wife,
who came up the trail a good several minutes later. I heard the
sound and so did the gentleman I was chatting with. This experience
was one of the more unusual we had while at Mt. Shasta.
But our most unusual experience by far, was as we were coming
down the Northeast face of Mt. Shasta in a fairly remote area, using
nothing but our compass to guide us. There were no trails at all
in this immediate area. We had reached relatively level ground, and
had come to a beautiful open meadow area,
I had raised my gaze up from the ground to see a man dressed in
brown long robes very tall with a full beard and mustache facing and
looking towards me. It was as quick as maybe a 1/100th of a second
and he was gone. In the split second that I saw this man I gave out
quite a knee jerk shriek, as I was caught off guard.
I had been quite absorbed into my thoughts previous to seeing him.
My wife and friend Paul had not been looking in the same direction
and had not seen the man. (darn-it!!)
On our subsequent (three more) visits to Mt. Shasta while camping
in our tent, all three of us heard Men and Women voices singing
separately and alternately, as part of a chorus, as well as
"Ohming". In all occurrences it would seem like the hearing of the
music was played directly to our souls, not heard with the ears.
Also, it was heard most clearly when we were drifting off to sleep,
although we heard the "ohming" even while we were awake, (this was
while we were camped deep into and near Military Pass road, with an
incredible view of Mt. Shasta). I remember going outside of the
tent to see if I would still be able to hear the "ohming" and I
could still hear it ever so faintly.
We explored a lava cave, known as "Pluto Cave" with ceilings as
high as about 10 to 12 feet. Part of the cave ceiling had already
fallen in. We hiked as far back into the cave as we could into the
pitch blackness. It was at this point that we all felt like we were
being surrounded by unseen entities on either side of us.
I'd love to hear about other peoples experiences at Mt. Shasta or
other places.
Donald M
San Diego, CA
From: Dianne Robbins [mailto:***@rochester.rr.com]
Sent: Thursday, July 10, 2003 4:25 PM
To: ***@earthlink.net
Subject: mt. shasta singing
Dear Donald,

I'm in telepathic contact with Adama who lives inside Mt. Shasta.
I'd love to hear more about this singing and your experience there.
You can view my books of channeled messages from Mt. Shasta at
http://www.onelight.com

Dianne Robbins
=====
Greg Gavin
***@yahoo.com
Onelight.com Publications
Editor
Today when we speak of immortality and of going to another world we
no longer mean these in a theological or metaphysical sense. People
are now travelling to other worlds. People are now striving for
immortality. Transcendence is no longer a metaphysical concept. It
has become reality."
F.M. Esfandiary
_______________________________
The Hollow Earth List is created by Onelight.com for the further
sharing of ideas, concepts, probabilities and enlightening
information from resources on the Inner Earth and Hollow Earth now
available and being made available to 'surface dwellers; as well
as the announcement of Onelight.com updates and coming events.
http://onelight.com/

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Lady K. Talks About Chemtrails. July 18, 2003.

One of the subjects that is covered in this material is Chemtrails.
Lady Kadjina gives this material among other subjects. It is
probably channeled so be careful.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: G
- Lady Kadjina Speaks ~ June 9, 2003
--------------------------------------
Through Wayne
Lady Kadjina Speaks ~ June 9, 2003
From: http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html.

Wayne: Now that you mention the many languages, I recently read
an article about a Russian that suddenly stopped speaking
Russian and began speaking 200 different languages. She said that
she began remembering the languages from her various past lives. Can
you tell me how this happens?

This is part of the way the energy of the Language of Light works.
Part of the destiny of humans is to have continuous memory of who
they are and who they have been throughout their entire existence.
In reality, it's a great waste of time to be born and have to wait
45-50 years to remember who you are and where you've been throughout
your existence. The raising of the frequencies throughout the
entire planet and all the reactivation that is going on is jarring
and stirring the DNA particles within many people. You will find
many of your children are prodigies.
Oprah Winfrey, for instance, just a few weeks ago, had a group of
children from different places, very distant from each other. There
was on little girl 2 years old that could answer any questions
concerning politics and government.
This little girl at one time was one of the world's great
historians. Oprah also had a gentleman on her show that could solve
complicated mathematical problems in his head, faster than a
calculator. And you are going to find more and more of these types
of things happening throughout the planet. You are going to find
many people who can hold an ancient object and instantly know the
history of that object through a system that you call psychometry.
In many parts of the world you are going to find what some call
'talking rocks.' You will be able to put your ear upon a rock and
hear the history of the peoples that lived in that area. You are
coming into a timeframe of many incredible miracles. A couple
hundred years from now, this is going to be the norm instead of the
exception.

Wayne: Back to ETs. There is a lot of conflicting information and
potential scenarios out there about the ET presence and purpose.
Some have suggested that there will be a faked mass invasion staged
in order to create more fear and justify the further reduction in
freedoms and the further buildup of weapons systems. Others have
suggested that there are only beneficent ETs and that there is
nothing to fear. We get continual evidence of large ships that are
hovering to take people off the planet, or to be available to assist
if things get too dire. We read about underground communities in
which the ETs and humans work together on secret projects. We read
about alien abductions and the experimentation, hybridization, and
cloning that has gone on. Could you enlighten us further as to what
is really taking place in these regards?

Basically, you are addressing issues and concerns concerning
good-guy/bad guy ETs out there, possible invasions, multiple UFO
sightings, fear techniques, and how is all of this going to play
out. As far as the ET good guy-bad guy issue, you should remember
that Planet Earth is in a lockdown mode. The 'bad guys' cannot
access Planet Earth any longer. The only ones still here are ones
who have a key vital role to play.
Concerning the fears of abduction, there have indeed been some
off-world abductions, but a considerable part of what has gone on
has been done by world gover-ments on an experimental basis. Some
of the experiences that humans have had that have been of a s-xual
nature, were accomplished on the astral level.
There is a large group of humans that are so sensitive that they
are not able to tell the difference between the 3rd and 4th
dimensions, and sexual experiences happened to several people 4th
dimensionally, or what we would say astrally. And the experiences
between dimensions can be just as real and devastating as what
would happen in the 3rd dimension.
The recent fear tactics that the Un-ted States and Britain have
used in order to generate a w-r in order to gain access to the 'sea
of oil' and have a powerful presence in the Mideast is just one
example of the lengths that some humans will go to. The outcry of
the people of Planet Earth is so great that another wa- will not be
as likely to happen. It is very possible that this administration
will be impeached upon grounds of high tr-ason. If this should
transpire, it will truly be a rude awakening for many American
people.
In order to foster the 'star wars' program, many world
go-ernments have underground ports of landing for UFO craft. There
are many laboratories underground that experiment upon humans.
There have been instances where benevolent ETs have been captured,
experimented upon, and even cloned.
As to the great fear invasion by ETs, we do not see this
happening, nor do we see any manufactured invasion being
accomplished by humans. Too many people are catching on to what
has happened in the go-ernments of the Uni-ed States and England. We
would mention here that there are many who believe that all world
g-vernments are ruled by the Reptilians and that all Reptilians are
evil. This is not true. The human race has strong connections to
the Reptilians and many of them are benevolent in nature. The same
can be said of what you call the 'Greys.' Many of them are
benevolent and highly knowledgeable and highly trained and skilled
beings. And to say that there is no light within world go-ernments
at this time is also a fallacy.
And as to how all of this is going to play out in the very near
future, it is going to be because of the world outcry that world
leaders will be called to accountability by the people. Already,
within the Uni-ed States, for instance, there are many significant
national newspapers and periodicals that are calling for
accountability in the current administration. There are at least 30
Co-gressmen at the present time, who are asking for the documents or
the proof from the administration as to why it was necessary to
invade the helpless country of Iraq. If at any point in time Iraq
had had these so-called weapons, the Iraqis would have used them to
protect themselves-that is just common sense. To allow the fall of a
country, while sitting on weapons of mass destruction, is absurd.
We would also point out that, while the U-ited States said it would
help to rebuild Afghanistan and restore services, this has not been
done to date. Very soon, the U-ited States will be charged with w-r
crimes. The U-ited States shall be brought to accountability.

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

Part 2 of 2.

.............
.............

The most difficult thing that people are going to go through
over the next 12 months will not be from earth dynamic events, but
will rather be from having to deal with the lies that they have
been told by their world leaders. When the American people begin
to understand just how many subterranean complexes there are
throughout the world, and the billions of dollars that have been
invested in those infrastructures, there will be an outcry. When the
American people begin to understand the cost involved in the
chemtrail spraying, even if you believe the chemicals to be
benevolent and harmless, the cost per hour of flying just one plane,
let alone thousands of them world-wide every single day, it is true
the flying of these planes has escalated in the last 10 years, but
they have been doing this for more than 50 years. It is time for the
world people to begin to question why. We can assure you that
chemical and biological wa-fare has reached a state of perfected
art. The gov-rnments of the world know how to spray so they can
fly in on reconnaissance undetected. They also know how to do
weather manipulation. They can literally flood a country or they
can create a drought, and they can bring countries to their knees
and thereby manipulate them into doing their bidding. They have
laser beams that they can direct at a mountainside, creating
landslides, avalanches, and great destruction. This is what they
did to Venezuela. They know how to release bio-chemicals into water
systems, creating diseases for the people. And this has been going
on for more than 50 years.
The positive side of all of this is based upon your scripture that
says, "Ye shall take the poisons of the Earth and ye shall not be
harmed." You have other scriptures such as "If ye have the faith
of a mustard seed, you can move a mountain." You had a television
show a few years ago called "The Untouchables."
When you people put upon yourself what you call your 'lightbody'
you will become 'untouchable' as far as 3rd dimensional
shenanigans go. The great -ar that is coming is not so much a
starwars or interplanetary w-r, as it is a wa- between the forces
of light and dark upon this planet. The -ar will be between groups
of humans. The wa- will be won by the groups of humans who
collectively rise up and say, "We have had enough."
Millions of souls who died in the German holocaust are
reincarnated upon the planet at this time and firmly implanted
within their consciousness is the idea and Camelot have returned
at this time-the energy of Merlin and the ancient druids, all of
these energies are back. And don't forget also that the ancient
Grecian pat-iots are back. These are your philosophers and your
mathematicians and your lawmakers. These are the same group that
helped to establish the U-ited States. These souls know the
universal or galactic law. They know what it's going to take to
steady the ship called Planet Earth.
When the momentum begins to grow to make changes upon Earth,
you will find many very wealthy beings who will gladly step
forth and share their wealth. One of their great concerns will
be new systems of education, where the children are taught according
to what their own needs are, from a soul perspective, rather than
forcing upon them useless information and statistical facts. You
will see people worldwide pulling together shoulder to shoulder to
bring about justice, honor and integrity. Power and authority will
be returned to the people.
There is a great cry going out around the world by people
everywhere, calling for accountability on the part of their
gov-rnment. Many people are very ashamed of their gov-rnment at
this time. And it is indeed time to enact the Law of Full
Disclosure. We would point out to you that for the first time in a
long time, Con-ress has indeed become bipartisan in demanding
accountability by this administration by using a seldom-used
procedure, called a 'privileged resolution' that must be voted on in
Committee within 14 legislative days. The important consideration is
that this is not all De-ocrats setting themselves against the
current administration. This is truly a bipartisan effort.

Wyne: You mentioned above about the years of chemical spraying
and that it is increasing, often in conjunction with electromagnetic
interaction. I recently came across an article from the New York
Times of January 15, 1960, in which it was reported that Nikita
Kruschev claimed to be working on a 'fantastic weapon.' According
to Tom Beardon, this is electromagnetic scalar technology, which
is now being used. Can you comment on this as to how dangerous this
is and if there are counter-forces at work so that this technology
would not be destructive to us? (Reference:
http://www.cheniere.org/)
These scalar technologies have indeed been perfected over the last
40 years or so. And these technologies that Mr. Kruschev was
speaking of are indeed being used today. And those technologies
spoken of by Se-retary of Defense Mr. William Co-en in 1997 at a
counter-terrrorism conference have also been perfected, not only
by Russia, but by the Uni-ed States as well. The deep south of the
Un-ted States can be very thankful for these technologies, for they
brought on a lot of rain recently. And Venezuela can thank these
technologies for the mudslides that were recently brought on there.
Russia at this time has a sec-et technology far beneath the surface
of the Earth.
When a new plague descends upon the people of Planet Earth, the
first thing you should ask is "What have they done now," for
bioterrorism is indeed a reality.
Scientists in Russia have already declared that SARS is man-made,
that the molecular structure cannot be produced in nature upon
Planet Earth-it has to be manufactured by someone. And if your
world leaders were discussing these technologies 40 years ago, do
you think they've been sitting around doing nothing about it?
Indeed not, these things are all a reality.

Excerpt from New York Times, January 15, 1960
(Note that the paper cost only 5 cents)
There are counter-forces at work on both the human dimension
and our dimension.
Human counter-forces to these technologies are more weaponry.
There are indeed counter-forces at work in the higher dimensions. We
cannot step in and counteract unless you ask. And the way by which
you ask is to put your own shoulders to the grind and to begin to
pay attention as to what is going on and to rise up with one
massive human collective consciousness and tell your world leaders
"We've had enough." It is under those situations that we are then
allowed to intervene and throw our weight behind you. And some of
these technologies can indeed be used to help heal. The Tesla
technologies can be very useful in the healing art, as well as
the Rife technology.
The Antoine Priori method noted by Tom Beardon is a benevolent
usage of scalar technologies. And this is one of the technologies
that has been suppressed.
There are many others. As we have oftentimes told you that there
has been an absolute cure for ca-cer upon this planet for at least
50 years. The Quantum Xroid technology developed in Budapest is
another technology that can read and diagnose correctly many of the
human bodily functions and systems. It's available in the U-ited
States, but it's only allowed to be used in connection with
biofeedback. However, it is capable of a great deal more. As Wayne
is well aware, there are healing modalities for ca-cer available
in Germany that are blocked from being used in the Uni-ed States.
Such is the way of the dark agenda.

Wayne: You have mentioned several times that people must begin
to become aware of what is going on, rise up, together claim their
power, say "Enough is enough," and demand full disclosure. I try
to do my part in many ways, one of which is by assembling and
emailing the "Today's Tidbits," which more and more people are
asking to receive. However, I often wonder whether the effort is
worth it and if there are more productive ways to contribute to full
disclosure, honesty, and integrity in governance.

Little by little, people are beginning to hear and beginning to
pay attention.
Events over the next 6 months are going to develop so quickly that
people are going to have to start listening or be caught totally off
guard. We realize that both your Earth Dynamics and the Tidbits
take up a lot of your time, so the question arises as to how
worthwhile it is to continue to do these things.
It would be interesting to see what would happen if you were to
have a Tidbits section somewhere on your website and just put them
there and store them there.
You could then watch the number of accesses that particular
information receives. We would like to see the Tidbits have a
wider audience, yet we understand the amount of time that it takes
to do this particular effort.
http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html.
---------------------------------------

Part 2 of 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Mysterious Petroglyphs On Castle Crags. July 20, 2003.

I have spent a few hours trying to find the Petroglyphs on Castle
Craigs. The guards that were working on the gates going into the
park at that time seem to not know anything about any particular
glyphs but said they could be found from place to place in the area.
Maybe someone with the following information and a good map can
find these glyphs.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: D
Subject: The Baffling Castle Crags Petroglyphs
http://www.livinggoldpress.com/crags.htm
by Emilie Frank
(Chapter 13 of Mt. Shasta, California's Mystic Mountain)
In an area where mystery is omnipresent, here is yet another
perplexing and unsolved puzzle of the ages: the Castle Crags
petroglyphs discovered several decades ago by two Dunsmuir high
school students and the late Frank Bascom.
Castle Crags, just south of Mt. Shasta, is ages older than the
ancient mountain itself. These glacier-polished crags are unrelated
to the more recent volcanic activity of the mountain and are made
up of granitic material which was formed some 225 million years
ago far beneath the surface of the earth and later forced slowly
upward through a blanket of serpentine and glacial debris by a
process of fold-faulting.
Castle Crags, with its towering spires and domes, is surrounded by
primitive backcountry and is now one of California's most enchanting
state parks. A scenic overlook high within the park boasts an
overall view that is literally staggering in its beauty -magnificent
canyons far below, still-unspoiled whitewater rivers, alpine lakes,
and to the north glacier-streaked Mt. Shasta looms, 14,162 feet of
incredible brilliance.
Flowing through the lower slopes of Castle Crags is Little Castle
Creek and it was in this area that the high school boys were hiking
one sunny day. Tarrying awhile beside a huge cleft boulder, one of
them casually brushed aside some loose material and was startled
to find the impression of a human hand on the boulder, a man's hand.
The imprint had been chiseled into the granite and filled with a
red cement-like solution, used apparently for the purpose of
keeping any growth of vegetation from covering the symbol.
Excitedly they hunted for more carvings and nearby found two more
symbols, ser-pentine in form. Then on the opposite side of the
boulder, they found another hand, smaller and more delicately
molded, which obviously represented a female hand.
Hurrying home to relate their mysterious find, they returned
shortly with Frank Bascom, who was associated with the U. S. Forest
Service and also dabbled in archaeology and geology. The boys led
the way up Castle Creek canyon, on up the Mount Bradley road,
then hiked along the banks of Castle Creek. Finally the threesome
reached the graven rock. More searching revealed, in a willow
clump, a second set of carvings which included two Maltese cross
designs - one created in a zigzag line decorated with dots and
the other composed of two E-like characters.
Intrigued, Bascom immediately reported the discovery to the
Shasta National Forest officials and a third trip was made to the
site. More carvings were found nearby. On a rock upstream, which
measured about eight feet in height, were found a male and female
hand and more petroglyphs. The palm of the male hand bore an
engraving similar to a capital E, and the female hand bore a
curious double triangle symbol. On the opposite side of the boulder
they found the likeness of a bovine head.
Bascom, certain that they had made an important discovery,
returned to the area accompanied by George Schrader (who represented
the local U. S. Forest Supervisor) and other personnel from the
U. S. Forest Service.
This group investigated the fascinating petroglyphs. Bascom then
wrote an article about the Castle Creek experiences in which he
stated:
The fact stands out that the petroglyphs or symbols chiseled in
the coarse granite rocks up Castle Creek show greater skill and
symmetry and a higher degree of culture than any found elsewhere in
different places of southwestern Uni-ed States. The petroglyphs
have been colored a reddish hue with some unknown liquid solution,
and it was evidently used to keep any growth of vegetation from
covering the symbols.
The people who did this work were no doubt artists possessing
great skill. On what is now two large boulders there was at some
remote time, one huge rock, which at some time was cleft asunder.
The symbols are on the east side of these two rocks. Those on the
rock to the south reveal a large man's hand, painted with some
unknown stain. In the palm of the hand is chiseled the "all-seeing
eye" and on the rock to the north is a beautifully-shaped woman's
hand in whose palm is chiseled a form of the swastika (which is
thought to be a very ancient symbol of the four rivers of life,
or eternity; the swastika symbol is pre-Ch-istian in origin and
was found in the ruins of the lost continent of Lemuria (Mu) as
well as in India, China and Tibet).
Were the symbols placed on the two rocks before or after the
rock broke and separated? On the rock to the north, the woman's hand
is at the side and not in the cen-ter of the rock. In chiseling the
rock, the natural thing would be to place such work in the center
and not at the side of the rock. This might indicate that the
symbols were cut into the rock prior to its separation.
On the heels of these remarkable petroglyph discoveries came
various interpretations. Letters were exchanged with the Department
of Anthropology at the University of California; communications
came from authorities at Stanford University; and from the Academy
Press in New Jersey came a letter to Frank Bascom from Alvin Boyd
Kuhn stating that he thought the symbols had been chiseled into
the boulders by local Indians.
Bascom replied: 'This I doubt. In talking with the highest
type of the older local Indians, they state this work was not
chiseled by Indians. Therefore, we have to turn to another source.
Dr. Julian Stewart shows in his book Petroglyphs of the Uni-ed
States (which sets forth all the petroglyphs found in this country
by Indians) that the Indian and the Maya civilization started
from a Lemurian colony, and stated that the Maya used ferric oxide,
a red pigment, to deter erosion, and the pigment on the petroglyphs
could be the same."
Bascom added, "Churchward, in his 'Lost Continent of Mu' lists
six of the symbols found at Castle Crags: the swastika, a form of
the Maltese cross, the triangle, the all-seeing eye, the serpent
and the three steps to the throne. He found these symbols engraved
on clay tablets in the temples of India as they had existed in
the sunken continent of Mu and I'd consider them authentic."
And so the controversy continued. Considering the age of Castle
Crags, local persons including Bascom insisted that these mystic
signs were carved into the granite rock in a prehistoric era, and
these theories are supported by those who believe that Mt. Shasta
area is, indeed, part of the last remaining portion of the vast
continent of Lemuria which sank into the Pacific Ocean together
with most of its ancient, advanced and highly skilled civilization.
The Castle Crags petroglyphs still remain a mystery. Who carved
the delicate, intri-cate symbols into the hard, granite boulders
and when and why, will probably always be just another mystery in
an area where mysteries abound.
=========================================
<<<< RealUFOs >>>>
We know the truth is out there!
===========================================
Post message: ***@yahoogroups.com
Subscribe: RealUFOs-***@yahoogroups.com
List Owner: RealUFOs-***@yahoogroups.com

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Did Anybody See My Keys? July 22, 2003.

In the second part of this material it explains how you can loose
your keys and then find them again. The first part of this material
discusses who built the Great Pyramid. It's channeled so be
careful.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: G
LADY KADJINA SPEAKS
Following is the latest message from Lady Kadjina. Please feel free
to copy and/or redistribute this or other of her messages at no
charge to anyone, giving credit to the source as Cities of Light
(http://www.citiesoflight.net). Email comments to: Reverend Kay
Simmons or Wayne Moody.

Home to Cities of Light Year 2003 Archives
Year 2002 Archives
Year 2001 Archives
Year 2000 Archives
Year 1999 Archives
Kay's Favorite Links The Reading Room..

Lady Kadjina Speaks
July 20, 2003
Items Covered:
Zodiac-Related Temple Complex Under Giza Plateau
Alleged Attempts by US and Israeli Mil-tary to Penetrate Pyramid
Secrets
ETs Buried with King Tut?
US Attempts to Control Space for M-litary Purposes
ETs Buried with King Tut?
US Attempts to Control Space for Mi-itary Purposes
Purpose of UFO Over European Constitutional Congress in
Thessalonika
Meaning of Recent Crop Circle at Thornborough Henge
Loss and Return of Objects Signifying Connection Between Worlds
Purpose of the Recent Buildup of Solar Wind Speed and
Solar-Terrestrial Magnetism

Wayne: This is the first of a 2-part question. There is a body of
anecdotal and remote-viewing evidence that suggests there is a
series of tunnel systems and complex of underground temples under
the pyramids at Giza. One of these describes a complex as follows:
"a huge temple complex many miles down that further reflect and
align to the celestial bodies. I have seen 12 huge colonnades that
lead to doorways that point to all 12 zodiac signs. I have seen a
huge temple under the Sphinx that was made for Initiations into
the mysteries for those who came to seek wisdom."
(http://www.onelight.com/giza/giza.htm). (There is a similar such
series of rooms in the great underground City in Peru that I have
personally experienced during a Shamanic Journey.) Can you verify the
accuracy of this information and tell us more about these tunnels and
complexes?

Good morning, this is Lady Kadjina and it's good to be with
everyone again. It's been a long vacation time. Yes, indeed, there
are structures beneath the great pyramid and we hope by now that
most readers understand that these structures were built not by
Cheops, but by Thoth. This means that they are some 11,000-plus
years old. Now in the book called The Emerald Tablets, written by
Thoth through his priest Doreal, he speaks of the underworld
dimension known as the Halls of Amenti. Now these halls that he
refers to are 4th and 5th dimensional. They function as a type
of guardian energy. It is not possible for 3rd dimensional beings
to access the stored information or energies in ways that they could
utilize. The same holds true for the Emerald Tablets themselves.
It is also well-known that if you enter the sarcophagus unprepared
to take the required initiation, you will die. (JW If you enter
the sarcophagus and don't believe in any of this information, then
you won't d-e. I asked a close friend of mine, who didn't believe
what I had to say, to go into the sarcophagus and see if the
underground etheric motors could be heard turning and producing
powers. The person heard nothing and didn't di-.)
The great underworld cities that this writer is seeing, where the
initiations take place, are in the astral or 4th dimensional realm.
The initiates would leave their bodies and go into the great
underworld halls. These 4th and 5th dimensional halls are not
accessible to 3-dimensional humans-you must enter the higher realms
to access them. Now the complex in Peru that Wayne refers to is
3rd dimensional. There are 3rd dimensional complexes under the
Giza plateau as well. However, what Wayne observed, energetically
speaking, was knowledge of the 4th and 5th dimensional realm.
These complexes have a dual nature. It is much like the
sarcophagus-it is a 3rd dimensional structure meant for 4th and 5th
dimensional experiences and the same is true of the Emerald
Tablets.
Energetically speaking, the entire complex, both above and below
ground, is a portal to other dimensions. And there are indeed
doorways to energies conducive to human initiation into the great
mysteries and these are indeed connected to the signs of the zodiac
and also to the planets. There are planets that they are connected
that humans have not even discovered as yet, and one of the greatest
of the celestial complexes is that of the Alpha Centaurian complex.
This is the home of Chiron, who is representative to the planet at
this time of the mysteries of alchemy and the higher aspects of
healing based upon the laws of compassion. And he is also the aspect
of the manifestation of brotherly love that encompasses all life
upon this planet.

Wayne: Continuing from the previous question: "I also have seen an
American mi-tary compound deep under the plateau that is connected
to Israel via huge tunnel systems. Why they are there, I do not
know, but my intuition tells me that the American and Israeli
gov't has been plundering ancient Atlantean technologies for years
and are trying like h-ll to get into the Hall of Records and
penetrate the force field system put in place by the Atlantean
priests."
(http://www.onelight.com/giza/giza.htm). Can you comment on this,
please?

These go-ernments are only able to access the 3rd dimensional
realm. It has been most frustrating for them not to be able to
access the deeper mysteries and utilize them. Now the dark
energies that these two go-ernments have been working with since
the 1940s have accessed certain aspects of the energy or the
mystery, such as cloning and such as certain Star Wars technologies.
But there is a line drawn that they cannot access the missing links
that would allow them to totally take over the world. These two
nations are consorts one to the other and Israel truly believes
that Go- himself has given them dominion over all things pertaining
to Planet Earth. However, the g-d that they worship, Jeh-vah, is
one of the lesser go-s and is by temperament a jealous -od, and
jealousy is not of the highest light and therefore cannot succeed
because jealousy is never of pure intent. Jealousy never has as
its goal and purpose the highest good of all but is only
self-serving.
Now this is not to say or in any way put down the Je-ish people,
many of whom are very noble and of the highest purpose and intent.
The same goes for the American people, even though their gov-rnment
is cor-upt. Many of them are of the highest light and do have pure
hearts. And this is a great truth of every nation upon the planet
at this time.

Wayne: There is a claim, with photograph, that there may have
been two extraterrestrials found buried in Tutankhamens's tomb,
which have been officially described as "two seven or eight month
foetuses, one of them probably female"
(http://www.ufos-aliens.co.uk/). Is this the product of an
overactive imagination or did King Tut take two ET friends with
him to the grave? Can you comment on this rather startling
possibility?

As we have said the pyramids at Giza were built more than 11,000
years ago, at a time when the people of Egypt were cannibals. They
had no king; they had no gov-rnment; they were very tribal. Now
Thoth stayed with the people for approximately 6,000 years, which
was up until the time approximately of the immediate ancestors of
King Tut.
Now the king had access of course to the pyramids and they would
use some of the interior spaces for their burial sites.
At the time of King Tut there was still access to many ETs.
Spacecraft were still coming and going, and Egypt at that time was
not at w-r against the extraterrestrials. The ETs oftentimes would
live with the kings and would serve as advisors. It was not
unheard of that the ETs and the humans would have s-xual relations
and could produce offspring. In more modern times, captured ETs
have been cloned, but back in the time of King Tut, there were just
good friendships. When these small ETs passed from the earth realm,
they were mummified. They died ahead of the King, but he had great
affection for them, and so at the time of his death he asked that
they be taken and buried with him. They wanted to be together with
their ET friends in the realm of eternity.

Wayne: A recent article in the United Kingdom newspaper, The
Telegraph, announced that the Un-ted States was now trying to
control space ("Now the US Wants Control of Space" filed June 8,
2003 and published on June 11, 2003): "The Uni-ed States is
planning to take control of parts of space and develop patrolling
m-litary aircraft in orbit as part of a revived Star Wars proposal
for an American mil-tary empire above the ozone layer. According
to James Roche, the US Air Fo-ce Secretary, America's allies would
have "no veto power" over projects designed to achieve American
mili-ary control of space. The key theme of the ambitious plans is
described as "negation" - the denial of the use of space for
m-litary intelligence, or other purposes, without American
endorsement. The plans come after the successful use of global
positioning satellites (GPS) and other space technology during the
recent -ars in Afghanistan and Iraq." With the blowup of the USS
Columbia and the sec-et 'star wars' technology that it appears the
US is attempting to employ, combined with the fact that we are in
an apparent 'lock down' mode, what benefits will the US effort
have, and will they be able to employ nuclear and/or
electromagnetic scalar technologies with this current initiative?

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

.......................

Part 2 of 2.

..............
..............

Absolutely not! They can go so far and no further. At the time
of the Columbia incident, we stated that the reason for the demise
of the Columbia was to thwart Star Wars technologies and that at no
time would there be success in the future. We have also stated that
the Un-ted States has an encampment in space already, where they
have put many scientists and technicians. The Columbia was going
to pick up samples and information and bring them back to Earth,
and the agenda was definitely a Star Wars agenda, and this agenda
from this point forward will be thwarted. However, this will not
stop them from trying. However, time has run out for those of the
dark agenda and they know it.
Already the American gover-ment is beginning to crumble
internally. You have seen many individuals resign; you have heard
American soldiers speaking out against the American regime; Senators
who voted for the w-r in Iraq are now speaking adamantly that they
feel they have been repeatedly lied to. Hundreds of thousands of
American citizens are demanding of their representatives an
investigation of the real motives of those who now preside over the
White House.
Even though Planet Earth is in a lockdown mode, which means
nothing enters and nothing leaves without permission of the
planetary hierarchy, there are still certain events that must be
played out. But we assure you that those with the dark agenda will
see their agendas come to nothing. They are guaranteed absolute
failure. This does not mean that no more American boys and girls
will d-e, for many will. You have not yet been told the truth of
just how many American boys have di-d. When the truth becomes
known, the outrage of the American people will indeed have to be
reckoned with by those in power, for such lies and such deceit will
no longer be tolerated. It is a well-known fact that if you make
the American people angry enough, they will rise up and act.
Those young soldiers who spoke out against the current
administration policies are being threatened with punishment by
the Pe-tagon. These young men should be given the highest mil-tary
awards possible for having the courage to renounce the current
administration. We told you at the beginning of this conflict
that the time would come when the American boys would become
ashamed; some would refuse to fight and others would choose
de-th rather than dishonor by committing suicide.
And at the time of this writing, there is a suicide watch for
several of the young soldiers. This is how ashamed some of the
soldiers are. They are being ordered to commit grave atrocities
of the most serious nature and they cannot do so, and so they
choose to die.

From a reader from Greece: I would like to tell about the

gathering, the Congress of the European Nations, which took place
[recently] in Thessalonica, Greece. Some reporters reported that
during the first day of the congress an unidentified flying object
passed over the city and then [an order was given] to repel it
with some airplanes from a [nearby] town. The media reported it
after two days with very small letters. Few yet know it happened.
I guess the galactic federation wanted to make its presence known.
Would Lady Kadjina like to comment on this event?

People of Planet Earth just do not want to believe that UFOs
are real.
This particular UFO wanted to lend moral support to the European
nations. It is our understanding that this particular Congress was
attempting to find the common denominators, which will bring all of
Europe into a workable oneness of purpose and goals, and the UFO was
wanting to cheer them on. This was one of the greatest sp-ritual
events to transpire upon Earth in some time. Its purpose is the
good of the whole rather than individual countries. The media is
much controlled by the Earth powers that be (for the moment).

Wayne: A recent crop circle at Thornborough Henge in North
Yorkshire, England, is directly adjacent to what has been termed
"one of the most important" ancient sites. Can you tell us if
this new crop circle has a message related to this ancient site?
(http://www.cropcircleconnector.com/2003/
Thornborough/Thornborough2003.html) (This link is only for
subscribers)

In the center of the crop circle is a circle with a dot in the
center, so to speak. And this is the symbol of the great I AM. It
represents the presence of G-d. And the arcs around the outside of
the circle are the lotus blossoms.
The message is that it is time for the portal of the ancient site
to be reopened. The lotus blossom is the symbol of the heart
charka and also the crown lotus. The heart connects you with your
high self and your soul and the crown lotus connects you with your
galactic brothers and sisters. And so the message is that it is
time to reconnect, first with their own energy grid and then with
their galactic grids.

Wayne: We have recently experienced several occasions where
something we thought we had lost, and looked everywhere for it,
suddenly showed up in the very place that we had looked for it
several times. (JW I've had this happen to me quite often.)
Others we have talked to have shared similar experiences. We
generally pass it off as "senior moments," yet it seems that
something else is going on. Can you discuss this phenomenon
and what is actually happening?

This is a part of what we call the unification of the worlds.
Because of Kay's great love for the animals, plants, and birds, she
has drawn to your home energies from the other worlds. In
previous times, these energies have been called poltergeists. You
can think of them as playful little imps. However, in this time
you have attracted not the little destructive imps, but rather
very benevolent energies.
Kay has long been associated with things such as apportations
and materializations and so the two of you are able to put out the
thoughts, "I can't find the keys, or the wallet," and these energies
respond. These energies have designated Kay's relocation place to
be her little black purse. Now as you know, she has looked for
her keys in that black purse several times, totally emptying out
the little black bag onto the tabletop, and then she will sit down
and ask the powers that be, "Where are my keys?" and they will
answer back, "Look in your little black purse!" and she will shout
back, "I already have-three times; I have everything strewn on the
table top!" to which they will simply say, "Look again, they are
in there." And sure enough, there they are, the only thing in her
purse. Now her keychain is large, with a collection of many keys.
It even has a small thermometer on it-it is something that you just
don't miss. And so we would say, be very grateful to your
other-world friends for helping you out and welcome them to your
life.

Wayne: The magnetic energy streaming into the Earth from the Sun
has been increasing rather dramatically from the first of this year.
Wayne's Solar-Terrestrial Magnetic Index" began rather low at 60.0
and further dropped to 56.0 on January 9th, before beginning its
steady rise, is at 78.3 as of July 19th, and does not appear to have
leveled off yet. This is much higher than what was occurring during
the so-called "solar maximum" of 2001. Average solar wind speed has
increased more than 30% for the first half of 2003 from the previous
4-year average. Lady Kadjina has told us in previous messages that
the etheric grid system was being adjusted, that the 'boiler room'
was being activated, and that Earth had begun to claim her power. I
am assuming, therefore, that this increased solar wind speed and
resultant magnetic energy is as if the power level has been turned up
now that everything is in place and tuned up to receive it, and that
this increased energy is in effect a "re-energization" of this planet
and its peoples. Can you comment on this?

You've got it exactly correct, Wayne!
Now we told you that the entire planet is going to go to the same
frequency as the sarcophagus, which is 13.8, and you are getting
really close. We also told you that at the time of the sinking of
Atlantis, the higher light of the planet went to sleep and many of
your cities of light had their light dimmed. Many of the great
masters left the planet.
But now, with all of the reactivation of the grids, the crystals,
the chakra systems, and the reconnection of humanity to Mother
Earth and to Lady Gaia, Mother Sun subsequently can begin to radiate
her loving energies to her daughter Earth as she did in the days of
old. Other planets are able to do the same thing. This is
responsible for so many of you having what you have joyously called
"the great mind" moments. This is when you are thinking the same
thing at the same time, or when you use your chat room keyboards
and type in the same thing, you explain to one another, "Oh, great
minds at work again."
Others of you who have always said "I have no psychic talents or
gifts" are suddenly able to read the health issues of people that
you have been asked to pray for, and you find yourself correctly
diagnosing their condition before they have gone to the doctor.
Many of you are playing remote viewing games and are correctly
seeing inside each other's homes and describing what they look
like, describing what is being cooked, and also the activities
that are taking place. Many of you know ahead of time that you're
going to have a flat tire while traveling on the Interstate.
Your skills are increasing dramatically and you have Mother Sun
to thank for this.
You can also thank the faithful Earth stewards who have been
working tirelessly to reactivate all the various types of energies
upon Planet Earth, including the water systems.

Part 2 of 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Chilly Today And Hot Tamale. July 25, 2003.

Lately I've started taking red pepper, they have changed my
medicine a little and they installed a pacemaker-refibulator in my
chest. I'm feeling real good. In fact the the doctor says I look
unbelievably good. He said I pasted an EKG test that was perfect,
my blood pressure is perfect also. I'll have to not drive for 6
months to be pronouced as a safe driver. My friend will do all
the driving for both of us. All I have to do is stay healthy till
Dec. 27, 2003.

Here is something about Cayenne Pepper. An internet friend of
mine also sent me a video about this subject.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Cayenne Pepper Cures
http://home.online.no/~dusan/books/herbal_cayenne1.html
Curing With Cayenne
"If you master only one herb in your life, master cayenne pepper. It
is more powerful than any other."
- Dr. Richard SCHULZE, Medical Herbalist

If you are like most people who use herbs, you are a
jack-of-all-trades, but a master of none.
You know a little bit about a lot of herbs. What you know comes
from the labels of herb bottles, or from the advice of health
food store herbalists who write lots of books, but who never had
real patients themselves.
When bad disease hits, all your herbal tidbits won't save you, and
you'll be heading down the medical route, just like everyone else.
Herbs can cure serious, scary diseases, but not by taking a capsule
here and there. You need to know dosages, what forms of the herb,
how to apply them, in what combinations, and when.
If you want to become a powerful healer for yourself and your
family, master one herb...cayenne pepper. Knowing cayenne deeply
will give you and your family more cures than dabbling in twenty
herbs.
Learn cayenne deeply before you go on to anything else.
Life is like karate. If you smash a brick with your hand, you
will accomplish nothing and bruise yourself. But if you mentally
focus your energy, then you can achieve what seems impossible.
Focus. Don't scatter your energy. Being a good nutritional
conversationalist won't save you from many of the disease s in
this book. To cure yourself, you will need a detailed knowledge of
cayenne.
Put the time in. Study this book. Practice now, so that when the
emergencies come, you will act by reflex and not panic.
Students always ask Dr. Schultz, "What are the ten most important
herbs to have in the home?" He tells them,"At the top of the list is
cayenne pepper, because it will make the other nine work better."
I began by asking Dr. SCHULZE...
"If you take cayenne pepper in capsules, you may be wasting your
time and never getting the cures I got with my patients."
BISER: How can you say cayenne capsules are bad? I've heard from
readers who took cayenne in capsules and got great results! (JW
BISER is the person asking Dr. SCHULZE questions.)
SCHULZE: Well, fine. But I had thousands of patients who did the
same and who did not get well - until they took my cayenne orally.
I had many patients come in, and I loved to test them.
BISER: What does 'test' mean?
SCHULZE: I used to do "herbal experiments" with their approval. I
had hundreds of patients who would say, "Oh, I've been using
cayenne pepper for years. I take this; I take that. I've been
using it every day for 14 years."
So I would sit them down and would either give them some cayenne
tincture or some cayenne powder directly in the mouth.
They would tell me that it was like they had never used cayenne
pepper before. They would say, "I heard my ears pop; I felt a rush
of blood to my head. I can feel tingling in my feet and toes."
They would give me responses that they never had from taking
cayenne pepper for 10, 12, 14, 15 years.
One thing really became evident to me in the clinic: There is
only one way to take cayenne, and that is right in the mouth.
BISER: When my readers say, "Hey, I don't need Schulze, I'm
already taking cayenne," they were like your patients when they
first walked in?
SCHULZE: Yeah, and again, you are only getting a small part of
the potential effect of cayenne pepper by taking it in the wrong
way.
I would give these patients just real tiny amounts. These people
might have been taking eight or ten capsules for ten years, and I
would give them a drop or a pinch of cayenne.
BISER: Not even your therapeutic dose?
SCHULZE: Not even close. And I never had anybody that just didn't
go "Holy ----," and hold onto their ears or whatever - and notice
a big difference.
What was going on is that much of cayenne's healing action
occurs right in your mouth. As cayenne touches your tongue, the
cayenne absorbs in seconds and nerve endings send signals
throughout the body - sending waves of fresh blood to wherever you
are sick. New healing begins in seconds. These seconds and nerve
endings send signals throughout the body - sending waves of fresh
blood to wherever you are sick. New healing begins in seconds.
These surges of fresh blood do not occur when you bypass the mouth
by taking capsules.
"In an emergency, a capsulated product is the slowest acting. The
person could be stone-cold dead by the time the capsule opens up
and goes to work."
BISER: What about people who don't like the taste of cayenne in
their mouth?
SCHULZE: Just stay sick. The most minor me-ical treatments are
much more debilitating than a little hot pepper in your mouth.
For people not used to it, they just need to work their way up.
One problem people have is that they blow their mind or their
mouth - right off the bat. For some who have never used cayenne
pepper, a good initial dosage is 1/16th of a teaspoonful in some
juice.
Most of my patients were sensitive at first. Those same people,
in three or four months, would be taking two dropperfuls of my most
potent tonic.
Some people end up taking six or more dropperfuls a day of
cayenne tincture.
You build up an ability to use it, just like with anything else.
It's not like you need to start off with a whole teaspoon in the
mouth - and then hold on to the arms of your chair.
BISER: If all this is so, then why do herb companies promote
cayenne in capsules?
SCHULZE: They want to sell more. It's for their benefit - not
yours. The companies say, "How do we get a broader market? Let's
make our herbal customers real comfortable." But then the capsules
don't work and the patient has to go and get their leg sawed off.
If you want to take herbs, and not notice anything going on with
your body, and not be made uncomfortable in any way, and not have
any cleansing occur - then take dr-gs.
It's a shame, because a hundred years ago, cayenne was considered
to be one of the most powerful herbs on the planet. Nowadays, it has
become more of a fad, and people are not getting the healing
response that they are due by taking this herb.
They are taking it the wrong way.
BISER: But all herbalism today is based on herbal capsules!
SCHULZE: This wasn't the way the old-time herbalists practiced.
It wasn't the way my teacher, the late Dr. John Christopher,
practiced. He got his results with teas and tinctures.
Capsules disconnect people from the herbs they take, so that
they have no personal idea whether they are getting good or
lousy quality. Capsules also prevent people from getting a reaction
in their mouths, which was what Nature intended.
Another great reason not to take cayenne in capsules is that they
can make you real sick. They won't cause permanent damage, but you
can suffer greatly. Capsules can give you a stomach cramp that will
double you over.
When you put cayenne in your mouth, your stomach secretes
digestive juices before the cayenne ever gets there. So when the
cayenne gets down there, your stomach is all ready for it.
But if you swallow a capsule, your tongue tastes nothing; a
capsule goes down in your stomach, and your stomach notices nothing
- at first. Then, five minutes later the gelatin bursts, and you
have a 1/2 teaspoon of cayenne pepper in your stomach and your body
goes into shock. You surprised it. "Where did this come from?"
"When you take cayenne in capsules, you get a punch in the stomach.
It's a very different reaction. It's like no warm-up or stretch
before you do vigorous physical exercise."
BISER: It's like jumping on a treadmill and running!
SCHULZE: Right. After you wake up out of bed, you leap onto the
treadmill, within ten seconds, and go for a ten mile an hour run.
Your body will cramp, because you're forcing blood to the muscles
before they're ready. So this is what happens when you take that
capsule cayenne. You get an almost uncontrollable cramping of
those organs, and you just bend right over. If someone is ill with
gallstones or has a stomach ulcer, this can be absolutely the
wrong way to do it. You can make yourself worse.
After years in the clinic, I think it is a dangerous thing to
do.
BISER: So using a lower potency cayenne in capsules is not an
answer for people who want to go the mild route?
SCHULZE: Why bother? The cayenne in capsules is low quality, in
spite of fancy labels and "high potency" claims. Most cayenne sold
comes from third-world countries and is highly sprayed with
pesticides. It doesn't work. Patients who used it stayed sick -
until I blew their health problems open with the "right stuff."
The lower-heat cayennes are a lot less efficient, and they are
the ones that are most highly contaminated. These are the ones
you see labeled for 40,000 heat units. They are the ones imported
from G-d knows where: Egypt, China, and so on. These are the ones
to stay away from.
The companies pay around $2 per pound for this kind of cayenne.
Compare that to the up-to-$20 per pound I have paid for the great,
organically-grown stuff.
You can't go by labels. I had a bunch of cayenne yesterday that
was just garbage - but the label was impressive. It claimed a
90,000 heat unit, which is high for cayenne pepper in healthfood
stores. Cayenne pepper is usually 40, 60 or 70. But I would have
rated this stuff at more like 8,000 - or 5,000. It barely warmed
my mouth.
A lot of people claim high heat on particular cayennes. But when
you taste them, they are really pathetic. So there is some real
garbage out there that is not going to help anybody.

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Some Facts And Myths About Mt. Shasta. July 27, 2003.

Here is an article that talks about most of the facts and myths
about Mt. Shasta.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: S
Subject: The Origin of the Lemurian Legend (?)
The Origin of the Lemurian Legend
http://www.siskiyous.edu/shasta/fol/lem/
Perhaps the most popular example of Mount Shasta lore, and a
legend involving the first claim by non-Native Americans for a
spiritual connection with the mountain, concerns the mystical
brotherhood believed to roam through jeweled corridors deep inside
the mountain.
According to Miesse, "In the mid-19th Century paleontologists
coined the term "Lemuria" to describe a hypothetical continent,
bridging the Indian Ocean, which would have explained the migration
of lemurs from Madagascar to India. Lemuria was a continent which
submerged and was no longer to be seen. By the late 19th Century
occult theories had developed, mostly through the theosophists,
that the people of this lost continent of Lemuria were highly
advanced beings. The location of the folklore 'Lemuria' changed
over time to include much of the Pacific Ocean. In the 1880s a
Siskiyou County, California, resident named Frederick Spencer
Oliver wrote A Dweller on Two Plants, or, the Dividing of the Way
which described a secret city inside of Mount Shasta, and in passing
mentioned Lemuria. Edgar Lucian Larkin, a writer and astronomer,
wrote in 1913 an article mentioned in which he reviewed the Oliver
book. In 1925 a writer by the name of Selvius wrote "Descendants
of Lemuria: A Description of an Ancient Cult in America" which was
published in the Mystic Triangle, Aug., 1925 and which was entirely
about the mystic Lemurian village at Mount Shasta. Selvius reported
that Larkin had seen the Lemurian village through a telescope. In
1931 Wisar Spenle Cerve published a widely read book entitled
Lemuria: The Lost Continent of the Pacific in which the Selvius
material appeared in a slightly elaborated fashion. The
Lemuria-Mount Shasta legend has developed into one of Mount Shasta's
most prominent legends" (1993; 136).
According to Zanger, Frederick Spencer Oliver was a Yrekan teen
who claimed that his hand began to uncontrollably write a manuscript
dictated to him by Phylos, a Lemurian s-irit (1993). Meisse points
out that Oliver's novel of spi-itual fiction is "The single most
important source of Mount Shasta's esoteric legends. The book
contains the first published references linking Mt. Shasta to:
1) a mystical brotherhood; 2) a tunnel entrance to a secret city
inside Mount Shasta; 3) Lemuria; 4) the concept of "I AM"; 5)
"cha-neling" of ethreal sp-rits; 6)a panther surprise" (1993; 143).
The author claims to have written most of the novel within sight
of Mount Shasta, and autobiographical telling of the story from
Phylos the Thibetan's point of view is an interesting twist.
We have included a few pages of text from the novel, including
the reference to the mystic brotherhood that lives amid "the walls,
polished as by jewelers, though excavated by giants; floors carpeted
with long, fleecy gray fabric that looked like fur, but was a
mineral product; ledges intersected by the builders, and in their
wonderful polish exhibiting veinings of gold, of silver, of green
copper ores, and maculations of precious stones." (Oliver 1905; 248).
In 1908, Adelia H. Taffinder wrote an article, "A Fragment of
the Ancient Continent of Lemuria," for the Atlantic Monthly. In her
article she links the concept of Lemuria to California, and Meisse
proposses that the article, "with its Theosophical teachings and
extension of the Lemurian Myth to California, may have been part of
the research material involved in the creation of the Mount Shasta
Lemurian Myth as presented by Selvius in 1925 and Creve in 1931"
(1993; 147).
Selvius' 1925 two-page article, "Decendants of Lemuria" is,
according to Meisse, "the singlemost inportant document in the
establishment of the modern Mt. Shasta-Lemurian myth," so we have
included Selvius' full-text article. Selvius claims that Professor
Edgar Lucian Larkin viewed the Lemurian site on Mount Shasta using
his telescope: "Even no less a careful investigator and scientist
than Prof. Edgar Lucin Larkin, for many years director of Mount
Lowe Observatory, said in newspaper and magazine articles that he
had seen, on many occasions, the great temple of this mystic
village, while gazing through a long-distance telescope."
Although Selvius' article is the most historically interesting,
Wishar Spenle Cerve's 1931 Lemuria: The Lost Continent of the
Pacific is, according to Meisse, "responsible for the legend's
widespread popularity" (1993; 146). Perhaps most intriging is
Meisse's speculation that "it appears from the similarity of
material that "Selvius" and "Cerve" were one and the same person"
(1993; 145). Further muddying the waters is Edward Stul's worth
claim that "Wishar Spenly Cerve" is really a letter-for-letter
pseudonym for "Harve Spencer Lewis," first Imperator of the
Rosicrucian Order of North and South America.
Still, it is Cerve's book, published by the Ancient Mystical
Order Rosae Crucis, that has provided the popular description of
the Lemurians as "tall, graceful, and agile," and as visitors that
"would come to one of the smaller towns and trade nuggets and gold
dust for some modern commodities" (250).
The idea of a lost continent (and the subsequent existence of
Lemurians on Mount Shasta), quickly became widely known, though
perhaps not so widely believed. In 1939, Mount Shasta botanist
William Cooke was in a Cincinati library when he was asked if he
"knew anything about the LeMurians." A few months later, in a
Mount Shasta Herald article called "Lights on Mt. Shasta: Evidences
Discounted," Cooke questions the legend that Larkin could have
used a telescope to see any structures on Mount Shasta. About a year
later, in another Herald article, titled "Wm. Bridge Cooke Discusses
'Lost Continent' Book," Cooke qestioned the possibility of a Lemuria
or Mu (1941).
Today the belief that Lemurians inhabit the mountain is still
very popular, and anyone visiting the local bookstores will likely
be suprised by the plethora of texts on the subject.
------------------------------------
ANOMALOUS IMAGES AND UFO FILES
http://www.anomalous-images.com
------------------------------------
Or send an email to: IUFO-***@topica.com
TOPICA - Start your own email discussion group. FREE!
http://www.topica.com/partner/tag02/create/index2.html
------------------------------------

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: History Of Iran And The Middle East. July 28, 2003.

This information covers a lot of the countries where we have
been fighting in the Middle East. Many years ago I heard a speaker
say in the past we had an expedition to Ur. They found a number of
schematics or paintings on a wall which show how to do certain
things. One was used by Einstein to produce the formula E=MC2. The
paintings next were given to Wernher Von Braun to find out the
escape velosity of an object in space. I checked with the lecturer
some years after that and he couldn't remember the name of the book
where he read this material. He said it probably had something to
do with the Mr. Wooley Expeditions.
If any knows any more about this please contact me.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: Joe Schultz <***@ev1.net>
Reply-To: ***@topica.com
Subject: Sumer -- Akkad -- Solon
A SHORT HISTORY OF THE MIDDLE EAST FROM 3000 TO 1000 B.C.

PART I
A War-Ravaged Civilization

By the middle of the third millennium B.C. civilization was
spreading from Sumer to the nearest corner of Iran (Elam). It
also spread up the Euphrates River into Syria, where cities
like Mari and Ebla were now getting started. The discovery of
Ebla in 1974 turned out to be the most exciting find in
Middle Eastern archaeology since the Dead Sea Scrolls.
Ebla had the oldest and one of the largest libraries of
clay tablets ever found; the translation and study of these
15,000+ cuneiform records will keep Bi-lical scholars busy
well into the 21st century.
While Sumer continued to develop the elements of
civilization, it also wore itself out through w-rfare between
the city-states. Except for the occasional barbarian raid,
the world was largely peaceful at this time.
And no wonder--with a total world population of only five
or six million, there was plenty of room for everybody, even
for the hermit who thinks the neighborhood is getting crowded
if he can see the smoke of somebody else's campfire. In Sumer,
however, population pressure could be felt, because there
were now half a million people (10% of the total world
population!) crowded into an area about the size of Maryland.
The Sumerians never learned to live in peace, despite their
common language and culture. As a result the Sumerians also
led the world in mil-tary technology, inventing maces,
battleaxes, lances, swords, compound bows, and body armor.
Wa-fare also led to the discovery that man could be
domesticated, meaning slavery.
As time went on, w-rs became both nastier and more
frequent. For a period covering 220 years, the Sumerian
King List assigns three dynasties to Kish, three to Uruk,
two to Ur, and single ones from five other cities; no
doubt political and m-litary turmoil caused the frequent
changes in leadership. Two non-Sumerian kingdoms, Elam
and Mari, also got involved in the action. Because
Sumer's main resource is mud, many of the first wars
were fought to gain control over mud's ingredients--
namely land and water. The longest-running of these
conflicts, between the city-states of Lagash and Umma,
lasted from about 2500 to 2358 B.C., and ended when the
king of Umma, Lugalzaggesi, defeated his rivals to become
"big man" of all Sumer.
While the Sumerian city-states lived, progressed, and
struggled for supremacy, various Semitic tribes lived
in the central and northern thirds of Mesopotamia. In
times of peace they traded with their more civilized
neighbors; in not-so friendly times the wealth of the
cities prompted the impoverished nomads to make raids.
By Lugalzaggesi's time the nearest Semites were serving
as mercenaries in the Sumerian armies.
These people called their central Mesopotamian home
Akkad, so they are known to us as Akkadians. One of
them, Sargon I, would rise from humble beginnings to
become the first emperor the world had seen since
Nimrod.
Many legends have obscured the true origins of this
extraordinary figure. According to one Moses-like story,
he was illegitimate, so his mother put him in a
pitch-covered basket and launched it down the Euphrates.
A farmer drawing water to irrigate his field found
the basket and raised the child as his own. In ways
that are not explained, Sargon somehow rose to become
the cupbearer to Ur-Zababa, the king of Kish, Sometime
after that--again we do not know how--he overthrew his
master and raised an army against Lugalzaggesi. He met
the Sumerian king in battle at Uruk, defeated him, put
a dog collar on him, and led him to Nippur, where
Lugalzaggesi spent his last days locked in a pillory
at the city gate. Then Sargon conquered the rest of
the city-states one by one. To show that all of Sumer
was now his, he ceremoniously washed his weapons in
the Persian Gulf.(3)
Sargon did not stop with Sumer. An eastern campaign
conquered the troublesome Elamites. In the west, he
conquered Mari and Ebla in Syria, advanced at least
as far as the famed cedar forests of Lebanon, and
even campaigned in the Taurus mountains of southeastern
Turkey. All of Mesopotamia and most of the known
world around it were now united under one ruler.
Somewhere along the Euphrates River, Sargon built a
new capital called Agade ("United").
Although Sargon replaced Sumerians with Akkadians
at the higher levels of government, he had enough
respect for Sumerian culture to leave most of it
alone. In fact he became a champion of it when he
made his daughter a priestess of Nanna and gave
himself titles such as "anointed priest of Anu" and
"great governor under Enlil."
And wherever his army of 5,400 men went,
Mesopotamian civilization was sure to follow.
Sargon's glorious reign lasted for about 55 years
(2334?-2279? B.C.), but the empire only outlived
him by three generations. Around 2193 B.C., the
last king, Shar-kali-shari, disappeared in a palace
revolution; by this time the barbarian problem had
become too much to handle. The tribes started
spilling from the mountains of Turkey, Armenia,
Azerbaijan and Iran into the lowlands of the empire.
One of these tribes, the Gutians, destroyed Agade,
occupied Nippur and a few strategic points, and
left submissive rulers in charge of the other
cities.(4)
The Sumerians put up with these uncouth
outsiders for 91 years before they revolted. In
2119 B.C., Utuhegal, the governor of Uruk,
raised an army and threw out the Gutians. His
success was short-lived, though; a few years
later his governor over Ur, Ur-Nammu, ousted him
in a coup.
Despite his treachery, Ur-Nammu turned out to
be a superb leader. He and his successor Shulgi
(2094-47) devoted themselves to restoring order,
prosperity, and proper care of the g-ds. This
was Sumer's last hurrah; the 21st century B.C.
saw the best years of Sumerian civilization. Ur
grew to house 40,000 people, the biggest and most
active city of its day. All over Sumer new temples
were built; the largest was a 70-foot-high
ziggurat in Ur itself, dedicated to the moon-go-
Nanna.
Finally Ur-Nammu is notable as the first known
lawgiver in history. Bits and pieces of his law
code have come to us, and what remains is of
considerable interest, for it appears that some
crimes were punished with fines in silver, rather
than the mutilation or death penalties that are
commonplace in the celebrated code of Hammurabi
three centuries later. It was also during this
time that Abraham followed Go-'s command to leave
Mesopotamia and move to the Holy Land, where he
would become the father of a great nation; we'll
discuss that in more detail in the next chapter.
Nothing made by man lasts forever, and the
two kings after Shulgi divided their time between
building temples and waging -ars. Their effort
was a losing battle; their enemies included not
only the Elamites from Iran but also the nomads
of the Syrian desert. These nomads were called
Martu in the Sumerian language and Amurru in
Akkadian; we know them as the Amorites of the
Old Testament. Under their combined attacks the
empire literally disintegrated. The Amorites
broke through the defenses and overran much of
the countryside, until only Ur was left. That
was taken and sacked by the Elamites in 2004 B.C.
It was the end of Sumerian civilization; the
plains of southern Iraq would continue to be a
major urban center for centuries to come, but
never again would any of its cities be the
capital of a great nation. Nor could they
prosper the way they used to; the vital
irrigation canals had brought up salt from the
Persian Gulf and from underground, ruining
the fertility of the farmlands. The poets
of Sumer's final days lamented the end of
their era, but the Sumerians left a mark on
the world that still endures today. In the
four thousand years since the fall of Ur,
civilization has changed in detail, but the
basic pillars of it are still the same. It
was in Sumer that trade, merchants, and
writing first appeared. It was the Sumerians
who first invented the wheel, the written
code of law, mathematics, and a government
with a bicameral legislature and elected
rulers. Finally, they helped civilization get
started among all the peoples they met.
The gradual spread of civilization, now
encompassing nearly all of the earth, is
one of history's most enduring trends,
started by the Sumerians and continuing
long after other peoples took their place
in the deserts, marshes, and cities of Iraq.
-------------------------------------------------------
FOOTNOTES
3. Symbolic gestures like this would later
be performed by other conquerors standing on
the same spot, from the Assyrian monarchs to
Saddam Hussein.
4. One of the puppet governors, Gudea of
Lagash, would later be deified as a go- of
learning and medicine.
--------------------------------------------------------

Part 2 of 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Chilly Today And Hot Tamale. Part 3 of 3. July 29, 2003.

This part tells you where you can get some of these products.
Today I went down to Wal-mart to try to buy some gingko. They
pointed out something that sounded like gingko but was spelled
a little different and was made up of two names. I next went over
to my favorite health food store here in Sonora, Calif. and asked
the sales person if they had some gingko. She pointed some out
to me in the leaf, bulk form. I asked her if she had it in
powdered form. I was informed that someone had sent off for
some of it and they never picked it up. It was in two different
forms so I took both of them. I then got them home and proceeded
to fill a glass one half full with orange juice, put a one quarter
teaspoonful of gingko in it and poured lot of what I thought was
red pepper. It turned out to be curry Powder. The top on the
bottle didn't have proper lid on it so I would up putting about
four times what I normally do which was one teaspoonful of
red pepper.

Well I ate it anyway. That was about 10 minutes ago so we shall
see if I am around tomorrow.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

How to use ginkgo with cayenne for curing Alzheimer's.

SCHULZE: I had this one lady with Alzheimer's disease. She ran a
business, but her disease got to where she couldn't remember
anyone's name, couldn't remember who they were, and wondered who
were these strangers coming in?
We got her right back to normal in a little over a week, to where
she remembered anything she wanted. Specifically, what we used on
her was the brain tonic we mention in Chapter Five. That has the
cayenne in it.
We used it on many many Alzheimer's patients. People told me
their whole memory was fading. It was like a bad hard disk on a
computer; they couldn't bring up any information. But after
using the formula for 3, 4 or 10 days, in the individual cases,
people had their memory back.
BISER: What is a good dose of this brain formula for anyone with
Alzheimer's disease?
SCHULZE: If you have Alzheimer's disease, or serious memory loss,
the dosage would be two full dropperfuls, three times a day. This
is a dosage of the brain formula made properly, with
organically-grown herbs, and packed with those herbs to the brim
while soaking in al-ohol. {Editor: Instructions for making tinctures
are in Chapter Four of this report.]
BISER: That's enough for Alzbeimer's?
SCHULZE: No. This is the dose to start with for a few days. Then
you can take it from two dropperfuls to four dropperfuls per dose.
On timing, you could go up to every other hour, if you wanted to
really crank it up.
And then, you need to add all the other things we cover in the
"SAVE-YOUR-LIFE Herbal Video Collection."`{Editor: Available from
The University of Natural Healing in Charlottesville, VA]
"You cannot cure eye problems until you add lots of hot cayenne
to the formula. It brings fresh blood to the eyeballs."
BISER: Did this turbo-charging effect happen with other herbal
formulas you created?
SCHULZE: All the time. Putting cayenne in formulas was one thing
that my late teacher, Dr. Christopher, did too.
For example, everybody used herbs to wash the eyes. That goes
back to the beginning of recorded history. I mean, Shakespeare
talks about using fennel to wash the eyes to make them brighter.
Every one talks about using herbs in the eyes.
But only Dr. Christopher put cayenne pepper with those herbs. He
knew it would increase the blood flow to your eyes, so all those
herbs would absorb better. And his formula did cure eye problems
- sometimes. Then I added three hundred times more cayenne than
he did, and the formula starting healing eyes in minutes. We'll
talk about that later.
BISER: The difference is exciting, but strong cayenne is the one
herb people don't want to use in anything!
SCHULZE: That's right. People want formulas to taste good, not
hot.
Imagine this: all the other herbs get their properties into your
blood, but that's not enough. Cayenne gets your blood to the area
that's sick. It's the truck all these other herbs go into - and
then cayenne drives them to the place where they need to be - to
get you well.
BISER: So if there is one herb people need to know about, it's
cayenne.
SCHULZE: It's very simple. I'll say it this way: One thing I saw
in my clinic that makes people sicker more often than anything else
is blockage of blood flow.
When you have a sick area, the blood flow is blocked off. Blood
is what takes nutrition and the healing properties of herbs to those
cells. It's also what carries out and removes the c-ap and waste
material. Well, when you have a sick area, the first thing you know
is that there is a restriction of blood flow to that area.
Blood fails to go through all that blockage to get to that area
that's sick, taking with it all the vitamins and minerals from the
food you eat, and all the vital chemicals from the herbs you take
- all the way to the sick area.
I don't know of another herb that does it. It's not like there
is a replacement. I've never seen anybody go, "Oh well, put this
other herb in your mouth and your face turns red."
Sure, there are a few heating herbs like ginger and horseradish,
but tell me another herb that I can put in everybody's mouth and,
with five hundred or a thousand people in a room, all of a sudden
it makes their faces look like cherries. I don't know another herb
that will do that, and cayenne does that through your whole body.
BISER: What is the difference between cayenne tincture and
cayenne powder?
SCHULZE: I use them both. The tincture is good for emergency
medicine, because it is so fast-acting. But I have also saved
people with cayenne powder in hot water.
I think the powder is stronger, and is needed in the worst cases.

* The book "Curing with Cayenne" by Dr. Richard Schulze is 136
pages and available from:

1533 Long St.
Clearwater, FL 33755
Phone: [phone].
Cost : $ --.--
For smaller quantities of specific herbs or complete formulas
based on Dr. Schulze's materials, contact Southerns
Botanicals at http://www.botanicals.net/ or
Southern Botanicals
611-D So Myrtle Ave.
Clearwater, FL 33756
Phone: [phone]
4) A DR. SEUSS STORY
...Thanks to a FORWARD to me from Ann Parrish & Jean D.
Williams...

Part 3 of 3..

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Some Of The Different Types Of Space People. July 30, 2003.

Here is some information about a discription of the different
space who are on Earth and have visited us. This is not all of
them because I've been told in the past that we have 35 different
types of Greys.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: w
Subject: types of Ets I grabbed off Burlington UFO on Yahoogroups.

AGHARIANS - (or Aghartians)
A group of Asiatic or Nordic humans who, sources claim, discovered
a vast system of caverns below the region of the Gobi desert and
surrounding areas thousands of years ago, and have since established
a thriving kingdom within, one which has been interacting with
other-planetary systems up until current times.

ALPHA-DRACONIANS

Reptilian beings who are said to have established colonies in
Alpha Draconis. Like all reptilians, these claim to have originated
on Terra thousands of years ago, a fact that they use to 'justify'
their attempt to re-take the earth for their own. They are
apparently a major part of a planned 'invasion' which is eventually
turning from covert infiltration mode to overt invasion mode as
the "window of opportunity" (the time span before International
human society becomes an interplanetary and interstellar power)
slowly begins to close. They are attempting to keep the "window"
open by suppressing advanced technology from the masses, which
would lead to eventual Terran colonization of other planets by
Earth and an eventual solution to the population, pollution, food
and other environmental problems. Being that Terrans have an
inbred "warrior" instinct the Draconians DO NOT want them/us to
attain interstellar capabilities and therefore become a threat
to their imperialistic agendas .

ALTAIRIANS

Alleged Reptilian inhabitants of the Altair stellar system in the
constellation Aquila, in collaboration with a smaller Nordic human
element and a collaborative Grey and Terran military presence.
Headquarters of a collective known as the "Corporate", which
maintains ties with the Ashtar and Draconian collectives
(Draconian).

AMPHIBIANS

Similar to the Saurians or Reptiloids, yet being hominoid
creatures with reptilian AS WELL AS amphibian-like features and are
semi-aquatic in nature.
May have once lived on land, yet became more aquatic over the
centuries. 'They' have been encountered near swampy regions, rivers,
etc., and have been known to attack people without being provoked.
It is interesting that some types of Greys AND Reptiloids are
believed to be semi-aquatic, having webbed fingers and toes
(Draconian).

ANAKIM, THE (also referred to the 'Els', short for 'Elder Race' or
simply as the 'Giants').
Referred to in ancient Hebrew tradition, this r-ce is allegedly
tied-in with a branch of ancient humans who broke-off from
mainstream humanity because of their vast size which had developed
over the centuries, possibly as a result of a genetic anomaly. They
are said to range anywhere from 9-11 ft. and in some cases even 12
ft. in height, although in configuration they are remarkably similar
to 'International' humans. Are said to possess a means of molecular
condensing and expansion which allows some of their kind to mingle
among humans on the surface. They have allegedly been encountered in
deep and extensive cavern systems below the western part of North
America, as far north as Alaska, as far south as Mexico, and as far
east as Texas. They are believed to have interstellar traveling
capabilities.

ANUNNAKI

Click here for description and how they have influenced the human
evolution.

ANTARCTICAN

This is allegedly a secret area of operations for both human and
reptilian beings. It is said by some that Aryan-Nazi scientists
actually developed disk-shaped aircraft capable of very advanced
aerial performance, and that swastika's have been seen on a few
aerial disks. They may be piloted by a 'pure-bred' blond, blue-eyed
Ar-an r-ce. There appears to be more than one 'Blond' human society
involved in the UFO scenarios, and especially subterranean human
societies may have developed 'blond' hair due to lack of sunlight.
There does not seem to be anything more than a peripheral connection
between the Antarcticans, the Telosian and the Pleiadean 'blondes'
(i.e. we will refer to the Antarcticans as the 'Ary-ns'; the
Telosians as the 'Blondes'; and the Pleiadeans as the 'Nordics'
in order to discourage confusion). The Antarcticans may consist
largely of 'batch consigned' pure- bred blue-eyed, blond Ary-ns who
became victims of Hitler's obsession to create a super ra-e, and as
suggested by Harbinson and others most of these may be controlled
through mind manipulation and implants, being 'human drones' who
are used to keep this hidden society functioning. A massive joint
humanoid-reptiloid underground system called the "New Berlin" is
said to lie below the mountains of Neu Schwabenland, Antarctica.
It is said by some sources that this joint human-alien force has
spread terror through this sector of the galaxy, conquering and
committing untold atrocities against the peaceful inhabitants of
other worlds. The famous abductee Barney Hill who along with his
wife Betty was abducted by "Zeta Reticulan Greys" in 1961, stated
under regressive hypnosis that he had encountered an evil-eyed
"German Nazi" working with the Greys on board the craft. It is
claimed that the original "treaty" with the Greys Was estabished
by the Bavarian Thule and Illuminati societies as early as 1933,
and this collaboration was brought into America via the C-A,
which was established with the help of American Nazi fifth
column agents as well as European Nazi's who were brought into
America through Project Paperclip and other operations.

ATLANS

These are humans, usually described as being benevolent by
comparison to other groups, who are said to inhabit vast and
complex cavern-cities beneath southern Brazil and surrounding
regions. The term 'Atlantean' or 'Atlan' in reference to these
r-ces, has been placed upon them because of the fact that these
cavern networks along the east coast of Brazil were reportedly
once a part of the antediluvian 'Atlantean' empire. The present
inhabitants have no direct GENETIC relation to the ancient
'Atlantean' society which is said to have controlled these cavern
systems several millennia ago, but are referred to as 'Atlanteans'
simply because they are descendants of those who re-discovered
continents, both common and gnome-like humans have been
encountered here, some of which possessed advanced aerial or
'disk' technology. The Telosians claim to have some connections
with South America, especially the Matto Grosso region where a
sister city named POSID exists in a large cavern system
underground.

BIAVILANS

Refer to Agharians

BERNARIANS

Inhabitants of the 'Bernard's Star' system. Although not much
has been written about them, it seems that human beings at least
in part control this star system, along with "The Orange". Whether
the Saurians have any influence or not is uncertain , however some
sources indicate a possible collaboration similar to that within
our own SOL system.

BOOTEANS

Reptilians from the 'Bootes' system. These, AND reptilian entities
from the 'Draconis' system are allegedly involved with the 'Dulce'
scenario as well as the infiltration- implantation-control of human
society on earth in anticipation of their planned takeover at some
point in the future (Draconian).

BURROWERS

Another mutation of the saurian or serpent rac- that is capable of
burrowing through the earth. Possibly quadrupedal as well as
be-pedal, these have been known to use their natural 'boring'
abilities to create artificial tunnels like moles, or even
spontaneously produced 'cave-ins' (the latter has allegedly been
used in attempts to entrap or ki-l unsuspecting intruders into the
underground domains). These may possess a highly- developed
'bio-sensing' system.

CETIANS - (or Tau Cetians)

A human r-ce of 'Mediterranean' or 'South American' appearing,
tan-skinned humans. Very similar to Caucasian humans on Terra except
for SLIGHT differences (slightly pointed ears, higher physical
'density' for their size, slightly broader nose, 5' 5" tall on
average, and often wear short 'Roman' or 'crew' style haircuts). Tau
Ceti and Epsilon Eridani are said to be a major 'convergence' of
exterran 'human' activity, and are said to be in alliance with the
Pleiadeans (who in turn, according to contactees, have 'Federated'
alliances with the Vegans, the Ummites, and others.). The Cetian
alliance with the Pleiadeans and 'other' societies who have been
'victimized' by the 'Grey' predators is based on a desire to
establish a common defense against their reptilian nemesis.

CHAMELEON

Reptilians genetically bred to enable themselves to appear
'human'. Also less-humanoid appearing Reptiloids who use a form of
technosis, molecular shape-shifting and/or laser holograms to
produce an outward "human" appearance.
Reports of these have surface from underground joint-operational
facilities near Dulce, New Mexico; Dougway, Utah; Groom Lake,
Nevada; Deep Springs, California; and Fort Lewis, Washington and
elsewhere. They are reportedly involved in some type of
infiltration agenda. These 'infiltrators' can appear remarkably
human outwardly , however at the same time retaining reptilian or
neo-saurian internal organs. Often described as appearing
'bulge-eyed' with scaly, hairless skin behind their 'disguise'.
One report alleged that the 'Chameleons' may utilize artificial
'lenses' to conceal "slit-pupiled iris'".
Some claim they are genetically bred 'mercenaries' who are part
of an advanced guard of a planned silent invasion-takeover of
human society.

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Some Of The Different Types Of Space People. July 30, 2003.

Here is some information about a discription of the different
space who are on Earth and have visited us. This is not all of
them because I've been told in the past that we have 35 different
types of Greys.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: w
Subject: types of Ets I grabbed off Burlington UFO on Yahoogroups.

AGHARIANS - (or Aghartians)
A group of Asiatic or Nordic humans who, sources claim, discovered
a vast system of caverns below the region of the Gobi desert and
surrounding areas thousands of years ago, and have since established
a thriving kingdom within, one which has been interacting with
other-planetary systems up until current times.

ALPHA-DRACONIANS

Reptilian beings who are said to have established colonies in
Alpha Draconis. Like all reptilians, these claim to have originated
on Terra thousands of years ago, a fact that they use to 'justify'
their attempt to re-take the earth for their own. They are
apparently a major part of a planned 'invasion' which is eventually
turning from covert infiltration mode to overt invasion mode as
the "window of opportunity" (the time span before International
human society becomes an interplanetary and interstellar power)
slowly begins to close. They are attempting to keep the "window"
open by suppressing advanced technology from the masses, which
would lead to eventual Terran colonization of other planets by
Earth and an eventual solution to the population, pollution, food
and other environmental problems. Being that Terrans have an
inbred "warrior" instinct the Draconians DO NOT want them/us to
attain interstellar capabilities and therefore become a threat
to their imperialistic agendas .

ALTAIRIANS

Alleged Reptilian inhabitants of the Altair stellar system in the
constellation Aquila, in collaboration with a smaller Nordic human
element and a collaborative Grey and Terran military presence.
Headquarters of a collective known as the "Corporate", which
maintains ties with the Ashtar and Draconian collectives
(Draconian).

AMPHIBIANS

Similar to the Saurians or Reptiloids, yet being hominoid
creatures with reptilian AS WELL AS amphibian-like features and are
semi-aquatic in nature.
May have once lived on land, yet became more aquatic over the
centuries. 'They' have been encountered near swampy regions, rivers,
etc., and have been known to attack people without being provoked.
It is interesting that some types of Greys AND Reptiloids are
believed to be semi-aquatic, having webbed fingers and toes
(Draconian).

ANAKIM, THE (also referred to the 'Els', short for 'Elder Race' or
simply as the 'Giants').
Referred to in ancient Hebrew tradition, this r-ce is allegedly
tied-in with a branch of ancient humans who broke-off from
mainstream humanity because of their vast size which had developed
over the centuries, possibly as a result of a genetic anomaly. They
are said to range anywhere from 9-11 ft. and in some cases even 12
ft. in height, although in configuration they are remarkably similar
to 'International' humans. Are said to possess a means of molecular
condensing and expansion which allows some of their kind to mingle
among humans on the surface. They have allegedly been encountered in
deep and extensive cavern systems below the western part of North
America, as far north as Alaska, as far south as Mexico, and as far
east as Texas. They are believed to have interstellar traveling
capabilities.

ANUNNAKI

Click here for description and how they have influenced the human
evolution.

ANTARCTICAN

This is allegedly a secret area of operations for both human and
reptilian beings. It is said by some that Aryan-Nazi scientists
actually developed disk-shaped aircraft capable of very advanced
aerial performance, and that swastika's have been seen on a few
aerial disks. They may be piloted by a 'pure-bred' blond, blue-eyed
Ar-an r-ce. There appears to be more than one 'Blond' human society
involved in the UFO scenarios, and especially subterranean human
societies may have developed 'blond' hair due to lack of sunlight.
There does not seem to be anything more than a peripheral connection
between the Antarcticans, the Telosian and the Pleiadean 'blondes'
(i.e. we will refer to the Antarcticans as the 'Ary-ns'; the
Telosians as the 'Blondes'; and the Pleiadeans as the 'Nordics'
in order to discourage confusion). The Antarcticans may consist
largely of 'batch consigned' pure- bred blue-eyed, blond Ary-ns who
became victims of Hitler's obsession to create a super ra-e, and as
suggested by Harbinson and others most of these may be controlled
through mind manipulation and implants, being 'human drones' who
are used to keep this hidden society functioning. A massive joint
humanoid-reptiloid underground system called the "New Berlin" is
said to lie below the mountains of Neu Schwabenland, Antarctica.
It is said by some sources that this joint human-alien force has
spread terror through this sector of the galaxy, conquering and
committing untold atrocities against the peaceful inhabitants of
other worlds. The famous abductee Barney Hill who along with his
wife Betty was abducted by "Zeta Reticulan Greys" in 1961, stated
under regressive hypnosis that he had encountered an evil-eyed
"German Nazi" working with the Greys on board the craft. It is
claimed that the original "treaty" with the Greys Was estabished
by the Bavarian Thule and Illuminati societies as early as 1933,
and this collaboration was brought into America via the C-A,
which was established with the help of American Nazi fifth
column agents as well as European Nazi's who were brought into
America through Project Paperclip and other operations.

ATLANS

These are humans, usually described as being benevolent by
comparison to other groups, who are said to inhabit vast and
complex cavern-cities beneath southern Brazil and surrounding
regions. The term 'Atlantean' or 'Atlan' in reference to these
r-ces, has been placed upon them because of the fact that these
cavern networks along the east coast of Brazil were reportedly
once a part of the antediluvian 'Atlantean' empire. The present
inhabitants have no direct GENETIC relation to the ancient
'Atlantean' society which is said to have controlled these cavern
systems several millennia ago, but are referred to as 'Atlanteans'
simply because they are descendants of those who re-discovered
continents, both common and gnome-like humans have been
encountered here, some of which possessed advanced aerial or
'disk' technology. The Telosians claim to have some connections
with South America, especially the Matto Grosso region where a
sister city named POSID exists in a large cavern system
underground.

BIAVILANS

Refer to Agharians

BERNARIANS

Inhabitants of the 'Bernard's Star' system. Although not much
has been written about them, it seems that human beings at least
in part control this star system, along with "The Orange". Whether
the Saurians have any influence or not is uncertain , however some
sources indicate a possible collaboration similar to that within
our own SOL system.

BOOTEANS

Reptilians from the 'Bootes' system. These, AND reptilian entities
from the 'Draconis' system are allegedly involved with the 'Dulce'
scenario as well as the infiltration- implantation-control of human
society on earth in anticipation of their planned takeover at some
point in the future (Draconian).

BURROWERS

Another mutation of the saurian or serpent rac- that is capable of
burrowing through the earth. Possibly quadrupedal as well as
be-pedal, these have been known to use their natural 'boring'
abilities to create artificial tunnels like moles, or even
spontaneously produced 'cave-ins' (the latter has allegedly been
used in attempts to entrap or ki-l unsuspecting intruders into the
underground domains). These may possess a highly- developed
'bio-sensing' system.

CETIANS - (or Tau Cetians)

A human r-ce of 'Mediterranean' or 'South American' appearing,
tan-skinned humans. Very similar to Caucasian humans on Terra except
for SLIGHT differences (slightly pointed ears, higher physical
'density' for their size, slightly broader nose, 5' 5" tall on
average, and often wear short 'Roman' or 'crew' style haircuts). Tau
Ceti and Epsilon Eridani are said to be a major 'convergence' of
exterran 'human' activity, and are said to be in alliance with the
Pleiadeans (who in turn, according to contactees, have 'Federated'
alliances with the Vegans, the Ummites, and others.). The Cetian
alliance with the Pleiadeans and 'other' societies who have been
'victimized' by the 'Grey' predators is based on a desire to
establish a common defense against their reptilian nemesis.

CHAMELEON

Reptilians genetically bred to enable themselves to appear
'human'. Also less-humanoid appearing Reptiloids who use a form of
technosis, molecular shape-shifting and/or laser holograms to
produce an outward "human" appearance.
Reports of these have surface from underground joint-operational
facilities near Dulce, New Mexico; Dougway, Utah; Groom Lake,
Nevada; Deep Springs, California; and Fort Lewis, Washington and
elsewhere. They are reportedly involved in some type of
infiltration agenda. These 'infiltrators' can appear remarkably
human outwardly , however at the same time retaining reptilian or
neo-saurian internal organs. Often described as appearing
'bulge-eyed' with scaly, hairless skin behind their 'disguise'.
One report alleged that the 'Chameleons' may utilize artificial
'lenses' to conceal "slit-pupiled iris'".
Some claim they are genetically bred 'mercenaries' who are part
of an advanced guard of a planned silent invasion-takeover of
human society.

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Some Of The Different Types Of Space People. Part 2. July 31,
2003.

I thought it was rather unusual they even threw in Gypsies as
being space people.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................

CHUPACABRA

Many of the ki-lings are associated with strange creatures we have
called the Anomalous Biological Entities [ABEs]. It is reportedly a
cross between a creature known as a 'Grey' alien humanoid, mainly
because the shape of its head and eyes, and what most witnesses
describe as the body of a bipedal, erect dinosaur, but with no tail.
Its head is oval in shape and has an elongated jaw. Two elongated
red eyes have been reported, together with small holes in the
nostril area, a small slit-like mouth with fang-type teeth
protruding upwards and downwards from the jaw. Other witnesses have
seen small pointed-ears, but this feature has not been seen by
other witnesses. It appears to have strong course hair all over its
body; and while most observers claim the hair is black, it has the
remarkable ability to change colors at will, almost like a
chameleon. In the dark, it will change to black or a deep brown
color -- in a sunlit area surrounded by vegetation, it changes
to green, green-grey, light brown or beige. The creature has two
small arms with a three-fingered clawed hand and two strong hind
legs, again with three claws. This appears to enable it to run
quickly and leap over trees (!) - some witnesses allege over twenty
feet in a single bound. According to many observations, the
creature's legs look almost reptilian or goat-like. It has quill-
like appendages running down from its back, with what seem to be
fleshy membranes that change color from blue to green, red to
purple, etc. A number of witnesses claim the creature flaps (at
incredible speed) its tail and appendages, allowing it to actually
fly (!). The tail apparently is used to guide its flight only -
controlled mainly by the winds - only occasionally seen to flap.
First reported in the town of Orocovis, the ABEs have been sighted
in the municipality of Canovanas and in many areas of Puerto Rico.
Its habits are both diurnal and nocturnal - as a matter of fact, it
has been seen in broad daylight by several witnesses. One such
occasion was witnessed by Madeline Tolentino and her neighbors in
the Campo Rico community (municipality of Canovanas). They all
observed it walking down a street(!) at 3.00pm in the afternoon.
As they approached it, the creature ran away, 'at a fantastic
speed' and escaped.

DRACO-BORGS

Cybernetic forms controlled by reptilian entities. These would
also include those forms which are animated by fallen
supernatural or paraphysical entities, whether of 'gray,'
`human-like', 'mechanical' or other configuration.
There are some who suggest that human-appearing 'infiltrators' of
this type may exist in our society, and that certain
characteristics might give them away--i.e. the eyes, a slightly
sulfurous smell, unrefined features such as no fingerprints or ears
or other 'body' parts which seem to have a slight 'artificial'
appearance.

DRAGONWORMS

These creatures are largely subterranean and have been reported
on very rare occasions. Although a mutation of the serpent race
which lost the use of it's limbs through centuries of
atrophication, it is nevertheless apparently a part of the reptilian
conspiracy'. The 'Dragonworms' are reportedly very intelligent,
according so certain sources. 'They' have sometimes been described
as appearing similar to a giant reptilian 'worm' or 'slug'.

DWARFS

Diminutive humans who have allegedly been encountered in or near
caverns in various parts of the world, including northern California
and the south-eastern Arizona / south-western New Mexico region and
in some in connection to UFO's, although most reported 'dwarf'
sightings in connection to UFO's are actually sightings of the
saurian 'greys'. These should not be confused with the small
'elementals' or 'nature spirits' which some believe are ethereal in
nature yet have the ability to appear in solid or semi-solid form
at times. The Dwarf ra-es are allegedly just as human as surface
peoples but average between 3 to 4 ft. in height, although at times
they have been seen as small as two feet. As with the 'giants' or
'Els' this diminutivity may have resulted in a genetic anomaly
which ran it's course due to the separation of their r-ce(s) from
the International 'gene pool'. They allegedly live in subterranean
systems to a large extent as a 'protective' measure. And as we've
said, some allegedly possess 'aerial disk' technology and
interplanetary travel capabilities.

DROPAS

Humanoid type. Ave Heighth 3-4 foot. Crashed on the Sino-Tibetan
Border in 10,000 B.C.
Tribe of this culture still exists today. Click here for more
information and pictures

EVA-BORGS

Cybernetic forms controlled by 'human' entities. OR humans who
have been implanted or surgically altered to such an extent that
they have become cybernetic in nature, yet still retaining a
soul-matrix.

GIZAN - (or Gizahn)

The 'Gizeh People' have been referred to by the Pleiadians (Billy
Meier contacts) as well as others. This 'may' have some connection
with the strange 'people' and technology allegedly encountered in
deep labyrinthine recesses beneath Egypt, who were sometimes
reportedly seen by explorers, and who are said to dress like
'ancient Egyptians'. There is allegedly, according to Leading Edge
Research, a huge cavern deep beneath Egypt which is inhabited by
people with close ties with the U.S. 'se-ret go-ernment'. Some
sources indicate that the 'Giza People' may be a 'controlled'
society with the reptilians being the dominant power, although
there is still much mystery as to what the "Gizeh Empire" is all
about.

GRAILS

These are saurian 'grey' type entities which are apparently
somewhat taller than the usually-encountered greys yet with
extremely thin 'rail-like' torso and limbs yet very strong.

GREENS,

THE Humans of 'normal' size, yet who possess an olive-green skin
color. They claim to be from a subterranean or cavernous realms
beneath Europe which they refer to as 'St. Martin's Land'.
hyadeans, hybrids

GREYS, THE

Small neo-saurian hominoids, very prolific and intelligent. May
be the 'brains' or 'intellect' of the serpent race, whereas the
larger 'Reptoids' allegedly act as the PHYSICAL overlords and thus
are of a higher 'ranking' than the Greys. The Greys are logic-based
and reportedly operate on base animal survival or predatory
instincts and in most cases are emotionally insensitive to humans,
and like other reptilian entities they 'feed' off of human and
animal vital fluids by rubbing a 'liquid protein' formula on their
bodies, which is then absorbed through the skin. Like typical
reptiles which shed their skins the 'waste' is excreted back
through the skin.
The Greys range from 3 1/2 to 4 1/2 ft. tall on the average, with
skin colors ranging from gray-white to grey-brown to gray-green to
grey-blue. Aside from feeding off of human and animal proteins and
fluids, they also allegedly feed off the 'life energy', the 'vital
essence' or 'soul energy' of humans as do other reptilian species.
This is why those humans seen working with the Greys (implanted and
programmed 'drones', whether willingly or unwillingly) have
appeared 'lifeless' and 'emotionless' to the witnesses who observed
them. The Zeta's or Greys live in the Constellation "Reticulum" by
the Star "Zeta 2 Reticuli'. A planet was discovered there and then
suddenly taken off the list! Click here to for further decriptions
on Greys.

DEROS

An underground species. Some believe them to be human while others
see them as non-humans. These are the beings from which comes our
legends of leprachauns and trolls. Unlike the Teros, this 'little'
beings are considered 'demented' and cannot be trusted. The Teros
try to keep them under control and keep them from having excessive
power. The Deros live in underground tunnels, cities and under the
sea.

GYPSIES

Several sources refer to the Gypsies as having some connection
with the UFO mystery. Other sources suggest a connection with
high-tech subsurface kingdoms such as Agharti, etc. The knowledge
which the Gypsies allegedly possess of an ancient war, UFO craft,
and so on is supposedly a carefully guarded secret among various
Gypsy tribes. Some claim to have traced the Gypsies back to ancient
India or surrounding regions. The infamous Philadelphia Experiment
information source, Carlos Allenda, was allegedly part of a Gypsy
clan with knowledge of past and present "history" on alien cultures
which have interacted behind the scenes in Terran affairs.

HAV-MUSUVS - (or Suvians)

Prominent in Paihute Indian tradition, the Hav-Musuvs were
allegedly an Egyptian or Grecian-like sea-faring race who
discovered huge caverns around 3 to 5 thousand years ago within,
and later deep beneath the Panamint Mts. of California. Within
these they then established their vast underground cities.
When the inland sea (now Death Valley) which connected the ocean
in ancient times dried up, they had no way to carry on trade with
other parts of the world. As a result of this, according to
Paihute Indian tradition, they began to build and fly 'silvery
eagles' which became increasingly advanced as time went on. They
then evidently established interplanetary and later interstellar
travel, exploration and colonization. This huge facility is now
operating as a MAJOR Federation base on earth, and possesses huge
chambers with differing environmental, atmospheric and even
gravitational conditions to accommodate the various visiting
Federation dignitaries.

HOMINS Homins" is the name given to large, human-like creatures
that are reported across the world. Click Homins for details.

HU-BRID

'Hybrids' possessing reptilian and human genetic coding yet who
possess a human soul-matrix.

HYADEANS

The Hyades in the constellation Taurus, like the Pleiades and
Vega, are said to have been the destination of yet another group
of refugees from the ancient Lyran wars.

Part 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Do You Shimmer? Aug. 2, 31, 2003.

This information talks about people who change into a reptilian,
then change back to a human being.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: D
Subject: Shimmers

SHIMMERS
By David Moncur
Photo on right of David Moncur is copyright Truthseekers 1996

Shimmers, for want of a better term describe an unusual change
whereby a person can be seen to transform into an alien or other
creature. The term is becoming more used these days by UFO and
Paranormal researchers as the old term, known as a Transfiguration,
is probably a bit harder to remember!
David Moncur, an Edinburgh researcher explains.
Also with there being more than one instance of a particular
phenomenon researchers will often look for a more popular and
consistent term of reference. Mr Robert France may be able to be
credited for this as I firstly noticed him use the term "Shimmer"
a case which he was involved and wrote up. The case took place
on the 11th of April 1991, at approximately 11 o'clock in the
evening shortly before retiring to bed. 65-year-old Sheila
Yeoman had just kissed her partner Robert, but after the
good-night kiss suddenly the familiar image of her beloved Robert
"shimmered" between an alien and a human being. Obviously the event
was a cause of great confusion for the two.

WRAPAROUND EYES

I went to see Sheila Yeoman to ask her just what she had seen and
she described a strange rhynchophorous form of head, that had a
beak. A huge beak. Also huge wraparound eyes, "like Dame Edna
Everidge glasses." Sheila metaphored, "It was the eyes that made
the most impression on me, they were huge". She also explained
that as the event happened that matter seemed to be exuding from
the inside of Robert's left eye, this appearing to cleave the
entirety of his head.
Being confused for an alien is something I have had to deal with
also. I had made a trip to the United States but was refused entry
on a technicality of my ticket status. Having been refused entry,
my photo was taken and sealed in an envelope with the words "alien"
on it. When I got to meet Sheila she didn't get me confused for
an alien thankfully. I would however have expected her to confuse
me for a Vietnamese boat-person though!
Photo above: Editor of Truthseekers "shimmers" in Photoshop
self-indulgent frenzy.
I have heard other reports from the Nevada in the U.S., of
people working beside colleagues they had worked with for many
years, when suddenly this person's image oscillated, "shimmered",
between a human and a reptilian type alien.
The disturbing thing for some people who experience the Shimmer
effect is that sometimes they do know that they have appeared
briefly as an alien and do not claim or admit to being aliens. The
effect seems external and not something the person can identify
with. In other cases however there have been reported Shimmers by
people who do indeed claim to be aliens as we shall hear later. For
some people the resultant effect of seeing such a transformation
can be the undeniable proof they require of the subject of UFO's.

STRANGER AT THE PENTAGON

Still most of us would quite reasonably find these things hard to
believe. Even more hard to believe is the fact that some people
believe that these disguised aliens are amongst us in greater
numbers than we ever thought - infiltrating our positions of power.
This is not a new theory, in fact in the 1970's colourful
characters such as "Valiant Thor" an alien who worked inside the
Pentagon were reported in the books like "Stranger at the Pentagon"
by Dr Frank Stranges.
One instance of this perhaps happening in the U.K. of which I
have heard, came from a friend of mine here in Edinburgh. Although
I cannot give his name for personal security reasons I am convinced
by what he has seen and shown me that he was a former, very
highly placed, British Se0ret Service agent. One of his duties
involved a detachment under Margaret Tha-cher. She amongst many
other things used to shout at him to get various telex messages
done. He was also present with Mrs Thatcher and remembers seeing
her going "bonkers" just after being informed of the sinking of the
Belgrano.
I asked this friend, what would you say was the heaviest state
se-ret he had to keep? Strangely he replied that "The heaviest
state s-cret I had to know was that the Duke of Edinburgh is not
a human being. He's an extra-terrestrial agent of the Markab
confederacy of planets. Margaret Thatc-er also knew that two
members of the House of Commons were also not human beings." Quite
a strange story, but coming from somebody so highly placed?
American Ufologist and former S.H.A.P.E. (Supreme Headquarters
of Allied Powers in Europe) officer Robert Dean was partial to
the secrets of aliens through his contact with a Top Se-ret
assessment document of the whole UFO situation called "The
Assessment". Dean also tells of the incredible government paranoia
regarding non humans being present in sensitive positions and being
undetectable.
So there seems to be a serious question of infiltration of human
society at high and low levels, by so far three types of alien from
the reports, but perhaps there are more?

FOETUS LIKE BEING.

Another case of a Shimmer I will deal with is one to which I am
the only investigator involved at present. It came to my attention
via a friend of a friend living in the Humberside area, but I
cannot give any names or specifics due to a request for privacy. The
Humberside Shimmer was this time a woman in front of another woman,
the woman who shimmered being pregnant - an interesting variation on
the shimmer theme the reader will no doubt think. Four women had
decided to entertain themselves by organizing a seance, all
congregated in a large suburban house, and at one point a woman
who is a college lecturer saw her pregnant friend whom she knew so
well shimmer momentarily to a foetus like being. One might think
this is rather psychological sounding. Suffice to say the lecturer
looked completely shattered and has been obviously disturbed ever
since this mysterious point in time.
Now the length of time I spent in America was only two hours.
During about an hour of this time a Ne-ro guard was assigned to
my house arrest custody as I awaited the return flight in
Washington's Dulles Airport. We had the following conversation:
"So you're into UFOs are you?" the guard asked.
"Yes." Obviously, I was on my way to a UFO Conference in Tampa,
Florida.
"Well y'know, I knew this top mil-tary ge-eral with a very high
security clearance, y'know about the levels of security clearance?"
"The thirty-eight levels above top secret?"
"Yeah, well, I knew this mili-ary g-neral he had a very high
level of clearance not exactly thirty-eight but he told me he had
been shown small alien beings they keep in cryogenic storage. They
were like foetuses. Like foetuses. Exactly like foetuses." "Uh,
where are they kept?"
"March. March Air Force Base. That's in California." "S'pose I
thought Wright Patterson was the base....."
"Wright Patterson is where they keep the hardware from UFO crashes
March is where they take bodies." "So particular bases have specific
functions for specifically UFO capture, all nice and ready for when
it happens next."
"Yep. An' y'know what? We were never on the moon. It was all
faked. (JW That may or may not be true.) They were right down
here in an underground base."
That was so stunning I sat in a mortified silence for about half
an hour...
Conspiring to hide all of this from the world! So when Nick my
Humberside contact told me of his woman friend and her shimmer
experience this made me think of the Neg-o guard in Washington and
his description of aliens...
Other alien infiltrators you might wish to know about, from
further information given to me by the MI5-employed person
mentioned earlier are, Nicholae Caeucescu - that cruel Romanian
ba-tard, "and someone you won't know called Leo Szilard, he works
for American def-nce." [Hang on Szilard could be an anagram for
lizards! Is this a joke, a planned happening or just chance?
Leo Lizards, hmmm? - ED]
If any readers of this are to attend the lectures by Bob Dean
which are to occur in the new year, the sentences uttered by
him which may resonate most hauntingly are when he states : -
"There are all types of alien, the greys the reptoids but the
ones which bothered the m-litary the most were the ones that
looked like us don't ask me why I just knew the ones that
bothered them most were the ones that looked like us."
Perhaps this article is bringing us closer to knowing why.
Because there's one obvious point about shimmers Clive Potter
myself and possibly Jenny Randles and Peter Warrington might
have thought of: Did a human called Robert France previously exist?
Was he mu-dered somehow, then an alien exploit in technological
ability used to generate an illusion that that familiar human image
is still there to kiss you goodnight? The Nevada reports give that
impression. What is worrying Bob Dean's mi-itary friends is whether
those people whom they think they are still seeing are no longer
actually there. When might they have d-ed how might they have di-d?
It seems clear to me there is a question of alien undercover work
at very high levels of society.
Photo right: Brenda Butler and Husband Chris. Brenda was witness
to a human/reptilian "Shimmer".
Some of you might be aware of the Bentwaters incident where a
UFO was said to have crash landed in a forest on the South East
coast of England in 1980 near an American air-base. One of the
prime investigators of the case Brenda Butler, who also has
written a book on the Bentwaters incident has her own tale to tell
of a Shimmer. This involved a person/alien known to us as David
Daniels, whom Brenda has told me was a very tall unusual looking
person who had very presumptuously ensconced himself in Brenda and
her husband's house. They didn't like David much but endured his
stay for as long as they could.

ALIEN / REPTILE

When Brenda or husband Chris were reading "David" would start
telling them what was on the page and then everything else in the
book.... If they thought he was in a particular room he would very
frequently turn up in another room without being seen to use
doors.... Then finally Brenda was taken aside by him into a room
upstairs on her own where he wished to prove to Brenda he was an
alien being. He sat there, and the familiar human form dissipated
revealing an alien reptile like being, a network of blue nerves
shone through very white skin as if rising up to show themselves
throughout his body. David was only known to eat greens or sugar.
But Brenda seems to feel the same as I do.... The one fright
Brenda had given the US mili-ary was that she knew that Nuc-lear
Mis-iles were actually at U-SAF Bentwaters.

And why should some alien person wish to convince her of his
true nature unless he was on some sort of mission which had to do
with this fact. After all UFOs quite often take an interest in
our defence establishments - or is it the other way around.
More cases of Shimmers are bound to be reported in the future,
perhaps the time is upon us to start seeking out transfiguration
cases and linking them to the UFO phenomenon in addition to the
spi-itual interpretation.
[David Moncur is based in Edinburgh and investigates deep alien
and government conspiracies. Contact him through the magazine
address if you dare - after all he could be one of those... - ED]

John Winston ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Creme Will Speak. Aug. 2, 2003.

In a few hours Benjamin Creme will be speaking. A lot of people
hate him because he has been saying, for many years, that a new
world teacher called Maitreya is coming. Here are particulars
about his speech.

..............

FREE

Sunday, August 3, 1:30 p.m.

Marin Veteran's Memoriikal Aujditorium of Marin Center
10 Avernue of the flags, San Rafael (N. San Pedro Road Exit,
off Hwy. 101)

Benjamin Creme is a futurist, author. artist, and chief editor of
the Share international magazine, published by the Share International
Foundation, on NGO of the United Nations.

Experience the powerful energ of love released from Maitreya
through Mr. Creme during the lecture.

www.share-international.org
1-888-877-8272
or 510-841-3738

.......

JW I've come in contact with Benjamin Creme, in person, in
Berkley, Calif. and found him to be a person of high vibration.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Can You Operate A Urim And Thummim? Aug. 4, 2003.

If you study ancient history it might be good to understand the
following item.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: P
Subject: The URIM AND THUMMIM
http://www.crystalinks.com/urim.html
URIM AND THUMMIM
The Zep Tepi wore breastplates made of electrum or higher
frequency metals created by elements we are adding to the periodic
table.
These metals, combined with 12 stones becoming a communication
device enabling them to communicate with those who create and
maintain this reality.
Abraham supposedly used a Urim and Thummim (Abr.3:1-4), as did
Aaron and the priests of Israel, and also the prophets among the
Nephites.
The Urim and Thummim is also thought to be a Hebrew oracular
device, used in the following manner: "The twelve stones in the
breastplate, with their bright colors, were of great importance in
the oracular sentences of the high priest, who by means of these
stones made the Urim and Tummim exercise their functions" according
to Ginzberg's Legends of the J-ws.
In this respect the urim and thummim were like a tool used to do
a ps-chic reading for those who came with questions.
The supplicant would ask their question of the high priest while
the high priest gazed deeply into their eyes. Once the question was
put to the high priest he would glance at the breastplate and devine
the answer by which stones shone most brightly in the Ephod.
The Urim and Thummim were supposedly hidden under the breastplate
of the High Priest, with its array of twelve inlaid precious and
semi-precious stones, inscribed with the names of the twelve tribes
of Israel. The Urim and Thummim served as an oracle through which
the those on the physical planet received direction and answers to
their queries. This, along with the Ark of the Covenant, its
contents, and the Shekinah, or manifest glory of Go-, which had
hovered between the gilded wings of the carved cherubim above the
Ark, disappeared after the destruction of the First Temple by the
Babylonians.
Some believe that the Urim and Thummim had no physical form but
was integral to the breastplate itself. How it operated is also a
mystery. The word Urim can be translated as Lights or Perfection,
thus it is believed by some that the stones of the breastplate
actually lit up and were pressed or touched as if dialing out.
-------------------------------------------------------------
The Hathors are a race of beings from the higher dimensions of
Venus. They are masters of the grid of sound and tones.
With that comes the language of vibration as well as the tones of
the Urim and Thummim, which are the breastplates of the high -ods.
With that comes the lock and key tones to the dimensional gates
the portals.
- Chelsea Flor
-------------------------------------------------------------
The Urim and Thummim was as the an-el had described it--two
precious stones set in an arch of silver which was fastened to an
ancient breastplate curiously wrought. The breastplate was concave
on one side and convex on the other, and seemed to have been made
for a man of greater stature than is ordinary in modern days. Four
golden bands were fastened to it, for the purpose of attaching it
to the person of its wearer-two of the bands being for the
shoulders, the others for the waist or hips.
The plates, also of gold, were of uniform size; each was
slightly less in thickness than a common sheet of tin and was about
eight inches in width; and all were bound together by three rings,
running through one edge of the plates.
Thus secured, they formed a book about six inches in thickness.
A part of the volume, was sealed; the other leaves Joseph turned
with his hand. They were covered on both sides with strange
characters, small and beautifully engraved.
~ George Cannon

John Winston ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Can You Operate The Urim And Thummim? Aug. 5, 2003.

If you study ancient history it might be good to understand the
following item.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: P
Subject: The URIM AND THUMMIM
http://www.crystalinks.com/urim.html
URIM AND THUMMIM
The Zep Tepi wore breastplates made of electrum or higher
frequency metals created by elements we are adding to the periodic
table.
These metals, combined with 12 stones becoming a communication
device enabling them to communicate with those who create and
maintain this reality.
Abraham supposedly used a Urim and Thummim (Abr.3:1-4), as did
Aaron and the priests of Israel, and also the prophets among the
Nephites.
The Urim and Thummim is also thought to be a Hebrew oracular
device, used in the following manner: "The twelve stones in the
breastplate, with their bright colors, were of great importance in
the oracular sentences of the high priest, who by means of these
stones made the Urim and Tummim exercise their functions" according
to Ginzberg's Legends of the J-ws.
In this respect the urim and thummim were like a tool used to do
a ps-chic reading for those who came with questions.
The supplicant would ask their question of the high priest while
the high priest gazed deeply into their eyes. Once the question was
put to the high priest he would glance at the breastplate and devine
the answer by which stones shone most brightly in the Ephod.
The Urim and Thummim were supposedly hidden under the breastplate
of the High Priest, with its array of twelve inlaid precious and
semi-precious stones, inscribed with the names of the twelve tribes
of Israel. The Urim and Thummim served as an oracle through which
the those on the physical planet received direction and answers to
their queries. This, along with the Ark of the Covenant, its
contents, and the Shekinah, or manifest glory of Go-, which had
hovered between the gilded wings of the carved cherubim above the
Ark, disappeared after the destruction of the First Temple by the
Babylonians.
Some believe that the Urim and Thummim had no physical form but
was integral to the breastplate itself. How it operated is also a
mystery. The word Urim can be translated as Lights or Perfection,
thus it is believed by some that the stones of the breastplate
actually lit up and were pressed or touched as if dialing out.
-------------------------------------------------------------
The Hathors are a race of beings from the higher dimensions of
Venus. They are masters of the grid of sound and tones.
With that comes the language of vibration as well as the tones of
the Urim and Thummim, which are the breastplates of the high -ods.
With that comes the lock and key tones to the dimensional gates
the portals.
- Chelsea Flor
-------------------------------------------------------------
The Urim and Thummim was as the an-el had described it--two
precious stones set in an arch of silver which was fastened to an
ancient breastplate curiously wrought. The breastplate was concave
on one side and convex on the other, and seemed to have been made
for a man of greater stature than is ordinary in modern days. Four
golden bands were fastened to it, for the purpose of attaching it
to the person of its wearer-two of the bands being for the
shoulders, the others for the waist or hips.
The plates, also of gold, were of uniform size; each was
slightly less in thickness than a common sheet of tin and was about
eight inches in width; and all were bound together by three rings,
running through one edge of the plates.
Thus secured, they formed a book about six inches in thickness.
A part of the volume, was sealed; the other leaves Joseph turned
with his hand. They were covered on both sides with strange
characters, small and beautifully engraved.
~ George Cannon

John Winston ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Some Of The Different Types Of Space People. Part 3. Aug. 3,
2003.

Here are some more types of space people who have been seen on this
Earth. It's wonder you don't step on one of them.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

HYBRIDS -Reptilian

Since human and reptilian beings are genetically so different in
their physical make-up a natural 'hybrid' between the two is
impossible. However an unnatural GENETIC alteration, in essence
'splicing' human and reptilian genes, has allegedly been attempted.
Even if this were accomplished the offspring would not be an actual
'hybrid' (half human - half reptilian) but would fall to one side or
the other. Since reptilians possess no soul-matrix (JW I would say
that they at least had a soul.) as do humans but instead operate
on a 'collective consciousness' level, the 'hybrid' would be human or
reptilian depending on whether they/it was born with or without a
soul-energy-matrix. In most cases one might tell the difference if
the entity had round-pupils as opposed to bl-ck opaque or
vertical-slit pupiled eyes; or five-digit fingers as opposed to
three or four; or external genitalia as opposed to none. This may
not always be the rule, especially when the 'chameleons' are
considered. Some of the hybrids without souls are 'fed' with human
soul-energy in an attempt to engraft an already existing human
soul-matrix into the hybrid.

HYBRID-GREY

The following description is of a hybrid female, approximately
15 years old. Height is five feet, three inches; skin color is pale
white/grey. The head is slightly larger and rounder than normal.
Hair is dark, high above the forehead and worn in a long ponytail.
The face is veryfine featured and attractive.
Method of communication is telepathic. They consider themselves
human, not Grey, in almost all respects. They care about the Greys,
as any child would a parent, but find them boring. The desire for
human contact is great. Their capacity for emotion is as great, if
not greater than, humans. Their intellectual capacity is well
above human standards Very likely to except the capabilities of
both r-ces.
HUMAN TYPE A: These are of a genetic base similar to humans of
earth. They appear of "normal" height (5-6ft?) and tend to be
fair-skinned with blonde hair. These entities have been abducted by
the greys or are the offspring of abductees and have been trained
by the greys as servants. These entities are totally subservient
to the greys.
HUMAN TYPE B: These are aliens of similar genetics to earth
humans and also, it seems, of the humans that serve the greys. These
are from the Pleiades and are also of the blonde, fair-skinned
appearance. This type is of a genuine highly evolved, sp-ritual,
benevolent variety and have a kinship toward humans and are the
only aliens to be truly trusted by earth humans at this time. They
had at one time offered to be of assistance to earth leaders in
dealing with the alien situation here but were rebuffed and so have
taken a kind of "hands off" approach for the time being. These
aliens are supposedly the forefather race of humankind. These are
apparently not on earth much at this time due to serious problems in
the area of their home.
HUMAN TYPE C: Very little is known about these. They are
supposedly another of the highly evolved, spir-tual type of great
benevolence to earth humans. I understand that their appearance is
similar to other human-type aliens. They are from Sirius and don't
appear to be much involved with earth happenings at this time other
than being concerned about the Grey scenario. They could desire to
be of help to humans.
There are other known human type aliens of this "more highly
sp-ritually evolved" nature that are apparently aware of the
situation on earth and considering some possible course of action.
These are from Arcturus and Vega.
The following article appeared in the summer 1993 edition (vol. 3
no. 2) issue of UFO Universe magazine.
[GROUP A] Non Earth-Born Humans
This GROUP consists of three peoples from three distinct colony
zones, namely Sirius, Pleiades and Orion. Genetically, they are
nearly identical to Earth-born humans with the following exceptions.
Abductees refer to these beings as the talls. Males average up to
approximately seven feet in height; females, six and a half feet.
They are extremely fine featured, pale in complexion. Eyes are
almond shaped, slightly slanted with a natural bl-ck liner, much
like the renderings of ancient Egyptian royalty. There are three
hair colors apparently related to colony origin: blonde (Pleiades),
red (Orion), and bla-k (Sirius). The insignia of these combined
human ra-es is a triangular arrangement of three spheres. This
symbol has deep significance, and is found throughout Earth
history. History records these beings as g-ddesses, g-ds, devas,
etc. A subgroup of GROUP A females is in command of most Terran
projects.
[GROUP B] Earth-Born Humans
These are Homo Sapiens whose origin is the planet Earth. They can
be divided into two separate classes.
[Class A] (Ancient) - These humans were the companions and house
servants of a GROUP A mili-ary mining and occupation force. When
this force left the Earth sometime between 1,000 BC and 3,500 BC,
it was decided to remove all humans that had been in close
proximity with them. It was felt that leaving them would only
further disrupt normal human development. Class A humans are on
an equal level with GROUP A and cooperate fully in all Earth
projects.
[Class M] (Modern) - These humans are working on the same
cooperative level as Class A. They were taken from the Earth in
modern times. During some abduction projects, twins (either
identical or fraternal) are induced in a female subject. During
the first trimester, one of the fetuses is removed. It is then
grown to maturity by GROUP A. Abductees will meet their twins during
female subject. It is then grown to maturity by GROUP A. Abductees
will meet their twins during some abductions. Very limited contact
has been made by these humans.

[GROUP C] Genetically Modified Earth-Born Humans

These humans are comprised of two classes and should not be
confused with GROUP D Greys.
[Class W] (Workers) - This class is the smallest in physical
stature.
They are described as approximately three and a half feet in
height, large head and eyes, pale white in complexion. These workers
were created by GROUP A through genetic modification of Earth human
fetuses. Their function is to perform menial tasks requiring limited
reasoning abilities. In mental capacity, they are equivalent to a
five year-old child. They are incapable of violence and, in some
cases, are kept as companions by GROUP A individuals.
[Class T] (Technicians) - These humans are basically the same as
Class W. they are slightly larger, at approximately four and a half
feet in height.
Their complexion is tan or yellowish. Their reasoning and
deductive abilities are higher. This allows them to perform more
complex operations. They are often seen operating ship controls and
in transport activities.
Both Classes W and T are telepathically camouflaged to appear as
Greys to abductees. This is done to conceal the true nature of GROUP
C.
It is felt that perception of GROUP A maintaining a human slave
population would hinder future contact efforts.
This point will undoubtedly be a source of much heated debate in
the near future.

IGUANOIDS

Approximately 4-5 ft. tall, with 'Iguana-like' appearance yet
'hominoid' configuration. They have sometimes been seen wearing
b-ack, hooded 'monk' robes or cloaks which conceal much of their
saurian features, which include tails.
These have been reported as being extremely dangerous and hateful
towards humans and lesser-ranking Reptiloids such as Greys, and
like all other branches of the 'serpent' r-ce they utilize bla-k
witchcraft, sorcery and other forms of mind control against their
enemies. They appear to be a dimension-hopping sorcerer or priest
class among the reptiloid species.

IKELS OR SATYRS

Small hairy humanoids with cloven hoofs which inhabit deep caverns
beneath South America and elsewhere. They may be members of a fallen
pre-Adamic race which possessed angelic, animal AND humanoid
characteristics. Now allied with the reptilians. They have been
known, according to natives, to 'kidnap' women and children down
through the ages and many stories are told of South American tribes
who have battled these creatures with machetes during certain of
their forays to the surface in search for women, children or food.

INSIDERS

Residents, either permanent or temporary, of the various different
secret-society-connected top se-ret-go-ernment 'underground
installations', bases or colonies throughout the Uni-ed States and
the World. Some of these groups may possess advanced technology
enabling them to travel to various other planetary bodies in the
solar system. This group is international in scope and may be
tied-in with the Alternative 2 and 3 scenarios.

JANOSIAN

This is allegedly a planet on which human beings live or once
lived. They apparently arrived on that planet some thousands of
years ago according to certain 'contactees', and had all along
retained dim memories and legends concerning their ancient home
world, planet earth, where their ancestors lived long before their
colonization of the planet 'Janos'. They are said to be like
Terrans, although somewhat oriental and slender. A group of
refugees is said to have left Janos centuries ago in a huge carrier
vessel of roughly donut-shaped configuration after an asteroid or
meteor shower devastated the surface of their planet, causing a
chain-reaction in their nuclear power grid, loosing deadly radiation
into the atmosphere and unto the underground tunnels and 'cities'
which they had built beneath Janos.
They apparently remembered the star-route back to earth, and the
latest reports stated that they were in a high orbit somewhere
'near' the earth and are seeking contact with earth gove-nments
to exchange technology for a place to live on (or below?) the
earth, in the tradition of the TV series ALIEN NATION. In light of
other revelations and lack of confirmation from other 'contactees',
this might be a 'staged' Draconian propaganda operation; on the
other hand the account MAY be legitimate.

Part 3.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Shasta Trip Of 2003. Aug. 12, 2003.

As most of you already know about a month ago I lost consciousness
while driving my car. They fixed me all up and put a pacemaker
type refibulator in me. It is suppose to give you a shock when
something goes wrong with your heart. I was doing so good that I
decided to work on my 4,000 watt generator in the open sun and
push it up a ramp into my Suburban. When I finally got it in
the back of the car I got a shock from the refibulator. It is
said that the shock feels like getting kicked by a mule. That's
is correct. I sat down and within a minute I got hit by another
full strength shock. A circulating air fan was put on me and I
finally got OK.

After doing all of this and already saying to myself and the
doctors I wouldn't drive for 6 months and then they would sign
me off as ready to drive, I decided to sell my property up at
Mt. Shasta. I took off up there with my friend doing the driving,
380 miles to Mt. Shasta. My radiator hose came off but I was in a
rest stop and I had all the tools and water to fix it. Later at
my property I used the generator to get an underground water pump
going. I just used it while it was still in the Suburban. I
then was going to drive the car about 100 feet but when I got in
it wouldn't start. Something was wrong with the ignition switch.
We had it fixed. A lady took us into her house and let us use
her insurance card to have the car towed into McCloud, Calif. It
was all legal and everything.

They fixed the car in two days and didn't charge us very much
for doing this. I listed the property with a realtor in McCloud
and they went out to look at it and something wonderful happened.
The person checking it out said it was worth and the proper selling
price should be somewhat higher that what we were asking. That
property had not increased in price for about 12 years and in the
last 2 years it has suddenly increased in price by a factor of
about 100%. That made me very happy.

While waiting for the car to be repaired we stayed in a tent
trailer outside for one night. The lady told us that we would be
sleeping in an area that is called a bear walk. That is a place
where the bears of the area walk though most of the time. She also
had a couple of small dogs that were part Australian Shepherd and
part Husky. These dogs would keep the bears away. I would be
sleeping away and the dog were within 6 feet of us and all of a
sudden these dogs would started barking like you wouldn't believe.
I'd jump up out of a sound sleep and then it would all be over.
This happened about about 3 times. I finally would get to the
point that I would continue to sleep.

Finally the lady who had four children and a baby requested that
we sleep inside her house. We offered to sleep on the couches but
she insisted that we sleep in her own bed, her husband is a fire
fighter and was away for several days at the time. She started
sleeping on her couch but I saw her sleeping on the rug covered
floor the next morning. She was a very nice person.

I didn't have much time to spend with things regarding Mt. Shasta
but I did go by the Golden Bough Book Store in Mt. Shasta City.
They open at 10:00 AM on Monday and I was there at about 9:30 AM.
The door was open so I walked in, but a person behind me said, I'm
sorry sir but they aren't open yet." This person was there to do
some repair work on their outdoor sign.

So while he was working mixing up some paint to the sign I asked
if it would be OK for me to talk to him. I noticed that he had
a tee-shirt with word I AM on it and a few more words on it. He
asked me if I had seen the I AM groups presentation of the life
of Christ and I told him that I was aware of it being put on but
I hadn't gone to it this time. I had gone to it before and I asked
him if he had seen it before. He stated that he had seen it before.

I then told him that in the past I had interviewed a lot of people
who most of the other people think are a little crazy such as
the old man called Gabriel. He then asked him about whether Gabriel
is still around. He then added, "Oh you mean the person with the
bugle"? I then told him that was the person to which I was
referring. I had always thought of the horn that Gabriel carried
around as being a trumpet but I guess that is similar to a bugle..
He then told me that Gabriel had recently been married to a lady
and he and his wife are now living in Weed, Calif. He did agree
that Gabriel does come up with some very good information, at times.

The next subject was St. Germain and I stated that I had always
been interested in him. The first time I heard about him was when
he appeared to Godfrey King and told him information about which
allowed Godfrey to establish the I AM group that is still active in
Mt. Shasta. Next my teacher, Merele Fagot who live in Oakland,
Calif., had a teacher called Michael, and he was said to be St.
Germain, who was a barber in the Oakland area. Next an internet
friend of mine by the name of James said that he associates with a
present incarnation of St. Germain. The present incarnation is a
young person. The man I was talking to, fixing the sign said that
yes he was familiar with him but didn't know where he lived. This
man then took me inside the bookstore and showed me the books they
had about Mt. Shasta. Two of them I had already read and two or
more that I had not had the opportunity to read.

After I said these things to the person, he wasn't there anymore.
He had just gone into the back of the store or somewhere else.

That's all for now.

John Winston ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Some Of The Different Types Of Space People. Part 4. Aug. 13,
2003.

This tells who caused the NE US Blackout.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

JAWAS

Another group of extraterrestrials has been termed the 'Jawas',
after their resemblance to the creatures in the film, Star Wars.
This groups is distinguished by their clothing. They wear hoods
and robes, are generally short, 3-4 1/2 ft. tall and their faces
are concealed by the shadows thrown by their hoods. There has
been reports that this species has glowing eyes.

KORENDIAN

Humans allegedly living on a colonized planet known as 'Korender'.
Perfectly 'human' in proportion yet 4-5 ft. tall on the average.
Gabriel Green described alleged contacts with this group in
publications during the late 1950's - early '60's. The accounts
published by Gabriel Green were rather fantastic, although perhaps
no less so than some other accounts. Robert Renaud is one of the
main "Korendian" cont-ctees, and he claims that they have a large
underground facility somewhere in Massachusetts. The Korendians
claim alliance with the Arcturians and are part of a massive
collective Alliance of worlds who lean more to non-Interventionism
than to direct Interventionism. (JW These are the space people
who have am underground base in the NE part of the US. They saw
that the grid system that gives us electricity could be knocked out
by triggering certain relays of more that one site. They did this
themselves and it was called the NE US Blackout. Sometime after
that we did install certain safety equipment that protects us from
such an attack.)

LEVIATHANS

Sea saurian 'sea serpents' such as the so-called 'Loch Ness
Monster'. Loch Ness has been the site of much occult or paranormal
activity including UFO activity, 'Grey' sightings, etc. Aliester
Crowlay, the Satanist-Illuminist founder of the O.T.O. or Ordo
Templi Orientis, claimed to be in contact with 'The Beast' of the
Loch. He owned a mansion on the shores of the loch and this same
mansion later became the residence of the British occultist Jimmy
Page, who not only played with the British Rock group Led Zeppelin
but also owned a large bookstore dealing with witchcraft and the
occult. Being aquatic in nature and having lost the use of their
limbs via atrophication and mutation, this branch of the "serpent
r-ce" is allegedly used for long-range 'psychic' warfare and occult
manipulation of the human ra-e.

LYRAN

Supposing that the human inhabitants of Lyra (who are said to have
a common origin with Terran humanoids) were driven out of that
system several thousand of years ago, then it is likely that some
of the present day inhabitants of the 'Lyra' constellation may be
of reptiloid descent. During the Lyran wars which are mentioned in
several 'co-tactee' accounts, a mass exodus' of humans reportedly
left the system and escaped to the Pleiades, the Hyades [which are
130 light-years from earth in the Taurus constellation], and to Vega
which is also in Lyra. This region, like our own system, may still
be a 'battleground' between saurian greys and humans.

MARTIANS

Inhabitants of the planet Mars, both human and non-human, including
the alleged inhabitants of the two Martian 'moons' (which many
believe to be artificially-hollowed asteroids, one of which --
phobos -- is said to be under the control of the "original" Greys,
or self-reproducing Greys which are the "hosts" for the Grey "clones"
which operate from various space stations that are disguised as
planetoids. (It is from these"carrier" ships that the abduction,
implantation, programming, mutilation, infiltration and other
projects are carried out against planet earth). It has also been
suggested that thousands of years ago the surface of LUNA and Mars
were much more 'habitable', that the surfaces of these bodies may
have been decimated after passing through the asteroid belt or an
~asteroid storm' (consisting of debris which 'may' have been torn
from a planet which apparently existed between Mars and Jupiter at
one time -- possibly destroyed by a close encounter with another
planetary body in the tradition of Velikovsky's theories). It is
believed that ancient 'ruins', possibly thousands of years old,
have been seen on both 'planets' and that these attest to such a
cataclysm. Refer to Reticulians.

MIB'S

Also referred to as the 'Men In Black' or 'Horlocks'. These are
apparently in many cases humans who are controlled by draconian
influences, although other 'MIB' have been encountered which do not
seem human, but more reptilian OR synthetic. The 'MIB' have been
encountered often after UFO sightings, usually intimidating
witnesses into keeping silent about what they've seen (many of the
witnesses may be 'abductees' with suppressed memories of the event).
Their 'threats' appear to be motivated by attempts to utilize
'terrorism', 'fear' or 'intimidation' as a psychological weapon
against witnesses. This 'weapon' may not only be used to keep the
human 'MIB' under control, but by the human MIB's themselves. 'They'
are often, though not always, seen in connection with large, black
automobiles, some of which have been seen disappearing into
mountains -- as in the case of one basing area between Hopland
and Lakeport, California -- canyons or tunnels or in some cases
apparently appear out of or disappear (cloak?) into thin air. Most
humanoid MIB have probably been implanted by the Draconians and are
essentially their 'slaves'. Bio-synthetic forms possessed by
'infernals' also seem to play a part in the MIB scenario, as do
subterranean and exterran societies. Sirius, at only 9+ light years
away, has been identified as a major exterran MIB center of
activity, with a subterran counterpart existing in ancient
antediluvian 'Atlantean' underground complexes which have been
're-established' beneath the Eastern U.S. seaboard.
A rac- of peaceable humans some 7-8 ft. tall, with pale-blue
skin and large 'wrap-around' eyes which are extremely sensitive to
light. They MAY be the same as the large humans allegedly
encountered on the moon by our 'astronauts' according to John Lear
and others, who in turn were silenced and not allowed to tell
what they saw. These people may, according to some accounts, be
allied to the 'Nordics' and/or 'Blondes'. They claim to be
descendants of Noah who traveled to the Western Hemisphere a few
centuries following the deluge and discovered ancient antediluvian
cavern systems and ancient technologies which of the
Ozarks-Arkansas and surrounding regions.

MOTHMEN

Largely subterranean, pterodactyloid-like hominoids with bat-like
wings. Sometimes describes as possessing 'horns' and thus are
considered very similar to the traditional depiction of the
'd-vil', according to certain individuals who have encountered them.
Although often referred to as 'Mothmen', this title might be a
little misleading. These creatures -- which have also been referred
to as the Ciakars, Pteroids, Birdmen and Winged Draco -- have been
encountered near underground systems near Mountauk Point, Long
Island; Point Pleasant, West Virginia; and Dulce, New Mexico.

NAGAS

Also referred to as the 'Reptoids', 'Reptiloids', 'Reptons',
'Homo-saurus', 'Lizard-men', or the 'Large Nosed Greys'. They play
a significant role in the legends of India and Tibet where they
are considered by some to be demoniacal residents of a subterranean
realm.. They are described as being around 7-8 ft. tall and of
various colors, grotesque, but most often moldy greenish with scaled
crocodilian 'skin'. Allegedly descended from a branch of bipedal
sauroids which existed thousands of years ago on earth and via
mutation and natural selection developed the brain-body coordination
necessary to develop a technology. Some species still reportedly
retain a visible 'tail' although much atrophied from their
supposedly extinct' saurian ancestors. Some abductees claim that
the "lizard" people resemble a humanoid version of a Velociraptor.
After a reputed battle in ancient times between a "pre-Scandinavian"
r-ce from the Gobi region and a Reptiloid ra-e based in Antarctica,
the reptilians allegedly lost the battle for domination of the
surface world and were driven into underground networks in which
they eventually developed aerial and space technology. Refer to
Agharians, Tarzissians, Dracos.

NORDIC (Wingmakers?)

Blonde, Blue-Eyed, Angular Faces. Commonly refered to as the
Elohim.

ORANGE, THE

These entities largely converge beneath southern Nevada, northern
New Mexico and possibly Utah. Some sources refer to a [1] 'human'
ra-e with stalky yellow, red or orange hair, others of [2] a
genetically-altered, humanoid-reptiloid strain or hybrid. They are
often described as having a humanoid form yet certain 'reptilian'
genetic features. They are also said to possess human-like
reproductive organs, and possibly (or not) a human 'soul-matrix',
and therefore a divergent branch of the human r-ce, or reptiloid
ra-e depending on which 'type' of Orange one is referring to, as
some accounts suggest there MAY also be [3] orange-colored
reptilians which possess no soul-matrix. Refer to 'hu-breds and
hybrids' Some of the "Orange" allegedly have connections to
Bernard's Star. These may also be the Native Amerian's Sitecah
or Red Giants.
In 1911, miners were digging out layers of bat guano froma cave
located about 22 miles southwest of Lovelock, Nevada, when they
happened upon the mummified remains which would have stood 6 1/2
feet tall alive. The mummy was still crowned with 'distinctly'
red hair. The ancient legends of the local PaiuteIndians described
a ra-e of red-haired giants who were the enemies of many Indian
tribes of the region. Go to the Greys for Orange Description.

Part 4.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Some Different Types Of Space People. Part 7 of 7. Aug. 16,
2003.

And so we come to the end of this information about the space
people.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

UMMITES

(JW This is the funnist name for space people. To me it sounds
like a bed bug.)

Humans claiming to hail from the general area of Wolf 424, some
14-plus light years distant from the Earth-Sol system, and possibly
having ancient ties with the 'Lyran' colonies in that the Ummites
(from the planet Ummo) are like the Lyrans-Pleiadeans said to be
'Scandinavian' in appearance, and therefore may tie-in with the so-
called 'Nordic' or 'Blond' societies. They reportedly work closely
with the Vegan humanoids. (JW I've been told that some of the
people on Wolf 424 are going through the time of Knights In
Shinning Armur just like we did a long time ago.)

VEGANS

Relatively peaceful and gentle humans descended from refugees from
the 'Lyran Wa-s', who work closely with other refugee-colonists now
living in the Pleiades, Wolf 424, and elsewhere. Often described as
"dark skinned Orientals" similar to the native residents of the
nation of India.

VENUSIAN

Allegedly inhabited by physical entities, both human and
reptilian, beneath the surface and therefore 'safe' from the extreme
surface conditions. Also allegedly inhabited (on the surface?) by
human beings, possibly colonists from Terra- Earth, who somehow were
able to 'phase' or generate their physical bodies' molecular
structure into a '4th dimensional' existence wherein they now
allegedly survive unaffected by the harsh 'physical' conditions.
Other surface colonies allegedly exist in "biodome" cities, whereas
still other reportedly live in the "antimatter" counterpart of
"Venus" -- which in the "alternate" universe is part of a 12-planet
alliance called the Koldasian alliance according to some co-tactees.
The Pleiadians also claim to have colonized the "anti-matter"
universe, which they call the DAL universe.

Varginha EBE'S

In 1996 a UFO was believed to have crashed in Varginha, Brazil.
There were many witnesses, including 3 young girls walking home
from work. They saw the entities, describing them as between 4 to 5
feet in height, making a strange buzzing sound, similar to the
sound of bees.
They had 3 rounded protuberances on top of their heads, like that
of horns. Oily brownish skin, big red eyes and a strong smell like
that of ammonia. Seems it could either be some experimental
cross-breeding of an alien entity and Chupacabra.

Burlington UFO and Paranormal Research and Education featuring
Burlington Wisconsin's First and only online UFO and Paranormal
News!
ALIEN RACES AND DESCRIPTONS ALIEN RA-ES AND DESCRIPTIONS
Burlington National UFO Center
UFO Videos
Ancient Mysteries
Living in the Light
Litl Bits Collectible Shoppe
Alien Races and Descriptions
Order My Book (Living in the Light)
Favorite Links
UFO Shoppe
Living in the Light Promotional Items
Seven Clans of Mars
Encounters (On the Road with Brad and Mary Sutherland)
Meet the Webmasters
Burlington News UFO and Paranormal Newspaper
Contact Us
Alien R-ces and Descriptions Alien Ra-es and Descriptions Alien
Rac-s
A former Army Sergeant, Clifford Stone, has said the US
Go-ernment had tried to suppress what he actually saw one strange
day in Pennsylvania, back in 1969. "I was involved in situations
where we actually did recoveries of crashed saucers. There were
bodies that were involved with some of these crashes. Also some
of these were alive," he said. "While we were doing this, we were
telling the American public there was nothing to it. " Mr Stone
added.

"You have individuals that look very much like you and myself,
that could walk among us and you wouldn't even notice the
difference," he said. Stone claimed to have catalogued 57 different
species of alien life forms.
Updated 6-1-03
UFO's and Alien Races Described in Ancient Texts
Alien Races Influencing the Evolution of Humans. Past, Present
and Future
Alien Photos and Graphics
Illusions Mailing List
***@lists.beyond-the-illusion.com
http://lists.beyond-the-illusion.com/mailman/listinfo/illusions

Part 7 of 7.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Lady K. Talks About Blackouts. Aug. 17, 2003.

Here is some information that may tell the cause of the recent
blackout.
This information has been channeled, so be careful.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: B
Subject: Lady Kadjina Speaks: August 17, 2003
August 17, 2003
Terms Covered:
a.. The August 14th Blackout
b.. Removing pent-up pressure from Yellowstone
c.. Are my dij` vu experiences real or delusional?
d.. I am an alien who crashed here in 1989 - why am I here?
e.. Are the Andromedans of a 4th dimensional density or higher?
f.. The use of colloidal silver and copper in healing infections
g.. When are the troops in Iraq coming home?
h.. The appearance of a Solar "dragon" on 8/16/03

Wayne: The blackout in the Northeast this last week was a "big
thing" and given what's going on, the question is automatically
raised whether or not this was an intentional event and if so,
by whom and for what purpose.
There are reports that certain gov-rnmental agencies were quietly
advised to switch to auxiliary power sources at noon, four hours
before the rolling blackout began, and that the safeguards to
prevent a blackout had been removed. If this is so, possibilities
come to mind: a test of the system to see how the country would
react so that plans could be put into place for certain events to
transpire in a future blackout, or an effort to disrupt a specific
area of the country to further damage the country's economic system.
Additionally, there is evidence that electromagnetic pulses were
generated that shut down the system. If this is true, then one
thinks of the various se-ret electromagnetic technologies that exist
(scalar weapons, HAARP, etc), and wonders about the relationship to
anniversaries of Montauk and the Philadelphia Experiment, and
whether or not those who control these things were responsible.
Then we have the more symbolic possibilities: millions of people
using their energies to request that the 'light' gets turned back
on, or a realization of how dependent we are still are on the
antiquated 'grid' system and what it will take to go to more
reliable alternate forms of energy. One also wonders, because of
the difficulties that the Bu-h Administration has been having of
late, whether or not the event was intended to "take the heat" off
those difficult issues and divert the country's attention to other
things (the California recall fiasco also being a diversion). Could
Lady Kadjina comment on this recent occurrence and try to shed some
light on what is actually behind it?

We on this side are sitting here laughing and snickering, Because
one of us came up with an image that you use when you're taking a
test in school. And the image is this: that you are given a test
with four or five possible answers (multiple choice) where you use
your pencil to shade in the appropriate answer, and the final
choice is "all of the above."
And so Tawatnaw picks up his pencil and shades in the blackest
bl-ck, "all of the above" and we're all snickering.
We have told you that we have the capabilities of taking any 3D
event, which is perceived as stumbling block, and flipping it over
into a stepping-stone.
We have also said that those who have the dark agenda, their
schemes will come to naught. We have been saying for some time now
that the advanced technological sciences have been used by world
go-ernments for more than 50 years. You are in the timeframe of
many major events, from an energy grid standpoint. The Montauk
project has recently been re-funded. We have repeatedly told you
that this is the time of the return of the Atlanteans.
We use the energy reference to the Atlanteans, because they are
the last of the really great civilizations to reach their demise.
And so you have the return of all the Atlanteans, including those
of the light as well as the dark agendas. We have also stated
repeatedly that in every situation utilize the laws of
correspondence - the correspondences between third dimension and
those of 4th and 5th. Look at relationships between the structuring
of Earth conditions. You have the blackout on the 14th and as a
result you had hundreds of millions of souls calling out such
things as "turn on the LIGHT" "Give us back our power" "When are
you going to get with the program." At the same time, you had
strangers helping out strangers, giving people rides home, taking
care of children when parents couldn't get to them; stores opening
up and handing out water. There were a minimum amount of
incidences of crime such as looting, in proportion to the hundreds
of millions of residences and businesses without power that were
vulnerable.
Such was not the case in Canada. And so the people of New York,
as a result of 9-11, have learned many lessons of cooperation and
how to help in times of crisis.
At the same time, in Tucson, Arizona, there was an electrical
storm and at least 1,000 lighting strikes, when 80 to 100 are
normal. The entire state had over 5,000 such strikes. And so what
is happening is an upshift into clearing and making way for many
to make the ascension process a reality.
Also in this same timeframe on the 8th was the opening of the
Lion's Gate, which is a portal more than an astrological
configuration. A doorway into the next step of elevated
consciousness, which takes you from the idea that "I am an
individual; I have my rights; I have my just dues." It takes you
into the status of group consciousness, which says that humanity as
a whole has its rights and its just dues, and all of humanity has
the right to water, clean air, and quality food. So you have
shifted from 'me' to 'we.'
August 15th was the Feast Day of Our Lady of the Immaculate
Conception.
This is the g-ddess energy that has been holding in sacred space
the DNA blueprint for the highest potential for you and for all
humanity. And so at this time the Mother Go-dess has begun
intense realignment of your DNA, enabling you to step up to the
next plateau of life for you, which brings you into synchronicity
with the highest good for all of humanity.
During this same timeframe you have had Mars, traditionally
known as the w-rrior, drawing very close to Planet Earth. As you
know, you are in the ascension process and to ascend it is mandatory
that you deal with your inner world 'stuff' - your baggage and your
blockages and everything that stands in the way of your ascending.
And what Mars does is shine its intensity upon you. If you will
not bow to the will of your high self and soul, you might develop
intense arthritis in you knee joints. If you will not see anyone's
point of view other than your own, you may develop a very painful
stiff neck, If you hear only those voices that support your
preconceived ideas, you could become deaf. And so it goes. If you
will not deal with all of the junk in your tool chest, your attic,
and your garage, the universe will deal with it for you. For Mars
is saying, in no uncertain terms, "Deal with your stuff." This
means deal with your surplus stuff in the garage, deal with you
co-dependent relationships, deal with your employer who might
insist that you work 80 hours and only pay you for 40.
For those who are on welfare, take it upon yourself to pick up the
trash in the City park and put it in the trash barrel as your way of
paying back society for their support of you. If you are a single
mother receiving a check each month, teach your child to put the
trash in the trash barrel and not on the sidewalk; teach
responsibility and you yourself be responsible.
We keep getting questions about NESARA and have answered them in
general terms in previous messages. However, with the massive
blackout this last week and its further disruption to the
economic systems (possibly related to a phone call I received
from Washington on Friday morning about participating in the
Pres-dent's Economic Council and the fact that the Admini-tration
is changing its tone on its economic policies), can you put NESARA
in context at this time, this being the 17th celebration of the
8/17/87 harmonic convergence?

Wayne: Two weeks ago, seeing the buildup of heat and pressure in
the Yellowstone region, a call was sent out to do some pressure
release, and several people began working to do this. We had a
question about this on July 27th and the call went out on August
2nd. A geyser-cam set up to take photos of Old Faithful showed
some astounding results, with light beams and angelic beings and
other 'strange' things showing up on film. Can you comment on
this process of projecting our thought forms to help heal difficult
situations?

Oh my, this is the kind of question that I and we just love!
Throughout this process, Kay was invoking Lord Metatron for
assistance in finding ways to release the pent-up pressure deep
within the Earth so as to avoid a potential disaster. At the
same time, other groups of lightworkers were invoking the fairies
and the elementals and subsequently Lord Metatron has come forth
with the expression, "professional lightworkers, PhD." He went
to great lengths to explain to Kay's group that because of your
great love for Mother Earth over millions of years, and because you
have learned to use your g-d-given talents and skills, you are now
qualified to step in and make needed adjustments. You function
much like emergency room doctors and technicians - you are able to
set your fears aside and really help.
So basically there was a potential danger of an eruption at
Yellowstone. At one point the ground surface was approximately
200 degrees F. There was a bubble formation in Yellowstone Lake
that measured approximately 100 feet high and it was approximately
250 feet across. Certain parts of the park were actually closed.
Now, Kay and her group, who are enrolled in an I-conferencing
(IC) with cameras and audio, were able to connect with the
24-hour camera at Yellowstone. They conducted an around-the-clock
watch.
They astrally projected themselves to Yellowstone. They were
presented light rods or something like energetic swords that they
were able to touch these great bubbles and release the pressure.
They also went down underground and cleared away blockages in an
underground tunnel system.
Think in terms of how a physician can go inside a clogged artery
and open it up.

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: What Have You Been Doing The Last 22 Million Years? Aug. 18,
2003.

In my opinion this Earth is pretty old. It is still young as
compared to Mars, which is somewhat older. Let's say Earth is
about 4.7 billion years old. Let's now look at what was happening
on the Earth for the last 22 million years and we'll leave out the
small stuff.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: w
Subject: Hidden History of Mankind: Earth Humans Are Children of
the Stars!
Hi All, Long read, but extremely well worth the effort.
Love & Blessings, B
[A summing up by Victor Martinez, email at ***@webtv.net
for those that can't afford the time to wade thru all the books.
This is IT pretty much in a nutshell, and look forward to more.
With Mars at it's closest point to Earth on the 27th this month,
it's a pretty exciting time to be on Mother Earth, as we are leading
up to the end times of 2012.]
Actually, the belief that an alien extraterrestrial
civilization(s) altered and sped up the the genetic
development of the indigenous Earth humans already living here on
Earth is not a new one. According to John Keel's 1971 bestseller
OUR HAUNTED PLANET, belief in three (3) theories of mankind's
origins all enjoyed about equal popularity up until the late 1800s.
They were:
1) The Bi-lical theory of creation;
2) Darwin's theory of evolution;
3) The hybrid-human alien theory which suggested than one or
more visiting and/or occupying extraterrestrial civilizations
made genetic upgrades/additions to our species over a protracted
period of time.
The last theory brought and merged the first two (2) theories
together and helped account for the so-called "missing link" in
mankind's cognitive development: the sudden overnight ability and
appearance of man's ability to think, i.e., to possess critical
thinking skills and sentience thereby setting him apart from all
other living creatures.
For reasons that are still UNknown to me, this last theory fell
out of favor w/ many at the turn of the last century, though, like
you, I give it the most credibility.

ABSTRACT SUMMARY

For all of the voluminous material I've gathered and read on this
subject, my best assessment is that on numerous occasions throughout
Earth's history in eons past, various alien extraterrestrial
civilizations came to this planet for various reasons and tinkered w/
the genetics of the indigenous Earth humans.
The last alien civilization to do this -- the Anunnaki -- made
genetic "corrections" or upgrades in order to create the perfect
slave worker out of the Earth humans already here. They did this so
that they would not have to perform the back-breaking work of mining
for various precious elements and metals, e.g., gold. They took the
various Earth humans and performed genetic experiments on them in
order to come up w/the perfect slave worker/ra-e.
During these various experiments, they came up a half-man,
half-horse (the centaur), a half-woman, half-fish (mermaid) to do
their fishing for them, etc. None of of these seemed to work until
one of the Annunaki alien genetic engineers had an idea for the
perfect slave worker: Why not create this perfect slave worker IN
OUR OWN IMAGE?! Hence, the Bi-le's, "And Go- created man in his
own image."
As you know, the Bib-e states that many of the figures of the Old
Testament lived to be hundreds and hundreds of years old,...
700-900 years if I remember correctly. (JW The oldest man mentioned
was Methusalah, and he lived to be 969 years.) This is true. What
the Annunaki did was to make modifications to our DNA/genes which
would cut our life span to about 1/10 of what it normally would be.
They purposely did this knowing full well that if they gave us the
ability to think, reason and make decisions on our own, we might
very well become an "uppity" slave rac- and rebel against our alien
masters or "Custodians."
Cutting our natural life spans to a fraction assured the Annunaki
that Earth humans limited by their greatly shortened life spans
would not be able to ever successfully organize any kind of
meaningful resistance to their plight.
The first "production line" of Earth human slave workers were
much like mules: They could not reproduce on their own and died
off after 40-60 years. The "upgraded," new and improved version
"homo sapien sapien" finally rolled off the production line and
was "perfect": He had the ability to reproduce himself, could
think on his own and still had that shortened life span.
Still unclear is why they left, but over the ensuing years, many
different species of human forms came to Earth -- accounting for
the tremendous diversity of ra-es on Sol III -- and at one time,
Sol III (Earth) was used as a "prison planet": The cosmos' despots
and outcasts were dumped here! (LIttle wonder why after thousands
and thousands of years, we're still at each other's throats!)
This true history of mankind led the late Dr Michael Wolf of
MJ-12's SSG to state that all of Earth's religions were interstellar
based and NOT "divinely" inspired as billions falsely believe.
Several outstanding books have been written on this subject and
I pulled out what I feel are among the best from my immense personal
library to recommend to you. They are:
THE GODS OF EDEN - William Bramley, 1989 ISBN# 0940291002
(JW I've heard him in person lecture on this subject and I believe
he is telling what he considers to be the truth.)
GENESIS REVISITED - Zacharia Sitchin, 1991 ISBN# 0939680858
RULE BY SECRECY - Professor Jim Marrs, 2000 ISBN# 0060193689
THE PLEIADIAN MISSION - J Randolph Winters, 1994 ISBN# 1885757077
AND YET... THEY FLY - Guido Moosbrugger, 2001 ISBN# 0971152306
And now for a few choice excerpts from a couple of these books.
THE PLEIADIAN MISSION, pp. 38, 39, 46-49:
22 Million Years BC -- Twenty-two million years ago, ancient Lyran
travelers first came into our system and built a colony. Since
these were among the first attempts at space travel for them, it
took them a long time to reach Earth. When they arrived, they
recorded the existence of very primitive human beings here. They
found that Earth was a planet where human life had naturally
developed over the course of evolution, but it was currently in a
very primitive state.
The Earth humans were a brown-skinned race who barely possessed
any powers of reasoning or intellect and were of no concern to the
celestial visitors. Over the course of the next few thousand years
many expeditions were made to Earth, resulting in a variety of
colonies being formed for short periods of time.

387,000 BC -- THE FIRST SETTLEMENT ON EARTH -- It wasn't until
387,000 BC that the Lyrans once again had an effect on Earth.
Another w-r ravaged Lyra and many of those on the losing side had
fled for safety.
They traveled through the cosmos and came to Earth as a place of
sanctuary. It was peaceful here; the local humans were primitive
and offered no resistance to their high technology. It was decided
they would stay and build a colony.
Back home in Lyra, it was discovered that a large group had fled
to Earth and ships were dispatched to come after them. Upon
arriving at Earth, they were disgusted and appalled to find the
conditions that prevailed here. The local Earth humans were being
used as SLAVES and were being mistreated badly. Many were being
used in EXPERIMENTS where they were being MATED WITH ANIMALS, while
others were being DISFIGURED, r-ped or maimed. The colony was an
example of the darkest side of man.
Living in degeneration and filth, it was decided to leave the
colony on Earth, take away all of their technology, including their
ships, and leave the 144,207 Lyran soldiers to their own fate on
Earth.
31,000 BC -- Thousands of years of peaceful living on Earth
produced the largest population ever to live here. Almost the
entire planet was populated with cities on every continent that
boasted a high quality of living and technology. Earth became
known as a peaceful and tranquil place to live, attracting
travelers from many parts of the galaxy. It is believed that as
many as eight (8) more rac-s from different worlds came to Earth
during this time and blended in with the great societies of
Atlantis and Mu.
From the star Sirius came a -ace of b-ack humans who were very
highly developed. Other humans came from the stars of Orion,
Vega and Hyades who were also descendants of the ancient Lyrans.
It was also during this time that a ra-e arrived and started a
new colony on Earth whose origins are still not known. These
were the colonies that founded the ASIAN communities on Earth, a
different family of origin, but now part of the ever-changing
mixture of the new Earthman. The Earth was becoming a melting pot
of ra-es and colors who lived together in peace and love.
13,000 BC -- ADAM & EVE -- The second in power to Arus was a
mighty scientist named Semjasa. He and the other followers were
under strict orders not to have s-x or social interaction of any
kind with the original Earth inhabitants, who were very
underdeveloped and even genetically imparired from experiments
performed on them by the Lyrans eons ago. Keeping to himself,
Semjasa defied the orders and worked in sec-et performing his
GENETIC MIXTURES with animals and the subdeveloped Earth humans.
He created many different FORMS OF CREATURES and humans as he
seacrhed for a way to improve on man. In one experiment, he
mated an Earth female, called an "Eva" with the higher evolved
and older Lyran genetics and created a more intelligent Earthman
whom he called an "Adam." In the Lyran language, Adam simply meant
"Earth human"; it was not his name. The Adam, by the way, was
blonde, blue-eyed and stood about 16 feet tall.
The experiment worked so well that Semjasa tried it again and
created another Adam, a female. Both of his Adams were great
advancement in the human form and were more like Lyrans than the
Earth humans. As their intelligence and evolution had been
greatly improved, he decided to keep them alive for study and
kept their existence secr-t for many years.
When they reached maturity, he mated the two Adams together.
This was the beginning of the legend of Adam and Eve [Homo sapien
sapien].

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Lady K. Talks About Blackouts. Part 2. Aug. 19, 2002.

This part mentikons Lucifer And Satan.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Now, by using IC they were able to witness energetic events and
capture them on photographic images. Over a period of four days,
they witnessed in the early morning hours the appearance of two
light rods, which were photographed. One light beam was violet,
the other white. On the first day, the group witnessed and an-el
- a huge one - that appeared between the two light beams. Now
this ang-l had a face, arms, and flowing robes. At the same time
on the Earth there were emissions of a very black gunky substance
that seemed to coat the ground and the trees. The group watched
as this an-elic being absorbed the black gunk and the two light
beams into his own being. In a few moments the robe was absorbed
and all that remained was the face, and the face was looking at
the group. Eventually the face disappeared and all that was
remaining was a violet-colored ball. Over the next four days this
violet ball would come and go. Sometimes it seemed to shine
through very black clouds; at other times it seemed to be
surrounded by pink ange-s, in the middle of the day, not at
sunset or sunrise.
Also, when we noted that it was time for Old Faithful to erupt,
it would become as dark as night. Immediately after the blow, it
would become light again. Also it was noted that as darkness fell,
sparkling lights would come out. They call these the fa-ry
people. On two different days, in the middle of the afternoon,
around the violet ball would form a white light.
This white light grew until it filled the top half of the sky
in a perfect half-circle - and arc - and the white light was
encircled by a deep pink light.
This ball of light then descended from the sky, touching the
ground, and then ascended again with what we have called "the eye
of Metatron" (purple ball) in the center of the white ball. At
the point when the ball had returned to its position in the top
half of the sky (and there were no other cloud formations at all)
it was noted that the ground itself was covered with a white
substance and all of the trees were also coated with this white
substance. And those photographs were named "white-out."
Those who were present in the group that were shamen also noted
various totems. As of right now, Yellowstone is stabilized and is
again open to tourists.

From a reader: Lately especially, I've been having a feeling of

DeJa Vu or something like it. Am I delusional or is there something
to it? Kind of hard to explain. If this question is asked, maybe my
mind can be scanned to get the true meaning of what I'm saying.

Dear reader. This question has come to us from many, many a soul.
It is a part of going 4D and 5D. Dij` vu simply means that you have
been there and done that in another time frame and your high self
is wanting you to take a second look. You are a multi-dimensional
being. This means that you have so-l parallels, not only on Planet
Earth but on other planets also. Some of the challenges that you
are dealing with right now have been experienced on another planet
and worked your way through to a satisfactory conclusion. So now,
in this Earth facet of the life form that you are, you are in a
similar situation and you are to remember how you dealt with this
kind of situation; how you used your inner tools to pull up and out
of difficulties. Many so-ls are looking into past life on this
planet, where they were healers.
They get inside the body of that healer, become one with it, and
know exactly what it is that they were doing in that time frame.
And so they move into the now of the moment and bring those skills
with them. This is the truest purpose of going into past life
regression. We realize that many times it is necessary to heal
past life situations spilling over into this moment, but if you
can add the aspect of the great being that you were and are and
bring it forward, it will validate who you are now in such a way
that you will refocus and leave behind the victim mode and step
into your power mode.
Speaking of the potential for being delusional, this question
comes from someone in England who writes, "I am a alien who crashed
on earth in 1989. I have memories of a place that isn't earth. I
come from a system, the name of which is pronounced 'demindi ani.'
From my memories I know that the writing used is symbols. [I would
like to know] why I am on earth.
Oh, dear reader. We are hearing your heart cry. You also are
multi-dimensional. The major consciousness aspects of you were
in your home in another world and dimension. You evolved to such
point that you had an Earth body and this Earth body was beginning
to ask questions. And you came to help. This is part of an
agreement that you made - to be here at this time. We would ask
you to please avoid the temptation to be a hermit or a recluse.
You have the ability to hold in your hand a book, and assimilate
the information without ever having to read word for word. You
also have the ability to look like an ordinary human form. You have
the ability to connect with your Mother Ship through mental
telepathy. You have a working understanding of the holographic
universe. You know about free energy. You know much about other
dimensions. And so we say to you, welcome to Planet Earth. You
are not here alone. There are many just like you that are
struggling with the same issue as you are. There are many coming
into the Earth realm who protest that it smells as if they came
into a major sewer line - it stinks and it doesn't feel good. And
if you will bear with us, we have something to talk about if Wayne
himself doesn't bring up the topic of the existence of two earths.
Wayne has indicated that he has been thinking about it but has not
yet actually formed a question. Therefore, we'll talk about it. In
1987 you had what you called "Harmonic Convergence." At that time
it was believed that many humans would ascend but that also there
would be about 4 billion who could not. And so the third
dimensional physical Earth was surrounded by a 4th and 5th
dimensional Earth. In 1987 the sp-ritual hierarchy made a covenant
with Earth wherein you were given 25 years to complete your
ascension process, at the conclusion of which all remaining 3rd
dimensional beings not ascending would stay put on the 3rd
dimensional Earth to continue their journey status quo. Those
ascending would simply teleport into the higher 4th and 5th
dimensional realms and continue their growth processes unimpeded.
Subsequently, the ascended ones would become like guardian a-gels
to those of the lower Earth realm. But in the last 16 years of
time, the one so-l of one humanity reached critical mass. 51% of
the totality of human consciousness turned toward the light. Both
Lord Lucifer and Lord Satan turned to the light. When critical mass
is attained, this means that every single incarnate soul is capable
of taking the next step up on their spiral of evolution. This
includes Osama bin Laden, Saddam Hussein, and George W. B-sh, as
well as those who are ruling England. This does not mean that
these beings, which appear to be so destructive right now, will
suddenly become great masters and turn to the light. What it does
mean is that these souls will have what you might call an "Aha!"
moment where they get the idea that there are better ways of doing
things. George W. Bu-h, for instance, will suddenly get the idea
that maybe o-l is not the answer.

Part 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

Part 3 of 3.

...................................................................
...................................................................


What has happened now, instead of there being two Earths, is
that the energies have blended into one Earth. This is evident when
you observe humans, who are suddenly seeing and hearing the other
worlds. It is evident through science, where telescopes that have
been in place for several years are suddenly seeing planets that are
brand new to them. It is because you have gone 4th and 5th
dimension, you are able to see higher dimension planets. No longer
is it necessary to mass evacuate or sink a continent in order to
clear and bring forth greater light. You will stay put this time
like the good stewards and captains that you are, and steady the
ship. The truth of this can be clearly seen when you look at the
magnitude of some of your recent quakes and the massive loss of
life has just not happened.
Part of the process is the reactivation and return of the great
elemental kingdom - the great guardians of earth, wind, fire and
water have returned to help. We find the reactivation of the
ang-lic and fa-ry kingdom. We are hearing the cries for peace.
There are many films that have and are coming forward dealing with
levels of social concerns. One social concern is for greater
truth; hence you have the movie "Columbine." A new movie was
released on August 15th called "The Gatekeeper," which deals with
the many issues of the Mexican immigrants. This film has earned
many awards already.
To every group of beings there are light and dark aspects. And
the Andromedans can access higher and lower vibrations. They have
the ability to direct energy for many levels of purpose. Now
many people are confusing what we mean by 4th and 5th dimensions
with what is known as 4th and 5th planes of existence. They are
not the same things. One has to do with vibrations and the other
with levels of density or form. And density is related to
vibration, but not evolved vibration. For instance, you have the
2nd dimension, which humans came up through, that did not touch into
the plane of existence that was s-iritual. The Andromedans are on
a plane of existence and many of them vibrationally are of the 3rd
dimension. It's a question of evolvement. And I realize this is a
bit complicated to try to explain. The Andromedans in another
world function very 3rd dimensionally, but they have access to
technologies that are based upon 4th dimension - they can appear
and disappear. Much the same type of activity is going on right
now on Planet Earth. The wordage of planes and dimensions are
oftentimes confused and used interchangeably. But both dimensions
and planes work on frequency exchanges, but the densities are
different. It would be like the difference between 110 and 220
voltage - one could consume the other.

From a reader: I don't think anything mentioned concerning

colloidal silver or copper is mentioned on your site. I heard
colloidal silver and I think copper can be good for you. Silver for
diseases. Copper for electromagnetism stuff or whatever. Can taking
a jug of water, putting a silver coin in it, help fight diseases?
(Wayne's Note: I have a non-prescription anti- called "BodyGuard"
that contains colloidal silver, among other natural elements that
works wonders in fighting infections.)

This is actually a "yes" and "no" answer. Colloidal silver is
like a tool that can be used to help your body. And with any tool
you must use some caution and not overdo it. A hammer is useful;
just don't let your thumb get in the way. Care must be taken in
all things. The same is true of copper. Copper is an energy
conductor. You know this from science, wherein copper wire is used
to conduct electricity throughout your home. But again, care must
be taken. If the copper turns your arm green, you know it's time
to recharge your copper bracelet, perhaps even remove it for a
period, drink more water, and detox your system.
As for tossing a silver dime into a glass of water, this too can
be a form of alchemy. It's a matter of believing whether or not
you are big enough or a well-seasoned alchemist, or whether you are
still the sorcerer's apprentice. And only by turning within can
you find the answer to this question. There are many beings no
longer dependent upon colloidal silver as a tool and who can hold
a glass of water during meditation and request that from the ethers
are gathered those substances that they need for their
constitutional makeup. This is the level of the many bodies of the
totality.
It is important to remember that these young soldiers chose. It
is also important to remember that the Iraqis are your brothers and
sisters and that you yourself have lived there in Iraq in a previous
lifetime.
To allow other nations of people to slug it out only allows for
the continued festering. This in turn creates the need for
earthquakes and volcanoes. Think of it this way: Mother Earth's
body functions in the same way that yours does. It has a
circulatory system of blood, and that is her oil. It has
kundalini fire energy, which is manifested as the volcanoes.
And just as your kundalini goes out of balance, so can Mother
Earth's.
Your body is set up on an acupuncture grid. The ball of your
foot has a direct energy link to your lungs. Those who have
chronic breathing problems will often develop thick pads on their
feet. And so it is with Mother Earth. If you allow the mideast
situation to go unaddressed by those of the light, it is the same
as having a deep knife wound in your abdomen that goes untreated and
subsequently a great infection sets up. If this infection does not
get your attention, gangrene can set up, and if that doesn't get
your attention, you can d-e. There is the expression, "No man is an
island." And this is very true. None of you at this point in time
stands alone.
The Lions Gate, the blackouts, the lightning strikes, the
immaculate concept, the Mars event of August 27th, are all saying
with one voice, "no longer are you an individual, but you are a
member of a group." The group can be compared to a football team.
Everyone knows what happens when the star quarterback gets into
ego trouble. He'll fumble the ball and lose the game. He has to
remember that he is a member of the team and every human being at
this time is a member of the team called the one soul of one
humanity. You cannot walk away from a fighting, quarrelling Middle
East and expect to ascend. You are your brother's keeper and that
is a sacred trust every bit as sacred as the blood-brother rituals
of the American Indians.

Wayne: Just before beginning this session, I received some
information about a strange solar event that may have caused the
solar imaging feeds to go offline for a while. The event appears
to be an emanation from the Sun at 13:19 GMT on 8/16/03 and appears
to be the form of a dragon or a dog, or similar animal head
connected to a spine. While there are additional solar images after
that point, the image is compelling and I wonder if Lady Kadjina
has any insights about it.
Loading Image...
Unretouched blowup of NASA photo, 20030816_1319_eit_304.gif
This formation is similar to an etheric Earth experience. It is
similar to what you see when you see a ghost or a departed loved
one. It is similar to the image displays caught on camera
concerning Yellowstone. And we are calling this figure from the
Sun a dragon. And there are many shamen and those of Chinese and
Japanese descent, who are saying that now is the time of the
return of the dragon energy. This dragon energy correlates to the
kundalini energy, which also correlates to the entwining of the DNA
upshifting that is happening now.
Mother Sun is evolving and awakening, as is Mother Earth. Mother
Sun did an energetic retraction at the time of the sinking of
Atlantis just as Mother Earth did. And so in the awakening process
of Earth, you find many events connected to the crystal grid
system, the reappearance of Atlantis, many artifacts, and many
portals and stargates. And so Mother Sun has many types of grid
systems that need reactivating as well. And just as Earth has
volcanoes and earthquakes and monsoons and things in order to clear
her systems, so does Mother Sun.
http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html
--------------------------------------------------------------
To Post a message, send it to: ***@eGroups.com

Part 3 of 3.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: What Have You Been Doing The Last 22 MIllion Years? Part 2.
Aug. 22, 2003.

This part explain who made us.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

It had been 22 million years since the Lyrans had first used the
Earth humans to create all manner of ape-like creatures, ruining
the natural evolution of the Earth human; some of the apes were
created out of experiments mating man together with monkeys; they
are not natural forms of creation.
Now Semjasa had cretaed the BEGINNING of the wise and INTELLIGENT
human race. It was his hope that he had been able to set things
right and repair some of the damage caused by his ancestors so many
years ago.
Even though the natural evolution of Earth had been altered so
many times, he had succeeded in giving the Earthman a new chance
tosurvive and grow. This WAS THE BIRTH OF OUR CURRENT CIVILIZATION
as we know it.

RULE BY SE-RECY, pp. 385-389

The Annunaki Earth mission's medical officer was a female named
Ninharsag, also known as Ninti, who had already been working with
Enki in genetic experimentation.. According to Sumerian accounts,
they produced many MUTATED CREATURES including animals such as
bulls and lions with HUMAN HEADS, winged animals and apes and
humanoids with the feet of goats. If true, it is obvious such
EXPERIMENTS may have been the SOURCE for the many legends of
"MYTHOLOGICAL" CREATURES and SUPERHUMANS such as Atlas, Goliath,
Gargantua, Polyphemus and Typhon.
The Sumerian account of the creation of the FIRST MAN -- written
as LU.LU or in Hebrew, "Adama," literally translated as Man of
Earth or simply Earthling -- is quite clear in light of today's
knowledge concerning cloning. Enki and Ninharsag took the
reproductive cell or egg from a primitive African female hominoid
and fertilized it with the sperm, of a young Anunnaki male. The
fertilized ovum was then placed inside an Anunnaki woman --
reportedly Enki's own wife Ninki -- who carried the child to term.
A healthy young male Adama hybrid was produced for the FIRST TIME
ON EARTH, BYPASSING NATURAL EVOLUTION by MILLIONS OF YEARS.
According to the ancient Sumerian reporters, "When Mankind was
first created, they knew not the eating of bread, knew not the
dressing with garments, ate plants with their mouth like sheep,
drank water from the ditch,..." Afterward, Enki and Ninharsag
went on to produce a number of Adamas, both male and female,
although at this time they were INcapable of reproduction and
lived very SHORT LIVES compared to the Anunnaki. This was
apparently done in a conscious effort to PREVENT any competition
from the NEW HUMAN RA-E. It is interesting to note that,
according to Ge-esis 3:5, the very first order of the Elohim was
that man -- in the allegorical form of Adam and Eve -- was to
remain ignorant less "ye shall be as g-ds" (King James version).
"Adam was the first test tube baby," proclaimed Sitchin after
the birth of the first modern test-tube baby in 1978. He saw this
modern birth as support for his Sumerian translations, especially
in light of the fact that modern science only began conceptualizing
manipulating our genetic makeup within the 20th century.
As bluntly stated in the B-ble, Adam and his progeny were not
destined for a life of ease, but one of HARD WORK and survival as
the hands of their "Lords." The study of the Sumerian texts made
it clear that the Anunnaki treated their created SLAVES poorly,
much like we treat domestic animals we are simply exploiting --
like cattle.
Slavery in human society was common from the first known
civilizations until quite recently. The evidence indicates that
they worked their slaves very hard and had little compassion for the
plight of humans.
Yet, the Anunnaki eventually decided to grant humankind their
FIRST civilization, the Sumerian civilization. But such
civilization did not come before further tweaking of the human
genetic code and finally an attempt to exterminate all human life
[The Bi-lical flood].
Since the first human workers were like mules and could NOT
procreate, the Anunnaki had to constantly create new batches, a
time-consuming procedure considering the span of time between
in vitro fertilization and birth. So Enki and Ninharasag set
about to create an Adama ra-e which could REPRODUCE ITSELF.
Although the Sumerian texts describing the details of this
process have either been lost or undiscovered as yet, researchers
have assumed that the procedure again involved obtaining
life-producing Adama DNA, possibly by extracting a RIB while the
subject was under anesthetics.
This time the male Adama's DNA was combined with a female
Adama rather than an Anunnaki, with possibly some accompanying
DNA sequence cutting and splicing, a procedure within our
technology today.
The result was a male Adama with the ability to reproduce
through s-x with an Adama female, or to "know" a woman as the
B-ble euphemistically puts it. The man Adam had gained the
"knowledge" of reproduction, a feat that many Elohim/Anunnaki,
including Enlil deplored. They complained that next humans would
want to live as long as themselves. "The man has now become like
one of us, knowing good and evil, reported Ge-esis 3:22 (New
International version), "He must NOT be allowed to reach out his
hand and take also from the TREE OF LIFE and EAT and live forever."
Therefore, DNA manipulation drastically REDUCED HUMAN LIFE SPAN
along with the ability to MAKE FULL USE of human BRAIN CAPACITY.
The result of this human population growth and their
increasingly close contact with the Anunnaki was predictable.
Ge-esis 6:1-4 related: "When men began to increase in number on
the earth and daughters were born to them, the sons of Go- [the
Nefilim/Annunaki] saw the daughters of men were beautiful and
they married any of them they chose,... when the sons of -od
went to the daughers of men and had children by them...."
Over the centuries, the Adama ra-e, in addition to such
interbreeding, was the object of continued experimentation which
eventually resulted in changing Neanderthal to Cro-Magnon.
According to Sitchin's time line, the first human -- the Adama --
was produced 300,000 years ago. After further genetic manipulation,
Anunnaki males began interbreeding with human women about 100,000
years ago. Not long after this, a new ice age began decimating
the human population outside Anunnaki control.
Neanderthal disappeared while Cro-Magnon survived only in the
Middle East. By 50,000 years ago, humans fathered by Anunnaki
were permitted to rule in selected cities, further angering Enlil,
already incensed that some Anunnaki would mate with human women.
He even complained that the sound of mating humans kept him awake
at night.

Part 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: One Person Who Has Been Aboard An Alien Space Crafts. Aug. 23,
2003.

Many people like to beat up on Arfeo Angelucci. It's probably
because he has said that he has been aboard an alien space craft and
they haven't been aboard a space craft themselves.
Here is his story of his own experiences.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: D
Subject: SEC-ET OF THE SAUCERS STORY
by Orfeo Angelucci (1955)
Foreword
Many persons have asked me why the space visitors should have
chosen me for contact rather than some other individual they
considered eminently qualified for such a contact than myself. Why,
have they infer, should the space visitors have picked so
insignificant a non-entity as I for their revelations?
In all humility I tell you that I too have asked both the space
visitors and myself that very question many times. And it is only
within recent months that I have begun to understand fully just
why I was chosen. After you have finished the book, however, you
will have the answer. It is up to you then to decide weather or
not you agree with the saucer beings with their choice of contact.
Thus I shall begin by telling you something of my early life and
the space visitors first contact with me back in the year 1946,
when I was totally unaware that I first came under observation.
My childhood was the usual happy, carefree childhood of most
American boys.
I joined in the less strenuous games, attended school and was
fairly good in my studies, although I was always frail and in poor
health. Fortunately, my family was in fairly comfortable
circumstances and they and my two indulgent uncles saw to it that
I always had the best medical attention available.
My youthful trouble was diagnosed as "constitutional inadequacy"
and its symptoms were great physical weakness, lassitude, lack of
appetite and malnutrition. Hence I tired very easily and the
slightest physical effort often left me weak and exhausted. I
suffered from severe migraine headaches and as I grew older it
seemed at times that every nerve and muscle in my body ached with
excruciating pain.
When I was in the ninth grade the doctors advised that I
discontinue school and continue my studies at home. This arrangement
was highly satisfactory with me, for I have always been intensely
interested in all branches of science. Ay home I was able to
devote my entire time to the study of these subjects.
With plenty of rest and on a weight-building diet I gained
strength and within a year the doctors believed I was well enough
to return to school.
But as my family suffered the financial reverses in the meantime,
it was decided that it would be best if I went to work for awhile.
I heartily approved. My first job was with my uncle's flooring and
stucco company. He hired me as an estimator salesman as I was not
equal to any heavy work. I liked the work and enjoyed getting and
meeting people. All in all I got along pretty well even though I
was considered just a kid. In my spare time I continued to study
all of the books I could get a hold of on scientific subjects.
In 1936 I met Mabel Borgianini, an attractive Italian girl who
is a direct descendant of the famous Borgias. From the first, both
of us knew we were meant for each other. Her happy, cheerful
disposition helped me to keep from brooding over my health and
physical inability to accomplish all of the things that I longed
to do. It was the happiest day of my life when we were married.
About a year later our first son, Raymond, was born. and our cup of
happiness was full.
A little later I suffered a complete physical breakdown and was
forced to give up my job. My weight fell alarmingly from 150 to 103
pounds and I was so weak that I could scarcely sit up. After a
number of medical examinations and complicated tests, the doctors
decided I was suffering from a neurovascular disturbance. They
prescribed complete rest and continuous medical attention.
Thus I entered a new world, a white world of doctors, nurses and
hospital beds. For eighteen long months I was confined to bed. For
my body was racked with excruciating pains and I was so utterly
exhausted that I could not even read. Medical science was doing
everything possible for me, but I knew that my doctors didn't
believe that I would ever pull through. Frankly, I didn't much care
whether I lived or died. Life was no longer desirable. To lie day
after day on a white hospital cot with a body flayed with pain and
too exhausted even to think is indeed a living h-ll. Death, I felt
could mean release from pain. Especially was the confinement
difficult to bear as I had always loved the outdoors, the sparkle
of the sunshine, the whisper of the leaves in the woods, and the
music of the woodland streams. Sometimes I prayed that I might
die and escape the pain and awful weariness that ached in my
muscles.
But weeks lengthened into months months and gradually I began to
improve.
Finally I was able too sit up again and then to walk. It was
like being reborn. I even began to take an interest in my science
books once more. At last the joyous day when I was able to leave the
hospital and return home.
All through those long months of confinement the faith and
encouragement of my wife and family never failed. Mabel was with me
through it all and if it hadn't been for her love and understanding
I doubt if I would have made it.
My body was still wracked with pain, but I had to bear that. The
good thing was the terrible exhaustion and trembling weekness was
gone so that I was able to be up and about. Although my family
tried to dissuade me, I insisted upon going back to work on my old
job almost immediately. I had been inactive so long that I wanted
more than anything just to be busy again.
After I returned to work, I took up courses in night school. The
old insatiable hunger for knowledge was gnawing at my very soul. I
realized that science had discovered much, but there were still so
many things to be learned; so many of nature's se-rets yet to be
revealed. I was obsessed with learning the true nature of the atom;
discovering the cure for virus diseases and especially for polio,
that most ghastly of all crippling diseases. I felt that a
satisfactory explanation for the creation and operation of the
entire universe was yet to be worked out. What was the great
mystery of the creation of matter, or the actual orgin of the atom?
These and other similar enigmas echoed in my brain night day.
The field of electricity and electro-magnetic phenomena interested
me in particular. Probably because from earliest childhood I had
an acute fear or phobia about lightning. During an electrical storm
I suffered not only actual bodily pain, but mental perturbation
and distress. Thus I became well versed in atmospheric static
electricity.
I conducted some simple experiments on my own. I noticed that
all fowl and especially chickens are nervous and apprehensive
during an impending thunderstorm. It was obvious from my own
reactions that they to experienced definite physical symptoms
because of atmospheric conditions. Also, I discovered chickens are
subject to a "range paralysis" which in every respect parallels
infantile paralysis in human beings. From my studies and experiments
in this field I believed I had discovered certain facts that might
be highly significant in the treatments of polio. In my enthusiasm,
I wrote a long detailed letter on the subject to President
Franklin Roosevelt, who was then in the White House.
Returning to my studies and home experiments, I became interested
in fungi and the atmospheric conditions affecting them. I studied
the wild mushrooms and the particular atmospheric conditions
which resulted in their sudden, erratic growth. From the mushrooms
I turned to molds. It was my belief that molds are a negative
form of life which leech on living matter by an illusive, subtle
process of mutation.
At that time we were well into World War II. Penicillin had been
discovered, but it was yet only a magic word and a deep mystery to
the public. No books or reports were available on the subject. But
by then I was familiar with the characteristics of fungi. In my
experiments I discovered that one of the most common molds could be
made to produce chemicals indefinitely if kept in proper nutrition
and temperature. It was then I decided to see what structural
changes would occur in the mold aspergillus clavatus in the upper
atmosphere.
On August 4, 1946 I took cultures of the mold in three stages of
growth: embryonic, half mature and mature. I placed the molds in
baskets and attached the baskets to eighteen Navy-type balloons
and prepared to send them aloft. But through an unfortunate
accident the balloons broke away prematurely, carrying the baskets
with the molds aloft with no means of retrieving them. My long
months of strenuous effort and careful planning were hopelessly
lost.
Heartsick, I sighed heavily as I watched the balloons and my
precious molds ascending higher and higher into the clear blue sky.
I was a perfect day, just the kind of weather I had longed for to
make my test, but now everything was irreparably lost.
My family and a number of friends and neighbors were with me
watching the experiment. Also, on hand were a reporter and a
photographer from the Trentonian, the Trenton daily newspaper.
Everyone was silent staring into the heavens watching the balloons
growing smaller as they gained altitude.
Everyone there and especially Mabel and my father-in-law knew
how keenly disappointed I was. Mabel put her arm comfortingly about
my shoulders and murmured: "It's all right, Orfeo. You can try
again."
It was then that my father-in-law, Alfred Borgianini, noticed a
craft in the sky and called out: "Look! There's an airplane, Orfeo.
Maybe it will follow your balloons."
Everyone there saw the object and it was the consensus that it
had been attracted to the spot by the group of ascending balloons.
But as it hovered and circled overhead, we were all soon aware
that it was no ordinary airplane. In the first place it maneuvered
in an amazingly graceful and effortless manner. Then as we gained
a clearer view of it, we were startled to see that it did not have
the familiar outline of any known type of aircraft. It was
definitely circular in appearance and glistened in the sunshine.
We looked at each other in surprise and bewilderment and the
photographer tried to get some shots of the thing. Mabel exclaimed:
"Why, I never saw such an airplane before! It's round and it
doesn't have any wings!"

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: One Man Who Has Been Aboard An Alien Space Craft. Part 2, Aug.
25, 2003.

This part tells what the ballons incident had to do with the
space people.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Everyone agreed and we continued to stare as it gained altitude
and appeared to follow after the balloons until it too vanished
from our sight. For several days afterward we discussed the strange
object, but as in the case of most mysteries, we forgot all about
it within a week or two. Today, however, any one of those persons
who were with me that day will vouch for the authenticity of that
strange craft.
Since then I have learned that the occasion of the launching of
the balloons was the first time I came under direct observation
of the extra-terrestrials. Although I never then dreamed of the
significance of the event, that was their first contact with me.
From that moment on for the next five years and nine months I
remained under constant observation by beings from another world,
although I was wholly unaware of it.
The state police force was appealed to and requested to be on
the lookout for the eighteen lost balloons and their strange cargo.
Also, local radio stations and newspapers publicized the loss of
the balloons and requested anyone finding or sighting them to report
to authorities. But nothing was ever heard about them and to all
intents the eighteen balloons and the mold cultures vanished.
Several days after the loss of the balloons I stopped in at the
Palmer Physics Laboratory at Princeton University to visit Dr.
Dan Davis, head of the Cosmic Ray Department. Dr. Davis had always
been most friendly toward me and was never too busy to take time
out to help me with some of the technical problems that were
always troubling me.
I told Dr. Davis and one of his aides about the experimental
molds and their loss in the accident with the balloons. Dr. Davis
regretted that I had not told him about my experiments beforehand,
for he said that the laboratory would have been glad to supply the
hydrogen gas for the experiment and otherwise help to reduce
expenses. Also, he said he would have arranged to have the balloons
traced by the chain of radar stations in the eastern section.
Princeto and its environs were literally heaven-on-earth to me,
for it was one of the important homes of my beloved science. In the
vicinity were such great institutions a Rockefeller Institute for
Medical Research, the R.C.A. Laboratories, the American Telephone
and Telegraph Co.; the Institute for Advance Study; the Heyden
Chemical Corporation, producers of penicillin. And nearby were
Rutgers University, E. R. Squibb and Co., Merck and Son and many
others. Yes, I loved every inch of New Jersey with its marvelous
institutions of learning and scientific research. But my love for
the state was offset by my uncontrollable apprehensions of and
physical anguish during the rather violent thunderstorms there.
Thus when Mabel began to talk of moving to the West Coast where
I'd heard there were few, if any, thunderstorms, I was easily
persuaded to go along with her plans.
In November of 1947 my family, consisting of Mabel and I and my
two boys, Raymond and Richard, started by automobile for Los
Angeles. On the trip we stopped at Rochester, Minnesota where I
had an appointment at the famous Mayo Clinic with Dr. Walter C.
Alvarez, the modern Hippocrates of diagnostic medicine. I
sincerely appreciated my tremendous good fortune at being granted
time by this authority in the field of medicine, for many more
deserving than I have been unable to see this busy man.
Despite his fame and his importance in the medical world, I found
him extremely modest and kindly. After a thorough examination he
concluded that my condition was caused by an inherent
constitutional inadequacy in an extreme degree. It was his opinion
that the condition had been induced by a childhood attack of
trichinosis from eating contaminated, under-cooked pork.
He said I was fortunate to have survived the acute attack. He
advised me to get as much rest as possible and never to engage in
work that was not of my choice and liking in order to minimize the
burden on my weakened constitution and nervous system.
At last we arrived in the Golden State on the West Coast. Southern
California was a delightful new experience for both my family and
myself. I decided it was paradise indeed when I discovered that
it actually was practically free from electrical storms. And my
boys and Mabel were thrilled with stretches of golden sand at the
seashores, the mountains and the continuous semi-spring that
prevails there at all seasons of the year.
We spent five months in California sight-seeing and enjoying
the sunshine and the wonders of its scenery. At the end of that
time we had to return to Trenton, as I had some unfinished
business to attend to there. But I had purchased a lot in Los
Angeles and we planned to return and make our permanent home there
as soon as possible.
For some years I had been working on a thesis titled, "The Nature
of Infinite Entities" which included chapters on such subjects as
Atomic Evolution, Suspension, and Involution; Origin of the Cosmic
Rays; Velocity of the Universe, etc. While I was in Trenton I had
the thesis published entirely at my own expense and mailed copies
to various universities and individual scientists working on
fundamental research. Of course I realized at the time it was
presumptuous of me, but I was completely carried away with my
tremendous enthusiasm for ideas which I believed I understood but
could not properly formulate because of lack of technical training.
It was my deep and abiding hope that some one of the scientists
might understand what I was driving at and work out the technical
and mathematical angles. Some of the men were interested, but none
as far as I know ever exerted the effort on the theories that I
had hoped they might. But at least I was satisfied that I had done
my best considering the limited circumstances of my education. I
was content to let the matter rest. It was obvious science had no
need of me, a rank and presumptuous amateur. I must remain mute,
an orphan of science!
We were all happy to return to Los Angeles and settle down in our
new home.
There I went into business with my father. But from the first we
encountered vicissitudes on every side. For three long, difficult
years we struggled along trying to make a go of it, but monopolies
and stiff competition made the going so rough that we were finally
forced to close down the business.
The temptation was great to return to the security of Trenton
where material comfort and a small fortune awaited us if we would
make our home there. But Mabel and the boys loved Southern
California. As far as I am concerned, security has never been of
great importance in my world of the atom, the electron and the
photon. Also, there were still those electric storms to reckon
with. To an electrophobe like myself, this aspect is always of
primary consideration. So we decided to forget security and gamble
on keeping our home and making a go of it in Los Angeles where we
were all content.
This was in the year 1948 and the flying saucers were then
making headlines from time to time. But I was completely
disinterested in the phenomenon.
Like many other persons, I thought the saucers were some new
type of aircraft being secretly developed here in the Un-ted States.
I figured the information would come out in good time.
For several months I worked as manager of the Los Feliz Club House.
In my spare time I endeavored to write a motion picture script. I
was more of a hobby than anything else. I didn't really expect the
script to be accepted as I'd had no writing experience. As the idea
of space travel was quite popular in the films then, I concentrated
on a story about an imaginary trip to the moon. Several studios
were interested in the finished manuscript, but it was never made
into a motion picture.
When the club house where I was employed was finally leased to a
large organization, I made application for work at the Lockheed
Aircraft Corporation plant at Burbank, California. The application
was approved and I went to work for Lockheed on April 2, 1952, in
the metal fabrication department.
After about six weeks in Metal Fabrication I was transferred to
the Plastics Unit at Lockheed. Since plastics had always interested
me, I was pleased with the change. I was one of a three-man crew
working on radomes, or plastic and glass housings for the radar
units of the F-94C and F-94B Starfire jet aircraft. I liked my
fellow workers, Dave Donnegan and Richard Butterfield. Both were
honest sincere, hardworking typical young Americans.
They had their feet firmly on the ground and although interested
on new ideas and scientific developments, they were strictly on
the material plane and not interested in abstractions.
I was fortunate indeed to have two such men to cushion the shock
of the fantastic chain of events in which I was so soon and
unexpectedly to be involved. As I look back now it appears that
an oc-ult power of some sort had neatly arranged every smallest
detail in advance including the particular type of job I was in
as well as the two men who were to be closest to me through all
of my incredible experiences. urs was the swing shift. The unusual
hours appealed to me as well as the excitement of the new work and
the motley assortment of people at the plant. But I did not know
then what infinitely strange destiny gate held in store for me.

Part 2.

John Winston ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: One Person Who Has Been Aboard An Alien Space Craft. Part 3.
Aug. 25, 2003.

In this part Orfeo talks to a Space Person.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Chapter I

THE DISK FROM ANOTHER WORLD
Friday, May 23, 1952, was an ordinary day in Burbank, California
insofar as I was concerned. I got up at my usual time, worked around
the yard for a few hours and later stopped in at the Drive-In snack
bar. After several cups of coffee and an exchange of good-natured
banter with some of the customers, I left and went to my job at the
Lockheed Aircraft Corporation plant.
Things went along well enough during the earlier part of the
evening, but about 11 o'clock I began to feel ill. An odd prickling
sensation was running through my hands and arms and up into the back
of my neck. I had a slight heart palpitation and my nerves were on
edge. I felt just as I always do before a bad electrical storm. As
the familiar symptoms increased I went outside expecting to find
heavy threatening clouds, but the night was exceptionally clear and
the stars were bright.
Puzzled, I went to work wondering what was wrong with me. By
12:30 A.M., when the quitting whistle sounded, I was so exhausted
I could scarcely stand; it would be a relief to get home and into
bed. I took my car from the Lockheed parking lot and headed
southeast on Victory Boulevard toward home.
I became increasingly conscious of nervous tension as I drove. I
sensed a force of some kind about me. Never in all of my similar
illnesses had I experienced such peculiar symptoms There was no
pain, yet I felt as though I might die at any moment. The prickling
sensation had increased and spread to my arms, legs and up into
my scalp.
Frightened, I wondered if an old illness was returning upon me.
Was I going to be confined to my bed again with the terrible
debility and excruciating pain of the "constitutional inadequacy" of
my schoolboy days? The dread symptoms were certainly there.
At Alameda Boulevard I stopped for a traffic signal. It was then
I noticed that my eyesight was glazed and the sounds of traffic
were oddly muffled and far-away as though my hearing was also
affected. I decided that I had better stop at one of the all-night
cafes and have a cup of coffee. But at the thought all of my
alarming symptoms increased. I forgot the idea of a cup of coffee.
My sole and overwhelming desire was to get home as fast as I could.
I continued on Victory Boulevard toward home. I had the illusion
that the night was growing brighter as though enveloped in a soft
golden haze.
Directly ahead and slightly above my line of vision I saw a
faintly red-glowing oval-shaped object. At first it was so dim I
had to stare at it to be certain it was really there. But gradually
it increased in brilliance.
It was about five times as large as the red portion of a traffic
light.
Nervously I rubbed my eyes; something was wrong with my vision!
But the thing remained there; not sharp and clearly defined, but
fuzzily luminous, definitely oval-shaped and deep red in color.
I continued on Riverside Drive directly toward the object, but
it appeared to be receding from me so that I remained relatively
the same distance from it. As it was almost one o'clock in the
morning there was little traffic on the road. Apparently no one
else had noticed the object as I saw no cars stopped to investigate.
I wondered if I also would have missed it above the glare of the
headlights if my strange symptoms had not drawn my eyes to it.
I drove across the bridge over the Los Angeles River with the
object still in view. Just the other side of the bridge, to the
right of the highway, is a lonely, deserted stretch of road called
Forest Lawn Drive. The object stopped and hovered over the
intersection. As I drew near, it gained in brilliance and its red
color grew deeper and more glowing. Simultaneously, the physical
symptoms I was experiencing became more acute. I was aware of a
tingling sensation of pain and numbness in my arms and legs that
reminded me of contact with an electrical current.
Now the disk veered sharply to the right off the highway and
began moving slowly along Forest Lawn Drive. For the first time it
occurred to me that the fantastic thing could be one of those
flying saucers I had read about. I turned my car onto Forest Lawn
Drive and followed the object.
About a mile further along the disk swerved to the right, away
from the road, and hung motionless over an unfenced field some
distance below the road level. I drove off the pavement about thirty
feet to the edge of the declivity. From there the glowing red disk
was directly in front of me and only a short distance away. As I
watched it in bewilderment it pulsated violently; then shot off
into the sky at a 30- or 40-degree angle and at very great speed.
High in the sky to the west it decelerated abruptly, hung for a
moment; then accelerated and disappeared like a meteor.
But just before the glowing red orb vanished, two smaller objects
came from it. These objects were definitely circular in shape and
of a soft, fluorescent green color. They streaked down directly in
front of my car and hovered only a few feet away. I judged each to
be about three feet in diameter. Hanging silently in the air like
iridescent bubbles their green light fluctuated rhythmically in
intensity.
Then, apparently coming from between those two eerie balls of
green fire, I heard a masculine voice in strong, well-modulated
tones and speaking perfect English.
Because of the nervous tension I was under at that moment,
amounting almost to a state of shock, it is impossible for me to
give a verbatim account of the conversation which followed. The
invisible speaker obviously was endeavoring to choose words and
phrases which I could understand, but there were several things
which even now are not clear to me. I can only make a poor
approximation of the gist of his words.
I do, however, remember the first words spoken which were: "Don't
be afraid, Orfeo, we are friends!" Then the voice requested that I
get out of my car and "Come out here." Mechanically, I pushed
open the car door and got out. I didn't feel fear, but I was so
weak and shaky that I could scarcely stand. I leaned against the
front fender of my car and looked at the twin pulsating circular
objects hovering a short distance in front of me.
The glowing disks created a soft illumination, but I could see
no person anywhere. I remember vaguely that the voice spoke again
calling me by my full name in words of greeting. It further stated
that the small green disks were instruments of transmission and
reception comparable to nothing developed on earth. Then the
voice added that through the disks I was in direct communication
with friends from another world.
There was a pause and I dimly remember thinking that I should
say something, but I was stunned into utter silence. I could only
stare in fascination at those fantastic balls of green fire and
wonder if I had lost my mind.
When the voice spoke again I heard these startling words: "Do you
remember your eighteen balloons and the mold cultures that you lost
in the skies back in New Jersey, Orfeo?
I was astounded to hear the strange voice recalling an incident
out of the past which had happened so long ago that I had almost
forgotten it. "Yes....yes sir, I do!"
"Do you also remember the strange, wingless craft that appeared
to be observing your activities?"
Suddenly the entire scene came back to me crystal clear in memory.
I remember Mabel, my wife, my father-in-law and our friends and
neighbors with me as we stared at that strange, disk-shaped object
in the sky. I recalled how the object had appeared to follow the
balloons bearing my precious cultures a Aspergillus Clavatus mold.
I had been quite an experimenter in those days. It was then it
dawned upon me that the fluorescent disks were similar in shape and
behaved in the same erratic manner as had that mysterious craft
back in New Jersey. The only difference was that I had seen the
craft in daylight when it glistened like metal whereas the disks
glowed in the darkness.
"You do remember us, Orfeo," the golden voice stated. "We were
observing your efforts that day as we have watched you since then."
All traces of fear left me at these words, but I could not help
but wonder what it all meant. Suddenly I realized that I was
feeling very thirsty.
As though in response to my thought, the voice said: "Drink
from the crystal cup you will find on the fender of your car,
Orfeo."
Astonished at his words, I glanced down and saw a kind of goblet
on the car fender. It glistened in the soft light. Hesitantly I
lifted it to my lips and tasted the drink. It was the most delicious
beverage I had ever tasted.
I drained the cup. Even as I was drinking a feeling of strength
and well-being swept over me and all of my unpleasant symptoms
vanished.
"Oh thank you , sir," I said as I placed the empty cup back on
the fender of my car only to see it disappear.
At that moment another incredible phenomenon began to occur. The
twin disks were spaced about three feet apart. Now the area between
them began to glow with a soft green light which gradually formed
into a luminous three-dimensional screen as the disks themselves
faded perceptibly.
Within the luminous screen there appeared images of the heads
and shoulders of two persons, as though in a cinema close-up. One
was the image of a man and the other of a woman. I say man and
woman only because their outlines and features were generally similar
to men and women. But those two figures struck me as being the
ultimate of perfection. There was an impressive nobility about them;
their eyes were larger and much more expressive and they emanated a
seeming radiance that filled me with wonder. Even more confusing was
the troubling thought somewhere in the back of my mind that they
were oddly familiar. Strangely enough, the projected images of the
two beings appeared to be observing me. For they looked directly at
me and smiled; then their eyes looked about as though taking in the
entire scene.

Part 3.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: One Man Who Has Been Aboard An Alien Space Craft. Part 4. Aug.
27, 2003.

This part mentions the Captain Mantell case where his craft was
destroyed and he was killed.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

I had the uncomfortable feeling as they studied me that they knew
every thought in my mind; everything I'd ever done and a vast amount
about me that I didn't even know myself. Intuitively, I sensed that
I stood in a kind of sp-ritual nakedness before them. Also, I seemed
to be in telepathic communication with them, for thoughts,
understandings and new comprehension's that would have required
hours of conversation to transmit, flashed through my consciousness.
Before those two incredible Beings I felt that I was only a shadow
of the shining reality I sensed them to be. It is difficult to
express my feelings in words, for my understanding of them was
gained primarily through intuitive perception.
After several moments the two figures faded and the luminous
screen vanished. Again the two disks flamed into brilliant green
fire.
Trembling violently from weakness and cold perspiration, I was on
the point of blacking out when I heard the voice again. It was more
kindly than ever as it said something about my being understandably
confused; but it assured me I would understand everything that had
happened later on. Also, I remember these words: "The road will
open, Orfeo."
I didn't understand. Instead the thought flashed through my mind:
"Why have they contacted me; a humble aircraft worker-a nobody?"
The voice replied: "We see the individuals of Earth as each one
really is, Orfeo, and not as perceived by the limited senses of man.
The people of your planet have been under observation for
centuries, but have only recently been re-surveyed. Every point of
progress in your society is registered with us. We know you as you
do not know yourselves. Every man, woman and child is recorded in
vital statistics by means of our recording crystal disks. Each of
you is infinitely more important to us than to your fellow
Earthlings because you are not aware of the true mystery of your
being."
"From among you we singled out three individuals who, from the
standpoint of our higher vibrational perception, are best fitted
for establishing contact.
All three are simple, humble and presently unknown persons. Of
the other two, one is living in Rome and the other in India. But
for our first contact with the people of Earth, Orfeo, we have
chosen you."
"We feel a deep sense of brotherhood toward Earth's inhabitants
because of an ancient kinship of our planet with Earth. In you we
can look far back in time and recreate certain aspects of our
former world. With deep compassion and understanding we have
watched your world going through its 'growing pains'. We ask that
you look upon us simply as older brothers."
The voice continued, speaking rather rapidly. It stated that they
were well aware that the flying saucers had been treated humorously
by most people - as it was meant they should be. In this way they
wanted the people of Earth to become only gradually aware of them
and grow accustomed to the idea of space visitors. It was best that
we receive them lightly at first for the sake of our own stability!
The voice stated that the disks were powered and controlled by
tapping into universal magnetic forces; thus their activated
molecules received and converted energy inherent in all the universe.
It further explained that the complexities of the apparently simple
structure of their disks were so great that to an Earthing a
saucer would be considered as having "synthetic brains", although
each one is to a degree under the remote control of a Mother Ship.
Also, most of the saucers, as well as the space craft of other
planetary evolutions, are of a circular shape and vary in size from
a few inches to hundreds of feet in diameter.
A disk, the voice continued, is able not only to relay whatever is
transmitted to it from a Mother Ship, but also it records precisely
all visual, auditory and telepathic impressions that come within
the scope of the disk. These impressions are relayed to the Mother
Ship where they are permanently recorded upon what Earthlings would
popularly term "synthetic crystal brains". Thus for centuries had
been recorded a detailed account of Earth's civilization and the
spir-tual evolution of individual persons.
The voice also stated that in addition to the remotely controlled
saucers there also existed space ships, some of which had been seen
by Earthlings.
It was further explained that the Etheric entities in reality had
no need of space-craft of any type and when they were employed by
them it was only for purposes of material manifestation to men.
I distinctly remember the voice making some such statement as
this: "Interplanetary ships and saucers of various material
densities can approximate the speed of light. This seems impossible
to you only because of a natural principle which has not yet been
discovered by your scientists.
Also, the Speed of Light is the Speed of Truth. This statement is
presently unintelligible to Earth's peoples, but is a basic cosmic
axiom.
"Approaching the speed of light, the Time dimension, as known
upon Earth, becomes non-existent; hence in this comparatively new
dimension there are incredibly rapid means of space travel which
are beyond man's comprehension.
Also, within the Records of Light are to be found a complete
history of Earth and of every entity which has incarnated upon it.
Many of the saucers - of highly attenuated densities of matter -
were invisible to Earthly eyes and could only be detected by radar.
Also, any of the saucers could be rendered invisible at any time, or
could be disintegrated by either explosion or implosion. Thus
Earthlings had seen some apparently burst in a blue or white flash
while others seemed simply to vanish in the air.
I remember wondering about Captain Mantell and several others who
believed they had contacted the saucers. In reply to my thought I
heard these words: "Captain Mantell was not pursuing the planet
Venus. He was endeavoring to overtake and capture one of the
remotely controlled disks. His death was absolutely unavoidable!
"We wish to tell Earth's people that visitors from other planets
occasionally visit Earth's dense, heavy, gaseous atmosphere. All
are of kindly intent and none will harm man. All intelligence's
capable of space travel can read thoughts and see emotions.
Man believes himself civilized, but often his thoughts are
barbaric and his emotions lethal. We do not say this as criticism,
but state it only as fact.
Thus it is best to approach all planetary visitors with friendly,
welcoming thoughts!"
As I listened to his words I wondered why these incredible beings
hadn't landed several space ships at one of our large airports and
thus convinced the world simply and quickly of their reality.
In answer, I heard these words: "That would be the way of the
entities of your Earth, Orfeo, but it is not our way. Primarily
because we function in dimensions unknown to man and hence interpret
all things differently. Also, because there are planetary and cosmic
laws as implacable as the natural laws of Earth.
"Cosmic law actively prevents one planet from interfering with
the evolution of any other planet. In other words, Orfeo, Earth
must work out its own destiny! We will do everything in our power
to aid the people of Earth, but we are definitely and greatly
limited by cosmic law. It is because the life evolution in its
present stage of material advancement upon Earth is endangered that
we have made our re-appearance in the atmosphere of your planet.
The danger is far greater that Earth's people realize. The 'enemy'
prepares in vast numbers and in sec-et."
For a moment the voice was still and then it said gently: "Among
the countless other worlds in the cosmos, Orfeo, the children of
Earth are as babes, ultimate of knowledge. Among the worlds of
the universe are many types of s-iritual and physical evolutions.
Each form of intelligent life adapts itself to the physical
conditions prevalent upon its home planet.
Most of these evolutions exist in more highly attenuated forms of
matter than upon Earth. But the majority are rather similar to man
in appearance.
There is a definite reason for this being so. In reality, we are
Earth's older brothers and thus we will aid Earth's people insofar
as they, through free will, will permit us to do so."
As I listened to that kind, gentle voice I began to feel a warm,
glowing wave of love enfold me; so powerful that it seemed as a
tangible soft, golden light. For a wonderful moment I felt
infinitely greater, finer and stronger than I knew myself to be. It
was as though momentarily I had transcended mortality and was
somehow related to these superior beings.
"We'll contact you again, Orfeo, the voice said. "But for now,
friend, it is goodnight."
The two shimmering green disks faded almost out: then I heard a
low hum as they flamed brilliantly into glowing green fire and shot
up into the sky in the direction taken earlier by the larger red
disk. In an incredibly short time they too had vanished, leaving me
standing alone by my car.
Bewilderment, incredulity, shock and stark fear flooded over me -
sudden conviction that I had lost my mind and gone raving mad. What
I had witnessed, I felt, just couldn't have happened.
I raised my numbed hand and it was trembling violently. I saw by
my watch that it was almost two o'clock in the morning. I climbed
shakily into my car and kicked the starter. Panic was mounting in
me. I twisted the steering wheel, gunned the engine and made a
sharp, fast U turn to get back onto the road. The tires screamed
and the car lurched.
I wanted to get home quickly. I wanted to get back to the world
of sane reality. I wanted someone to assure me I wasn't going mad.
I drove with only a single objective in my mind - to get home!
When finally I made the turn onto Glendale Boulevard and saw the
lights of my apartment I breathed a heavy sigh of relief; no place
had ever looked so good to me!
I left the car in the driveway and ran into the house. My wife
was waiting up, worried and anxious because I was so late.
"Orfeo, what's the matter? What's wrong? You're white as a
sheet!"

Part 4.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: One More Person Goes Inside Mt. Shasta. Aug. 28, 2003.

It seems that a lot of people have gone inside of Mt. Shasta.
Here is the account of a person going inside.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: g
Subject: My Experience with The Telosians at Mt. Shasta
-------------------------------------------------------------
I had arrived in Mt. Shasta in December 16, 2002. It
was beautiful this last December, and we just had a
snow storm. Three days later, it was a beautiful day
with a clear blue sky. Though you could not walk
outside for very long without very warm clothing on.
So I was completely covered, I had my boots on, my
gloves on. It was cold, and I walked down the hill to
the main boulevard, where I did some shopping. On my
way back up the hill as I was approaching the crest of
the hill I saw a man walking towards me. He had on a
long sleeve shirt in a beautiful pale tan color, a tan
color pair of trousers, and a blue sleeveless tunic.
The thing that I noticed most was his skin. It was
the most beautiful golden color, and in my mind, I
immediately thought 'where did he get that tan from?'
As he came closer towards me, we were on the same side
of the street, I saw he had long black hair down to
his shoulders. And as he came abreast to me, he gave
me the most incredible smile that just came from the
depths of his being. Now I work with the energy of
love, I use it, I am focused on it, all my actions are
qualified through my heart, my thoughts are qualified
through my heart, and so I had been working with this
for quite a long time. And as he came abreast of me
and he smiled at me with the brilliance of his smile,
I was absolutely dumbfounded. I could hardly smile
back at this man who was smiling this brilliant golden
smile, full of love. I've never experienced anything
quite like it. He walked by me and I stood still in
the street. I wasn't in shock, I was not in a state of
disbelief either. I was just in a place of awe. I do
not use this word lightly, for what I just
experienced. When I finally began to look around and
turn around I could not see him. There were a number
of people walking down towards the boulevard, but I
could not distinguish his physical form. I kept
wanting to see this man again, and I did not and have
not since.
I strongly felt, that this being who had this golden
color shining out of his skin, and who looked
incredibly beautiful, was someone special!
Since that time, I have been up on the mountain, it's
only been in the last couple of months (June 2003). I
had been on the mountain with friends, we have done a
meditation up there, and I asked specifically, the
first time I have asked specifically, to visit in
Telos. In the stillness, a trunk of a tree presented
itself and there was a doorway in the tree. And of
course, I asked permission of the deva, the deva of
nature, I asked permission of all that was there,
this, in, on the mountain there, and a doorway
appeared and I walked down at an angle downwards
through the mountain. I didn't exactly walk, I
floated down, my feet were not quite touching the
ground, I floated down, and the atmosphere was faintly
red, it was, it had red a red tinge to it. There was a
group of people waiting, in the mountain, and it was a
very short visit, just to acknowledge that they had
granted what I had asked, to visit them in the
mountain. So the visit was short. They were so kind
and hospitable, very gentle. And then I came back up
the pathway. The passage way out back through the tree
on to the mountain.
So those are the two experiences that I have had here
at Mt. Shasta. Tom's heart and my heart are very
connected to service. Like everyone else who hears
this, we are all focused through the heart and we are
all connected, and we are very open to be of any
assistance we can.
Thank you for listening.
- M S

Date: December 16, 2002 and June 2003.
Transcribed: Taped on August 18, 2003, and typed on
August 22, 2003.
=====
Portal to Freedom in the Hollow Earth
http://onelight.com/vrilland/index.htm
Messages From the Hollow Earth
http://onelight.com/
Greg Gavin
***@yahoo.com
Onelight.com Publications
Editor
"true poise of presence initiates the awakening of the light of
the Central Sun by contact with the Solar Gates at the energy core
of the Hollow Earth"
_________________________________
http://sitebuilder.yahoo.com
The Hollow Earth List is created by Onelight.com for the further
sharing of ideas, concepts, probabilities and enlightening
information from resources on the Inner Earth and Hollow Earth now
available and being made available to 'surface dwellers; as well
as the announcement of Onelight.com updates and coming events.
http://onelight.com/

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Possible Error In Part 4. Aug. 30, 2003.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: P
Subject: Re: feedback and question
Dear P

Hi John, Thanks for Part IV. So far, I have no problem

believing this story--"One Man Who Has Been Abroad..............
...", except for one thing --where he says, "visitors from other
planets occasionally visit Earth's dense, heavy, gaseous atmosphere.
All are of kindly intent and none will harm man."

There are far too many stories about the Greys abducting humans;
taking fetuses out of pregnant women; putting implants in humans;
abducting children, etc. not to be true. How do (whoever it is
speaking) figure those actions to be kindly?
JW Yes, you have a good point there.
It appears that they made a mistake in saying that no space
people have ever hurt man.

I'd like your personal input on that, if possible.

I'd also like to thank you for your articles. There are so

many UFO groups who spend most of their waking hours trying to prove
that UFO's; Interstellar travel; Universal intelligence; etc. do
exist. (I find it boring to read, "so in so saw a UFO in N.Y.
etc.)

With you, it's a known fact that all of the above and more

"IS". Some of your articles are too "FAR OUT" for me. Perhaps, I
don't have the intelligence to understand where they're coming from
-- a lot seems like double-talk, whatever. And other articles,
seem to be right on.
JW Yes, that about how things go with me.

However, a lot of what was conveyed by this INTELLIGENCE that

spoke to Orfeo, I can relate to.

I just want you to know that your articles are the preferred

ones or should I say, the first ones I read.
know if there are people in this group that exchange ideas of
like-mind? I feel pretty much of loner - not anyone locally to
verbally exchange info/ideas, and I'd like to communicate with
others. As far as I'm concerned, everyone has something to offer.

Since Orfeo has been aboard a space craft, I'm assuming there's

a Part V on its way.
JW It is on it's way to you.

Thanks again, John.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: One Man Who Has Been Aboard An Allen Space Craft. Part 5. Aug.
30, 2004.

In this part Orfeo goes inside a flying saucer.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

I stood staring at her, unable to speak.
She came to me and grasped my hand. "Orfeo, you're sick! I'm going
to call a doctor."
I put my arms around her. I wanted only to feel her close to me
and for the moment to try not to think of what I had been through.
She pleaded with me to tell her what had happened.
"Tomorrow - maybe tomorrow, Mae, I can tell you...."
Finally we got to bed, but it was almost dawn before I drifted
into a troubled half sleep.

Chapter II

I TRAVEL IN A FLYING SAUCER

I spent nearly all day Saturday in bed. The shock of my fantastic
experience was so great that I found it difficult to get back to
actualities. I kept having the feeling that the world I knew was a
phantom world inhabited only by shadows.
It was not until Sunday that I could bring myself to tell my wife
what had by shadows.
It was not until Sunday that I could bring myself to tell my wife
what had happened to me. I was afraid she would think I had lost my
mind. Thus it was with relief I heard her say: "If you say it
happened like that, Orfeo, I believe you. You've always told me the
truth. But this thing is so strange and frightening - and you
looked so deathly white when you came in."
I could only put my arms around her as I replied: "It scares me
too, Mabel - I don't know what to think!"
Sunday afternoon I took my twelve year old son Richard and drove
back to the spot on Forest Lawn Drive where I had seen the disks.
There in the loose dirt I found the deep skid marks the tires of my
car had made Friday night.
Richard looked at me curiously and asked what I was looking for. I
pointed to the skid marks and told him that was the spot where I
had seen what could only have been a flying saucer. Richard stared
incredulously. But dad, I thought you always laughed at people who
believed in those things."
"You"re right, son," I replied. "But that was only because I didn't
know any better. Friday night I saw three of the saucers from this
very spot."
Richard's eyes widened with interest. Then he began shooting
questions at me so fast that I had to ask him to slow down. But I
was glad he did not doubt my word.
Seeing those skid marks where I had gunned my car in panic to get
away from the eerie spot assured me of the reality of my experience.
I was convinced that I had been in contact with beings from another
world.
Monday night I went back to my swing-shift job at Lockheed. It
felt good to be back at work again! The friendly banter, laughter
and jokes of my co-workers were just what I needed.
Beyond my family I told no one of that first experience, as I
knew I would be ridiculed. In fact even at home very little was
said about the saucers or my experience, for the subject invariably
upset my wife and filled her with such apprehension that even the
boys refrained from talking much about it.
But when I was alone I thought long and often about those
incredible beings from that other world. The voice had promised:
"We'll contact you again, Orfeo." I wondered when they would get in
touch with me again and how? Had they meant soon - or would it be
months or even years? These and hundreds of similar questions
clamored in my mind.
I wondered if I was under constant observation by them. If so, I
thought that through telepathy I could signal them to return. ne
night I went back to that lonely spot on Forest Lawn Drive and
tried to establish telepathic communication. But it was useless! No
glowing red disk appeared - only the night and the empty skies that
gave back no answer.
Weeks passed and still no further sign from them. Doubts began to
trouble me. Time dulled the memory of that night and I began to
wonder if my experience had actually been real after all.
Then early in July there began a fresh flood of well-authenticated
sightings of saucers in the skies over Southern California. Local
newspapers carried banner headlines announcing FLYING SAUCERS OVER
LOS ANGELES! Some people were convinced we had interplanetary
visitors and looked for mass landings at any moment.
Later in the month additional sensational sightings were reported
from many other States. It seemed the skies were filled with the
baffling mystery objects that defied all natural laws and behaved
more like phantoms than material realities. As I avidly read each
new account I became convinced anew that I knew the secret of the
flying saucers. But I longed for more knowledge. I hoped and prayed
for another contact with those incredible beings I had seen so
briefly that Friday night.
July 23, 1952 I didn't go to work. I wasn't feeling well and
believed I was coming down with the flu. I was in bed all day, but
in the evening I felt a little better and thought a walk in the
fresh air would be good for me.
I walked down to the snack-bar at the Los Feliz Drove-In theatre,
several blocks from the eleven unit apartment-court where we live.
The small cafe has a warm, friendly atmosphere and it gave my
spirits a big lift to listen to the small talk and friendly ribbing.
Because of the many recent newspaper reports, the talk turned to
flying saucers.
Ann, one of the waitresses laughingly remarked that she couldn't
get enough sleep as her husband insisted upon staying up most of
the night watching the sky with binoculars trying to get a glimpse
of a saucer. This brought on a round of flying saucer jokes and
everyone was laughing, including myself.
The fact that I could laugh indicates that I had pretty well
gotten over the shock of my experience.
When I'd finished my coffee I left the snack-bar and started
home. It was a little after ten O'clock. Beyond the theatre is a
lonely stretch of vacant lots. The place is eerie and forbidding
at night, for huge concrete buttresses rise from it supporting the
Hyperion Avenue Freeway Bridge several hundred feet overhead. The
bridge cast dense, oblique shadows down below making it a shadowed
no-man's land.
As I crossed the vacant lots in the deep shadows of the bridge a
peculiar feeling came over me. Instantly I remembered that
sensation - the tingling in my arms and legs! I looked nervously
overhead but saw nothing. The feeling became more intense and with
it came the dulling of consciousness I had noted on that other
occasion.
Between me and the bridge I noticed a misty obstruction. I
couldn't make out what it was. It looked like an Eskimo igloo -
or the phantom of an igloo. It seemed like a luminous shadow
without substance. I stared hard at the object. It was absolutely
incredible - like a huge, misty soap bubble squatting on the ground
emitting a fuzzy, pale glow.
The object appeared to be about thirty feet high and about equally
wide at the base, so it wasn't a sphere. As I watched, it seemed to
gain substance and to darken perceptibly on the outside. Then I
noticed it had an aperture, or entrance like the door to an igloo,
and the inside was brilliantly lighted.
I walked toward the thing. I had absolutely no sense of fear;
rather a pleasant feeling of well-being. At the entrance I could see
a large circular room inside. Hesitating only an instant I stepped
into the object.
I found myself in a circular, domed room about eighteen feet in
diameter. The interior was made of an ethereal mother-of-pearl
stuff, iridescent with exquisite colors that gave off light. There
was a reclining chair directly across from the entrance. It was
made of that same translucent, shimmering substance - a stuff so
evanescent that it didn't appear to be material reality as we know
it.
No voice spoke, but I received the strong impression that I was
to sit in the chair. In fact, a force seemed to be impelling me
directly toward it. As I sat down I marveled at the texture of the
material. Seated therein, I felt suspended in air, for the substance
of that chair molded itself to fit every surface or movement of
my body.
As I leaned back and relaxed, that feeling of peace and well-being
intensified. Then a movement drew my attention toward the entrance.
I saw the walls appeared to be noiselessly moving to close the
aperture to the outside. In a few seconds the door had vanished,
with no indication that there had ever been an entrance.
The closing of that door cut me off entirely from the outside
world. For an uncomfortable moment I felt utterly alone - lost to
my family and friends.
But almost immediately a pleasant warmth passed over me giving me
once more that feeling of peace and security. I breathed deeply and
found the air cool and fresh. Vaguely I wondered what was going to
happen next.
Then I thought I heard a humming sound. At first it was almost
inaudible, but it grew to a steady, low-pitched rhythm that was
more like a vibration than a hum.
Next I was aware that my body seemed to be sinking more deeply
into the soft substance of the chair. I felt as though a gentle
force was pushing perculiarly pleasant sensation that put me into
a kind of semi-dream state.
While the humming sound increased I noticed that the room was
darkening as though a heavy shadow was engulfing the room in
twilight. As the light diminshed I began to grow apprehensive. I
had the realization of how alone and helpless I actually was. For a
bad moment I was on the edge of panic in the tightly sealed,
darkening room.
Then... I heard music! It seemed to be coming from the walls. I
couldn't believe my ears when I recognized the melody as my
favorite song, "Fools Rush In". The panic within me subsided for I
realized how safe I was with them - thy who knew my every thought,
dream and cherished hope!
Reassured, I settled back to enjoy the music. In a few seconds
the interior of the room began to grow light again. Soon it was
more brilliantly lighted than ever. It was at that moment that I
noticed a glittering piece of metal on the floor of the craft. It
was the shape and about the size of a quarter.

Part 5.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Dear Folks: I made a mistake in Part 5. The date should have been
2003.
Holy cow,
John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: One Man Who Went Aboard An Alien Space Craft. Part 6. Sept. 1.
2003.

This part talks about the cancellation of gravity.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

I reached down and picked it up. It was different from any kind of
metal I had ever seen, for it seemed almost to be alive in my hand.
It quivered and began to glow almost like a live coal; yet it
remained at the same temperature as my body. Now I noticed that the
piece of metal was diminishing in size. It was as though some
mysterious kind of sublimation or degeneration was taking place
before my eyes. Could it be that contact with my hand was causing
the substance to dissipate in the air? I placed it back upon the
floor of the craft. There it ceased to quiver and the odd glow was
no longer apparent.
I leaned back in the chair and noticed my soiled, faded work
clothes which I had worn when I went to the snack-bar. The coarse
fabric appeared crude and glaringly out of place in the exquisite,
shimmering mother-of-pearl room.
"Where are they taking me?" I wondered, as I half listened to the
music. For I was certain the the craft I was in must be moving.
Were they taking me to their world, or was I going to spend eternity
lost in space in that pearly igloo?
While I was still pondering these questions I felt the push
against the surface of by body lessen, then cease altogether. The
music stopped playing and humming vibration in the floor died away
too. I was certain that whatever type of motive power was used
was housed somewhere below the floor as the faint vibratory hum
definitlely came from there.
Then something and noiselessly the chair made a quarter turn
toward the wall.
Even as much as I trusted my unseen friends I was a little
frightened at this. Tensely I waited, gripping the arms of the chair.
Directly in front of me a circular opening appeared in the wall
about six feet in diameter, but everything appeared hazy through
it.
As I stared, the lights inside darkened. Then either the entire
craft or the seat turned slightly more to the left and the strange
window widened about three more feet. I saw a huge globe surrounded
with a shimmering rainbow. I trembled as I realized I was actually
looking upon a planet from somewhere out in space. The planet
itself was of a deep, twilight-blue intensity and the irridescent
rainbow surrounding it made it appear like a dream vision. I
couldn't see it all, for a portion at the bottom of the sphere was
cut off by the floor line.
Now I heard that voice I remembered so well. "Orfeo, you are
looking upon Earth - your home! From here, over a thousand miles
away in space, it appears as the most beautiful planet in the
heavens and a haven of peace and tranquillity. But you and your
Earthly brothers know the true conditions there.
As I listened to the tender, gentle intonations of that wonderful
voice and overwhelming sense of sadness came over me. I felt tears
in my eyes - I who had not know the relief of tears since I was a
small boy. My heart was so full of emotion that tears were the only
possible expression. They flowed unheeded down my cheeks. I was not
ashamed for the tears seemed somehow to cleanse and purify me and to
break down the hard, unfeeling, crystalized shell of The Reasoner
that I had come to pride myself upon being.
The voice said softly: "Weep, Orfeo. Let tears unblind your eyes.
For at this moment we weep with you for Earth and her Children. For
all of its apparent beauty Earth is a purgatorial world among the
plants evolving intelligent life. Hate, selfishness and cruelty
rise from many parts of it like a dark mist.
The words brought fresh tears to my eyes as I thought of conditions
on Earth and how they must appear to these perfected, compassionate
beings who had extra-dimensional sight.
There was silence for a moment. Then I noticed that the room was
apparently revolving away from Earth. Gradually the heavens came
into view - an awesome, breathtaking sight from that tiny craft.
All space appeared intensely black and the stars incrediably
brilliant, set like jewels against black velvet - large, small;
single and clustered. I felt lost in a strangely beautiful, ethereal
world of celestial wonder.
All was brooding silence, order and indescribable beauty. A deep
feeling of reverence possess me. I had never been an actively
re-igious man, but in that moment I knew G-d as a tangible, immutable
Force that reached to the furthest depths of Time and Eternity. And
I felt assurance that the beings in whose care I was at that
moment were close to the Infinite Power.
For a moment there was deep silence. Then as I wiped away the
tears I saw a fantastic object coming slowly into view through the
"window". It resembled a dirigible except that it was definitely
flattened at the bottom.. It emerged gradually into view from the
right.
I studied it closely, wondering at its composition. It did not
appear to be metallic like an airplane, but was definitely
crystalling and give it illusion of transparency. Its light
properties definitely suggested perfect crystal alloyed throughout.
I surmised it might be some sort of crystal-metal-plastic
combination. When the entire ship was in view it appeared to be at
least 1000 feet long and about 90 feet thick, but it could have
been a great deal larger for there was no way to judge how close I
was to it.
I stared fascinated at the half-ethereal "ship", scarcely
conscious that I was again hearing music. But as my ears caught a
startling, unfamiliar, strain, I listened intently to music such
as I had never heard or could imagine. It is beyond description,
for it was not music as we know it, nor was it played to our
musical scale. It was strange, haunting drifts of melody that
brought visions of star galaxies and planets spinning in notes of
perfect harmony.
The voice spoke again: "Brother of Earth, each entity of your
planet is divinely created and immortal. Upon your world the mortal
shadows of those entities are working out their salvation from the
plane of darkness. Every person upon Earth and its adjoining planes
of manifestation are definitely arrayed upon either the positive
side of progression toward good, or on the negative side of
regression toward greater ev-l. We know where you stand, orfeo; but
are you going to be content to drift as you have been?"
"No....oh, no!" I replied impulsively. "I want to work
constructively. Only grant me strong physical health and there
isn't anything I shan't be able to accomplish."
The voice replied gently. "That wish we cannot grant you, Orfeo,
as much as we might like to. It is only because your physical body
is weakened and your sp-ritual perceptions thereby keener that we
have been able to contact you.
Had you been physically in robust health with your mortal body and
mind perfectly attuned to the sluggish lowered vibrations of Earth,
we could not have manifested to you."
"Sickness, ill-health and all mortal afflictions are transient
and unreal.
They, along with pain, sorrow, suffering and conflict make up
mankind's lessons in the school of the world where wisdom and
s-iritual evolution are gained primarily through suffering. An
explanation of this terrible enigma will be given to you later.
But tonight we tell you that you can rise above the inadequacies of
your physical body, Orfeo, as may all other Earthlings Remember
always that we love you and your brothers of Earth. We will do
everything within our power for the children of Earth that they
will permit us to do, through free will."
With these words, the huge ship I was observing began moving
upward and toward the left. One large"porthole" after another opened
in rapid succession as the ship ascended until what appeared to be
three decks were visible and I could catch fleeting glimpses of the
interior of the gigantic sky ship. The inside appeared to be of the
same luminous mother-of-pearl substance as the interior of the craft
I was in. But I saw nothing more, no sign of life, no furnishings or
equipment such as we on Earth know.
As I watched the ship I realized that the voice as well as the
ethereal music had actually originated in the great sky ship. It
came to me then that this must be a mother ship and that beings in
it had remote control over the movements of the saucers that
skimmed and skipped through our atmosphere. It awed me to realize
what a high degree of intelligence and what expert hands were
behind the saucer phenomena. I felt ashamed of having pleaded for a
healthy body, who had already been granted so much.
As the craft moved further out into space I noticed what appeared
to be a rotor at each end of the ship. I say rotor, but actually
the things appeared to be vortices of flame.
With my limited knowledge I judged these incredible disks of fire
to be tremendously powerful power plants whose terrific energy could
be diverted to almost any purpose. The disks I had first seen were
used as radio transmitters and receivers; then as a huge
three-dimensional television screen on which, through some method
of telepathic contact, it was possible both to see and to hear. Now
I saw those same disks apparently propelling the vast sky ship. It
was my guess that just such a power plant had shot the very craft
I was in a thousand miles out into space in a mere matter of minutes
and without any discomfort to me. It was clearly evident that all of
the bewildering and insurmountable problems of space travel that
baffled our engineers and scientists had been overcome by these
people to such an extent that the entire trip into outer space was
as simple as a ride in an elevator.
I wondered if they had discovered the secret of resisting gravity
with its counter-force; if not, then by what other means had they
conquered or neutralized gravity? I remembered that Earth's
scientists believed that a man in a space ship would be absolutely
weightless and apt to float about. I lifted my hand and let it
drop to the arm of the chair. It behaved precisely as it would
have on Earth. There must be an artificial gravity induced in the
floor of the craft.

Part 6.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Let's Hear It From Michael. Set. 1, 2003.

Here's is some information that is said to be from Michael. It's
channeled material, so be careful.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: B
Subject: Ronna Herman/AA Michael: September 2003
September 2003 MESSAGE FROM ARCHANGEL MICHAEL * LM-9-2003
TRANSMITTED THROUGH RONNA HERMAN
"WHICH DO YOU CHOOSE, A G-D OF WRATH OR A GO- OF LOVE?"
Beloved masters, the teachings of old and the new wisdom being
brought forth as humanity comes of age have more in common than most
people would believe.
However, the N-w Age of Enlightenment that is swiftly rising on
the horizon of humanity's consciousness has one vast and important
difference: the G-d of the old teachings was a -od of love, but also
a jealous, wrathful G-d.
The truth is that the Supreme Creator and our Father/Mother Go-
of this universe radiate only love and compassion. We tell you that
the Creator of All embodies only the highest and most lofty
attributes and has none of the negative traits such as jealousy,
wrath or a desire for retribution or to punish.
The Supreme Creator in ITS desire to know more of ITSELF and to
create anew burst forth in all ITS radiant love, Light and power.
Omniversal and universal laws were established that are immutable.
These laws cover every circumstance and facet of existence on every
plane of reality that ever has been and ever will be. The Supreme
Creator endowed all the facets of ITSELF with the ability and desire
to cocreate anew, and also bestowed the gift of free will in some
measure, more in some expressions of consciousness and less in
others. The Earth and humanity are unique in that it is the only
planet in this universe where total free will, with no restrictions,
was given. It was part of the Divine plan for humanity and the
Earth, and the misuse of the gift of free will has been the major
cause of the pain and suffering of humanity.
As long as any Spark of the Divine Consciousness, large or small,
functioned and existed within the framework of universal law, or
in harmony with Divine Will, it co-existed in perfect harmony and
knew only perfection. However, when an individualized Spark of
consciousness strayed or stepped off the middle path of perfected
consciousness, that Spark stepped onto the path of imbalance and
Karma, or cause and effect, and was subject to the established
universal laws. The Supreme Creator knows only perfection and
therefore does not seek wrathful vengeance, but allows the
universal laws of cause and effect to mete out justice through the
Lords of Karma and your Higher Self which assures that you will
experience everything you create, or reap what you sow. There are
living libraries of knowledge stored at every level of existence
throughout this multi-faceted universe. There are recording an-ls
and celestial record keepers who keep a record of every thought,
action and event that has ever taken place or ever will take place.
Think of it, every thought you have ever had, every deed done or
action taken is recorded in the cosmic record and also within
your auric field. This is beyond the capabilities of your most
sophisticated, advanced computers. When we call you record keepers
we mean this in the truest sense.
We will also tell you emphatically that there is no place called
H-LL or eternal damnation. Why would an omnipotent loving Supreme
Being create such a place and consign any beloved facet of Itself
to eternal suffering? The Creator's original desire was to allow
you to become a cocreator of wondrous worlds beyond measure. Each
individual creates an auric field around itself which contains the
frequency patterns of all his/her thoughts, actions and deeds. When
you leave the physical body behind and your so-l is released, it
is encased in this auric field, or cocoon of energy of your own
making. Your so-l transcends to the level or dimension which is
compatible with the vibrations you emanate. If you are "sp-ritually
conscious," you are immediately aware of your surroundings and after
a time of reflection on your past and an analysis of where you are
out-of-balance or have inharmonious frequency patterns, with the
help of your spi-itual mentors, you decide where you wish to serve
and learn in the higher realms of existence. The choices and
possibilities in the higher realms are beyond human comprehension.
Make no mistake, these worlds and dimensions are just as real, if
not more so, than anything you can experience in the denser realms
of materiality.
Those who have heavy layers of negative energy impacted in their
auric field are taken to what might be termed an intensive care
unit. There they are lovingly watched over by a-gels of transition
and a constant infusion of Creator love/Light is made available to
them. It is as if they are in a deep dream state, and it is true,
they will experience all the negative thought forms they have
created, the worst of these being hatred, greed and a desire for
violent action toward others. Gradually, over time, the powerful
love/Light of the Creator begins to filter into the auric field and
consciousness of each Being until they have absorbed enough of this
life-giving elixir and agree to begin the process of healing and
harmonizing the impacted, negative energy patterns which allows
them to slowly awaken to the beauty of their surroundings. This is
the Divine Grace of the Creator whose desire and intent is to bring
ALL the facets/sparks of ITS Beingness back into united harmony and
ONENESS. You will always retain your individualized consciousness,
that gift which was given you so many aeons ago, and encoded in
your cosmic memory bank will be all the magnificence, wonder and
beauty of your journey. What you will not remember is all the pain,
suffering and horrors of your sojourns into the worlds of polarity
and duality.
The Supreme Creator radiates the pure Divine Essence of ITS Being
out into the omniverse, which filters down through the many Great
Central Suns, the Cocreator Sons/Daughters, the Lords of Light and
the an-elic kingdom. As we have explained before, there comes a
time during a great cycle of universal expansion whereby the
harvesting of all the glorious creations you have wrought are
gathered into a great cosmic storehouse awaiting the time when they
will be integrated into a new Divine Blueprint. The Supreme Creator
always expands to incorporate the perfection of what has been
created. That is what is taking place during this time of
accelerated evolution/ascension of all created species.
It is a most wondrous time, beloveds, when you have an opportunity
to attain wisdom beyond measure, to tap into creative potential
beyond your wildest imaginings, to be or become anything you can
envision. We tell you there is no limit to the possibilities of
what you can attain or realize once you return to harmony, or
"harmlessness" whereby you are radiating only positive, life-giving,
love-focused energy. Your future is a blank page and you are
scripting your own destiny as well as the destiny for those who are
not ready or able to take advantage of this magnificent opportunity.
You, my brave warriors of the Light, are a spark of the Divine and
you should honor and place high value upon yourself and others. You
are dishonoring the Creator when you do not. You should always
seek freedom of expression and truth, as well as the greatest good
for yourself and all others.
We hear your petitions and your prayers, and we know that you
have a great desire to understand the secrets of the universe and
the intricacies of the universal laws. There will always be millions
of mysteries on your journey throughout the cosmos that will entice
you to seek a solution, and we delight in your attempts to
understand the workings of the universe. Seek to use your Divine
imagination, be enthusiastic but also be practical, be courageous
but not reckless. Maintain a confident attitude as you delve into
the unknown, and seek to manifest the visions given to you in your
sojourns into the higher realms of existence. When you make the
highest moral choices, your so-l is infused with the ecstasy of
Divine love. If you aspire to align your will with that of our
Father/Mother -od, you become a partner, a cocreator of the
multiple time/space worlds of existence. Never forget, the Creator
indwells within you and you indwell within the heart of the Creator.
We have often asked you to become "a living meditation," whereby
you have Sp-rit perched on your shoulder as your sacred witness.
Each and every moment you are aware of your actions and reactions
and you garner the wisdom of your interactions with others so that
you do not have to experience the imbalanced cause and effect
situations. You become a master-of-self or a self-master whereby
you no longer create any negative karmic energy and thereby live
in a Divine state-of-grace.
Worship should not be reserved for one designated day of the
week, it should be a state of heightened-consciousness which
overlights your total Being, and becomes the focal point of your
reality. It is your highest privilege and first duty to maintain
a worshipful attitude each and every moment of your existence.
Strive to develop a constant, joyous and intimate relationship
with the Creator. When you tap into the elixir of life, it becomes
an all-encompassing passion which leads to heightened
self-discipline, strong moral beliefs and s-iritual aspirations.
You will have no difficulty in learning patience, fortitude and
tolerance, and you will strive to live a life of service. Divine
wisdom and cosmic insight are rewards of a sincere seeker of
sp-ritual truth. Live your truth as it has been and will be
revealed to you. You will live in an aura of peace personified and
sublime love. True spi-ituality does not demand particular rituals
or rigid beliefs; it is a mode of living your highest truth with
whole-hearted devotion. You are to seek a blending of your highest
intellectual, emotional and spir-tual reality.
Each of you has the ability to contribute something personal and
unique to the Divine blueprint now being designed for the future of
humanity and the Earth. You have been given an extraordinary gift
by the Creator, the Divine privilege of participating in the
creation of your own destiny. Each of you has the potential of
becoming a glorified mortal. You are becoming Sp-rit-infused
mortals as you reclaim your immortal status. You are multi-faceted
and have consciousness on many more levels than you can comprehend
at this time. You are an Immortal So-l with a mortal mind and body.
You are in a process of s-ul expansion and Light infusion. That is
what ascension is all about. The resurrection process for humanity
has been a long evolutionary struggle to attain a balanced state of
Being in order to allow S-irit to descend and take dominion of the
physical vessel.
Resurrection is returning to your original magnificence by
embodying all your Divine Light and attributes. Evolution is
purposeful, not accidental.
Remember beloveds, you must live by that which you choose as your
truth, and your world consists of thought forms, vibrational
patterns and frequency levels which you integrate and emit. You live
in a world of your own creation, and so why not choose a world where
love is the strongest and most dynamic energy available. Within the
frequencies of love are joy, peace, abundance, radiance, creativity,
empowerment, youthfulness, vibrant health and unlimited
possibilities for expansion and creation. These are the gifts our
benevolent Creator offers us, not punishment, judgment and
damnation.
As messengers and faithful servants, we, the archangels, have
always been with you to "arc" the Light, attributes, qualities and
virtues of our Father/Mother Go- to you, and we relay back to them
your loving energy and adulation. We form the love/Light pipeline
of the he-vens, you might say.
Our Father/Mother G-d has spoken to humanity through us down
through the ages, not just in one era, but have been in constant
communication with you via the great Beings of Light, the an-elic
realm, the avatars and ascended masters, and it will always be so.
You have never been disconnected from the Creator Source and never
will be. Each of you has the ability to tap into that cosmic
telecommunications network whereby you may receive personal answers
to all your questions and assistance in all your endeavors. The
process of Creation has always been a cooperative endeavor, and one
of the wonders of these times is that, once more, we are communing
one with another, and working in harmony for the common cause,
which is the enLIGHTENment and reunification of all the wondrous
variations of Creation in this universe.
We radiate the exquisite, all-encompassing love of our
Father/Mother -od to you, love which originated in the heart/mind
of the Supreme Creator. I am your faithful friend on the journey
of Living Light. I AM Archangel Michael.
TRANSMITTED THROUGH RONNA HERMAN
* STAR*QUEST*
6005 CLEAR CREEK DRIVE,
RENO, NV 89502 USA
* Phone/fax: [phone]
* Email: ***@earthlink.net
* Web Site: www.RonnaStar.com
http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html
To Post a message, send it to: ***@eGroups.com

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: One Man Who Went Aboard An Alien Space Craft. Parts 7, 8 and 9.
Sept. 2, 2003.

This information is so long that I will now put down it at about
three or more standard sized postings at one time.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

I wondered too how they had overcome the menace of lethal cosmic
rays, meteors, sky debris, etc. Surely my ship carried no tons of
lead shielding scientists declared necessary for adequate protection
from cosmic rays.
Also, I wondered in what way they had mastered the terrific
pressure and temperature changes so that I was never conscious at
any time of variations in either? And their motive power; what was
the fantastic secret of those green fireballs? Possibly they were
vortices of magnetic power which operated almost silently and with
astounding efficiency. What a wonder world their planet must be, I
thought, as I gazed in awe at the crystalline dream-ship passing
from my line of vision.
Slowly then the room turned back toward the left and the Earth
appeared once more with its shimmering rainbow halo. Dimly I could
make out the faint outlines of the Western Hemisphere in varying
shades of misty blue. Also I could see faint puffs of light
scattered here and there which I judged to be the larger cities of
the North American continent.
Two flying saucers darted into view and sped downward toward
Earth. Just as abruptly they decelerated and hung suspended in
space as pinpoints of light.
As I was wondering about them I heard the voice say that one was
over Washington, D.C. and the other over Los Angeles. Los Angeles
- the word echoed in my consciousness as I gazed at the faint
brush of light that was a great sprawling city. I tried to remember
that Los Angeles was my home, but it seemed only vaguely familiar;
a place remembered somewhere in Time.
"Tonight, Orfeo," the voice continued, "you have explored a
minute distance into the limitless highways of the universe.
Through your own efforts the road may later be widened for you.
Tonight you, an entity of Earth, have come close to the Infinite
Entities. For the present you are our emissary, Orfeo, and you must
act! Even though people of Earth laugh derisively and mock you as a
lunatic, tell them about us!"
"I will....I will..." I whispered haltingly knowing that
everything I said was heard by them even as all my thoughts were
known to them.
"We know you will, Orfeo," the voice replied. "Thus tonight a
special privilege has been yours. We love the Children of Earth
and it is our desire to help them as the hour of crisis
approaches. But only through such harmless ones as you can we work.
"The aggressive men of Earth want our scientific advancements.
For these they would shoot our crafts from the skies - if they
could. But additional scientific knowledge we cannot give to Earth
except as we are now doing in a manner perfectly in accord and
harmony with cosmic law. Already man's material knowledge has far
outstripped the growth of brotherly love and spir-tual understanding
in his heart. Therein lies the present danger. To add to the
destructive phase of man's scientific knowledge is not permitted.
We are working now to turn that knowledge to constructive purposes
upon Earth. Also we hope to give men a deeper knowledge and
understanding of their own true nature and a greater awareness of
the evolutionary crisis facing them. At present we are working
along all constructive lines of human endeavor and especially in
the fields of medicine and healing. Surely you cannot fail to see
the tremendous advances which have been made in this direction
within the last few years. Even greater 'discoveries' are at hand
including success in the fight against ca-cer. Thus shall we
continue to work with and through men."
I listened to the compassionate voice, trying to imprint every
word on my consciousness. But I have forgotten much and these words
are only a poor attempt to recall all that I heard. The voice
continued speaking:
"We know your mind is filled with questions. One question in
particular troubles you an it concerns the entity the world knows
as J--us Christ. May we set your mind at rest. In allegorical
language Christ is indeed the Son of G-d. The star that burned over
Bethlehem is a cosmic fact. It announced the birth on your planet
of an entity not of Earth's evolution. He is Lord of the Flame -
an infinite entity of the sun. Out of compassion for mankind's
suffering He became flesh and blood and entered the he-l of
ignorance, woe and e-il. As the Sun Sp-rit who sacrificed Himself
for the children of woe he has become a part of the oversoul of
mankind and the world spir-t. In this He differs from all other
world teachers.
"Each person upon Earth has a spi-itual, or unknown, self which
transcends the material world and consciousness and dwells
eternally out of the Time dimension in s-iritual perfection
within the unity of the oversoul.
"In the illusion of Time is written man's choice through free
will whereby he set in motion the cause of error which inevitably
resulted in effect, in which mankind entered mortal consciousness
or the living de-th of his present existence. Thus was he separated
from his eternal and perfect self.
His one purpose upon Earth now is to attain reunion with is
immortal consciousness. When this is accomplished he is
resurrected from the kingdom of de-th and becomes his real immortal
self made in the image and likeness of -od Your Teacher has told
you, G-d is love, and in these simple words may be found the secrets
of all the mysteries of Earth and the worlds beyond."
Tears coursed down my cheeks. Under the sp-ritual scrutiny of
that great, compassionate consciousness I felt like a crawling
worm - unclean, filled with error and s-n. Yes, I say si-, but not
in the ordinary sense men use that word. Rather -in as s-n really
is. And basically si- is hypocrisy, falsity, the living lie! It is
looking at your fellow man with a friendly smile upon your face
with treacherous, malicious, or mocking thoughts in your heart. S-n
is any and all deviations from absolute truth, perfect love,
absolute honesty and righteous motives. Thus actual si- has
little to do with Earthly standards of -in.
As these realizations filled my consciousness I wanted to fling
myself down upon the floor and hide my head in shame for humanity.
And of all men I at that moment felt the lowliest, the least worthy
to be where I was. I wondered how those great beings could love
such a one as I or any of mankind. We with our bloody wars, our
intense hatreds, our cheap, shoddy intolerances, our greed and
avarice and our cruel inhumanity to our fellowmen. I hid my head in
my hands and wept bitter tears for a creature so full of error and
hypocrisy and yet so puffed up with egotistical pride over our
little material knowledge.
At that moment, as in a dream, I heard the strains of the
"Lord's Prayer", played as though by thousands of violins. As I
crouched in the chair fresh tears poured from my eyes. My heart
was filled with humility, contrition and with gratitude - gratitude
that these Great Ones had even considered our miserable selfish
existence.
Above the exquisite strains of melody, the voice said: "Beloved
friend of Earth, we baptize you now in the true light of the worlds
eternal."
A blinding white beam flashed from the dome of the craft.
Momentarily I seemed partially to lose consciousness. Everything
expanded into a great shimmering white light. I seemed to be
projected beyond Time and Space and was conscious only of light,
Light, LIGHT! Orfeo, Earth, the past were as nothing, a dark dream
of a moment. And that dream unfolded before my eyes in swift
panorama. Every event of my life upon Earth was crystal clear to
me - and then memory of all of my previous lives upon Earth
returned. IN THAT SUBLIME MOMENT I KNEW THE MYSTERY OF LIFE! Also,
I realized with a terrible certainty that we are all - each one of
us - TRAPPED IN ETERNITY and ALLOTTED ONLY ONE BRIEF AWARENESS AT
A TIME!
I am dying, I thought. I have been through this death before in
other earthly lives. This is death! Only now I am in ETERNITY,
WITHOUT BEGINNING AND WITHOUT END. Then slowly everything resolved
into radiant light, peace and indescribable beauty. Free of all
falsity of mortality I drifted in a timeless sea of bliss.
At last, as from a vivid dream, I regained consciousness.
Dazedly, I looked about the interior of the craft. Everything was
the same, but it seemed ten thousand years had passed in what must
have been only a few moments. I was half conscious of a burning
sensation on my left side just below the heart, but I thought
nothing of it then.
Ethereal drifts of music were in the air. Far away, I could feel,
more than hear, a pulsing vibration beneath the floor of the craft.
Also, I was again aware of the gentle push of my body against the
cushioned chair. I realized I was being taken back to Earth.
In an incredibly short time the wall opened and I saw the familiar
surroundings. Yes, I knew I was home again. But I also realized a
little sadly that Earth could never again really be my home. In the
sp-ritual evolution of mankind, I had been expendable in this life.
Thus had I passed through de-th and attained infinite life.
As I got up from the comfortable chair, I reached down and picked
up the strange, shining bit of metal and carried it in my hand as
I left the craft.
In a kind of daze I walked away from the ship; then curiously
turned to look at it from the outside once more. But it was gone!
I looked up and there it was high in the sky, faintly visible as
a fuzzy luminous bubble. Then suddenly it was not there at all;
but high in the northeastern sky I saw a red, glowing disk which
changed to green and vanished.
I glanced down at the round bit of strange metal in my hand. I
was glowing and livid again and appeared almost to be alive as it
quivered in contact with my flesh. Also, it was rapidly diminishing
in size. By the time I had reached home it had dissipated into
nothingness.
As I was undressing to go to bed, I remembered again the burning
sensation I had felt on my left side while I was undergoing the
profound "initiation" in the saucer. I glanced down and saw what
appeared to be a circular "burn" about the size of a quarter on my
left side directly below my heart. The outer rim of the circle was
red, inflamed and slightly raised as also was a small dot in the
center of the circle - the symbol of the hydrogen atom. I realized
they had impressed that mark upon by body to convince me beyond all
doubt of the reality of my experiences in the cold light of the
coming days.

Part 7.


Part 8.
Chapter III

MY MEETING WITH NEPTUNE

Following the emotional shock of that profound and bewildering
trip in the saucer, I went about in a veritable daze for weeks. I
continued on the job at Lockheed and resumed the routine of my
daily affairs; but I was like an automaton - a dweller in two
worlds and at home in neither. It is almost impossible to explain
my state of mind But the great sp-ritual illumination I had
received in the saucer left me something of a stranger to my own
planet, Earth.
I longed to tell the world, to blazen out the truths of my
discoveries; yet I knew that for the greater part I must forever
remain silent. Among other glimpses of reality, I attained the
realization that TIME IS NON-EXISTENT.
What we call Time exists only in the physical worlds and is an
illusion of the senses. Also, I know now that our concept of space
is entirely erroneous. But who could I convince of these and other
truths - who would believe me?
But because THEY had requested that I tell Earthlings of my
experiences, I told many persons about my trip in the flying saucer.
Nearly everyone laughed and ridiculed me. I was the butt of
numerous jokes. Someone was always wise-cracking; Are your saucer
pals going to show up tonight, Orfeo?"
Or: "Tell one of the saucers to land over at the Drive-In theatre,
Angie, and then we'll all believe it!" Such remarks invariably
brought forth gales of laughter at my expense. But I no longer
cared - I KNEW, and that was enough!
As my story got around, several newspapers printed derisive
accounts of "The Saucer Man". It cut deeply to see the
embarrassment and humiliation it all caused my two sons. They
knew people were saying their father was a "screwball". They didn't
want to go to school because their companions laughed at them. I
knew it all hurt Mabel too. Mabel pleaded with me to forget my
experiences. I tried to explain to her why I had to tell about
them, and we had some bitter misunderstandings on the subject.
I wanted so much to do something constructive, but I didn't know
how to go about it. I began calling various military and defense
offices. The personnel of several of the smaller ones laughed
openly and passed me off, I know, as a crackpot. But it was with
tremendous relief I found the really important offices referred me
to men who were genuinely interested. They questioned and
cross-questioned me concerning the information I gave them.
A little later I began giving weekly talks to small groups of
interested people about space visitors. At first these meetings
were held in private homes and then as the attendance increased
we met in the Los Feliz Club House.
In what little spare time I had I began writing down my
experiences and planned to publish them in a small newssheet, for I
believed I could reach more people that way.
But as the days and weeks passed following my fantastic trip in
the saucer and nothing more happened, I began to feel a little
uncertain. The constant ridicule and laughter created even more
doubts. My insistence upon the absolute truth of my experiences
finally appeared to be definitely alienating my friends and even
my family. My story was unbelieved upon Earth and the mysterious
visitors were doing nothing to aid me. I actually began to doubt
my own sanity, to wonder if the bizarre experiences had been an
illusion or hallucination of some sort. And yet an inner tribunal
of Truth assured me that such was not the case for WITH THEM I
HAD SEEN AND KNOWN REALITY - and I could never forget that.
On the night of August 2nd I and Mabel were helping out at the Los
Feliz Drive-In theatre snack bar. About 11 o'clock I went outside
for a breath of fresh air. Over the hills to the west I noticed a
fuzzy green light apparently hanging suspended in the sky. I watched
it for several moments, then went inside and called Mabel and seven
or eight others to come out and see it. All of them saw the
mysterious light hanging motionless in the sky over the hill.
Unable to explain it, some of them declared it must be a helicopter
hovering in the air. Others thought it might be a high street
lamp of some sort.
But when after three or four minutes the "street lamp" climbed
slowly and silently into the heavens and suddenly vanished, no
one had much to say. But for some perverse reason none of them
wanted to admit that it was actually a flying saucer.
As they trouped back into the cafe laughing about "Orfeo and his
flying saucers", a depressing wave of discouragement passed over
me. It was useless - absolutely useless - to talk to anyone about
the saucers or my experiences. Feeling greatly disheartened and
very much alone, I decided to leave and walk home.
As I cut across the vacant lots the Hyperion Avenue Freeway
Bridge loomed huge and dark ahead of me. The sky was overcast and
the dense, oblique shadows from the vast concrete structure were
heavier and more eerie than usual. Yet in the shadows of the
dark archways of the bridge I had come to feel a kind of warmth
and welcome, a s-iritual communion with a vastly greater and
more kindly world. For it was in the shadows of the huge bridge
that I had come upon the saucer which had carried me out of this
world.
I was thinking of these things when I suddenly became aware of
someone approaching from out of the darkness. I was startled for
I'd never before met anyone taking the short-cut beneath the bridge
so late at night. I was about to call out a word of greeting when
it dawned upon me that the stranger was coming from the dead end
of the bridge. My first thought was that someone was lying in
wait for me, possibly to rob me. But before I could become alarmed,
I heard the stranger call: "Greetings, Orfeo!"
My heart almost stopped beating, for immediately I recognized
the vibrant, beautiful voice of the being who had spoken to me in
the saucer.
I stopped in my tracks, utterly speechless, and stared at the
approaching figure. But then a wave of joy and gratitude flooded
over me, and I finally replied falteringly: "Greetings...to you..."
He laughed pleasantly. "I know that in your mind you have given
me a name - I who have remained nameless to you, " he said gently.
"You may call me by that name, Orfeo - it is as good as any other
and has more inner significance to you than any name I might give
you."
"Neptune..." I spoke the name slowly and reverently. For it was
indeed the name I had given to this great and mysterious being.
Then I added: "At last you have come to give me strength and
faith."
He was near enough then for me to see that he was several
inches taller than I and similar in outline to a well-built man.
But the shadows were so heavy that I couldn't make out the details
of his figure. But just to be in his presence once more was to
sense again a tremendous uplifting wave of strength, harmony, joy
and serenity.
"Come, Orfeo," he said gently, continuing on past me. "We have
many things to discuss tonight."
I followed him as he strode ahead of me through the dense shadows.
I could hear his solid footsteps upon the graveled path which
convinced me beyond the shadow of a doubt that he was no phantom
or illusion.
He led me to a better lighted area near the bend of Glendale
Boulevard where it goes up and over the bridge. I was actually
trembling in anticipation of my first actual look at the mysterious
visitor from another world.
When he turned I saw his face, the same wonderful, expressive
countenance I had seen on the luminous screen. I again noticed
especially his extremely large dark and expressive eyes and
nobility and beauty of his features which actually seemed to
radiate warmth and kindliness.
Then I noticed that he was wearing a kind of uniform, bluish in
color, perfectly tailored and tightly fitted to the outlines of his
body. But it was apparently without seams, buttons, pockets,
trimmings or design of any sort. In fact it fitted so perfectly
that it was almost like a part of his body.
But as I studied him I became aware of an astonishing phenomenon:
I could see his uniform and figure clearly, but it wavered
occasionally, as though I were viewing it through rippling water.
And the color did not remain solid and uniform, but varied and
changed in spots, which reminded me of an imperfectly tuned
television set. Only his face and hands remained immobile and stable
as though not partially obscured by a film of rippling water.
Headlights from approaching automobiles fell upon us from time
to time and I remember wondering what manner of being my companion
appeared to be to those in the passing cars. Did they see him at
all? If so, did he appear as solid and substantial as myself?
He moved forward again, motioning for me to follow him. Without
speaking he led me down the sharp concrete declivity into the bed
of the dry Los Angeles River. There he sat down upon a large stone
and motioned for me to do likewise.
For a time he was silent and I was acutely conscious of a
tremendous vibrational field about him; a tangible emanation of
serenity, brotherly love, and ineffable joy.
At last he said: "You sense and understand intuitively many things
I cannot say directly to you, Orfeo. you have just fully realized
that we are not like earthmen in that we function in dimensions
unknown to your world. Earth is a three-dimensional world and
because of this it is preponderantly false.
I may tell you that to the entities of certain other worlds Earth
is regarded as 'the accursed planet', the 'home of the reprobate,
fallen ones'.
Others call your Earth 'the home of sorrows'. For Earth's
evolution is evolution through pain, sorrow, s-n, suffering and
the illusion of physical death. Believe me, all evolutions are
not similar to Earth's, despite the present beliefs of your
scientists."
As I heard these strange words, my heart and mind cried out: "But
why must it be so? Why should Earth's people know pain, suffering
and d-ath?"
He looked up into the heavens and in the soft light I saw deep
compassion in his face as he said slowly: "The answer to that
question is one of the mysteries of the illusion of Time. But I can
tell you this: such conditions did not always prevail among the
entities who now inhabit Earth. Once there was another planet in
your solar system, the fairest and most radiant of all the
planets. That planet was the original home of Earthlings. In their
native home they knew no pain, sorrow, suffering, sickness or d-ath.
But in the glory and wonder of their world they grew proud and
arrogant. They made w-r among themselves and finally turned against
the Great Giver of Life.
Ultimately they destroyed their own planet which today exists only
as a sterile and barren ring of asteroids and debris in the solar
system. In order that those entities might gain understanding,
compassion and brotherly love they were born into the animalistic,
material evolution of a lesser planet, Earth. Suffering, sorrow,
frustration and death became their teacher. Their symbol became the
Man-Beast. Each man must work out his own destiny and salvation. In
the illusion of Time and through repeated births and de-ths each
entity slowly and painfully evolves spi-itually toward its former
glorified state of divinity. Eventually all the entities of Earth
will again attain their lost heritage. They will have learned
understanding, compassion and true love for Go- and their fellows."
I pondered his strange words thoughtfully, thinking as I did so
that what he had said explained many apparent mysteries about man
and his lot upon Earth.
But soon my attention was distracted once more as I saw the figure
of Neptune strangely "waver" again. Suddenly the question was in my
mind: "Was he really there in the truest physical sense, or was he
an immaterial projection into the physical world from another
dimension? Did I see him in his true form and ordinary state of
being, or merely a projected approximation of a man's appearance?"
These strange thoughts frightened me a little and carried me into
too deep waters.
A reassuring smile lighted his face. "Don't be alarmed, Orfeo.
The answer to the troublesome question in your mind is both yes
and no. On Earth form, color, individuality and the material aspect
of things is all-important. In our world these illusions are of
practically no importance at all. Suffice to say that for you I am
an approximation of myself as I really am. I can't make it any
clearer in three-dimensional terms."
I thought about my own troubled fellows of Earth. Impetuously, I
asked: "What about Earth now? On the surface all seems fairly calm,
but I know we are only drifting on dangerous and treacherous
waters. In their hearts many people are troubled and afraid. There
is the ever-constant fear of the H-bomb and of other horribly
destructive weapons being developed in the laboratories. Also
there is the creeping menace of Communism that is threatening the
world, and so many other things..."
When Neptune spoke his voice was calm and dispassionate:
"Communism, Earth's present fundamental enemy, masks beneath its
banner the spearhead of the united forces of e-il. Along with
good all men have ev-l in their hearts to a degree. But some are
much more evi- than others. Communism is a necessary e-il and
now exists upon Earth as do venomous creatures, famines, blights,
tyrannies, cataclysms - all are negative forces which awaken the
positive forces of good in man and cause them to act. Thus are they
combatted, understood and ultimately their unreality becomes
apparent. For ev-l is always eventually self-destroyed."

Part 8.


Part 9.

He paused and once more I noticed his "uniform" darkening and
lightening in spots, as though it were made of restless pale bluish
clouds and patches of moonlight. Then I held my breath as he
continued: "Yes, war will come again to your Earth. We are
powerless to prevent it. Millions in your land will fight to the
end for their cherished ideals and freedom of the human mind,
with only a minimum on their side for victory. The hour of travail
which in future history shall be known as 'The Great Accident' is
nearer than any man dreams. And already the clouds of wa- are on
the horizon, dark and ominous; but overhead beams the rainbow,
infinite and eternal. Mankind will survive Armageddon and awake
to a new more glorious day of fellowship and honest brotherly
love. In the dawning great New Age of Earth all will forget their
bitter hurts and build constructively together upon the solid
foundation of the Brotherhood of Man."
He stopped speaking and turned his radiant eyes full upon me. In
the half-light his countenance was truly resplendent.
"There is not much more I can tell you now, Orfeo," he said.
"Since the first publicized modern sighting of our disks in the
year 1947, thousands upon Earth have come to believe in us. Many
have actually seen our disks.
Some have seen us clairvoyantly. Others have communicated with us
clairaudiently. Still others recognize the truth of our existence
and greater scope of our being, through intuitive perception. But
as far as official proof of ourselves, for which so many clamor,
we cannot offer that.
Official proof of the existence of our disks will come. But
for us to attempt physically to contact mankind through any
so-called authoritative source would be only useless and possibly
disastrous for them. Nearly all three-dimensional beings have
no concept of, nor could they possibly understand,
extra-dimensional beings. Tonight in visiting you I have broken
a code - the code of 'hands off', as regards any interference in the
affairs of Earth. Active cosmic law will see the necessary amends
made.
He looked at me; his strange eyes suddenly saddened. For a moment
I had the uncanny feeling that in his greater vision I appeared to
him only as a fleeting, insubstantial shadow, utterly without
reality as he knew it. In that revealing instant I knew that we of
Earth are as far removed from their nature as Earth is from the Sun.
After a while he said: "I would shake your hand in token of our
momentous meeting here tonight. But I cannot. I have gone too far
already. For my transgression we must now recede an equal degree
from you. The immutable law of cause and effect upon Earth will
govern accordingly. As a result, but few will believe or even hear
your account of our meeting. In the over-all picture your story will
in no way change conditions upon Earth. Neither will any actual
Earthly event be either hastened or retarded because of our meeting.
At most your story will give only greater faith and inner conviction
to the few - but it is an important few! The ways of G-d are
immutable and apparent only to those who have spiritual discernment.
In the illusion of Time all things will be fulfilled in their
proper hour."
I found that I was trembling and my nerves fairly quivering.
Whether from sheer emotion or actually from being within the
vibratory range of Neptune,
I don't know. I longed to thank him, to express the great feeling
of gratitude in my heart; but I didn't know quite how. I said:
"From the bottom of my heart I thank you, Neptune. I pledge my
very life to you and the beings of your world, that greater
understandings may come to mankind."
"We know you will not fail us, Orfeo," he replied. "No other
contact may be made at this time. But have no further doubts about
the reality of your experiences. The road is open now; walk it as
you will. Your failure will be my own. But I smile upon you for the
increased numbers who will come to know us in a truer aspect and
to believe in us because of you. Strength and encouragement will
be given to the millions who will rise courageously to meet the
fiery trials ahead. I tell you this: the 'Great Accident' is very
close and the fury of the next wa- will break when it is least
expected; when men are talking of peace. I cannot say more."
With these prophetic words, Neptune extended his hand to me. But
recalling his words, I did not grasp it.
He smiled and his face actually seemed to radiate light. "Orfeo,
my brother!" he said with genuine affection. "For my sake you
refused to break the code. My trust is forever in you, Orfeo. In
your simple action you have cleansed me from my contact with this
ground."
He paused; then added: "Soon we shall recede from Earth, Orfeo
- and yet in reality we shall never be far away. Later, we shall
return, but not to you, beloved friend. You will understand the
meanings of these words later on." When I made no reply, he said:
"I'm thirsty, Orfeo. Perhaps you know where we might get a drink
of water?"
"Oh yes....yes sir," I answered eagerly, getting quickly to my
feet. I remembered a small nearby store that remained open all
night. "Please wait here; I'll be right back." I left him and
clambered up the embankment.
As I hurried toward the store, I turned and looked back at the
Hyperion Bridge. Beneath the high center arch I made out the hazy
outline of a kind of ghostly "igloo" which I immediately recognized
as a saucer similar to the one in which I had ridden.
At the store I bought two bottles of lemon soda and hastened back.
But as I approached I was disappointed to see that the ghostly
saucer was no longer beneath the arch of the bridge. Quickening my
pace, I almost ran to the spot where I had left Neptune; but he was
no longer there. I wasn't too surprised for I'd had a premonition
he wouldn't be there when I returned.
I tossed the sodas away and sank down upon the ground. The place
was appallingly desolate without him. I felt so acutely alone, so
helpless and deserted - like a child left alone in a dark room
when the light is suddenly extinguished. I looked upward and my eyes
hopefully searched the skies. High in the western heavens I saw a
soft, fuzzy green light which hung for a moment, then shot away
and vanished.
"Farewell, Neptune," I said softly as I felt my eyes grow moist.
"I know now Earth is not yet ready for a meeting with the beings
from your world. But in the dawning of Earth's great New Age,
that day will come, friend. When we have learned the meaning of
true brotherly love; when we have overcome to a greater degree the
ev-l inherent in our selfish hearts, then perhaps we will be
worthy to meet the infinitely wiser and gentler brothers of your
world.
In those days your fellows will visit us openly and joyfully.
No longer will Earth be 'the accursed planet - home of sorrows'."

Chapter IV

"WE CAN APPEAR AND FUNCTION AS EARTHMEN, ORFEO!"

At first I told no one of my strange meeting with Neptune, for
I knew only too well that my new story would meet with even
greater disbelief and ridicule. But I immediately set to work
writing down my further experiences.
I had already placed my first experiences with the saucers in
manuscript form and planned to publish it as the first edition of a
small personal newspaper, The Twentieth Century Times; but I had
experienced difficulty in finding a publisher. Now I was glad the
paper was not yet in print, for I could include my most recent
experience with Neptune.
I worked hard on the manuscript in my spare time. But the
emotional and physical strain I was under began to tell on my
health and I felt the return of many of my old symptoms of
extreme weakness and fatigue. In October of 1952 I applied for
a leave of absence from my job at Lockheed. This was granted
and by an odd coincidence the first day of my leave started on the
day the first strike in the history of Lockheed was called. I had
the feeling that I had been saved from additional nervous stress
and strain.
Fortunately, the strike ended well and work resumed at the plant
within a few weeks.
With time off from work, I was soon able to complete the
manuscript. Also, enough to return to work within a month.
The fellows at the plant knew of my interest in the saucers and
many of them also knew of my first two experiences. I was in for
a lot of ribbing from them. But on the whole it was good natured,
friendly ribbing so I didn't mind. Several of those with whom I
worked most closely frequently asked me for some kind of proof
of the reality of my experiences. I told them of the shiny piece
of strange metal I had picked up on the floor of the craft and
explained how within a matter of minutes it disintegrated into
nothingness.
Also I told them of the burn I had received during my
"initiation" in the saucer which had resulted in a mark on the
left side of my chest. Some of them looked at the mark in the
form of the symbol of the hydrogen atom. But these things were
not sufficient proof for them.

Part 9.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Liver Of Cod Oil. Sept. 5, 2003.

Here's something that might help out a few people.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

What could be more simple that cod fish oil?

From: l
Subject: Multi-D News HEALTH: Arthritis/Cod Liver Oil
MORE EVIDENCE ON COD LIVER OIL CURING ARTHRITIS
Scientists at Cardiff University, in Wales, have confirmed what
thousands of people with arthritis have believed for years -- cod
liver oil is effective in treating joint pain and can slow, even
reverse, the destruction of joint cartilage. Cartilage is the
"gristle" that cushions bones and prevents them from grinding
against each other. Omega-3 fatty acids in cod liver oil work by
switching off the aggrecan- and collagen-degrading enzymes that
break down joint cartilage. This slows the progress of cartilage
destruction that occurs in arthritis, reduces inflammation and thus
lessens pain. "Our most recent work shows that by exposing human
osteoarthritic cartilage to cod liver oil in the laboratory for
just 24 hours we can turn off, or reverse, the action of the
degradative enzymes and inflammatory factors affecting the tissue,"
says Professor Bruce Caterson. "Our findings are consistent with
advice that taking cod liver oil in early adulthood could prevent
the onset of osteoarthritis and would reduce the harmful symptoms
associated with the disease."

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Information About A-thritis From The UPI. Sept. 5, 2003.

Here is some information from the UPI about Ar-hritis.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: l
Subject: New Art-ritis Treatment
NEW ARTH-ITIS TREATMENT 'DRAMATIC'
The estimated 1 million people in the United States with the
painful, debilitating autoimmune disease psoriatic arthr-tis have new
hope -- and some say a new miracle -- in an old drug used to treat
rheumatoid arthri-is.
Etanercept, sold in the United States as Enbrel, was already
approved by the Food and Drug Administration for treatment of
rheumatoid arthrit-s, and this week, the FDA extended its approval
to psoriatic arthriti-.
For my mother, it came too late but for others it could be a
salvation. I visited my mother daily at the nursing home during her
last four years of life. At the end of each visit, after I read to
her from her devotional material, Mom would take my hand and ask
me to say the Lord's Prayer. I never quite got used to this moment;
praying with her didn't bother me but her hands did.
I never quite got used to what had happened to Mom's hands as a
result of her psoriatic -rthritis, which simultaneously inflames
joints and ulcerates skin. Gnarled, red and encrusted with scaly
skin, I admired her for ever attempting to hold hands, since even
that gesture was painful.
Back in the mid-90s there was then no FDA-approved treatment for
psoriatic a-thritis, so she had me apply a variety of lotions to
her hands, hoping they would help. Nothing helped. But that
scenario now has changed.
"(Enbrel) It is the first drug specifically approved ever for
psoriatic art-ritis," Dr. Mark Lebwohl, chairman of the department
of dermatology at Mount Sinai Medical Center in New York, told
United Press International. "It was surprising even to me and other
experts in the field that a recent survey showed that as many as
a million Americans have psoriatic arth-itis.
Enbrel is a dramatic treatment for the condition. It will also
allow clinicians to spare patients other damaging treatments,
particularly methotrexate which can, over time, cause severe liver
damage. With Enbrel, there is no threat to the major organs of
the body."
Lebwohl said the drug is nothing short of a miracle for some of
his patients.
"One of my patients used the word 'miracle' to describe its
effect. He was literally on crutches, and a day after starting on
Enbrel he was walking without them and without pain. This story
has repeated itself multiple times. So to say it's effects have
often been dramatic is not an overstatement."
Psoriatic a-thritis often shows symptoms of both art-ritis and
psoriasis.
Almost all affected patients have psoriasis, characterized by
thick, inflamed skin covered by silver-gray scales. About 20
percent to 30 percent with psoriasis also have ar-hritis, which is
characterized by pain and swelling in one or more joints. It usually
first appears in men and women between the ages of 30 and 50. The
psoriatic component of the disease often precedes ar-hritis by
several months or even years. "From our perspective, it is a major
step forward."
Molly Marshall president and chief executive officer of the
National Psoriasis Foundation, told UPI. "There hadn't been a drug
specifically approved for psoriatic arthr-tis. This drug not only
appears to be effective but has fewer side-effects that what has
been used." We have also heard directly from patients about their
dramatic improvements as they started on Enbrel. So we are excited
about this breakthrough. There is really no hype to this at all.
It is truly a new beginning for doctors and patients in the
treatment of this disabling, painful condition," she said "The
psoriasis started when I was 15," Joe Carlin of Cary, N.C., told
UPI.
"And in my mid-20s the arth-itis began. I couldn't get up and
walk to the shower in the morning. I had to roll out of bed,
crawl to the bathroom and get the hot water going over my body,
which helped some." It took three years for his psoriatic
ar-hritis to be diagnosed. "I never stopped working, but I never
stopped suffering," Carlin said. Carlin tried alternative
therapies, but nothing helped. "After 20 years of this, I
wondered if I could go on," he said. In 2000, Carlin consulted
with a physician at Duke University in Durham, N.C. The doctor
explained to him he had something that might help, but which
was FDA-approved only for rheumatoid arthr-tis.
Using a physician's prerogative to prescribe any FDA-approved
drug "off-label" for another use, he prescribed Enbrel for Carlin.
"I literally went to bed one night with all of my pain and got up
out of bed the next day with none of it," Carlin said. "Eventually
the psoriasis also diminished from covering 85 percent of my body
to about 5 percent now. That happens with some patients. I'm one
of the lucky ones."
"I have new life now," Helen Redmond of Chicago, told UPI. "I
started on Enbrel in 2000 when I could barely zip a zipper or
open a door. Now I have so much energy and strength. Last year, I
actually climbed a mountain in Utah."
"I don't feel like I have ar-hritis anymore," Redmond added.
"I just pray that it works for the rest of my life."
(By BRUCE SYLVESTER, UPI Science News)
Copyright 2002 by United Press International.
All rights reserved.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Are These Changes Affecting You? Sept. 7, 2003.

It appears that some people are experiencing some changes in
their bodies lately. Does part to the following information fit your
symptoms? This may be channeled material, so be careful.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: "P.

Subject: Oh Boy This Is A long One.
BodyChanges
From The House of David Teaching Center
GENERAL BACKGROUND INFORMATION
END TIMES OR TRIBULATION
I. ACHES, PAINS and HEADACHES
II. BODY CELLS
III. CHANGES in BODY COLOR
IV. CHANGES in BODY SHAPE
V. CHANGES in the ENDOCRINE SYSTEM and CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM
VI. EATING and DRINKING HABITS
A. EATING HABITS
B. DRINKING HABITS
VII. ENERGY FLOW in the BODY
VII. EXERCISE HABITS
IX. EYES
X. FINGERNAILS
XI. HAIR
XII. HEAD
XIII. HEARING
XIV. HEART
XV. HOT AND COLD FLASHES
XVI. MEMORY CHANGES
XVII. MENSTRUAL CRAMPS
XVIII. OUT-OF-BODY EXPERIENCES
XIX. SINUS and EAR DISTURBANCES
XX. SLEEP AND DREAMS
XXI. SWEAT and TEAR GLANDS
XXII. VIBRATIONS in the BODY

SUMMARY

*Please Practice a Random Act Of Kindness today :)
From The House of David Teaching Center ^
------------------------------------------------------
--
This file is a montage of 23 prophetic voices speaking on the
changes that will occur within our bodies during the upcoming
tribulation Earth Changes. These are organized into 22 different
areas within the body.
The sources of prophetic information for this montage are listed
at the end of the file.
This montage is broken down into the following:
----------------------------------------------------------
--

GENERAL BACKGROUND INFORMATION

These listed prophetic voices at the end of this file should be
read in their entirety and may be helpful to the reader for a
fuller understanding of the cellular transformation (mutation)
process. Only selected short portions of the complete prophetic
voice have been selected, assembled and categorized in this montage
due to space limitations. These materials will be periodically
dated as more information is developed.
This material is submitted by the House of David Teaching Center
--------------------------------------------------------------
--

END TIMES

During the Earth Changes in these End Times or Tribulation as it
is called, the earth and the physical bodies on the earth are
supposed to undergo a change as we move from the third dimension to
the fourth and fifth dimensions. On the planetary scale, a massive
shift is taking place. Huge infusions of Light are coming to the
Earth plane as the veil of separation and denial are lifting. Earth
Changes are creating physical changes in your bodies right now. The
planet is mutating, and so are the beings on it. There is a
transmutation taking place in the very cells of your body.
A transmutation is the act of being transmuted or changed or
altered in form, appearance, nature to a higher form. transmutation
is the internal change going on inside the body that puts together
the combination of parts or chemical elements, groups or simpler
compounds or by the degradation of a complex compound so as to form
a whole new combination.
During mutation, this new combination may be constructed by the
body from diverse conceptions into a coherent whole body that may be
different from previous bodies.
The physical transmutation change within your bodies is a
significant and basic alteration in the body. It may be a relatively
permanent change in hereditary material involving either a physical
change in chromosome relations or a biochemical change in the codons
that made up genes.
A codon is a triplet of nucleotides that is part of the genetic
code for the body. The genetic code specifies a particular amino
acid in a protein or starts or stops protein synthesis which means
putting things together. This is the way the body grows or is
destroyed by disease during it's particular lifetime.
There are many teachings coming down today that speak of mutation
and also speak of cellular transformation. Some have asked what is
the difference and is there a difference? Some entities feel that
the word mutation is a word that sometimes alienates a lot of people,
it sounds scary to some people. So they use the word transformation
or cellular transformation because it seems like a little more
gentle word to use. They feel that more people are open to the word
transformation. It's more like a gradual shifting whereas mutation
feels to some people like there are going to be some changes that
are so radical that this creates more of a fear. And these entities
try and stay away from wording and language that is going to create
more of a fear because this then creates a restriction of energy
when people are met with words that create that type of experience
or reaction?
Whatever you call the changes that are taking place now in our
bodies, the information that was coded into the DNA of your
structure is now being activated. The most concise repository of
information in your personal blueprint of your species is found in
the cellular DNA of your bodies. Your DNA will evolve from two
helixes to twelve helixes or even fourteen strands which correspond
to energy centers, or chakras, inside and outside your body. The
new type twelve strand DNA was originally in bodies 300,000 years
ago.
Within human body cells are light-encoded filaments, fine gossamer
threads of energy that carry information. When these gossamer
threads are working together like a fiber optic type of cable, they
form the helix of your DNA. Imagine that your frequencies are
starting to detach from each other and that where they are still
connected, they are just threaded together. They are not so
congealed that they create that much matter any more. What is going
to happen then is that the energy that is coming into you is going
to start to come in more easily. It is as if the cells have to
break apart a bit.
This is why so many people are now waking up and remembering.
It was predetermined that you would do so at this time! Beings
who have been living in dense physical bodies, now have the option
of living in wondrous bodies of Light. The effects are very
jarring in some ways. On the one hand, you'll get physical
vibrations that are strange and sometime feel uncomfortable. Your
endocrine system may speed up or slow down, causing various effects
on your hormones. You may have a sudden strong feeling and then
it'll be gone. You may have an overwhelming memory and you will not
be certain whether it is a dream or a reality. You are high-energy
transformers, like sponges in the energy sea around you. As more
and more Light becomes available to you, the intensity of
electromagnetic energy around you also increases. Any changes in
the surrounding energetic field are picked up by your subtle
(etheric) body. This body acts as a receiver and as a transmitter
of these energies. These changes directly affect your physical
body, which is the outward manifestation of the etheric level.
These changes be gradual and will go on over the seven year
tribulation period. They have definitely started. The changes
depend on, for many, the level of openness, the level of flow in an
individual's life.
The orientation for many has been from a linear or mental
perspective.
This is shifting for many and a lot of people are experiencing
confusion as they begin to reorient themselves into a physical and
more holistic perspective. For many people this has been going on
for quite some time. As far as a time period of when it begins and
when it ends, it really depends on the individual, their level of
openness and willingness and the clarification that has already
taken place in their energy field.
By this we mean, are they coming into alignment in their
physical energy system? Are they coming into alignment with their
emotions and the emotional body? And are they creating more of an
openness and a flow in the mental body so that they can consciously
receive the energies and the frequencies that create the shifts, the
transformation.
Bear in mind also that all who are on the planet at this time, all
forms of life, not just human life but all forms of life, are and
will continue to be effected by what we call an increase in
intensity of Light that comes directly into and around the field of
this planet. So even, though those who we may look upon or you may
look upon as less conscious or perhaps even totally unconscious of
the changes are definitely effected and will continue to be effected.
They don't have the understanding that many have who are searching
on the path of what is going on for them. Why they are experiencing
greater agitation, why they are experiencing that parts of their
life are no longer working? Why are they experiencing less control
in the mental body than they are used to?
There is a great deal of confusion among the masses because until
now there has not been a large enough body of clear information to
explain in a way that can be understood by the masses what exactly
is exactly taking place in this time in history. For there is
nothing in your past that can compare to what is currently going on
and what will continue to accelerate.

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Are These Changes Affecting You? Part 2. Sept. 8, 2003.

This part has something to say about the changes in your DNA.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

What is happening to many of you right now is that due to the
increased energies present, the etheric body is vibrating at a
higher frequency. The physical body is then trying to catch up but
it hasn't quite yet done so. This results in a speeding up of your
molecular structure.
Many people are now experiencing this as a quickening taking
place within your own bodies. This stepping up of energies is
affecting every system in your body-nerves, muscles, vessels,
skin, organs and glans as they try to adapt to the new frequencies.
The nervous system, which carries those energies throughout the
body in the form of nerve impulses, and the endocrine system,
which regulates much of your physiological functioning through the
secretion of various chemical substances (hormones), may be
experiencing tremendous energy overloads as they constantly attempt
to maintain a state of homeostasis and balance in the body.
Transformation is literally pulling you into worlds that are
beyond potential and are becoming real. Things about your world
are changing in front of your very eyes. Perhaps the most profound
noticeable change is the need that many people have noticed
lately for more rest. Is anybody feeling tired lately? If so, you
need to continue reading this material.
Your body systems are overloaded and Mother Earth's systems are
also overloaded. Her body, the mass of herself, functions very
much like your own body. Most people do not realize that your
Mother Earth actually breathes in and out? People that have been in
caves or have been near openings inside the Earth can actually
hear air whistling in and out of the Mother Earth. In surrendering
to the change process going on in the Earth and in your bodies,
you are releasing your own limited existence, your own limited
desires, all that you have held close to you for security and a
feeling of nurturing and safety.
So much is happening on very deep levels of yourselves and it is
usually occurring in the subconscious. You may feel overcome with
sorrow, feeling you have lost something, or that you are leaving
something without even having an idea of what it is you are sorry
or crying about. As you approach closer and closer to the final
experience (called Ascension), you will feel yourselves more and
more of letting go of more things.
During the process of cellular transformation, you may see or feel
specific physical changes and sensations in your body and in the
bodies of those around you, such as the following:
-------------------------------------------------------------
--

I. ACHES, PAINS and HEADACHES

New aches and pains will appear in various places in the body and
then these will disappear. Headaches and sudden shooting pains in
the head or eyes may occur and these may be signs that adjustments
are being made in your energies. These adjustments will be attuning
you to different frequencies during cellular transformation. The
parts of your brain that have been dormant in the past are now
being used. This may require some rewiring of brain circuitry while
brain patterns that are no longer functional will be rerouted. As
you develop a higher way of thinking and being, you will experience
more creative energies and will create deeper levels of meditation.
See also CHANGES IN BODY SHAPE as well as ENERGY FLOW in the BODY.
As transformation occurs, there may be periods when you feel more
anxious and irritable than usual. You may also feel restless,
headachy, less able to concentrate. You may will have an increased
sensitivity to people, sounds, smells and environments. You may
experience muscle soreness particularly in the low back, joint
pains or poor digestion. When these glands are excessively
simulated, your body is constantly in a hyper state of
fight-or-flight and the body expends resources at tremendous rates
of speed.
The mutation process that you are presently undergoing has been
initiated within the molecular structure of the brain. The
progressive cycles of change are introduced to the rest of the body
systems primarily through the cerebral-spinal fluid and from there
throughout the nervous system generally. This accounts for the
pervasive sensations of disturbances within the head, eyes, spine
and nerves. It has resulted in dizziness, headaches, and pressure
in the head, usually experienced from back to front, at other
times, from side to side. It also accounts for considerable nervous
disruption, sleeplessness and irregular energy surges and drops.
Digestion may become erratic and peculiar pains may come and go
without warning in different parts of the body.
---------------------------------------------------------------
--

II. BODY CELLS

The tissue of our bodies is made up of cells. The cells are made
up of molecules and this goes on and on until the subatomic level
is reached. At the subatomic level, the templates or blueprints are
formed for our bodies. The probabilities of what we can do are
created at the subatomic level. There are changes being made at
this level as the Earth Changes occur and as the axis shift occurs
on the planet. These changes are due to occur very soon. During
this period of an axis shift, past types of behavior and past ways
of arranging matter will not be available.
At our material level, these changes will appear to be a
rearrangement of matter. From a sp-ritual level however, these
changes relate to the growth of planetary awareness. When these
changes happen, the forms of life on the planet will change. The
very structure of every cell in our bodies is changing. The changes
in your body will occur in the body cells as these cells undergo a
gentle infusion of new electromagnetic impulses. The structure of
energy exchange and energy transfer is being slowly re^V wired in
the cells, during cellular transformation. This could be the cause
of periods of exhaustion as your body goes through radical
remodeling and rebuilding. When this change are observed, RELAX and
move with the changes taking place in your body. After all, you
have nothing else to do. You need to spend time in meditation,
reading, etc. to relax until the time comes that the changes will
eventually stop.
We are building new information into the cells of the body and
yet it has been said that these changes are taking place naturally.
Some have asked whether this suggests that we can reprogram our
own DNA or is this all being done automatically and we don't get
involved in it. The answer is it's a little bit of both. The cells
have been coded for this time in history, prior to the time of human
birth. Many people are finding that they are drawn to a certain
place or to a certain person. They are finding that being in that
environment, whether with that person or in that physical place, is
creating a type of trigger, a trigger in the cellular memory. So
in this respect, it is happening automatically. We are following
our impulses. We are following our natural motion in life to where
the body is leading us and who the body is leading us to. This is
creating the firing or triggering of new information. There is a
type of overlapping and a blending of many processes taking place
as these triggers are activated. Then the new information is
activated.
This is taking place on a multitude of levels within the body. The
more we are in alignment with our body wisdom, the more there is a
movement consciously towards that which will trigger that cellular
memory and activate the transformation within the DNA. So indeed,
you are taking part, it is not to sit back and get onto automatic
pilot and everything will happen. To some degree that is so, but
also it is the more you are in alignment with these changes
consciously, the more you will be the captain of your ship,
directing and orchestrating a co-creator of these changes within
yourself and within the masses. There are many parts to
transformation, it is neither that you are on one side of the fence
or another.
What this means in biochemical terms is quite mind blowing. A
fundamental renovation is occurring in your house (the body) while
you are living in it. Using the analogy of remodeling your home,
the workmen strip off the old roof, tear up the old floor,
disconnect your old plumbing and turn off your electricity to
re-wire the home. This all occurs while you are trying to live
there. In the same manner, as your body is undergoing the same
remodeling; you are trying to keep ahead of the changes and you will
feel extremely disoriented and inconvenienced as they occur. The
changes in your body-house are occurring because your DNA is being
restructured.
Your DNA contains within it an old understanding about what it
is to be here that is deeply focused in individuality. The DNA has
the individualized expression of divinity, the individual I Am, and
it has the wholeness. Now you can conceive of both, but can you
yet conceive of what it would be like to be keenly aware of
yourself as an individual and at the same time know that you are
wholeness? That is what you are working on achieving at this time,
whether you realize it or not. The potentiality within the DNA is
capable of reformatting to allow for these changes.
Universal law provides that the physical form for Divine life
expression of a species may be altered or reformatted only by those
who dwell therein. This means that the DNA of a species of Earth
can only be altered through the creative choice of the consciousness
that dwells within the body form. What this means for you is that
the human DNA that is responsible for every aspect of your physical
presence cannot be altered by other beings, nor can it be changed
by you from outside of the physical plane. How do you change your
own DNA? To change your DNA and to change your structure you need
to change your emotions. You also need to change your thoughts
because to do these two things means to change your biochemistry
and your brain chemistry. It means headaches and nausea sometimes.

Part 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Are These Changes Affecting You? Part 3. Sept. 11, 2003.

This part discusses changes in body shape and color.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

As these changes occur, you will experience dizziness, feelings of
spinning and loss of emotional centering. During cellular
transformation, your body is a constant flow of discarded proteins
and structures. Your cerebrospinal fluid is being filled with
discarded mineral deposits.
You are literally sloughing off your body and you are rebuilding it.
The changes will be very intense and will be very challenging to
you during the sloughing off process. You are genetic engineers of
the new world species. If you agree with this and you are willing,
you must rearrange and rebuild your own DNA. You live in your body
and you will change it while you're living in it. Some people have
already begun to do this.
--------------------------------------------------------------
--

III. CHANGES in BODY COLOR ^

During cellular transformation, repigmentation of the body will
occur. Many different kinds of unusual marks (round, red, white,
etc.) will appear on the skin of young people as well as on the skin
of older bodies. This is a temporary repigmentation process that
will allow the skin to come into it's true purposes. The skin is
an organ that functions as a bridge between heavy, dense matter of
the body and less dense matter of the auric field of the body.
Within 25 years, a slight darkening of even the lightest people will
occur. This relates to the blood cell membranes being enriched by
oxygen, allowing them to move in greater numbers and greater
velocity through the capillary system closer to the surface of
the skin.
---------------------------------------------------------------
--

IV. CHANGES in BODY SHAPE ^

You are completing a time loop in your spi-itual growth which has
allowed you to explore some matters in depth. This time loop is now
coming to an end and your body is beginning to change shape as you
close that time loop. As you come back to your original time
sequence, you will go back through what you have been in the past.
Some people might notice that their head seems to be trying to
expand and many people will have headaches during these times
usually associated with pressures from these changes. It will feel
almost like someone is trying to force your head into a larger shape.
Changes in body shape will happen slowly over time. Currently the
changes that are taking place are happening on the inside of the
body in the infrastructure in the following places:
A. in the cellular system in the blood. B. In the central nervous
system. C. in the bone marrow. D. in the brain's patterning, how it
is firing and receiving information from G-d.
These are the changes that are occurring now and for many this
creates confusion because they feel that something is going on but
they cannot see it in the mirror. They look in the mirror and they
see that they are very much the person they were five or ten years
ago. They don't seem to be having any less wrinkles, they don't
seem to be looking any more healthy. This creates a bit of
confusion because they know they are working so consciously and so
hard on their inner path. Yet the changes are slow in coming,
bleeding through into the outer body. This will certainly occur
over time but it is taking place on the inside now. This is where
the base must first be built, deeply on the inside of the body
and will come from the inside out.
In your future, you will see a greater lightness, an expression
of the body, expressing its lightness of being. You may see beings
that are experiencing a greater thinning or a lightening of your
being. Many persons will be feeling taller. There may not be an
actual shift in the physical body of growing taller, but there
will be that sense of upliftment. The body is expressing upliftment
with a feeling of walking tall and of being lighter with the body.
Some people will experience weight change, either losing weight or
gaining weight as a result of inner transformation.
The body knows how to readjust and reorganize itself because this
process is quite natural. This process of transformation has been
coded within the cells of the body and is taking place naturally.
What people are now learning to do is how to assist what is
occurring naturally by being outside, being aware of the foods they
are eating, being aware of their connection to the earth and by
being aware of the direction their body is leading them. The
greater you are aware of this, the greater you can assist what is
already going on and you will be continuing at its own natural
pace according to the cellular coding for each individual.
------------------------------------------------------------
--

V. CHANGES in the ENDOCRINE SYSTEM and CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM ^

You are already seeing an increase of a weakening in the immune
system with the acceleration of the nervous system. There are many
new strands of disease (an imbalance) that are coming out in people.
More people are experiencing a deeper level of frustration and
aggressive agitation that is creating many symptoms in the body,
many nervous disorders and feelings of heating up. This comes out
with explosions of anger and violence. There is an imbalance in
the nervous system which can create many disorders, many types of
fevers or any type of imbalance in the brain wave system as there
begins to be a readjustment of the way thoughts are set up. You
will see many new disorders or diseases cropping up having to do
with the central nervous system as there is this sense that a
re-wiring is going on to accommodate the increase in intensity of
light.
It is as though someone is putting in a 120 watt light bulb into a
socket that previously held a 40 or 60 watt bulb. There is a greater
level of amplitude, of power in the energy going, that you are all
of the sudden being plugged into. It is creating not only an
acceleration but a greater magnification of energy going through
your body. This energy is put in or connected through the nervous
system. Unless there is a change in the way many people are going
through their daily lives, the nervous system will not be able to
handle the increase of energy.
Some things we would suggest would be a greater contact with the
natural world physically by literally putting the feet into the
earth and the hands onto the earth. It would also be helpful to be
in greater contact with water such as having water in the home
(i.e. an aquarium, bowls of water or some type of water). This
helps create greater balance in the electromagnetic field. This is
recommended to help balance the increase of energy that is coming
in now and does effect the physical body and its state of wellness.
The etheric body acts as a transmitter and receiver for
surrounding energies. This takes place via specific energy centers
for the body or chakras. Each chakra is directly associated with
an endocrine gland and nerve plexus. Because of their close
relationship with the chakras, which transmit and receive this
energy, the endocrine and nervous systems especially, are now
undergoing radical transmutation. The increase in electrical
energies is requiring a complete re-wiring of the nervous system,
while all the organs and glands in the body are being totally
restructured. As you take on the body of light, most of these
organs and glands will no longer be needed, and will gradually
atrophy and disappear. In the mean time, it is important to
acknowledge the changes taking place in the body and to support the
physical body as much as possible.
As more and more light becomes available, the intensity of
electromagnetic energy around you also increases. This means that
there will be more rapid neurological activity in the body resulting
in higher intensity impulses firing the central nervous system. The
nervous system will immediately attempt to dissipate that energy by
sending it back out of the spinal chord. If these impulses then fire
along facilitated pathways into the muscular system, they could
cause muscle tightness and soreness. If they fire into the blood
vessels, restricted circulation often results. When these impulses
fire into the skin, you may experience abnormal thermal sensations
(i.e. feeling hot or cold, prickling, itching etc).
If they should fire into the organs and glands, they may inhibit
their previously normal functioning. Therefore, we can see the
importance of supporting the nervous system at this time as it tries
to maintain a state of homeostasis (relatively stable state of
equilibrium) in the physical body. The body is trying to catch up
with the increased frequencies of the subtle body. One way to do
this is to interrupt some of these pathways that the high intensity
impulses are travelling along. Just as someone who touches a live
wire is held there by the current until it is switched off, so too
will the structures and tissues of the body remain in a stimulated
state until these pathways are interrupted, turning off the current.
The mutation process is implemented by the central nervous system
initiated within the molecular brain structure. The progressive
cycles of change are introduced primarily through the
cerebral-spinal fluid and from there throughout the nervous system
generally. During the mutation process you will constantly be
sloughing off whole strings or sequences of proteins. Full systems
are being discarded by the body and are being rebuilt with
differently structured compounds which you receive through water,
air and foods that are also undergoing electromagnetic reformatting.
You will find fairly high levels of excreted proteins in body
fluids such as urine. The body is literally washing away your old
body formatting and rebuilding it as you live and breath and move
within it. The restructuring of the DNA means that you will no
longer have four bodies.
You will no longer have many chakras. You will no longer be a
layered consciousness. You will contain no spaces, no gaps within
your consciousness or in your corresponding DNA. You will have a
spherical model with no gaps or separations. Everything within
your system, within your being will have wholeness, roundness. It
is an indescribable thing that you will build.

Part 3.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Are These Changes Affecting You? Part 4. Sept. 12, 2003.

This part covers your eyes and exercise habits.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................


VI. EATING and DRINKING HABITS ^

A. EATING HABITS ^

People are already finding a desire to eat in a different way. They
are seeing a great shift away from the denser foods (i.e. meats and
heavy proteins), and from foods that are heavy and will stay in the
body longer and will create greater density in the body. During
cellular transformation, your sustenance will be coming more and more
from the light or energy vibration and less and less from physical
sources. This light pervades the universe and also affects changes
in body cells during transformation. This can result in changes in
eating habits and changes in your appetite. There can also be a
completely new arrangement of your intake of nourishment. Heavy or
greasy foods cannot be digested because the body is functioning
with heavy foods that don't vibrate with your changing body
vibration. You will be drawn to the foods that best harmonize with
you as a being of Light. This means for some people, sustaining
yourselves with very sparse diets which will make them feel
terrific.
For others, the intake of food may be different. You will
probably notice physical changes in your body that ultimately will
lead to physical healing. Eat as many raw and pure, unprocessed
and uncooked foods as you can. This means mostly fresh fruits and
vegetables which results in a basic detoxification diet. You must
listen to your own body and eat what is right for you. Your body's
needs will probably change rapidly during these times. You may
have weird cravings for foods you don't normally eat. You may have
a huge appetite one day and hardly be hungry the next. You may
experience intense cravings for certain foods, some of which you
may not normally eat. What's more important is to stay in touch,
moment to moment with your body as it guides you to the foods and
support that it needs. All you have to do is to listen to your body.
In addition, you may occasionally experience disruption to the
digestive system, resulting in stomach ache, gas, or bloating
partly due to the increased intensity of energy in the third or
solar plexus chakra.
The fifth, or throat chakra is also a very powerful energy center,
and it's physical counterpart, the thyroid gland, is particularly
vulnerable to changes in electromagnetic energy. This gland
regulates the metabolic processes of the body, and in many cases is
trying it's hardest to keep up with the increasing vibratory rates.
Some of the transmutative symptoms that commonly result are
unexplained weight gain or loss, sluggishness, altered sleep
patterns, and, again, feeling more tired and fatigued than usual
for no apparent reason.
More fruits and vegetables will be extremely important to your
diets. You will find that many fatty foods will not work in your
bodies during these changing times of cellular transformation. Many
people have been eating meat which will still be of some importance
to them. However, many people will be start to let go of these
denser foods during cellular transformation. Some heavier grains
may be too dense for your bodies as the inner body changes occur.
There are some very good nutritional substances that are from
nature, that create a balance in the amino acid tract. For instance,
your food called spirolina is one of them, foods that are now
coming out that are termed cell foods. These are foods with a high
degree of life force and they are very good on an overall general
level. We suggest that using these new foods or any types of
supplements be done directly through accessing ones own body wisdom.
By eating differently, you are also helping to detoxify the Earth,
it's surface and it's atmosphere. As you do this, visualize a white
light pouring through your body and the Earth, lightening the dark
spots, and loving all your parts. Cleansing your body will result
in a cleansing of the earth. Honoring your body with pure and
natural foods (as nature intended) is honoring the Earth and the
Earth's offerings in a way that is without equal. After you cleanse
your body, you will begin to strengthen and to heal any of the
body parts that were weak or tired. During cellular transformation,
the body may require certain nutrients that it didn't need before
(i.e. fats, proteins, carbohydrates, vitamins, minerals and
hormones).
We would recommend that each one learn to go back inward and to
reconnect to the body wisdom and learn to ask and receive from
moment to moment as it changes constantly. Then one day you might
have needed to have a great deal of carbohydrates, in one form or
another, on another day you would need to take quite another kind
of food supplement, when your body has, for instance, balanced
itself with one type of food, chlorophyll or green food. We would
then move your focus to another to create another overall balance.
Generally it is important to listen then to the body and to keep
current with that information so that you are working on a
moment' to-moment and daily level.
We encourage each person, and would suggest that you encourage
each person, to come into a greater connectiveness and awareness
of their own individual body by learning to ask the body and then
learning to open to the body wisdom. You should ask your body
directly, `+What on this day to I need to operate at a high level
of balance. What on this day can I do to create a sense of flow
in my life?; If we would give out formulas, people would tend to hold
onto that formula and would create a series of boxes as to what they
should do. We tend to avoid this type of advice because each person
is so unique and what may work very well for one would not create
the openness or the flow for another.
---------------------------------------------------------------
--

B. DRINKING HABITS ^

The quantity of water that you drink will also be extremely
important to you during transformation. The water we drink allows
the electrum to flow through your body, which is light lowered to a
density as it enters the body mass. The more water you drink, the
easier it is for the light energy (prana) to enter your body and to
move through the physical body, rejuvenating the organs of the body.
It would be wise during cellular transformation to drink plenty of
water (at least a gallon a day).
The additional water allows the light to move through the body
faster. Light is an electrical force in our density and the
additional water assists the movement of the light. From your
perspective, you cleanse your body with additional fluids. The
additional water permits the light (prana) to move through your
body as the prana brings new life into and through the body.
There have been very significant fluctuations in the fluid
retention levels in the body tissue which is due to the need to keep
the water content in mutating systems very high. In order for the
mutation process to be as comfortable as possible, you will need to
keep your intake of water up. If you do not, your body will attempt
to retain fluid in order to ensure that the element flow within
your system is maintained. Why is this important? It is because,
during the mutation process, you are constantly sloughing off
whole string or sequences of proteins. Full systems are being
discarded and rebuilt with differently structured compounds which
you are receiving through water, air and foods that are also
undergoing electromagnetic reformatting. In other words, you would
find fairly high levels of excreted proteins in such body fluids
as urine.
You are literally washing away your old body formatting and
rebuilding it as you live and breath and move within.
It is quite helpful for people to go into a diet that contains
more water, not only water in its pure form, but through the
fruits and vegetables as well. This creates a greater lightness in
the body and helps the body to reorganize its electrical structure.
It is really quite simple, if you think of it, it is more of a
movement away from the density and complexities of what you have
termed your modern world and moving into a greater state of purity
through which you may receive the grace of this transformation.
See also SINUS and EAR DISTURBANCES.
-----------------------------------------------------------
--

VII. ENERGY FLOW in the BODY ^

During cellular transformation in your body, there will be
increased energy flow felt mainly in the parasympathetic system of
the body (i.e. lower limbs, legs, junctions along the spinal column,
and especially the ganglia where the lower lumbars are positioned)
and in the shoulders.
Electrical sensations will move up and down the limbs of the body.
Some people will also experience sweats and migraine headaches.
You will notice increased energies when manifesting a thought. It
is good to be cautious with these energies and your thoughts
because they will become magnified during the time of transition
during cellular transformation.
------------------------------------------------------------
--

VII. EXERCISE HABITS ^

We have mentioned the importance of drinking lots of water during
cellular transformation. It is also important to do more physical
exercises (i.e. walking, jogging, running, hiking, swimming) which
will be extremely supportive during the changes. The exercise from
dancing also is particularly powerful because many energetic
pathways can be cut short and integrated throughout the body with
the movement involved in dancing.
-------------------------------------------------------
--

IX. EYES ^

The white portion of the eyes may gradually change color, may
become bloodshot and may become slightly darker. In some cases,
this may create a slight tinge of rosiness in the eyes or a slight
tinge of brown or green, but in most cases the color will be
rosiness. This change relates to the increased velocity of blood
near the surface of the eyes that can be viewed. The visual field
of the eyes will alter and you will begin to view dimensions
differently as your physical sight is adjusted as it interacts
with the opening of the third inner eye, between your present
outer eye positions.
-------------------------------------------------------------
--

Part 4.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Are These Changes Affecting You? Part 5. Sept. 15, 2003.

This part explains a possible reason why people are now seeing
the Shadow People more and more.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

The primary place where mutation occurs is in the DNA of the
brain. What this means is that certain brain functions are going to
be a bit difficult. Your vision will be affected; you're most
certainly going to be affected in terms of headaches; to some
extent your hearing will be altered; and, most of all, your ability
to feel that you have a sharp focus all time will be affected. Your
heads are literally beginning to contain material that is capable
of electrically short-circuiting. If you have a sense that you are
losing your mental clarity, that certain things are happening in
your head, including headaches, that make you feel that you have
short circuits within your brain, that is due to the sloughing off
of this material.
Mood swings are also symptomatic of the body's attempts to
integrate more Light. There may be moments when you feel wonderful
and have a great deal of energy, followed by a sudden crash and
depression as you experience the pull of the old world.
----------------------------------------------------------------
--

XIII. HEARING ^

The auditory range of the ears will expand so that you will be
able to hear the presently inaudible sounds of G-d's creation
within you and which surrounds you. This change will enable you
to have faith in Go- from hearing the sounds in your ears. Ringing
or tones in the ears can also be transmissions from s-iritual
entities from other dimensions.
Information from these sources makes itself known to you at the
appropriate time in your particular spi-itual walk.
----------------------------------------------------------------
--

XIV. HEART ^

Heart palpitations may be felt at times as your heart becomes in
synronization with the rhythm of the Earth's heartbeat. Changes
may also be experienced in the heart muscle tissue and striations
in the heart muscle tissue will begin to show more variations. The
tissue will seem to be spreading out as the heart muscle becomes
denser. This change will allow the heart to last longer and to
create a normal life span of 150 years for an individual. The
normal pulse rate will increase about three to four beats over the
next ten to twelve years.
You may see a greater constriction around the heart as many
people react to the energy of love and light that is coming in
greater magnification. More heart attacks or various illnesses will
occur where there is restrictive flow of energy around the heart
center. This can be avoided with a greater awareness of that energy
and a greater openness to the emotions, letting go, not having so
much of the emotions held into the body but finding ways for the
emotions to be harmonically experienced.
The emotions are to be felt, not denied and the emotions can
then create more of a flow and less of a closing of the life force.
------------------------------------------------------------
--

XV. HOT AND COLD FLASHES ^

These will be felt more by many people as cellular transformation
occurs in the body. It is like your engines are being rebuilt and
the temperature gauge is being replaced. It is similar to an engine
in a car and this temperature gauge, as it is in an engine, is
outdated. So in a way, you are finding that as you are building new
information into the body, into the cells, you are redesigning the
different aspects of the physical body through this transformation.
So as this is happening, there is a greater gap in what is being
experienced, a greater experience up and down, a greater experience
of upheaval. Much is being tossed around, much that is no longer
working and that is outdated. It is being tossed out as new data
and new equipment is being gradually introduced and built into
the body.
This is happening for all beings, whether they are conscious or
not. That those who are choosing not to stay on the planet,
although they may not be conscious of their choice at all, have
decided not to undergo this level of acceleration and change in the
body. Those who are choosing to be here at this time during this
rapid acceleration and shifting of the physical body, of the
physical mind and of the emotional system, are going to make those
choices either consciously for many and unconsciously for many.
But all will definitely be affected by the energies.
All will experience, on some level, a shifting in the body as
the body moves naturally to a higher level of receptivity and
alignment with its source.
-------------------------------------------------------------
----

XVI. MEMORY CHANGES ^

More people are now able to tune their consciousness to receive
unseen forces or wavelengths from the universe and to use this new
consciousness to transform themselves into a new way of being. This
new incoming impulses of energy is affecting the cells that compose
the mental, emotional and spiritual bodies. People are manifesting,
on every level, this incoming light with your whole being. There
will be times when you will be inspired with flashing memories,
recall of past situations and lives and other realizations. Insights
that are eternal and cosmic are beginning to infiltrate your body
and to illuminate the human mind in a way that inner body cells
will activate. The mental capacity of people will increase
considerably during cellular transformation.
You may find yourself in the middle of a sentence when suddenly
you completely forget what you were going to say next. You may be
thinking about something that happened when you have difficulty
accessing the memory of the event. As you move into a state of
grace during cellular transformation, the harder it will be to
reference your past through your memory system. All useless data
is being taken from your memory files. In mastering limitation,
past referencing of data was useful because of your acceptance as
reality based on your beliefs and prior experiences. Referencing
of data from the past is falling away and people will not have to
keep the memory alive.
----------------------------------------------------------
----

XVII. MENST-UAL CRAMPS ^


Women may notice a lightening of bl-od flow during men-truation
with less flow and less cramping. Some pregnant women will have
easier and shorter childbirth with less pain and labor.
-----------------------------------------------------------
----

XVII. OUT-OF-BODY EXPERIENCES ^

There will be more out-of-body experiences as cellular
transformation occurs. This experience will also be accepted more by
the public in general.
It will be accomplished by more people and the experience will
become more popular and will become more fun as more people
experience it. More out-of body experiences have already been
increasing for many as there is a thinning in the veil. When a
being has decided to take on physical form there was a veiling. As
many go consciously on their path and open to receive the greater
frequencies of the true multi-dimensional self, there is greater
wholeness and alignment with the s-ul. The body is going through
a process of this effacing of the veil and a thinning and a gradual
release of this protective device is occurring.
As this veil is thinning, you will realize that there are no
boundaries between your physical self, your higher self or s-ul self
and your multi-dimensional being. Many are beginning to experience
greater contact with, not only beings from other realms, but with
beings of themselves as they are pure energy. For many, this is
quite a challenge to begin to experience connection with themselves
as they exist beyond time and space as pure energy. But as the
veil thins, this is one of the experiences that occurs greater
amplification and occurs more often as the veil beings to thin.
(JW This could be why more people are now seeing the Shadow People.
They have been there all the time but we are now seeing them more
because the veil is going away.)
Now as far as the out-of-body experience, the spir-tual entities
are challenging many to include their body awareness and not to
leave it behind whenever they travel out-of-body and wherever the
consciousness creates a focal point in their awareness. This may
include another dimension such as inter-dimensional traveling or
traveling beyond time and space with the consciousness. It seems
now to you that you are not going anywhere. But the consciousness
truly does experience and enters into this realm and dimension, It
may thereby access that energy and those frequency set and the
patterns and information you wish to seek from beings living in
that dimension.
This is really not quite so difficult as it may seem. It is a
natural skill that again has been shielded against and many are not
quite ready to move into that level of multi-dimensionality. Many
are becoming more interested in going into the consciousness of the
earth because there has been a call put out by the earth. Many are
unconsciously or consciously responding to the call to begin to
work consciously and directly in direct alignment with the earth
energy.
This will assist both the individual, the mass human experience
and will assist in the transformation and balancing of the earth's
transformation or mutation. It is very beneficial for those who
are feeling a type of curiosity or interest or a type of draw to
this call, to begin to explore how it is that they may travel into
and align with the consciousness of the earth. It begins much by
a pr-yer of intent that you truly intend to move into this level of
assistance. This is the first doorway that one would go through. And
from there, you would need to be open to many surprises for it
can happen and it can happen quickly for some. They will find
themselves in a very deep awareness, in a very deep alignment with
the consciousness of the earth. From there, the choices are
infinite.
-------------------------------------------------------
----

Part 5.

John Winston ***@mlode.com.

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Lady K. Talks About Yellowstone Park. Sept. 16, 2003.

It's too bad that we don't have a real bear called "Yogi Bear"
in Jellystone Part. He'd know what to do in this situation. This
comes from Lady Kadjina and is channeled, so be careful.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: B
Subject: Lady Kadjina Speaks: September 12, 2003
Items Included:
The Current Dynamic of Group Consciousness and Dealing With Your
Own Stuff
The Current Situation at Yellowstone
Responsibility and Consequences of Current US Administration
Actions

The Current Dynamic of Group Consciousness and Dealing With Your
Own Stuff

Good morning. This is Lady Kadjina. At the present time there are
many thoughts and concepts that are circulating amongst you. Some of
the phrases that you are hearing are: consensus of mind; group
consciousness; free will or personal free will; one s-ul of
humanity; uniting of worlds. I have asked to speak this morning in
hopes of assisting you in understanding a little bit better what
is going on.
Recently we made the comment that if you fail to deal with your
stuff, the universe would then set it up for you so that you don't
have much of a choice. Now you might wonder whether or not this is
in alignment with the concept of free will. Humanity has now
reached the point of consensus of mind, or what some might call
the critical mass of group consciousness. And this is now the case.
So what does this mean? It means that the group consciousness must
be obeyed. And one of the notable things about this consciousness
of the group is the need to bring order out of the many chaotic
situations.
To many people peace means simply not fighting, while the
undercurrents of bitterness and hatreds remain. In order to deal
with this, a certain level of clear space, or what you might call
sa-red space, must be created in order for the cessation of the
many chaotic situations, and the shifting of some groups of
consciousness away from fear and hate and mistrust into the
consciousness of one soul. And this can be effectively done by
putting into the spaces of individuals the need and the necessity
of dealing with their own stuff.
Many people are asking the question right now, "Why am I being
challenged with so many difficult situations?" These situations
are put in your face to get you to the point where you will begin
to deal with your unfinished business. We have given you the
example of Wayne and Kay: 3 times in a month they had their cars
either stolen or broken into. They also had the situation of at
least a half a dozen tires blowing, and usually on the Interstate.
Now Wayne and Kay had been talking for months about the possibility
of moving. Now those thoughts originated with us. We had been trying
to get their attention for some time. So we confirmed their ideas
with a series of events. We moved them into a 'no-choice' position.
Technically they did not have to agree with us, but had they not,
the situation would have escalated and eventually the house itself
would have been broken into.
With critical mass having been attained, this gives us permission
to step in and act on your behalf in some very unusual ways. You
are no longer to be considered an individual consciousness with
individual free will. You are now a member of the group
consciousness - the group will. And you will begin to find yourself
in situations where you either get with the program or you're
placed into difficult situations that are over your head.
There is a great cry going out from the very heart of humanity
for the cessation of these w-rs; for the cessation of the need to
use so much oil; for the stopping of the sonar waves in the oceans,
so destructive to the whales and dolphins. But there is also a law
- and it is indeed a law - that you must remove the beam from your
own eye before attempting to remove the speck of the eye of your
brother, which is another way of saying, you must by law tend to
your own stuff if you truly want the global stuff to cease. And
this is all within what is meant by 'raising the vibrations' or
going 4th and 5th dimension.
At the present time you are seeing many meditation groups that
are doing the unifying meditations of the heart charka, groups
that are entering into that 'temple not made with hands' wherein
they are reaching a point of respecting the belief systems of their
brothers and sisters. They are coming to understand that there is
but one sp-ritual school and that this school has many classrooms
with several different curricula. This is what is meant by "my
Father's mansion has many rooms." This is also what is meant by the
idea in the Book of Re-elations about there being seven ch-rches
doing seven different types of missions or purposes. So we would
say to each of you at this time, if you are finding yourself in
difficulty; difficulties where you work, such as a young woman
that we know who is working an 80-hour week for a corporate giant
and only being paid for the normal 40 hours; or if you find
yourself in difficult family situations or if your personal
relationships are causing you grief; if your chur-h is not meeting
your s-iritual needs; then we are suggesting that these are the
situations or the 'stuff' that you are to deal with. Failure to do
so will then be a summons to the universe to put trying situations
literally in your face where you will not have much choice but to
deal with your stuff.
We suggest that you do your meditations if you feel like the
universe is pushing your buttons. Then do the exercise wherein you
sit in a chair and place a second chair in front of you. Ask a
representative of the universe to have a seat and ask them point
blank, "What's the message; what's the lesson?" And begin a
dialogue between those aspects that you might call me, myself and I.
And with those three aspects of yourself, which is essentially
personality, high self, and so-l, dialogue with the energy that
you have placed in the chair and just let it rip. Let it out and
say it as it is.
Give the energy sitting in the other chair permission to use your
vocal chords; open your mouth and allow the words to spill out
every which way as needed. There is indeed a message for you.
You also have the expression, 'the unification or uniting of the
worlds.' What does this mean? Most of you are aware that the angels,
elementals, devas, and fairies, have returned to the Earth realm en
masse. And Je--s says that when he returns, he will come with his
saints, and you are one of his sa-nts. This is hard for some of
you to cope with, but you use the words, "I AM LIGHT; I AM LOVE;
I AM LIFE: I AM A G-DDESS." But do you know that when you use those
words, you are affirming that you are one of the sai-ts returned?
Now the sain-s are a unique group. They are among the elite and in
a s-iritual school they would be called the gifted and talented.
Now in your secular schools you have a group of gifted students
that belong to the space program, where the students go to a space
camp in the summertime.
Now this same thing holds true in the spi-itual schools. There is
indeed a space program for the sp-ritually gifted and talented. At
the present time the Earth realm is literally inundated with
incarnated parallel lives of space commanders, cadets, technicians
in every field of human experience.
There are several great mother ships easily the size of planet
Earth. Some of these great ships are the New Jerusalem, the Phoenix,
the Ashtar Command Fleet, Tetros (which is also known by many other
names), the Blue Nova, and many others.
So what you have are many very gifted and talented incarnate
humans. One of their skills is mental telepathy; another would be
remote viewing. They are always in contact with their ship. If they
are needed on board they have the ability to place their body in
a chair, leave it, and return to the ship.
Time as you know it is much accelerated on these ships so that in
a few hours of Earth time they are able to accomplish a great deal.
The exchanging of information in this way was originally oftentimes
done through the use of implants. For the most part, it was never
intended as an e-il event. But in the early stages, the human who
actually volunteered had no memory or understanding of the events
or the agreements that had been made. Now, granted, there are some
instances of activities of the dark forces. But even with these
groups, there was a level of agreement made. For the most part,
these of the very dark agendas have been eliminated. And most of
what is happening currently is done by agreements and if you are
encountering difficulties it could be simply a matter of fear and
perceptions on your part. This is not going to be true in every
single situation - there are some situations that are going to be
difficult and not of the highest light.
When you find a young child who is absorbed in the drawing of
spacecraft and ET type of beings, you will pretty much know you have
a star child; you have a traveler in your midst. If you try to block
him or her, you will only create difficulties and problems. Many of
the Indigos and Crystals today are travelers. The most important
thing to remember as of now is that you are no longer an individual;
you are a part of a group and it is the will of the group that
dominates. This is the definition of consensus of mind or critical
mass.
We hope that we have given you some thoughts to aid you in
understanding what is happening at the present time. There is but
one humanity; one s-ul of humanity with one purpose, which is to
deal with the stuff.

Wayne: There continues to be energetic buildup and some chaos in
the Yellowstone area, with reports from the scientific community
that danger is imminent. Yet, there have been many people working
energetically to relieve the buildup of stresses in order to avoid
catastrophe. Could you take another, perhaps closer look at the
region to tell us what the situation really is and what needs to
be done to bring it into stability?

We are glad that you are addressing this question. Yellowstone is
one of the most volatile and dangerous places on the planet at this
time. Right now it is relatively stabilized, yet with the
continuation of rumblings and bubbling. It is also known that an
eruption is overdue.
This particular location is on one of the major arterial
acupuncture energy systems of the planet. It connects directly to
the heart charka and also to the crown chakra of the planet. It
has a direct connection also with the Himalayas. It has also
strong connections to Stromboli and Vesuvius in Italy, the Solomon
Islands, and also Popo in Mexico. Think here in terms of acupuncture
meridians from an energetic standpoint.

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Lady K. Talks About Yellowstone Park. Part 2. Sept. 17, 2003.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

In the matter of Yellowstone you can visualize yourself as a
surgeon who is going to go into the human body with the little
miniature camera in order to locate blockages in the arteries. If
you could visualize (or by utilizing remote viewing) the underworld
pathways for the lava flow, you could tunnel through these long
energy tubes and open them up by using and visualizing drills and
creating tunnels where the energy could flow. Planetary energy
workers could do this type of work very easily. There is no need for
Yellowstone to erupt even with all of the microwave emissions and
everything else. It is possible to redirect those microwaves in such
a way as to channel them underground and create energetic pathways
for the flow of the energy that is blocked.
You are created from the substances of Mother Earth. This means
that her body functions in the same way that yours does. Those of
you who are healers and energy workers use the skills to help Mother
Earth to remove her blockages in the same way that you do with your
human clients. It works the same way. Those of you who use needles
for acupuncture can visualize light rods and place the tip of these
light rods into Stromboli to release pressure. Wherever on the
planet there is a portal or a stargate, you can touch the tip of
your light rod to those places and also effectively release blocked
energy. Don't forget that within the core of the Earth there is the
blue-white cross spinning in a gyroscopic manner, which can draw to
itself unbalanced energy and transmute it. Use your skills. You
know how to achieve balance; you know how to create energy flow.
Many of you can see within the human body and discern what is out
of balance. Do the same thing with Mother Earth.
Another thing that we would point out to you is when the o-l
drilling stops, you will find many of your volcanoes will quiet
down. You have the expression, "It's not nice to mess with Mother
Nature." Drilling for oi- is indeed messing with Mother Nature. You
unbalance many of her energy systems.

(A followup message from Commander Torquamando regarding
Chemtrails not being able to affect the 4th dimensional group: They
do affect the 3rd dimensional group. Those that are behind the
spreading of the chemtrails know that if they keep that group
suppressed, they can't rise up and join with the 4th dimensional
group.)

Wayne: There is a growing body of evidence regarding the existence
of an underground system of transportation tunnels, mil-tary bases
and research laboratories in which experimental weaponry, work
with ETs, and portals for interplanetary transport exist. I can
only assume that, with the fear-based reaction now going on with
the current admi-istrations, there must be accelerated activities
going on in these underground systems that may be contributing to
the energy buildup in the Yellowstone area. There may even be
outside electromagnetic influence, either from competing countries
or ETs, designed to disable some of the sophisticated and dangerous
wea-onry systems that may be associated with these underground
facilities. It may be that the increase in underground magma
expansion is creating a dangerous situation for these underground
facilities. Is any of this type of activity negatively affecting
the Yellowstone area?

All of these activities are true, at least to some extent. This is
indeed the time of the Battle of Armageddon. What is happening here
is that the light itself increases and those elements of light step
forth, that same light shines upon the darkness and activates it as
a way of saying, "We have to deal with this dark stuff, too." You
cannot simply increase the light and think that it's going to
totally banish the darkness. It actually activates the darkness,
brings it forward, and exposes it. And it simply is another scenario
to deal with your stuff. You are mistaken if you believe that beings
will come and correct all of the ev-l things of Planet Earth. We
will help but essentially it's you that's going to deal with your
stuff. This is the reason why so much of the negative things are
being brought to your attention. Simply shining the light upon
these dark situations is not going to make it go away. You must do
the work. Those who have created and are participating in these dark
situations must be dealt with.
One situation that is going to have to be addressed is the way
that the votes are to be counted. When the masses of consciousness
of humanity come to the awareness that the elections are controlled
and come to the conclusion that they must to something about it,
only then will the beings of light come to your assistance. We do
not make the corrections for you; we merely bring it to your
attention. We put these situations in your face where you are not
given much choice but to deal with it. Technically speaking, the
Un-ted States at this time does not even have a lawfully-elected
Pr-sident. It is a nation without a Pre-ident. If the election is
illegal, there is no Pres-dent. Now we realize full well that our
words are going to be most irritating to some. But it is the mass
consensus of mind that we are concerned with, not the few who
manipulate and control. There are Sen-tors and Cong-essmen from both
parties who are behind the impeac-ment movement taking place at this
time. It will take strong action to bring this family of men and
women into compliance with the laws that bring forth the highest
good of all humanity. These men and women must learn to obey the
rules of their own re-igion. Remove the beam from your own eye
first.
What we see here is several r-ligions saying in effect, "My g-d
is the one that's right and yours is wrong." And these attitudes
have propagated a very fear-based consciousness that has brought
about the necessity of constructing many huge underground complexes.
The effect upon Mother Earth is very much similar to surgeons
burrowing into the human body in very haphazard ways, bringing about
much instability. The law has been fulfilled to the point that we as
a group are allowed to stop the annihilation of the planet. At the
same time, there is to be allowed certain levels of discomfort and
confusion that will put certain situations in your face, that you
are going to have to deal with. We are not allowed to do it all for
you.

Certain things are your responsibility.

Shifting into the light means exposure of the darkness. This
means you will be able to see human conditions that are of the
lesser light, or wrong.
Conditions that are not good for Mother Earth or for human life
or good for any life forms on the planet.

It means you must face the reality of the levels of chemical
wa-fare, mind control substances put into your airways, and this is
going on over the entire planet. And when we say germ w-rfare,
that's exactly what we mean. The Russian scientists have proven
beyond any doubt that the SARS virus is manufactured. It is not
the type of molecular structure capable of growing upon Planet
Earth on its own. They have proven this truth. And there are many
other such instances of germ wa-fare. The Unit-d States has used
in Iraq substances forbidden by International Law. It will only be
in the facing of these realities that you will come to the point
where you are willing to deal with them. We are not allowed to do it
for you. As a good parent, you know that you accomplish nothing by
doing your child's homework for them. They have to do their own
homework - that's the way they learn. And as your elder brothers and
sisters, we cannot do your homework for you; you have to do it
yourself. We can grade your papers, tell you to take it from the
top and start over, giving you a few clues as to how to solve the
math problems, but to do every bit of it for you? No. To do so is
against the laws of wisdom.

Wayne: Since you have brought up politics in the discussion, it
opens up a question that has been bothering me for some time. One of
the things that concerns me in this discussion is responsibility,
and I want to use the example of the situation with the current U.S.
admi-istration, wherein they seem to be doing so much damage to
world peace, to the environment, and to human justice, supposedly
representing the people of the Un-ted States. It certainly appears
that they are continuing their rampage against human dignity - the
pot calling the kettle black - inspite of the growing awareness of
the mass of humanity, all the while lining their own pockets with
the fruits of looting and pillage, sucking the energy and livelihood
of some groups of people and transferring it to their own pockets
and those few who support these kinds of activities to satisfy their
own greed (massive tax cuts for the rich during a time of severe
economic need is only one example). Is the responsibility for
changing this situation strictly in the hands of a few individuals
(an expanding group) who see the insanity of the situation, or is
there some 'payback' for those who continue to knowingly perpetrate
the insanity while the rest of us continue to be affected by their
actions?

Every person must deal with their own stuff. This applies to those
who have s-uls, to those who have the capacity to grow sp-ritually
and develop. This applies to the awakening masses of the
consciousness of humanity. This applies to those capable of
developing spiri-ually. There are, however, groups who have no
s-uls capable of developing spi-itually.
There are groups of individuals who appear to be human, but
they're not, in actuality they are clones. If one of these were to be
assas-inated, no big deal - you would not be eliminating a human.
Now cloning has been going on for more than 60 years and it has
become highly perfected. There are also some humans totally
convinced that their re-igion and their way is right and that those
in opposition to them, by the decree of their go-, should be
eliminated. For those who sincerely believe in this reality, there
is yet some hope - sincerity being the key factor.

Part 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Dear Folks:
This one has already happened.
John Winston.

Subject: Man On Coast To Coast Will Talk About Alternate Forms Of Energy.
Sept. 18, 2003.

Tonight will be a discussion about alternate forms of energy on
the Coast To Coast radio network, (formerly known as the Art Bell
Show).

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: B
Subject: JON RAPPOPORT on CFUN 1410
JON RAPPOPORT on CFUN 1410 This will be interesting for all who
want to stay awake for it.
B
JON RAPPOPORT www.nomorefakenews.com
ANOTHER RADIO SHOT

Tomorrow night, (JW Actually that is tonight.) Thursday (Sept.
18th), I'll be on Coast to Coast AM for several hours talking
about energy scandals. My stint begins at 11PM Pacific Time.
This radio show is syndicated on about 500 stations in the US. I
think this is my fifth appearance, and as always, I'd appreciate
readers emailing the program and telling them that they appreciate
a serious discussion of the topic at hand.
***@coasttocoastam.com
I now have the 1943 F-I memo that confirms the confiscation of
huge amounts of material from the great inventor, Tesla, just after
his d-ath in NYC. I'll be talking about the details and
implications of the memo.
As well as many other energy-related matters.
For example, the 1951 law that IS the smoking gun on suppression
of energy inventions by the US go-ernment.
After a good deal of research, I now have no doubt that
alternative energies can indeed power the world, and the "not
cost-effective" argument is incorrect.
In advance of the radio show, I'd like to thank the energy
reporter and author, Jeane Manning. Her excellent book, THE COMING
ENERGY REV-LUTION, provides a considerable amount of information
on alternative energy sources.
With the abundance of energy inventions out there, one has to
think about the lack of funding for R&D and mass production. It's
easy to understand the absence of go-ernment and corporate support,
but what about private money?
The number of millionaires around these days is very large. Have
risk takers and entrepreneurs disappeared into little holes? Is
the basic fear op keeping them off the game board? It certainly
looks that way.
Tune in tomorrow night for much more on energy.
JON RAPPOPORT www.nomorefakenews.com
______________________________________
Illusions Mailing List
***@lists.beyond-the-illusion.com
http://lists.beyond-the-illusion.com/mailman/listinfo/illusions

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: From Russia With Love. Sept. 19, 2003.

Today I was looking around the internet to see what people were
saying about me. I found this group over in Russia who quoted me.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: "John F. Winston" <***@mlode.com>
Subject: Pravda.RU John Winston I'm not a Creationist
& May, 06 2002
In Russian Em Portugues
Russia/ World/ Science and Culture/ Editorial/ Accidents/ Forum/ In
Russian/ Advertising/ About
Pravda.RU:Editorial:More in detail
16:00 2002-05-06

John Winston: I'm not a Creationist
Did Humans And Dinosaurs Co-exist?
Two years ago an organization of which I am a member sponsored a
person called Don Patton to speak. We all enjoyed him but he is a
person who believes that the Earth is 6,000 to 8,000 years old.
These people are referred to as Creationists. He knows that I
believe that the Earth is about 4.7 billion years old. Here is some
information about a long time ago when dinosaurs may have been
around and also humans were here.
Mesozoic Art Sparks Controversy Larger than the Dinosaurs
Themselves!
Did the human race ever co-exist with the dinosaur race? To many,
the answer is clear: "Yes!" they'd say. Surprised? Naturally, it
may seem a bit absurd -- in fact it may seem a lot absurd -- but
there is more evidence than you probably realize, supporting that
dinosaurs may not have been alone on the earth during the Mesozoic
era over 250 million years ago. The evidence is there, but if it
is credible enough to believe. well, that is for you to decide.
A picture is worth a thousand words, but in this case it may
be worth even more. Very clear human depictions of dinosaurs were
found in a cave in Peru, providing the man/dinosaur coexistence
theory with most of its relevant, striking evidence. Dr. Javier
Cabrera is primarily responsible for these amazing finds, stumbling
across them while searching for ancient Nasca artwork in tombs near
his father's old home. Dr. Cabrera indeed found much art: the
typical and expected stone carvings of humans, their
accomplishments, and their interactions with each other. But to Dr.
Cabrera's dismay, he also found several carvings of dinosaurs: a
clearly depicted stegosaurus, a triceratops, and even
diplodocus-like dinosaurs with dermal frills. In order for Dr.
Cabrera to see the carved stones more clearly, he rubbed shoe polish
over them, taking note of every line and detail, for which their
basis is truly remarkable. The reason these findings are as unique
as they are rare is because humans did not even coin the word
'dinosaur' until the 1800's, long after these drawings are thought
to have been made. It would be shocking to discover that ancient
humans were aware of the existence of dinosaurs, not to mention if
they saw them in person, or lived among them! But what Dr. Cabrera
claims is that in order for the ancient Peruvians to know what the
dinosaurs looked like, they had to have seen them. Perhaps most
notable about Dr. Cabrera's find is that the humans are pictured
interacting with the live, animated dinosaurs.
Also found in the tombs in Peru by the same man, Dr. Javier
Cabrera, were several textiles (which appeared to look somewhat
like burial blankets or tapestries) of the ancient Nasca culture.
They too had graphic designs of what is thought to be dinosaurs:
the teeth, claws, long snout, and tail served as lucid hints. The
textiles were draped over ancient coffins, perhaps implying that
the deceased lost his life to the rambunctious reptiles.
And if the stone carvings and textiles are not convincing enough,
Dr. Cabrera found one final artifact: pottery. The pottery,
although much less blatant, is also adorned in what appears to be
dinosaur-inspired designs. The pottery factually dates to over a
thousand years, making it the only artifact scientists find worth
pursuing.
Perhaps by now you are a little skeptical about the whole
coexistence theory: everything you have previously been taught about
dinosaurs contradicts everything you are hearing now. If so,
consider this. Almost everything we know about our ancient world
is based on inferences made from fossil remains. So why should this
next scenario be any different? On September 9, 2000 geologist
Don Patton (JW He is the very intelligent man who I was talking
about at the first of this article. He will be giving a lecture
series in Sonora, Calif. during the time of May 5th through May
17, 2002.) and representatives from the Metroplex Institute Of
Origin Science began a month long excavation of what they thought
were fossil dinosaur footprints. Upon first observing the tracks,
the team of scientists determined that they were the longest set
found in North America. They were extremely deep and well preserved
in their Paluxy River bed near Glen Rose, Texas. What the scientists
did not immediately realize, however, was the existence of human
footprints in the very row of tracks. The prints were easily looked
over at first because they were not nearly as deep-set as the
dinosaur's. However, before the excavation was complete, the
scientists designated Paluxy River bed as a "hot spot" for
human/dinosaur coexistence evidence.
If you are still not convinced, I offer one more consideration.
In Glen Rose, Texas, near the Paluxy River bed "hot spot," a
fossilized human handprint was found. The hand is so detailed
that even the thumbnail can be deciphered deep in the sedimentary
rock. The age of the limestone was determined to be nearly 110
million years old, thus coinciding with the age of dinosaurs
during the Middle Cretaceous. Several other human footprints and
handprints have been found in Mesozoic sedimentary rock in states
such as Texas, New Mexico, and the Dakotas.
So, did humans actually ever coexist with dinosaurs? It certainly
is an ongoing, mind-boggling controversy to which there may never
be an answer. In the mean time, scientists continue to search for
clues that would lead them to believe dinosaurs and humans once
fought for global domination.
So to sum it all up I'm not a Creationist. I don't totally believe
that everything came by way of evolution. I believe that all people
were seeded here by higher beings and I believe the B-ble when
it says the sons of G-d saw the daughters of men and mated with
them (etc, etc. in so many words).
John Winston
Copyright )1999 by "Pravda.RU". When reproducing our materials
in whole or in part, reference to Pravda.RU should be made. The
opinions and views of the authors do not always coincide with the
point of view of PRAVDA.Ru's editors.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Shadow People. Sept. 20, 2003.

A person asked me to explain the Shadow People. Here is some
information that has come my way about them.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: B
Subject: [The Shadow People]
http://ufos.about.com/gi/dynamic/offsite.htm?site=http://www.
surfingtheapocalypse.com/
[The Shadow People]

Part I
The facts and statements of this story are absolutely true...My
name is Len, I live in Northwestern Pa. I am the one who sent the
photo of the "Dimensional or Interdimensional Portal caught on
film...." Now Before I go any further here, Since that photo was
taken, and have inquired about it, and had it posted on other web
sites, and so forth, I have had some very strange events happen at
my home, that so far cannot be explained! The first event started
quite normal...( Let me try to explain normal ). The best way to do
this is by saying.... Have you ever been in a dimly lit room,
reading, watching TV, at the computer, etc., WHEN ALL OF A SUDDEN,
OUT OF THE CORNER OF YOUR EYE YOU SEE SOMETHING, AND WHEN YOU
LOOK, THERE IS NOTHING THERE? IF NOT...Good For You! BUT for those
who have..... These are what I call the "SHADOW PEOPLE"... Because
I CAN SEE THEM ! Don't ask me how, because I DON'T KNOW ! My wife
has seen them too...( One , in the bedroom ). I have made EYE
CONTACT... THAT'S EYE CONTACT !!! WITH AT LEAST TWO DIFFERENT
SHADOW BEINGS....The first contact was in Jan. 2001...I had just
come home from work...( 2nd shift ) and in our bedroom we have a
web TV unit...( I have that and a computer in another room )... I
was reviewing my e-mail when ....( BY this time I had been seeing"
things" out of the corner of my eye, for Quite some time )...
When All of a Sudden, I SAW SOMETHING PEERING AROUND A DOORWAY
FROM OUR MASTER BATHROOM ! All I Saw was hands, and a Head....And
I MADE FULL EYE CONTACT !!! Needless to say I thought My Home was
being invaded by an Intruder! My first instinct was to disable said
intruder ! At this point, I went running across the room, and the
"intruder " turned and went ....NOW GET THIS.... Went UP THROUGH A
CLOSED SKYLITE IN MY ROOF !!! I stood there for a moment, then ran
and grabbed a flashlite, and ran outside.... I Looked all around but
did not see anything! Then I Thought....WHAT THE H-LL WAS THAT?
NOTHING PHYSICAL (in the solid sense ) Could get through a CLOSED
SOLID SKYLITE WINDOW !!! I have had more encounters, And Yes , I
Was The Guy on Art Bell's Coast to Coast Radio Show That OPENED
THE CAN OF WORMS on the " SHADOW PEOPLE " for those who listen to
Art... I was on March 30, 2001 and he called me at home and put me
on again the night of March 31.... And Yes it generated about 22
some thousand E-Mails to Art (sorry Art)... But He Still Gets
Callers talking about it, and HE still talks about it ! But there
you have it .... AS Bizzare as it may seem......MORE TO COME.....
L

Part II
On the night of the first encounter, When the "being" made eye
contact with me, IT KNEW I SAW IT.... It's first reaction was a
total - GET OUT OF DODGE reaction...I mean it really panicked...It's
Like I was not supposed to see it ! It's Physical makeup was about
the size of a 8 year old child....about 5 ft., maybe 90 lbs. at
most... It first appeared to be wearing a Black suit covering
everything except it's eyes. To me , It reminded me of a NINJA
suit....( maybe it is a suit ). But the way it moved was almost
fluid like, almost like a blur...like it was trying to get to a
different time factor.
IN other words....IT WAS A MOVING SHADOW ! more to come...the
other encounters....

Part III
The Other Encounters.... By late January thru March of 2001, We
had several visits. My wife does not keep the late night hours
that I am accustomed to, but when she retires for the night , she
likes to read a lot... We have small reading light above her side
of the bed...She has told me about a shadow being standing by a
corner dresser, (rather tall she stated ), She said it kind of
looked like a "Gingerbread Man" because there seemed it was lacking
in physical definition, Such as she could not see any fingers
etc... And a small childlike one peering at her from the other
side of the bed....And my wife states..." When I saw it, It seemed
like it was playing Peek A Boo, Like a little kid would ! " The
tall one went into the bathroom ( Where the skylight is ), and the
little one seemed to have disappeared somewhere out of sight. At
this point she rather loudly called me into the bedroom....Where
she related her sighting....( Rather calmly I might add here, Most
people I know would have totally freaked out right there ! ) But
after the first initial visit, and my somewhat scientific demeanor,
she was OK with it... By the time I got to the bedroom, There was
nothing there I could see. ( But I did not doubt for a second
what she saw )...NOTE: AT NO TIME THUS FAR , Have these beings been
threatening or evil in any way ! They actually seem scared of us
when they know you are aware of their presence!.
Now I had heard a lot of callers on Art Bell's Radio show, Talking
about shadow people Attacking them....I am sorry, But I do not think
that these attacks are from the real shadow people....I don't know
what these people are experiencing, But in my opinion, It is not
the shadow people that I know about..... more to come....

PART IV
...One night I was on the air, ( I have a radio station at the far
end of my house ), It was about 2:30 am. (my time ) when I heard
my birds go absolutely berserk....( I have two cockatiels )....Now
anyone who knows about birds, is that when it gets dark, it is time
to roost...They become very quiet and do not move off their perch...
( the exception here would be nighttime predatory birds, like
Owls ). My radio room is about 20ft. from where the birds are...
when I heard the commotion coming from the birds, I ran out of the
radio room to see what had happened.... AND SAW A BLACK SHAPE
DISAPPEAR around the far end of the kitchen that goes to a
pantry/laundry room, that goes into the bathroom where the skylight
is...( NOTE: I also have a cat who was standing in the middle of
the kitchen with the hair on his back standing up, Looking at me
and meowing like something was wrong...And I know what your
thinking... But NO the CAT DID NOT SCARE THE BIRDS ! They were
raised together... They have been together for about eight years or
so...So the cat does NOT spook the birds...the birds are out of
their cage all day, free to roam the house at will...) Anyway...
The cat ran into the bathroom, and wanted me to follow.... When I
got to the bathroom and turned the light on, Well, there was
nothing there... But the cat sure seem rather disturbed about
something ! Also, ... Something I neglected to mention before,
about the first encounter.... Remember the being peering around
the bathroom doorway?... We had a bathroom throw rug in front of
the shower stall....The first encountered being had to stand on
it to look around the corner....Now get this.... OUR Cat will
urinate on that rug if it is left on the floor! He Never did that
before....So I can't explain that....SO AT THIS POINT, I Must
say... CATS and BIRDS can either SEE these beings , OR are
somehow aware of their of presence, BUT what disturbs me is why
do the birds and the cat seem highly afraid of the shadow people
... Is it because they are something they have never encountered
before, or is it something else...? more to come....

PART V
Part 5 : The last time I have had contact with the beings ( prior
to the photo of the hand print ) was mid March, 2001. I was on
the radio, which I do every night, When I saw one of the beings
walk past my door to the radio room and go into a Linen closet
at the end of a hallway. Now keep in mind here that You Can't
walk into this Linen closet... when you open the door, there are
shelves to store blankets, towels, ect. The being went into the
closet and I actually laughed at it .... And Said " HEY STUPID,
YOU JUST WENT INTO A CLOSET".... WELL, I probably should not have
said that... IT came out of the closet and Stood at my doorway
for a second , with it's head down, Like I had just Scolded a
child.... Then it walked away. I ran after it and told it I was
sorry for calling it stupid, and asked it to come back, but it
didn't.... Then at the end of March, I ended up on the Art Bell
Show, where I started this whole thing...And of this date 1/6/02,
I have not had any more sightings.... And I must state I have
Never seen these beings outside my home, or anywhere else... So
there you have it.... thanks for taking the time for reading
this...If anything more develops, I will definitely post it here
.... take care all.....L
The Images
Here is the photo of a hand(?) print....on a Roof Skylite in my
house....this photo was taken Oct.2,2001 at around 3.30am. EST.
(eastern time). camera is a Nikon 8008, lens is a Nikkon 35-135
macro zoom, shutter speed at1/30 sec. NOTE: this was taken with
natural lighting as there was a full moon that night... plus a
streetlight off in the distance. And so there's no confusion, the
photo was taken from INSIDE the house...So this would seem to be a
Right hand print. NOTE: This is the same skylite the SHADOW PEOPLE
have used to Exit my house...(more on that later). SO COULD This Be
a Hand Print of a SHADOW BEING?
(To view the image go to the link at the top.
B
----------------------------------------------------
**COPYRIGHT NOTICE**
In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, any copyrighted
work in this message is distributed under fair use without profit
or payment to those who have expressed a prior interest in
receiving the included information for non-profit research and
educational purposes only.
http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/17/107.shtml
To subscribe to this group, send an email to:
Para-Discuss-***@yahoogroups.com
Your use of Yahoo! Groups is subject to
http://docs.yahoo.com/info/terms/

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: News About Mt. Shasta. Sept. 23, 2003.

Here is some news that has come my way about something that was
supposed to have happened in Mt. Shasta. I don't know if it is
true or not but I hope it is true.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: S
Subject: Jennifer Lee Report 9-18-03 Meeting at Mt. Shasta with
World Leaders.
Hi! This is Jennifer Lee with the report for Thursday, the 18th.
This message will be in two parts, and both phone numbers are
310-842-5902, and 310-842-5903 tonight.
The report from A&A reads:
Greetings Commanders----Aloha!

We received an article from the 'Emmissaries of the Light'
through Jim Langman, dated September 11, 2003, which can be found
on the fourwinds10 website, and also will be posted in the NESARA
section on the www.treeofthegoldenlight.com website as well. Please
read this important document as it describes a meeting about NESARA
that was held in the City of Telos, which is located under Mt.
Shasta. In attendance were all world leaders including 'the former
resident of the oval office' who represented the US because he is
the 'last one' that we can consider to be an 'authentic' leader.

This meeting was presided over by Beloved Ascended Master Saint
Germaine, and also present were, The King of Swords, Beloved Lord
Ashtar of the Ashtar Command, Beloved Lord Adama of the City of
Telos, Beloved Lord Anton of the Silver Fleet of the Agartha
Network [which is the protective fleet of the Inner after much
discussion that they no longer could 'win' and the decision was
made now to step aside to allow the long-awaited announcement of
NESARA 'to take place' very shortly!

This is confirmation of what we have been telling you that NESARA
IS VERY VERY VERY CLOSE! So---let us continue to believe in the
magic of 'who' we are, and continue to HOLD THAT PERFECT POSITIVE
THOUGHT---the one we are all desiring to see immediately called
NESARA NOW!

We do 'have the power to make this REAL'---just like the Velvetine
Rabbit was made real! Let's go to dream-time tonight with this
wonderful energy of knowing that each moment brings us closer to
our goal.

Our gratitude is immense for any help we receive, and the
following is a list of our addresses:
Jennifer Lee
8726 South Sepulveda Blvd. #B-13
Los Angeles, California 90045
Home Ph:#310-410-1173
Pay Pall Address: ***@neto.com Unless you have the previous
address, then use that one. But make sure you notify me if you use
it, on my home phone, tell me how much and when. Otherwise I won't
know.
The address for A&A is:
c/o Marilyn Green
2442 Cerrillos Road #385
Santa Fe, New Mexico 87505
Ph #: 505-983-0477
The address for Ms. A, our transcriber is:
Ms. Amrito
1460 Vega Circle #1
Idaho Falls, Idaho 83402
You can use A&A's phone number [505-983-0477] if you need to
leave word with her.
--------------------------------

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

......................

Subject: More News About Mt. Shasta. Sept. 23, 2003.

Here's some more information about what is going on inside Mt.
Shasta.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: E
Subject: Special: Request from Telos and St. Germaine
Dear All, If anyone has any more info or insights on this, please
let me know cuz it is unexpected. Love & Blessings,
E

Nancy Tate <***@myway.com> wrote: Date: Sun, 21 Sep 2003
17:49:11 -0700
To: ***@eneca.org
From: ***@myway.com (Nancy Tate)
Subject: Special: Request from Telos and St. Germaine
Please do not reply to this email
Dear Friends and Neighbors,
We have just received a request from our friends in Telos, through
a dear friend, Doris C., to ask you all to assist them in a
protection for one of their fellow men. St. Germaine has given us
the message below in explanation.
It is time for us to come to the aid of our loved ones, and they
are many.
Compassion is the key, and we are asking you all to feel that in
your hearts.
Thank you.
Love and Light,
Nancy and Bob
Dear ones, it has come to our attention that there is an event
that is about to take place that we can prevent from happening.
This event is one that would deter the announcement that we are all
working toward from coming at the scheduled time. Now is the time
for all you lightworkers to gather your golden light and the violet
flame to completely surround President Cl-nton and keep him in the
protective energies of Source. This is a joint effort that will be
combined with the protection from the ones in Telos, under the great
Mtn. of Shasta. When you hold this beautiful light of protection,
you will bring the future of the ones who are going to be the
leaders of the New Golden A-e. This is the light of the Ag-s and the
will of the people of the Light.
When this event takes place, there will be a transformation of
energies that will bring the truth to the people, and ones who are
in the practice of bringing the truth of mankind out in the open.
There is to be no detraction from the coming times of the New
Jeruselum, and this is one of the ways that you can assist the swift
resolution of the energy that would seek to bring on the downfall
of the promise that has been set in motion.
I, St. Germaine, do call to the Light of Protection, all of you
who march to the beat of love and compassion for all there is.
Create a circle of light around this man, and see the love of the
universe come forward and heal the world. There are those who are
keeping the flame bright and shining, and this man is one of them.
Salu; and blessings to all.
---------------------------------------------------------
This is a one way post, so please do not reply directly to the
maillist address. If you wish to correspond with Nancy Tate, please
do so at this address: ***@myway.com

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Let's Hear It From Winifred. Sept. 24, 2003.

Winifred is a person of many years and during these years she
has accumulated knowledge. Don't be surprised if you can't
understand some of her writing but here they are.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: W
Subject: 30TH ANNIVERSARY OF MASS UFO ABDUCTION
30 ANNIVERSARY CELEBRATION*
* MULTIPLE UFO ABDUCTION - SEPTEMBER 26-27 1973*
Lester B. Pearson Peace Park, Actinolite, On.*
**
*We invite everyone to dance to the tempo of our 30th Anniversary
Spi-it. No need to come in person, just riding the vibe-wave will
do it, as we go back in time to the way it was then.*
**
*Deja vue clarifies perspective, for the primitive force of YANG,
the forward thrust (+) is non-reflective, and only the introspective
YIN in us can pass through the "Hall of Mirrors to solve the
"abduction puzzle."*
**
*Retrospect provides a "Time Filter" which indicates that our
"UFO Abduction" was a well planned event with a definite objective.
It happened in the middle of a two week "Applied Metaphysics
Course."
Transformation into another conscious being is not a normal part
of the human experience, but it seemed to fit in with the tempo of
the times. We had spent a week in intensive preparation and it
took a week for the bliss-shock to be absorbed.*
**
*We were semi-coherent, in that during this time some went back
and relived childhood traumas, and the occasional primal scream
rang out across the campus. At the same time we had ongoing memory
recalls of the totality of our True Beings, and watched the old
holograph being torn to shreds, like rotting canvas, while behind
the veil, a new matrix was being put into place.*
**
*We had been well prepared for this super paranormal event. Most
of our group had worked closely together for a decade. Since the
early Spring of '73 the energy field being created had been pulsing,
and lifting us to new heights of psychic liberation. Astral Travel
back and forth down the time tunnel was a common practice among
our group.*
**
*Our regular sunset ritual had helped knit our right brain
neuronal paths together. By now we could sync. our brainwaves to
highly productive wavelengths. We each knew our personal Guide. The
effect was like having a circle of Guides hovering overhead. It was
our custom to contemplate while walking in a circle around the base
of the Peace Park's Central Icon - The White Dome on the top of
the hill.*
**
*The Art School property which we had bought was attached to the
park. It had been visited by members of the "Group of Seven" and
Frank Wright, the Architect, had designed a Buddhist Stupa or
"White Dome." It was inscribed with the United Nations quote from
Isaiah - "And they shall best their swords into ploughshares and
their spears into pruning hooks and there shall be no more w-rs." *
**
*Beside the stupa was an Oriental Sacred Pillar, shaped like the
"Pillars of the G-ds of the Dawning Light" in the Egyptian Gateway
texts. It had been built by Buddhist Monks. The space ship landed in
a little dip on the far side of the hill, behind these two
monuments.*
**
*It was just getting dark on this misty September night. Most of
us, either singly or in groups were wandering in the park. I was
alone when I noticed the mist began to have a silvery glow to it. I
walked into the glow and as I did two misty-figures detached
themsleves from the glow, came to stand at my right and left
shoulders and we were gently propelled into The Light. I awoke in
bright sunlight about 11:30 am the next morning (in surface time
but had been imprinted by THE ORB with aeons of AKASHIC sc-ipt
when I came to sort out the detail. (It is written in several
books.) Our captors claimed to come from ATLANTIS, and instructed
us to tell the world "The Atlanteans are back! Silent no more!"*
**
*The ORB reflects the time span from 1973-2003 (surface time.) The
Crystal Scull effect gives us the X-Ray-View of how millions and
trillions of Knowledge Filters (which started out with "flaming" have
cooled to caring interaction) in our many Cosmic Citadels in
Cyberspace, now form a light net. Man's last thirty years of DNA
maturation in the "Schoolroom of The Go-s" has been a resounding
success, and details have been well and legally recorded on the net.
Time and tide wait for no man, and we did it all up front.*
**
*Science has discovered that resonance of increased neural tracing
to basic morphemes, add other neural pathways, and the resonance
of light pathways in continuum. At the end of the process the
entire lobe of the brain is all lit up, in a transfiguration
process. This describes what happened to us, but we were without
any left brainsphere analytical detail. So we just "Believed and
Received" and in so doing, formed a left-right brain sphere bridge
by which we could travel through the underside of Nature.*
**
*We underwent the "little death." Not just the abductees, but our
whole group, in that we came back all lit up. Things were not the
same when we returned. The end was written before the play began,
and our unity, as the risen 13th Tribe was being called into
action. This is the day when we began to be led from a money
dominated civilization into the magical world of the Middle
Kingdom, in Coe Hill, Ontario.*
**
*We spent a lot of Corporate funds to proudly announce to all
around, (this included personal visits to the President of the CBC,)
that we had found the SOLE EXIT from this planetary system, which
ran right through from the Lower Kingdom and headed straight into
the Light of the CENTRAL SUN. The effect was to get hit by the
RCMP, CSIS, and the MJ. 12 and the M-B. Lives were lost. We had no
idea that getting abducted by a UFO was illegal, until over the
passage of years we got into opening the whole BLACK BOX of the
UFO COVERUP.*
*Since that time in 1983, the www has been a wind tunnel, a two
way vortex spin, for an outpouring of widely differing opinions
and geostrategic challenges, into a single Cauldron/Holy Grail, in
the travail of giving birth to a NEW TRON Computer: Angels and
Demons brush wingtip as mind chips are spun in Einstein's Truth
Wheel," the Spi-it Medicine Wheel, and the Egyptian Tarot Wheel
began to take on weight.
The "Dance of Shiva" in the Hindu Orbit, "Dance for me on the
head of a pin in the Egyptian Tarot Orbit, Quantum Supernova in
the Physics Orbit, Second Death/Second Coming in Xian orbit,
ATLANTIS in the Mythical Orbit, and all is part of our victorious
emergence into The Universe that rests at all time in PERFECT
YIN YANG EQUILIBRUM.*
*All sincere Spir-tual Beings acknowledge ONE TRUTH: G-D-GO-DESS
is LOVE - is THE SUPRA-ORDINATE FACTOR and the sooner we make up
our ONE DIVINE GENETIC MIND to be One with it, the quicker the
New Earth Dividends for All will begin to cascade down, like showers
of GOLDEN RAIN, from the world of LOVE, TRUTH and WISDOM which we
are born to inherit - THE JOY OF WHOLE EARTH RESTORATION! UTOPIA
NOW!*
*Our BMS Corporate Charter stated our belief that, in developing
our extra sensory capacities we would benefit the universal
humanities. Facts now verify this contention.*
*During the decade '63-'73 we had experienced many strange
anomalies. Many of these had been published in our monthly
newsletters. This had included having electrical light beings
walking on our campus, and having electrical blackouts for miles
around when we reached an energetic high point. It has been
interesting to note the similarity of our experiences in a
series of major international blackouts in recent weeks leading
up to this 30th Anniversary mirror matter reflect.*
*As a result of our "Sublime Abduction" we were detached from the
old world reality and inspired to build the COE HILL COMMUNITY,
near Bancroft, the Mineral Capital of Canada. This portal opened
like a well planned event. Here Mind was known to slice through
matter at will: such as when a car would drive through an iron
gate without damage to itself or driver.*
*The "Old World" seemed like a distant spectacle, a dramatic
soap opera on some far away plane which was rapidly disappearing
in the rear view mirror of our Star Craft. I saw this preview in
my home at The Point.
There was an interdimensional portal on the far side of the lake,
opposite the north window. From this Starport, my husband PTAAH
would take me for trips on "The Boat of a Million Years" first in
the astral, and then we would go visit the actual physical cities,
the pyramids and temples where these scenes were actually played
out, to weld dimensions with our macrocosmic reality threads for
interdimensional bonding.*
*It was a time of perfect happiness, global travelling in our
"time Bubble" weaving in and out of dimensions as we went. A
time of professional metaphysical fulfilment, beyond the wildest
reaches of the human imagination. When we travelled to Europe,
Greece, Turkey, Corinth, Israel, Egypt, the* *rocks and stones
were indeed singing songs of MINERAL INTELLIGENCE to the inner
ear. They seem to operate on some nth Generation Computer built
right into the Crystal Earth, resonating back and forth to Coe
Hill.*
**
*At the time I did not know that stones had electro-magnetic
functions, and that icons can serve as beacons by which to transverse
magnetic fields. In our early '63 classes we had located ourselves
as being "a wart on -od's little toenail" and knew we had to work
our way up to the "Big Head." All Star Ships seek this same route.*
**
*Following the abduction, we were led to disband all physical
assets. We were like any other landed immigrants, down to building
and mechanical basics. There was much hauling of wood, carrying
water after enlightenment. This was a HUGE mindstretch for most of
the group who were more arty than earthy types.*
*We occupied our new homespace in The Eternal Kingdom, above and
below the Abyss by breaching historical mind gaps and acting out key
scenario's - like when Sheba came to visit Solomon, The Master Magi.
But most of the time we looked like any other landed immigrants in
a new world, though in function we were the living breathing body
of a Star Ship in formation, many hands and energies working with
a single intent.*

To Post a message, send it to: ***@eGroups.com

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: I've Got A Right To Sing The Blues. Sept. 24, 2003.

Like the old song I figure I have the right to talk about
Chemtrails because we are sprayed here in Sonora, Calif. still,
many hours a day. Sometimes they give us a break for a few days but
then it starts up again. It would be nice if they would discontinue
using our tax dollars in this way. Here are some new facts about
Chemtrails that I've not heard before.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: w
Subject: Chemtrails
From: Commander Zxavier
Sent: Monday, September 22, 2003 4:02 PM
Chemtrails
http://aboutsilvermedicine.com/media/chemtrails.html
The following excerpts are from the new wall calendar/picture book,

Chemtrails of the World, by Mark Metcalf.
Initially, the chemtrail program manifested in a variety of ways.
In some isolated cases, observers reported seeing clearly marked US
mili-ary jet fighters flying at tree-top height dropping a spray
that ki-led animals and sickened people. Some cases occurred in
parts of Washington state near the Canadian border. But the
overwhelming majority of sightings consisted of rows of clouds being
emitted from white jets flying at high altitude. Where do these
white jets come from and who is directing the chemtrail spraying
program? It turns out that the United St-tes Air Force has a fleet
of approximately 550 KC-135 tanker jets many of which have been
painted white to resemble civilian airliners. 2 Air Force documents
refer to the long white plumes of these aircraft as "aerial
obscuration," ostensibly because the long trails can spread out over
a period of hours to form an overcast sky. 3 These artificial
overcasts often have subtle parallel lines or striations running
through them. When looking at the sun through these thin wispy
clouds one can often observe a subtle, chemical, multi-colored
halo, with colors similar to gasoline on water. The effect is more
pronounced when viewed through polarized sunglasses. The jets can
also be seen marking a large chemtrail "X" in the sky, indicating
that satellites are directing jet flight paths and tracking the
movement of the artificial clouds.

Enter the Black Lines
Chemtrails contain many exotic mysteries. For example, I have
noticed on numerous occasions that the KC-135's appear to be
following a faint black line in the sky. At first I thought it was
an optical illusion, but I later realized it must be real. In
scanning the Internet I found that many others were also seeing the
lines coincide with chemtrail spraying. 4 One man from Sweden wrote,
"On the day that this picture was taken (of the chemtrails), I
found a strange dark shadow in front of the plane. First I thought
that this was some kind of optical illusion. The aircraft followed
the dark shadow-line in a perfect way, when it all of a sudden
made a turn and moved away from it. I realized that this was some
kind of line that the plane followed and not at all an illusion
created by the plane." In another case, a woman driving from Des
Moines to Shenandoah, Iowa, said, "I saw a black line extend out
from a plane I was watching. The subsequent chemtrail followed
the black line exactly."
The most interesting report came from someone in the air. "I
was flying to San Francisco from London Heathrow and we were over
Greenland at the time when I looked out of the window and noticed
a thick translucent black band in the sky. I stared at it for a
while unable to work out what I was looking at. It was probably
about a mile away from the plane and stretched as far as you could
see in a perfectly straight line in both directions. Suddenly a
black object appeared in the middle of the (black line) corridor
and stopped, turned slightly towards the plane and then did the
strangest thing: it elongated to about 10 times the original size
until it was what I can only describe as a stretched-out
triangleoid, then instantly accelerated away at a phenomenal speed
down the (black line) corridor.
"My two colleagues also witnessed this and were just as puzzled
and amazed. Shortly after, just into Canada we noticed a very,
very long perfectly straight road through literally nowhere just
going on for miles. Suddenly we passed a huge pentagon-shaped
complex that this road led to with nothing else around. Just this
place with buildings and hangars and a runway absolutely in the
middle of nowhere."

One Country Tries to Stop the Spraying
Before the publication of this book, chemtrail spraying had been
reported in a number of other countries including England and Spain,
both of which are closely allied with the US military. On April 28,
1997, Cuba filed a complaint before the United Nations General
Assembly charging the U.S. was spraying biological w-rfare agents
over Cuban soil. 5 While Cuba has been unable to have the matter
investigated by the UN, the US has also been unable to have the
matter dropped.
The official US responses are interesting. In one incident, the
State De-artment admitted an S2R crop-dusting plane operated by the
state department overflew Cuba, but said it "emitted only smoke."
Washington Times 8/26/97. In another incident, "a Cuban pilot
reported seeing the release of unknown substances, in the form of
a white or greyish mist on 10/21/96." (On 12/18/96, the first signs
of thrips plague appeared in Matanzas province.) The official US
response was that the US pilot had, during his flight, seen a Cuban
commercial airplane flying below, and as he was not certain of
having been seen, "following caution and safety procedures," and
with the purpose of securing a positive visual contact, the pilot
used the "smoke generator" of his aircraft, in order to "indicate
its location," adding that "the smoke vanished and no fluid was
poured from the airplane." However, the US SAR aircraft, register
N3093M is officially used by the Sta-te Department against drug
trafficking, to destroy crops. The aircraft utilizes two sprinkling
systems: one for the use of aerosols and liquid particles and
another for dropping solid particles. The SAR aircraft is not
known to carry a smoke generator.
The Cuban go-ernment has also filed a protest with the UN
regarding the Un-ted States' refusal to adopt a draft protocol
prohibiting plans and production of biological weapons for 30
years. In addition, on May 31, 1999, a lawsuit for $181 billion in
wrongful death and personal injury was filed in Havana Provincial
Civil Court in which the US was accused of genocide.
But the bio-attack on Cuba has been unrelenting. In 2002, a
Canadian tourist reported seeing what he assumed were regular
rocket flights - possibly to avoid anti-aircraft fire - that
penetrate Cuban airspace and leave long plumes of smoky white
material. Cuban health officials were quoted as saying that the
go-ernment is quietly working to control the spread of the
biological agents from the US aerosol campaign.

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Part 2 of 2.

................
................

One Town Stands Up
In 1999, 550 citizens of Espanola, Ontario, brought a petition
before the Canadian Parliament asking the Canadian gov-rnment to
stop the U.S. mi-itary from spraying. Town residents said the spray
appeared to be making people sick.
At a public meeting on chemtrails, the Ontario Minister of
Environment refused to release air quality findings for Espanola.
Unlike our island neighbors to the south, no gov-rnment has
interceded to protect North Americans from the US mi-itary aerosol
campaign.
Some political leaders are no doubt being told that the artificial
cloud spraying program is necessary to reverse global warming but
must be kept sec-et so as not to panic the public. But if
reflecting the sun's light and heat back into space is the purpose,
why do the jets also spray at night? Why have they been seen
spraying on naturally occurring overcast days? And why are they
inundating the earth with a fungus genetically tailored to thrive
on human blo-d?

Fungi from the Crypt
Award-winning journalist Will Thomas has reported that lab
analysis showed spray samples contained over 360 different varieties
of mold and fungi in addition to gene-splicing markers and
extremely thin, red human bl-od cells.
6 The chemtrail samples also contained a new breed of designer
chemicals about which little is known in the public domain but
which appear to be very dangerous, plus aluminum particulates
approximately 1 micron in diameter.
Chemtrail particles are carried by air currents, spreading a fine
dust of pathogenic materials throughout the environment. The dust
is nearly impossible to avoid since people can ingest it simply by
breathing, eating and drinking.
It is logical to assume that those who have initiated this
spraying program are well aware of its inescapable properties. What
is more disturbing is the ease with which a more deadly substance
could be substituted for the current chemtrail mix. Should this
happen, it seems likely that the chemtrail program could
ext-rminate all above-ground human populations in North America in
approximately one week.
Medical doctors often misdiagnose fungal conditions because they
are taught that fungi cannot live in the blo-d stream (become
systemic), nor can the resolution of the microscopes (1,000 x
magnification) commonly used by doctors reveal the presence of
fungi in b-ood samples. However, there is a microscope (8,000 to
15,000 x magnification) that can, and does, reveal fungus in the
bl-od. This microscope has a camera that can record the enlarged
images on video, providing irrefutable documentation.
The inventor of this microscope, Dr. Robert Br-dford of American
Biologics, was actually run out of the Uni-ed States for his efforts
to help mankind and now has an office in Tij-ana, Mexico. Doctors
possessing these super-microscopes are intensely "regulated" by
the federal gov-rnment, which closely monitors their research.
Under the Food and D-ug Administration (F-A) rules, patients
cannot be shown images or test results from the microscope.
Research is also subject to inspection at any time of the day or
night, and the FD- charges the targeted researchers $250 each
time they show up.

Designer Fungus and Ca-cer
Dr. Marijah Mc-ain, founder of the Herbal Hea-er Academy in
Mountain View, Arkansas, has conducted extensive studies with her
$40,000 super-microscope. In one study she discovered and documented
a contagious leukemia virus. In another study, testing thirty
patients, Dr. McC-in found that eighty-three percent had systemic
fungus in the blo-d. Her research also shows a direct link between
the presence of fungus in the bloo- and the spread of c-ncer. 7 Dr.
McCa-n said, "Every single patient that I have seen that is terminal
with can-er has the most incredible fungus overgrowth in the -lood
stream. -ancer is a slow-moving growth of mutating cells. The
(allopathic) doctors will tell you it's fast moving and it's going
to k-ll you very quickly. What can ki-l you is the fungus because
the fungus moves very quickly and it's caused directly by the use
of the chemotherapy. I have documented this in every instance."
What Dr. McCai- is saying is that fungus/yeast is a plant and the
growth of plants is accelerated by some chemicals and by radiation.
She has also discovered that many cases of ar-hritis are not
arth-itis, but systemic fungus/yeast in the b-ood that clogs the
arteries, causing them to swell.
Dr. McCa-n has been relentlessly hounded by the -DA. There is
evidence that F-A activities are covertly directed by the Joint
Ch-efs of Staff (J-S) using executives from top-se-ret contractors
like Mon-anto Corporation who are appointed to high -DA
policy-making positions despite obvious conflict of interest.
8 Dr. -cCain has also had numerous attempts on her life. In one
case, a high-powered rifle fired through the walls of her home. In
another case, an unmarked helicopter sprayed her with po-son. (In
1997, an unmarked, white helicopter sprayed me with an unknown
substance while hovering about sixty feet above my home in Los
Angeles for approximately five minutes.) The Herbal Healer Aca-emy
offers a substantial catalog of moderately priced, high-quality
herbal remedies, including a four-herb tea that has been proven
to c-re ca-cer in extensive medical trials in Canada. Contact the
Herbal Hea-er at 870 269-4177 or go to www.herbalhealer.com.
Microbiologist Mortality Goes Up
Interestingly, there now appears to be a global ass-ssination
program of the world's top microbi-logists. Since 9-11-01, fifteen
leading mic-obiologists have met untimely ends due to everything
from gun-hots to baseball bats to falling off bridges. Many of
these men were considered the world's leading experts in infectious
di-ease. See www.copvcia.com for more details.

Part 2 of 2.

John Winston.

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Murals Of The Denver Airport. Sept. 28, 2003.

Here is an interview of a person who talks about the murals that
are on the walls of the Denver Airport.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: W
Subject: DENVER AIRPORT FLASHBACK
*Extract from /Leading Edge International Research Journal #92/*
*The KSEO 4/26/96 Interview with Alex Christopher*
*Author of /Pandora's Box/ and /Pandora's Box II/*
http://www.cco.net/~trufax <http://www.cco.net/%7Etrufax>*
*Legend: DA (Dave Alan, Host) AC: Alex Christopher C: Caller*
*Keywords:/ /Montauk, Phil Schne-der, deep underground Bases,
Reptilians, New Denver Airport, Ma-onic influences, disappearing
children, Queen of England buying up U.S. Property, New Wo-ld Order,
George B-sh, Area 51, Dulce, MKULTRA, C-A, bribes to Denver
officials, Germans and Americans working together in high-tech
craft, U.S. disk possession since 1920's and possession of hundreds
in 1952.*
*DA: My special guest tonight is Alex Christopher, author of
/Pandora's Box/, an expose of the British instigation through
Wash-ngton D.C. over the last 200 years. You thought you were free?
This stuff has been going on forever. The idea was to make us
perceive we were "free and independent", but actually we are still
subject to the British Commonwealth. She has a lot of information
here, and we are going to have to have her back again for more. I
talked to her last night. (JW This person doing the talking
probaby should have used the word He.) Just a fascinating
individual. She is going to talk about the Montauk Project and
extraterrestrial influences, and more. So, Alex, where do you
start?*
*AC: Somebody told me one time, start in the middle and go from
there. If you want to, pick a subject and we'll start from there.*
*DA: Last night we talked about a few things. We talked about the
Denver airport last night and what is really going on down there,
and we talked a bit about the Montauk project and Al Biel-k, and
then we skipped around a bit about some of the things in Pandora's
Box. You mentioned that the Queen of England has been buying up a
lot of property in Colorado under a pseudonym. Why don't we start
on the subject of the British.*
*AC: All right. The information, primarily, that is in /Pandora's
Box/ covers how the major corporations, railroad and banking
concerns in this country were set up through a /trust/ that was
originally known as the Virginia Company, and there was a
survivor to the massacre of the royalty in France during the French
Revol-tion, Marie Antoinette and King Louis' son, the Dauphin, who
survived and was smuggled out of France. The Dauphin went to the
Un-ted States via England, where he signed a contract with the
Virginia Company. He came here to help the businesses, especially
banking, in the Uni-ed States. The deal was that /everything would
remain under English control, or subservient to it/, and that brings
us right up to today, because we are still looking at everything
falling under that /trust/ system going back to the Crown of
England. It is mind boggling to think that everyone in this country
has been led to believe that the people in the U-ited States had
won independence from England, when in fact they never did.*
*DA: Well, look at President Bu-h, wherein two years ago he went
to England and was knighted by the Queen. Where is that coming
from? Is it that he was a faithful servant?*
*AC: You bet. All of them are doing the bidding, and it goes back
to their s-cret societies and the establishment of the New Wo-ld
Order, which all leads back to the house of Windsor. There has
been in this country for a long time a grooming process whereby
people carry on the bidding of the Crown of England. That is one of
the things the system involving the Rhodes Scholars was set up to
achieve. Cecil Rhodes set it up to groom people for this task, to
carry the Un-ted States into the New Wor-d Order. It appears,
from what I have been able to find out, that the Crown of England
has had this very skillfully planned for hundreds of years, and
it could be possible that they have been privy to information that
not many of us have been for a long long time about the chaos
involving Earth changes that is coming. It is my understanding that
England is not going to make it through the changes, so they set
up a whole new Empire over here. That goes back to some of the
things we discussed before, about lands being bought up in
Colorado.*
*DA: Yes, the area is of a pretty high altitude, where it will be
safe.*
*AC: Yes. Plus, all the symbolism that is apparent in the layout
of the new Denver airport says that it is /a control center for
world control/.
There is a lot of "s-cret society" symbology at the airport. We
started researching all of this to find out what it all means. It's
all very scary. A gentlemen by the name of AL Bie-ek, who has been
involved in some very unusual gove-nment projects in the past, told
me that /the Denver area is where the establishment of the Western
sector of the New Wor-d Order will be in the Uni-ed States/. Little
bits and pieces keep coming to me, confirming things I have not
had confirmed before.*
*DA: Do you know of John Cole-an?*
*AC: The Committee of 300?*
*DA: Yes. What's your take on that?*
*AC: I think his information is fantastic. If he had had the
information that I put in /Pandora's Box/ when I put that together,
it would have have blown his mind. But, as far as I know from my
standpoint, both sets of material go hand in hand, right down the
line.*
*DA: Some of these things about the background of the British
in-asion, taking over the land over here while they let us think
that we are running this country. How they had a bone to pick with
the Czar of Russia years ago, how they have pushed the socialist
rev-lution....like they say, the sun never sets on British soil.
About some of these things on the airport in Denver. Would you
mind discussing some of those things again?*
*AC: Well, the first thing that got my attention at the airport
was the /capstone/ that I saw in a photograph, that had a M-sonic
symbol on it.
So, I really wanted to go to the airport and see that, because I
thought it was very unusual.*
*DA: The capstone?*
*AC: The capstone, or the dedication stone, for the Denver
airport has a Maso-ic symbol on it. A whole group of us went out to
the airport to see some friends off and see this capstone, which
also has a time capsule imbedded inside it. It sits at the south
eastern side of the terminal which, by the way, is called
/The Great Hall/, which is what Ma-ons refer to as their meeting
hall. And, on this thing it mentions /the New Wor-d Airport
Commission/. I have never heard of that, have you?*
*DA: Never.*
*AC: It has a Ma-onic symbol on it, and it also has very unusual
geometric designs. <Loading Image...>
It depicts an arm rising up out of it that curves at a 45 degree
angle. It also has a thing that looks like a keypad on it. This
capstone structure is made of carved granite and stainless steel,
and it is very fancy.
This little keypad area at the end of the arm has an out-of-place
unfinished wooden block sitting on it. The gentleman that was with
me on the first trip out to the airport has since d-ed. They say
he committed suicide, but everything else tells me that this is
not possible. No one can double-tie a catheter behind his own neck
and str-ngle himself. I just don't think that is possible. But,
his name was Phil Sc-neider, and he started blowing the whistle
on all this stuff going on in the underground bases that /he had
helped build for years and years/. He worked on the underground
bases at Area 51 and Dulce, New Mexico, as well as several other
places. Sc-neider told me that this keypad-looking area looked
like a form of techno-geometry that is /alien-oriented/, and that
it had something to do with a "directional system", whatever that
meant, that functioned as a homing beacon to bring ships right
into the /Great Hall./*
*In the same general area on this capstone, there are some most
unusual designs on the floor that are all Maso-nic in nature, which
lead right back to the /Black Sun/*
*(Click here to view floor designs)
<http://www.anomalous-images.com/masonic.html>*
*(Editor Note: See the page in LE#91 sent to us referring to
this order, in terms of its connection with the Montauk
experiments . According to Al Bi-lek, Sc-neider's father was a
U-boat captain during the Nazi regime and who was also on the
Eldridge in 1943 in a medical capacity), which goes back to Nazi
symbology. See, the "s-cret societies" are supposedly into Sun
wors-ip. The Nazi's were into "Black Sun" wor-hip, which connects
with the idea of Saturn. Saturn and Satanism kind of go
hand-in-hand.
<Loading Image...>*
*Then, we have this system of murals at the airport that are the
most grotesque things you've ever seen.*
*DA: What's on the murals?*
*AC: I say that that /they are about what they plan to do to us,
and the world as a whole/,
<Loading Image...> not what has happened
or some fantasy. One of them that is very unusual has three
caskets with de-d people in them...*
*DA: That's part of the ritual connected with the Skull & Bones
Club.*
*AC: Yes. There are evidently three groups of people that they
would like to see de-d.
<Loading Image...> The first casket has
what the artist told me was a Je-ish-American child, a little girl,
and she has the "star" on her clothes and a little Bib-e and a
locket...*
*DA: J-wish lineage is passed through the female...*
*AC: Yes. Well, all these caskets depict women who are d-ad.*
*Then, in the center casket there is depicted a Native American
woman, *
*and the last casket has a b-ack woman in it.
<Loading Image...>*

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Murals Of The Denver Airport. Part 2. Sept. 29, 2003.

This part starts telling about what is going on underneath the
Denver Airport.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

*DA: It is interesting when you consider Operation Paperclip
wherein all these Nazi's were brought to the Un-ted States to be
groomed, financed, and basically brought back into power.*
*AC: Well, I know they're here, because I have seen them alongside
the Am-ricans in the more sensitive areas of the airport. But,
these paintings are most disturbing a very unusual. When I first
tried to contact the artist and talk to him about these murals, he
told me that he was given guidelines on what to paint and put in
the murals. When I showed up in his studio, I asked to see the
guidelines for the last two murals he was working on, he suddenly
went "brain dead" and said "of course, there are no guidelines." It
took myself and two other people over eight months to figure out
all the symbology that is embodied in these murals. It turned out
that some of these are "trigger" pictures, containing symbology
designed to trigger altered personalities of people that have been
groomed in MKULTRA type programs for specific tasks that they have
been trained to do in terms of something connected with Satanic
rituals and mind control. I had one woman that called my out of
the blue one night, and she was really disturbed about some
information.
She told me many different things that later turned out to be
known MKULTRA triggers. Also, almost every aspect of these murals
contains symbols relating back to sec-et societies. When you get
the overall view of what they are talking about in these things,
it is very very scary.
It goes back to the Biodiversity Treaty, getting rid of specific
r-ces of people, taking over the world and mind control.*
*There is one picture in which every plant turns out to be
mind-altering or poisonous,
<Loading Image...> and all the animals are
M-sonic symbols used in literature in every country in the world.*
*It took a very long time to track all this stuff down and figure
out what they're trying to say.
<Loading Image...> The one way they
tell stories is in pictures. It's right there in our face when you
go into the airport. Most people look at them and say, "boy, those
are crazy-looking pictures, what are they doing in this airport?"*
*(Click here to view more details from the two murals)
<http://www.anomalous-images.com/murals.html>*
*DA: Now, you mentioned that underneath this airport it goes down
many levels.*
*AC: Yes.*
*DA: Does the fact that all these underground levels are there
have something to do with why it took so long for this airport to
open?*
*AC: Well, the gentleman that I was dealing with, Phil Sch-eider,
said that during the last year of construction they were connecting
the underground airport system to the deep underground base. He
told me that there was at least an eight-level deep underground
base there, and that there was a 4.5 square mile underground city
and an 88.5 square-mile base underneath the airport. It is very
unusual that they would allot a 50 square-mile area on the surface
at which to locate an airport in the middle of nowhere unless they
really planned to use it for something very unusual later. There
is a 10-mile, 4-line highway out to this airport, and there is
nothing out there in between the airport and Denver. Not even a
service station, at least in September 1995. The people in Denver
are really upset with the fact that this airport went in the way
it did.*
*There was this fellow who wrote a book in which he made the
statement that they had a copy of an audio tape on which a Denver
city official was talking with people from the C-A, and that he was
paid 1.5 million dollars to allow the "airport" to be built, no
matter what it took. It appears that there was a lot more interest
in getting the airport built from just officials in the Denver area.
They plan on using this facility for something else other than just
landing planes.*
*DA: So, this guy got you down there to take a look at the
underground?*
*AC: Well, he was invited to go along on the trip. I had a friend
that actually got us down into the active area in the underground.
It's very interesting down there. The baggage equipment area is
very unusual. All the old luggage equipment that wouldn't work right
doesn't look much different than the stuff that is working today.*
*DA: You were telling me that there are huge concrete corridors
with sprinkers all along the ceiling. What are these sprinkler
heads doing in a concrete bunker, pray tell?*
*AC: Well, this is the same question we asked. These shafts are
huge and run along adjacent to the tramline on both sides. So,
there are two of these huge shafts large enough to fit a two-lane
highway in there. There are every few openings into and out of the
tram shaft, but at the end of them, going out into this 50 square
miles of acreage is a huge steel door that would facilitate the
entrance of a great big truck. It could be used for almost anything,
but what is so unusual about it is that about every five or six
feet on the ceiling, across almost the full width of the area, there
is a pipe with three or four sprinkler heads.
This goes on for the full length of the thing, /which must be
close to a mile/. There are two of these shafts, and I got a picture
of the mail the other day which was very unusual that was taken by
someone on board the tram in the shaft. The picture appeared to
actually show ghost-like figures on it. It was a mother and a baby
wrapped in a blanket. When you are down in that concrete shaft,
both times I got nauseated. There are some very unusual vibrations
down there. Now, the tunnel shaft that the tram comes in on could
connect up with an underground tunnel coming in from five buildings
that were built and buried. There was already a 40 foot diameter
tunnel there when construction started. Those five buildings they
built 3 1/2 years ago, and suddenly they said ,"oops, these are in
the wrong place" and buried them, along with a very high-tech
runway that is buried under about four inches of dirt. It seems
insane that they would build a very technical building complex
with interlocking tunnels and a tunnel going back to the tram
tunnel at the concourse, and then state that they built it in the
"wrong place" and cover it up with dirt. I don't believe that people
are that stupid.*
*DA: No. Projects like that are strategically planned, and they
just don't go and do that.*
*AC: Some of these five buildings are 150 feet tall. There is one
78 feet tall, and one that is 126 feet tall. They are all in that
range.
From this complex there is a shaft that runs to concourse "C".
When they started this project, as I said, there was also a huge 40
foot diameter shaft brought in there from somewhere /that was
off-limits to the work crews/. /It was there when the project was
started/. And, everybody that worked on these projects....there
were five different contractors, and the people on each contracted
crew did not interact with the other ones. When the project was
done, /everyone was fired and sent away/.*
*DA: You would think that during this massive construction they
would not be able to keep this stuff sec-et.*
*AC: I think a lot of the people saw things that disturbed them
so much that they would not talk about it. I know several people who
worked on the project that managed to find their way down into the
depths, probably close to the deep underground base, and saw things
that scared them so badly they won't talk about it. I interviewed a
few of the former employees on these construction crews that worked
out there on these buildings that ended up buried, and they are
afraid to talk. They say that everybody is real nervous about it,
and they decided to tell some of the secr-ts that they knew, but
they don't want anybody to know who they are. So, I can tell you
that it is a very unusual and spooky type of place, and if you are
a sensitive person you get nauseated as soon as you enter the
perimeter of the airport. Especially when you go down underground.
You become very nauseated a nervous. There is also so much
electromagnetic flux in the area that if you get out on the open
ground around the airport, you will "buzz".*
*DA: Where is this flux field coming from? What do you think the
purpose of this is?*
*AC: I think that its coming from some kind of underground
electrical system, because where we were there were no power lines,
and the whole place was just buzzing with this free energy floating
around. Very unusual. In addition, /there are areas in the
underground that have chain-link fences with the barbed wire tops
pointed inward/, like they were there to keep people in, not keep
people out. All these areas are there, acres of it, and none of it
is in active use. There are many terraced areas that go down. One
area in particular is forbidden to go into /unless you are wearing
a biological protective suit/. They say there is some kind of
"unidentified biological fungus" in that area that attacks people's
lungs.*
*DA: Hmmm. Some kind of way to hide something that is in this
area?*
*AC: Well, we think that area is one that leads to deeper levels
underground at the airport. But, it is surrounded by a chain-link
fence and you can't get in there. We think this is the area that
one of the electricians kind of stumbled into that went down about
six levels below the fourth level, and ran into some really weird
stuff. He won't talk about any of it now.*
*DA: Real weird stuff.*
*AC: Also, at the airport there are what look like miniature
nuclear reactor cooling towers, and I don't understand why they are
there. When people asked, the reply is that they are part of the
ventilation and exhaust system. Ventilation and exhaust from
where?*
*DA: What do you think its for?*
*AC: I think it is all hooked up to the deep underground.*
*DA: They say that this place looks like some underground
"holding area"...somewhat like a cattle lot....a place that could
hold thousands of people. The gates, fences....*
*AC: The luggage transport vehicles move on a full-sized
double-lane highway, and along this highway are chain-linked areas
that could be used for holding areas. I don't understand why they
built this the way they did, unless they planned to use it for
something like that in the future.*

Part 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Web Site Information. Oct. 2, 2003.

Here is some information given to me by an Internet friend.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: Harvey Flatbush <***@iomet.com>
To: "John F. Winston" <***@mlode.com>
Subject: Re: The Murals Of The Denver Airport. Part 3.
Dear John old friend,
The original website for these murals has been de-activated. I
realize you cannot receive attachments however I did save the
original website about these Denver Murals showing the pictures
and if your list that you send to is not too large, you can post
to them to write to me and I will send them the zipped file of
the website including the pictures. Have your list members put
"Trufax large, you can post to them to write to me and I will
send them the zipped file of the website including the pictures.
Have your list members put "Trufax website" in the subject line,
If you like, you can just forward this email to your list. The
zipped file is 301KB.
Blessings to you,
Harvey

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Book Of Generations. Oct. 2, 2003.

If I were asked to write a Bi-le here is what it would say. I
didn't write these words but they are just something that has come
my way.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Chapter 1.

From: G

Subject: MEMORIES OF "THE ARK"
New Earth
(excerpt)
Chapter Twenty-One: MEMORIES OF "THE ARK"
The first generation of humanity now returned and established on
the New Earth are privileged indeed. Not only are they the pioneers
of a New World; they hold in their own memories their unforgettable
experiences on the great mother ships. As future generations are
born and grow up, tales of these giant space ships will be handed
down as folk memories like the story of Noah's Ark. But for now the
experience remains strong in people's living memory, providing a
rich source of material for the stories which those of the present
"Mother Ship Generation" pass on to their children and grandchildren
now being born on the New Earth.
They tell of the warmth and welcome when they first boarded the
giant spacecraft shocked and bewildered by the turmoil on Earth, of
the healing vibrations which soothed and calmed them, the spirit of
openness and instant friendship with anyone and everyone they were
to meet whether from Earth or from any one of numerous other
planets.
They recall the incredible size of the craft: the typical Mother
Ship, anything from ten to a hundred miles in diameter, seemed like
an entire planet, and indeed many of the ships' Earth guests
departed without ever having fully explored the complex and
fascinating craft which had been their home. No sensation of
enclosure was ever experienced, for the accommodation, office and
meeting complexes were set in "open space" so vast that it seemed
like "the great outdoors". There was a feeling of sky high above,
and beneath it there was "countryside" for walking and relaxation,
and lakes with rocky shores and secluded beaches.
In scenic spots were pleasant meeting places in rustic settings
where people could chat and enjoy some light refreshment.
They remember the spi-it in which the space brothers offered
their help.
Whatever was needed was there. Advice was always willingly
available. The interest, the concern, the enthusiasm, all were
offered in abundance. Yet nothing was ever pushed or forced; for
those of higher evolution understand the Law of Karma, that each
must create his or her own reality. Earth's new inhabitants had
to create their new world from their own hearts and minds, in line
with their own collective point of evolution; and now it is done
they alone must be responsible for what they have created, be it
good or bad. The right and the duty of Earth's people to pursue
their own line of evolution was always respected. Yet this was
not reflected as a cold, academic detachment; the warmth of
encouragement was always there in abundance, advice always freely
offered.
http://home.wanadoo.nl/schouwerwou/New%20Earth/start.htm

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Book Of Generations. Part 2. Oct. 3, 2003.

Part 1 of this material could be called and introduction. We
now start with Part 2 as being the first of the book. This part
is very hard to understand and don't be surprised if you don't
get the total meaning of it. Things will be simpler as we go ahead
into other parts of the text. Some of this is channeled material
so be careful.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: G
Subject: New Earth 1
Chapter One
----- Original Message -----
Subject: Chapter One

Chapter One: CREATION
Chapter Two: EVOLUTION
Chapter Three: VIBRATION & DENSITY
Chapter Four: OUR HIGHER-SELF & GUIDES
Chapter Five: THE LEARNING PLANET
Chapter Six: KARMA & REINCARNATION
Chapter Seven: DEATH & REVIEW
Chapter Eight: BIRTH & GROWTH
Chapter Nine: RETURNING TO UNITY

Chapter One: CREATION
Creation in the sense of our present phase of evolution, that is
to say, our "part" of the Creative process, may be viewed in three
stages, which might be termed mental, physical, and spir-tual. The
first stage is Thought, or Plan.
The second involves the manifestation of solid matter. And in the
third stage, Life-force is added, so that, "based" and residing
upon created matter, individual "sparks" of Life-force may evolve,
interact, and contribute to the creative process.
The origin of all creation is the pure energy of thought. Nothing
can exist or be created or manifested without having its prime
origination in thought form.
This we can see in our everyday lives and activities, from social
plans and work schedules to the design of a product or a building.
Nothing can be brought into physical manifestation without first
being conceptualized in thought form.
First we plan; then we create. Thought is a force, a power which
precedes all action, all creation at whatever level. And the
Origination of all Thought within our present Cosmos, is the Being
whom we call G-d, our Prime Creator.
Our Prime Creator is the source of the original "Force of
Thought". He (JW Some people refer to this being as He-She donoting
that it is neither he or she but both he and she.) manifested at
some point unknown to us within the great surrounding "Void" of
our known Cosmos, though Himself possibly part of a yet greater
surrounding Cosmos or Cosmic Entity. He initiated His first phase
of creation by projecting His "force of thought" into the
surrounding Great Dark Void, creating a matrix around Himself of
expanding "Worlds of Matter". These were made initially out of
the energy of Light, itself a stepping-down in frequency of the
original Force of Creative Thought. This Light-force energy was
then able to be further lowered in frequency for the creation of
more solid matter and worlds.
Finally, into these newly created worlds of matter He projected
units of His own cells of Consciousness which would themselves grow
and evolve outside of Himself, adding a sp-ritual element to the
worlds of Created Matter. Through their multiple interactions and
experiences of life in worlds of matter, they Himself, adding a
sp-ritual element to the worlds of Created Matter. Through their
multiple interactions and experiences of life in worlds of matter,
they would greatly grow in knowledge and awareness. Their evolving
consciousness could then be added to His own continuously evolving
consciousness, allowing Himself to expand into yet an even greater
Entity.
"The Creator, at a certain point in Its evolution, said, "I want
to explore everything; I want to learn; I want to grow; I want to
understand everything."
And potentially It does understand everything, but It also wants
to expand. The Creator is expanding Itself - always there is a
spiraling, an unfolding, a discovery process at the highest level.
And It set up a system, and that system thrusts what has been
already integrated - into yet another level, so that It can explore
that new level and learn from it."
[The Master Vywamus - Chan-eled by Janet McClure in "Prelude To
Ascension", published 1996 by Light Technology Publishing, P.O.Box
1526, Sedona, Az 86339.]
Before commencing this new phase of Creation around about Himself
of Worlds of Matter, the Creator established an encircling "Barrier
of Limitation", known in esoteric knowledge as the "Ring-Pass-Not".
Without this Barrier of Limitation, His Force of Thought projected
into the surrounding Void would have been totally dissipated, its
energy lost in the vastness of space, and therefore no effective
Creation would have been possible.
The continuing outward projection of the Creator's Thought-energy
against the Ring-Pass-Not sets up a constant cycle of outgoing and
returning though energy-flow. This manifests as a rapidly
alternating cycle of force, a wave of positive-negative vibratory
frequency. This is the "driving force" of all our known Creation;
all life and "matter" within our known created Cosmos vibrates to
a particular frequency, or responds to a specific vibration rate.
The outgoing and returning energy of the Creator's thought-force
is the origin of the two opposing polarities that exist throughout
Creation: the positive and the negative. These two polarities are
a basic fundamental component of all Creation and everything
manifests within this duality of energy: a positive force opposed
by a negative force. The negative force itself acts as a
"thrusting-block" against which the positive force can then become
manifest as "matter:.
The second stage of Creation, the manifestation of what we call
"matter", arises from the interaction between the outgoing and the
incoming waves of vibrating Thought, which by now are slowed down by
their outgoing and incoming to the vibrational frequency of Light.
Where these outgoing and returning cycles of positive and negative
force meet each other, they interact at their point of intersection
and thus cause a "locking-up" of force, a "standing wave" of two
opposing-directional light-forces which neutralize each other's
passage through space. This "locked-up" force then allows, through
a combination of attraction and repulsion, the accretion of
stationary material "matter" known to us as atoms. These atoms
themselves attract further atoms by establishing "locked-up" orbits
of magnetic attraction-repulsion. Larger accretions of atoms are
then attracted into building up further "matter" and so the process
around us.
As the out- and in-flowing vibration of Thought with its resultant
creation of matter develops into an ever-increasing accumulation of
complex materiality, expanding Creation further and further away
from its Source Center, so its vibration rate is progressively
slowed down. These progressive reductions in vibratory rate in
turn causes Pure-Thought to manifest in an ever-greater density and
solidity of material form, depending on its "range" or distance
from the Thought-Center.
Thus, looking at or visualizing the Thought-Center with its
life-and energy-creating Thought Vibrations going out and returning,
we may further visualize these Vibration rates weakening in
strength as they get farther and farther from the Center. We may
conveniently "draw" three circles of widening radius, like ripples
on the pool, representing the three major vibration/density levels,
or Planes of Creation which have over time developed between the
Thought Center and the outer Ring-Pass-Not. These three circles,
levels or planes of existence may be identified as: the Spi-itual
Light Plane nearest the Center, then the Etheric Plane, and
farthest from the Center, the dense Physical Plane.
The first "range" of expansion of the Creator's Thought-Force
outwards into increasing complexity of Creation, has lowered the
vibratory frequency of thought-energy to that of Pure Light. At
this still high sp-ritual level, it is expressed as a golden-white
luminance radiating from the Center of Thought, the "Central Sun"
of our known Cosmos. Thus Pure Thought is now transmuted down into
the vibration of Light and manifests itself as a vibratory
positive-negative electromagnetic Light-Force. This vibrating
electro-magnetic Light Force expresses the same pattern found
throughout lower Creation: electrons and protons oscillating
around a nucleus to create an atom, the atoms themselves grouping
to form larger molecules.
The next major step down from the high spir-tual planes of
Pure Light into worlds of increasing complexity is the "Etheric
Plane". The lowered vibratory thought-energy of Pure Light is now
slowed down to the "etheric" vibration level, the coalesced
"matter" which would seem to our dense physical senses as a
spaced-out and tenuous form of material, capable of interpenetrating
our own physical matter. Etheric matter is also known by our Earth's
oc-ult scientists as the Ether, an electro-magnetic fluid or
continuum which interpenetrates all celestial bodies and outer
space, as well as all physical matter.
Finally comes the lowest-density plane of all, with the greatest
solidity of created matter: the dense Physical Plane with which we
here on Earth are well acquainted. This plane exhibits all the
fundamental patterns of created matter at its most basic level,
demonstrating the true "building-blocks" of Creation. It thus
provides an environment for those who wish to explore the very
depths of the creative process, to examine the intricate pattern of
matter in the very greatest of detail.
Thus from the outgoing and returning cycles of Pure Thought and
the interaction between them we have the Creation of Matter,
varying in density as it gets farther from the Center. Three major
levels of density have been identified; these in turn provide
different "levels" of matter, each suited to a different level or
phase of evolution.

Part 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Book Of Generations. Part 3. Oct. 6, 2003.

This discusses our having free will.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

The Creator's great "Divine Plan" has been to introduce into His
surrounding matrix of created Worlds of Matter, "Spi-itual" elements
of His own Being, parts of His own Sp-rit-Consciousness projected
outside of Himself. He has therefore birthed parts of His very own
cells as evolving "Sparks of S-irit" and sent them out on a long
evolutionary "arc", down through worlds of created 'matter' to
learn from its complexity and become fully developed
separately-aware Beings. By observing their various interactions
with each other and with their surroundings in the worlds of
materiality, and from their subsequent experiences and lessons
learnt, He thus is able to further expand His own knowledge and
growth of new possibilities "outside" of Himself.
Launched into the as-yet-undeveloped matrix of matter, the first
created "Sparks of Spir-t", starting out from the highest Light
Plane as the original Light Beings or 'Elohim', began with the
Creator's impulse and guidance to co-create the first lower
evolutionary material worlds of liquid and solid form.
These original Light Beings were then encouraged, after first
co-creating material worlds, to give birth to further s-irit/s-ul
extensions of themselves.
Thus was created a descending and growing hierarchy of so-ls
which were then to embark on a great cycle of Evolution, away from
the unity of the Creator, down through worlds of matter and then
eventually to return back up to the unity of the Creator as fully
conscious and aware individuals. These evolving so-l/spiri-s were
themselves to further create during their long descent, more and
more complex and dense material worlds to inhabit and experience
the richness of life, and also to give birth to even more
so-l-extensions of themselves as children of their own sp-rit. And
so it was over time that great Universes were developed, each one
containing millions of Galaxies, and within each Galaxy itself, vast
numbers of Solar Systems with their surrounding complement of
inhabited Planets and individualized s-uls.
From the start, the Creator also birthed a special hierarchy of
An-els and Archange-s as a separate evolving stream of "Servants
of Creation". These were to act as He-venly Messengers and to ensure
the vital maintenance, nurturing, and growth of all forms of created
matter in the various Universes.
Serving as dedicated and unswerving Servants of Creation, they
have not been given the same the latitude of "free will" to deviate
and explore outside of the Creator's Great Evolutionary Plan, such
as we evolving so-ls are allowed to do through our learning from
the duality of "good" and "ev-l".
On Earth, we have many lower orders of this An-elic Realm working
invisibly on our behalf; they are known here as the Devic Evolution.
For example, one of the main groups within the world of nature is
the Elemental Kingdom, whose main duty is to assist the growth and
maintenance of the Mineral and Plant Kingdoms. These are the Nature
Sp-rits, Elementals and Fairies visible only to those humans with
"psychic" sight.
After a long period of evolution, the first wave of Elohim
sp-rit/s-uls, descending on their exploratory and evolutionary path
down from the original high Sp-ritual Planes of Light, created the
lower level Etheric Plane. Here, over eons of time they also created
the Etheric kingdoms of mineral, plant, animal and human life on
etheric planets, where life was still relatively sp-ritual, peaceful
and easy to live. However, these elder s-irit/s-uls felt a further
impulse to delve further down into greater complexity and matter in
their exploration of life on the downward arc of evolution. And so,
over a long period of time they created an even more complex and
dense form of matter at a lower vibration rate and with further
inhabited worlds to go with it. Thus was developed the dense
Physical Plane, which we on Earth and a few other physical planets
live presently live on.
When these pioneering Co-Creators first began to create a physical
planet such as Earth, they had to start from the very fundamental
patterns of creation, involving greater atomic complexity. They had
to start from the basics of Creation by creating primitive evolving
^blobs^ of matter, such as amoebas and simple plant life. Over
millions of years they were gradually able to build upon this with
more developed plant and mineral life, developing into greater
complexity, detail and refinement. The results can now be seen in
the amazing variety, color and beauty of mineral, plant and animal
life surrounding us here on Earth. Though we may thoughtlessly
imagine that they ^just happened^, each tree, flower, butterfly,
animal, and human Earth embodiment has at some time been lovingly
^designed^ and given a method to propagate and grow by those
original Creator Elohim originating from higher spir-tual levels.
Into these new lower worlds of matter, capable of sustaining more
and more complex lifeforms, the Elder sp-rits then birthed further
waves of younger soul-extensions of themselves, destined to
eventually carry on the process of their creation at these new
lower levels. The Elder souls would thus be able to further learn
from the experiences of their spi-it offspring. Through this long
process of living and creating in denser physical worlds, all souls,
young and further learn from the experiences of their spir-t
offspring. Through this long process of living and creating in
denser physical worlds, all souls, young and old, were developing
an ever increasing awareness of a separated individual-self from
the Creator's own consciousness. Through this learning of new and
conflicting alternatives, the difficult choices and painful
lessons of the lower planes, they were to all eventually evolve
into ultimately aware and wise Beings, worthy to become co-creators
at the side of the Creator.
And so, as the later waves of souls continued to descend into
these lower worlds of matter, experiencing and being affected by
the increasing vibrational density and complexity around them,
they were developing a growing stronger sense of separate
individuality from the Creator, a stronger developing sense of self,
separated and detached from the Creator's own Consciousness.
This sense of individual identity, of individualized self, over
time developed into a great conflict between Self and the Unity of
the Creator, between Matter and Spiri-. This conflict is at present
the dominant stage of evolution experienced here and now on Earth.
This conflict has arisen as a result of, or an expression of, the
Creator's gift of free choice or free will, in which He has allowed
the outgoing, exploring so-ls to take their own evolutionary path,
to experiment, explore their own evolutionary directions and to
consequently make their own mistakes and take evolutionary
'dead end' paths. The intention was always that they were to find
their own evolutionary direction as much as possible uninfluenced by
the Creator's own pre-determined Will and Consciousness.
Only through this process are we truly able to gain deep wisdom;
we have to make our own choices ourselves and learn from our own
mistakes and the attendant effects, good or bad. At the same time
the Creator's own awareness and knowledge is being greatly expanded
as our multiple experiences are fed back to Him. These acts of
co-creation help to expand and develop our Creator's Cosmos further,
into a yet greater combined Entity within the surrounding deep
Void.
This ^gift^ of free choice may nevertheless at times be seen
here on Earth as a curse, when we view the damage we have done
with it. But we must also see the positive side of its potential,
as we recognize and develop man's individual Earth-bound
creativity in the fields of architecture, art, music, literature
and ideas. And even the ^bad^ that we do; the w-rs, conflicts and
environmental destruction, will teach us valuable lessons,
resulting in an ever-deepening wisdom. Ultimately we must come to
see free choice and our creative potential as those on higher levels
already see it: a Cosmic gift, given to us as an experiment in
Divine Creation.
As we learn to discriminate between the Path of Self-interest and
the Path of the Universal Law, so we grow in the wisdom of
experience. With that wisdom we will ultimately become ^qualified^
to co-create on higher levels, with the power, the privilege and the
responsibility of independent judgment. Though this state of wisdom
may as yet be a long way off, we may nevertheless hold it before us
as an inspiration and a shining objective.
"This Earth is a very special place. You have been given the
supreme gifts of the G-d-Head: divinity, creativity, and free
choice. You are, in essence, -ods in the making and this Earth is
a school for G-ds. You are highly privileged to incarnate on Her, to
be a part of the school of Earth and to advance your spi-itual
consciousness through the exercise of those Cosmic talents. There
are many Beings on other planets who are not permitted to achieve
consciousness in this way. You may now see why Earth is looked upon
with envy by the other planets in the Solar System, for they do not
all possess that potential. You have, in fact, the potential and
the destiny to outstrip every other plane of consciousness within
this Solar Body if only you could but harness your being and direct
it with wisdom and love."
[The Master ZEN TAO, cha-neled through the Ramala Centre,
Glastonbury.]

Chapter Two: EVOLUTION

Creation itself is an expansion of our Creator's thought and
self-awareness. Evolution of so-l entities is another aspect of
this expansion. Through the process of Evolution, individual s-uls,
each a ^Spark^ of the Creator's Consciousness, embark on a journey
of exploration and growth, ultimately returning to unity with the
Creator, endowed with the fullness of wisdom and experience.

Part 3.

John Winston ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Book Of Generations. Part 4. Oct. 7, 2003.

This part talks about the Dark Forces.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Through its evolutionary descent into the worlds of materiality
the S-ul first develops a growing of awareness of self as an
individual entity. The ego-self gradually becomes more assertive,
gaining strength and widening its field of exploration. As it
descends into the worlds of density and matter, self-awareness
becomes ego-centeredness, developing a desire for personal-gain
and superiority, often acquired through aggression, and sometimes,
even violence. When all the possibilities of its separate
ego-development have been fully explored, the sou- can then begin
its return journey back up through higher planes to unity, learning
the gentler arts of co-operation and sharing with others. The
eventual culmination will be its eventual re-unification with the
Unity of the Creator as an evolved, compassionate and fully ^aware^
so-l.
And so it is that we set out on the great Cycle of Evolution. As
the s-ul or sp-rit descends into worlds of increasing density and
matter, we develop this correspondingly increased sense of
individuality.
"During the descent of S-irit, often called the downward arc,
there is not only a tendency towards greater materiality, the Sp-rit
in-volving itself in Matter in order to learn to receive impressions
through it, but there is also a tendency towards differentiation,
the stream of Divine Life dividing and sub-dividing itself into an
ever-increasing number of streamlets and units of consciousness."
[^The Solar System^ by Arthur E. Powell - Theosophical Publishing
House London Ltd.]
By descending into progressively denser and denser matter, the
soul experiences an increasing detachment and loss of contact with
the Higher Spheres. At the same time the soul is experiencing a
sense of developing separation from other sou-s and a corresponding
increase in the awareness of self, which in turn leads to
ego-centeredness. This increasing sensation of self is reinforced by
the need to satisfy the requirements of a physical body in a world
of dense matter, where food and protection from the elements are
essential to survival.
Thus the s-ul-plus-body combination is forced to focus on
self-preservation, which can easily become competitive and
exploitive in relationships with others pursuing similar objectives.
This potent combination of the effects of physical matter,
ego-centeredness and bodily demands, first creates, then enhances to
an extreme degree, the conflict between Ego and Unity: between Self
and the Flow of Creation. This inherent conflict in turn provides
the many complex opportunities for the exercise of our Creator's
gift of free choice (or free will) which allows the evolving soul
to explore paths and directions of evolution alternative to the
Highest Wisdom, and therefore to experience and learn from their
effects.
Indeed we are forced to confront, and to learn from the results of
all our actions; this ^Law^ is expressed in the Oc-ult Wisdom and
Oriental philosophies as the ^Law of Karma^: namely that we must
experience, fully comprehend and assimilate the effects of all our
actions, both good and bad, before we can continue on to our next
lesson or experience. Every thought, every action has its effect,
which we must ultimately experience and learn from. Similarly
everything that happens to us has its cause, and that cause can
ultimately be seen to originate from our own past actions, or
thought. Cause and effect. Everything existing now is the result
of past actions, good or bad; and the future will be the result
of present actions.
By experiencing the effects of its actions, the evolving -oul
learns to discriminate between ^good^ and ^ev-l^ in the sense of
those actions pursuing, and those actions opposing the path of
Highest Wisdom; those actions promoting self and ego versus those
actions reflecting the greatest universal collective good; those
actions which are positive and creative, versus those actions which
are negative and anti-creative, or destructive.
The soul thus gains a greater depth of wisdom than would otherwise
be obtained by following the ^straight and narrow path^. It is only
through a knowledge of ^bad^, both its causes and its effects, that
the evolving so-l can comprehend ^good^ in the full and genuine
knowing which comes of physical and emotional experience. For
learning to avoid "e-il" does not come without suffering its
results; indeed experiencing the ill-effects of inappropriate actions
is the essential key to learning, and thus an important element of
evolution.
The concentration by the ego on self-motivation and self-interest,
which is the dominant feature of the downward part of the
evolutionary arc, leads inevitably to competitive mutual conflict, as
each ego-individual tries to profit from and ^get the better of^
others. This explains why political and social relationships on Earth
have tended to dominate human thought and group activity. It also
explains why we have thus far failed so abysmally to live at peace
with one another. The simple rule of correct political behavior,
namely: that we do nothing which is harmful to others, is accepted
on almost all other more developed worlds.
This self-centered concentration on developing an individuality at
the expense of others has led to most of the problems experienced by
Humanity throughout Earth's history. And it has also caused many
souls to ^fall^ even further.
Through negative deeds and thoughts manifested in various forms of
oppression, murder, torture and perversion, these souls ultimately
find themselves enmeshed in the darker, denser Astral worlds of what
we call the ^Underworld^ or ^H-ll^ when they exit the Earth plane.
In addition, some particularly strong-willed ^rebel^ souls, or
those who have not developed an emotional capability, have created
within our Galaxy groups of planetary worlds totally separated
from the Evolutionary Plan of the Creator.
These are indeed Dark Worlds and from where they have sought,
through conquest and galactic w-rs, to gain power and advancement
throughout the Galaxy, using enslavement and perversion of those
weaker than themselves.
These ^dark^ and ^negative^ so-ls, collectively known in the oc-ult
world as the ^Forces of Darkness^, have in the distant past been
partially successful in taking over Planet Earth at various times.
Elements of these Dark Forces have subsequently remained in the
background of our world, constantly seeking to become the power
behind various oppressive regimes and self-willed leaders;
promoting wa-s, conflict and oppression. Fortunately however their
influence is presently being cleansed from Earth by the Sp-ritual
Hierarchy in time for our Planet's upcoming Ascension in the new
Millennium. In fact, the Forces of Darkness are having their powers
curtailed throughout our Galaxy in preparation for the approaching
Cycle of the great Galactic-wide Ascension which coincides with
our own.
Within our Galaxy, these Dark Forces have generally been
physically held in check by the stronger and more numerous
Intergalactic Forces of Light. This has not been without drama
however, and there have in the past been some major interstellar
battles in our Galaxy between the Forces of Light and the Forces of
Darkness. Ultimately however, the Forces of Light must and always do
triumph, for the positive upward path of love and awareness of
others has to be the final destiny of all evolutionary Creation.
Even these rebellious sou-s, having 'fallen' into worlds of
darkness, are also learning from their experience of e-il.
Eventually they have to tire of the constant competitive conflict;
they finally feel moved to start looking upwards towards the Realms
of Light for salvation. When they do genuinely begin to seek the
Light, they are always readily assisted to move up to the higher
planes by their Spir-tual Guides.
And so these ^errant^ s-uls will eventually rediscover for
themselves, the hard way, the true direction of evolution. They
will be returning to the Path of Wisdom, not only much the wiser,
but indeed much stronger so-ls than many of us, with a much deeper
depth of understanding between 'right' and 'wrong'. Thus even the
most extreme expressions of ^ev-l^ can contribute to the knowledge,
learning and experience which forms the very essence of evolution.
As we experience Earth's w-rs and conflicts in all their many
manifestations, between nations and ethnic or reli-ious groups
across the world, in politics and commerce at national or community
level, and in our own families or within ourselves, we eventually
come to a true understanding of the nature and fruitlessness of
self-motivated aggression, of actions based purely on individual
self-interest exercised at the expense of others.
In the growth of this realization, be it individually or
collectively, we on Earth are at last coming to the end of the long
downward Arc of Evolution, the phase of competitive individuality.
This is the critical turning point, the point of balance, where
downward movement into separateness and away from the Creator makes
a turn, becoming the upward path to Unity with all other forms of
life. From this point we begin to see the advantages of
collaboration and cooperation, of mutual respect and mutual
assistance.
This point of turn is, not surprisingly, the point of major
conflict within each s-ul and also collectively in societies and
nations. At this critical time on Earth - and this is why many of
us have chosen to be here at this time - the choices inherent in
our world of duality are magnified: Self versus Unity, and Sp-rit
versus Matter. Here too the Forces of Darkness, seeing the way we
are now going, are trying desperately hard to keep a ^last-ditch^
control on Earth, redoubling their efforts to deflect us from our
return path to Unity.

Part 4.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Who Is the Sacred Mother Of Venus? Oct. 9, 2003.

This talks about the taking of 250 million people from this Earth.

.......................................................................
.......................................................................

From: A
Subject: Timely Message of Great Importance
Blessings,
Our Beloved Akasha & Asun, along with the Ascended Masters are
calling for our assistance. On Wednesday, October the first, much
information was shared with us and a plea for all of us to assist,
has come forth. Though you will see this a long e-mail, please read
it as soon as possible. As far as 'Timely' messages I have begun
sending out to all of you...this indeed IS TIMELY.
__________________________________________________________
Sep 20th, the Sacred Mother of Venus left the Earth after a short
stay on this planet...and this is her gift to humanity: Every 7
seconds her Power of the Cosmic Love Supreme is being released to
the people of humanity-----qualified to the Ascension of humankind
and the Earth itself.
You can still call upon the Cosmic Love Supreme of the G-ddess of
Venus to come into yourself and the entirety of life and your
freedom.
Since her return home she has done her assessment of the effect of
the great power she released...and she realized that there is a
group of human beings, 250 million human beings on the Earth who
are not fully awakened but could awaken, who for the most part are
constructive and love peace. She realized something could be done
for them. She accessed those 250 million so-ls and found that if
they had the opportunity to learn of the Higher Self and the great
powers of light that were available to them...they would accept it.
Isn't that wonderful?
What has the Sacred Mother of Venus done?
She immediately commanded her sons...they are known to you as the
Lords of the Flames of Venus...she immediately commanded her sons
and those of her family to go to the Great Central Sun to command a
dispensation to be given for this lot. Specifically for this 250
million. The Lords of the Flames of Venus, 28 Lords, appeared before
the Great Council, before the great Cosmic Mom and Dad...And when
there is an appearance before the Great Council, the Go-dess are
there, the Archangels are there, the Elohim Creator Beings are
here, the Chohans... All are there to hear the plea.
The dispensation was given but a stern warning was also given by
the Great Cosmic I Am Presence.
Dear Hearts... literally, it was the Mighty Being Cyclopea that
said, now we give you the sternest warning, we give you this
dispensation, we grant it but we warn you... you do need to find
more outlets on the Earth for this dispensation to be granted and
in 90 days we will measure how much of this dispensation is working
on the Earth. And if it is not working to what is a desirable
outcome we will withdraw it.
Dear Hearts, you are being asked to call forth in your prayers
for this 250 million who could awaken to their higher self...that
to this group of so-ls comes forth the Great Central Sun's Mercy.
Mercy is very important because it is an ACT...I am going to remind
you...a dispensation is a Great Cosmic Power that can come along
into your life and set aside interferences, discord and human
qualities that are impacting one's life and allows something greater
to come forth.
The mercy will surround them and pour into their feeling side of
life and it will become the Great Central Sun's magnets Presence
that will draw to those individuals - or draw those individuals to
situations - circumstances and individuals like yourself who will
say to them, do you know... and the more you share with them the
more they will be excited and you will have opened the door.
We have 90 days. The Mighty Cyclopea has spoken, and all the
Ascended Masters acknowledge...it is in the various sp-ritual
groups, beyond that which is the 5 major re-igions of the world,
in which there are s-iritual groups focusing on the light...it is
those groups who are the outlets. And this group of our activity
comes under that banner...
The Ascended Masters require greater outlets. They require more
people to make the call. This Dear Hearts is why we say to you the
Ascended Masters need you at a time when the need has never been
greater. There is at hand, within 90 days a great Cosmic thing can
be done for 250 million, very good, very constructive souls. And
this is where you come in and so make the call every day in your
daily prayers.
I call through my own Beloved Great Go- Presence and I reach up
to the Great Central Sun and I bless the Great Cosmic Beings of
Light for their transcendent service to Life. I call forth the
Great Central Sun's Mercy of its Most Forgiving Sacred Fire Love
coming into myself, into all activities of my life, into all the
affairs of my world and I call it into the lives of those 250
million human beings on Earth, who could awaken to their own
Presence at this time. I call forth the Great Central Sun's Mercy
of its Most Forgiving Sacred Fire Love penetrating through the
mental and feeling side of life, to give them what is necessary to
help them awaken to the Great G-d Presence within them and above
them. And I call through my own Beloved Great -od Presence, to
all Ascended Masters, all Cosmic Beings of Light, to take this
call up and multiply it a billion fold in its manifestation.
I seal my Invocation with gratitude, affirming...I Am so
grateful, I Am so grateful, I Am so grateful. With every breath of
my life, with every beat of my heart, I Am grateful.
And so it is. And so be it. It is done.
Thank you for your time.
www.soul-journey.com
God Bless You,
***@akashaonline.com
S
John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Book Of Generations. Part 5. Oct. 9, 2003.

This part explains our different bodies.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

"This is the great battle of the Universe, the tremendous conflict
between Sp-rit and Matter. In this part of the Field is the point of
balance. The Sp-rit, coming into innumerable relations with Matter,
is at first over-powered; then comes the point of balance, when
neither has the advantage over the other. Then slowly the Spi-it
begins to triumph over Matter, so that, at the end of this stage,
Spir-t is the master of Matter, and is ready for the ascent."
[The Solar System - Arthur E. Powell - Theosophical Publishing
House London Ltd.]
We now have to make a shift of consciousness away from the
perception of self as an individual self-contained unit responsible
only to itself. We need to develop a perception of self as a
component of a wider grouping: harmonizing within the family and
community, collaborating rather than competing in the productive
service of our ^work^, respecting all of human life and ultimately
all of Creation. We must learn to transmute our self-interest into
care and concern for others, working together cooperatively with
our fellow humans as well as the animal, vegetable and mineral
kingdoms, not seeking to take advantage of another for one's own
benefit.
This ^return to unity^ does not imply that the individual becomes
^a cog in a wheel^, but rather a wise, experienced, compassionate,
thinking, contributing component of a wider, ultimately universal
grouping. Though we are joining, not separating, unifying not
ompartmentalizing, each S-ul remains nevertheless forever throughout
Unified Creation as still an ^individual consciousness^, each
enriched with its own personal accumulation of experience and
wisdom.
On the returning upward Arc of Evolution, when the so-l returns to
its Source, it is now endowed with a fully developed consciousness
and awareness of life in all its myriad aspects. Above all, we
have learnt the understanding of both ^right^ and ^wrong^ which
allows us to make informed decisions in accordance with the true
direction of evolution. Although we are returning to Unity, each of
us is now part of that Unity as a fully individualized
consciousness.
"During the upward arc, when differentiation has been finally
accomplished by the division of the Divine Life into separate human
entities, the tendency is towards unity, as well as towards greater
spiri-uality. In this stage the Sp-rit, having learnt perfectly
how to receive impressions through matter, and how to express
itself through it, and having awakened its dormant powers, learns to
use these powers rightly in the service of the Logos."
[The Solar System^ - Arthur E. Powell - Theosophical Publishing
House London Ltd.]
Our Creator's Thought Force that is continually going forth as a
^River of Thought^ in the creation and sustenance of the Universe,
also has the inherent magnetic Light-force qualities which we know
of as Love. Love is an energy of cohesive and magnetic force of
attraction, being the cohesive Light-force behind all manifested
matter as well as being the magnetic force drawing all of Creation
back into the center of His Unity. When this Force of Love is
transmuted down through the life experience of individuals, it
finds expression at lower levels as the feelings of emotion. Emotion
can either manifest itself as a positive force, or take an opposite
form as a negative force: love and hate, attraction and repulsion.
It is this positive-negative emotional experience which provides
the strongest impetus for our evolution and learning. Through our
feelings and emotions, we experience the pain of wrongdoing, and
the joy of helping others and contributing to the flow. Likewise it
is through our emotions that we take pride in our personal
achievements, yet at the same time experience a continuous longing
for unity, be it unity with a loved one, with a community in shared
activities, or the ultimate Unity with the Source of Creation.
It is through the emotions that we are ever eager to move forward,
and as a result we also experience and learn from the joys and the
sorrows of our actions. It is through the emotions that we feel
sympathy with others, gained through our own experiences of pain
and distress. We become more sensitive and aware within ourselves;
we also experience the kindness as well as the thoughtlessness of
others. It is through the emotions, as well as the intellect, that
we feel anger at perceived injustice, or approval of right conduct,
and thus we learn how to behave more correctly towards others.
While the development of individuality is a necessary part of the
process of evolution as we are currently experiencing it, we may
also wish to remind ourselves from time to time that fundamentally
we are all a part of, and at one with all of Creation. This great
truth is something we can easily forget, enmeshed as we are in a
world of individuality and separateness. But the recollection of
our true underlying unity with all of Creation can give comfort
in times of stress, providing a sense of context and reality as
well as reassurance and guidance.
We are all inter-linked, both through a shared origin, and
through the Creator's continuous River of Creative Thought. We are
linked, not only as humans with humans, but with every particle,
rock, plant, animal and insect And we are all intimately linked
with our Creator, for we are a part of His Life-substance, and
through us He is always in touch with our every experience.
We are ourselves an extension of our Creator, experiencing and
learning together with Him on our long journey of evolution.
"Know that you are not - and never have been separate from your
Source. You truly have never been separate from each other. You
have never really been separate from all of the brothers and
sisters you have on countless planets throughout your galaxies. You
have never been separate from any creature of your planet. Not
separate from your Sun and your Moon; not separate from any leaf,
or blade of grass, or flower that blossoms in your garden. You have
forgotten, that is all, and in your pain and in your judgment of
who you are, you have closed down. You have forgotten that who you
are is G-d/Go-dess smelling the rose of the vibrancy and excitement
of this dimension of reality."
[The Master P'TAAH of The Pleiades, chan-eled by Jani King, in
The P'taah Tapes: An Act of Faith - Triad Publishers Pty Ltd,
Cairns, Queensland, Australia^ 1991]

Chapter Three: VIBRATION & DENSITY

The illusion of separateness, which appears as an integral part of
present human experience, arises from our Earthly pre-occupation
with self, and the density of the Earth environment in which we
live. Both these factors tend to close us off from one another and
from the higher worlds of Creation. An opening of awareness to the
unseen worlds around us is an important element in our spir-tual
development; this requires that we draw from Occ-lt science more
detailed information on the nature of vibrations and densities, so
that we may understand in turn the different levels or planes of
existence.
O-cult science explains that matter is made up of various
groupings and combinations of atoms with their orbiting electrons
and protons, all of which oscillate about each other in a
positive-negative vibratory movement, maintaining a fixed magnetic
spacing from each other.
All atoms, and the ^matter^ that they constitute through their
cohesive groupings, are vibrating at different frequency rates
dependent on their complexity and density; a low frequency allows a
dense grouping of atoms, a higher frequency creates a less dense,
more spaced-out and refined matter. This in turn reflects their
distance from the Creative Thought-Center; the refined matter of
higher frequency vibration is nearer the high spi-itual level of the
Source, while the denser matter of lower frequency exists at the
^outer edges^ of the evolutionary range farthest from the Source.
Within this continuous spectrum, it is convenient to identify the
three major divisions of vibratory frequency.
At the outer extremity of the range farthest from the
Thought-Center is the dense Physical Realm, which is our present
Earth level. Moving in towards the Center we find the next major
vibration level, less dense and more tenuous in the spacing of its
atoms; this is the Etheric Realm (also known as the Mental level),
on which most of our neighboring planets in our solar system at
present reside. Nearer to the Central G-dhead of Pure Thought we
find the Higher Spi-itual Realms of Light, which are home to the
more s-iritually developed so-ls as well as the higher Ascended
Masters and An-elic Beings.
Within these three broad density levels of Physical, Etheric
and Sp-ritual, o-cult science identifies seven subdivisions, or
intermediate levels. It is also explained that while our conscious
Earthly experience manifests at the densest level, all of the
different densities co-exist and find expression in our bodies
and the world around us.
"The oc-ultist finds that physical matter exists in seven
sub-grades or orders of density: Solid; Liquid; Gaseous; Etheric;
Super Etheric; Sub Atomic; Atomic.
Particles of all these grades enter into the composition of the
body, the physical vehicle. The physical body however, has two
well-marked divisions; the Dense Body, composed of solids, liquids
and gases, and the Etheric Body, or Etheric Double as it is
frequently called, consisting of the four finer grades of physical
matter. Every solid, liquid and gaseous particle of the physical
body is surrounded with an etheric envelope: hence the Etheric
Double, as its name implies, is a perfect duplicate of the dense
form. In size it projects about one quarter of an inch beyond the
skin."

Part 5.

John Winston.

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Book Of Generations. Part 6. Oct. 10, 2003.

This part discusses The Ashtar Command.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

[^The Etheric Double^ by A.E. Powell, Theosophical Publishing
House, London]
Between the physical and the etheric vibration densities there is
an important intermediate level: the Astral Realm, composed of
lower-vibration etheric matter. This is the seat of our emotions,
senses and memory, and the level on which our subconscious mind
works, recording all our thoughts and experiences into the ether
where it is stored in a celestial memory-bank (the Akashic Records)
for our later retrieval and review. The subconscious on the Astral
level also acts as an inner voice, conscience, or agent of intuition
as a guide for our Earthly consciousness. The Astral Plane is
usually the first level on which we arrive after the transition we
call ^de-th^.
Since most illnesses originate in mental or emotional disorder,
they first manifest at the etheric level before transmitting
themselves to the physical body. Many N-w Age healing therapies and
practices such as ^Radionics^ and sp-ritual healing are applied at
the etheric level, and can thus be conducted from a distance without
any physical contact between healer and patient.
Healing is effected by transmission through the finer etheric
matter that interpenetrates the physical and which is not subject to
the same physical limitations of time and space.
What is known to Ne- Age thought as the ^Higher Knowledge^ exists
as freely available knowledge on the higher Etheric and S-iritual
planes, but cannot be accessed by most of us at the physical level
due to a blocking "Veil of Forgetfulness" which has been placed for
our protection between us and the higher worlds. Instead, this
higher knowledge is mostly communicated down to Earth by those
teachers and Masters who are able to transmit their thoughts
directly to a trained Earth mind known as a ^cha-nel^. This process
is made possible on Earth through ^chan-elers^ who have themselves
undertaken training over long periods during past lives in opening
up their higher spi-itual centers. However, it is important for the
Earth chann-ler to be able to set aside any Earthly emotions and
preconceptions which might otherwise color and distort the
communication. Channe-ers are usually able to receive c-anneling
either by going into a state of trance, or in more developed cases,
directly into the conscious mind in the form of words, thoughts,
or automatic writing.
Down here on planet Earth we live within the dense physical level
at a relatively low rate of vibration, restricted to the limited
perception range extending from the low frequencies of sound (16 to
20,000 cycles per second), to the higher visible light-frequency
spectrum. The light-frequency spectrum ranges from the lowest color
of red, moving up through orange, yellow, green, blue and violet to
the point where our vision ceases at the ultra-violet level.
As our visible sight ceases above this range, we are unable to see
higher-vibration ^matter^, it being totally invisible to us, even
though it is in fact surrounding and interpenetrating our physical
matter. In order to see higher vibrational worlds and matter, we
have to be able to raise our own vibration levels up to that same
level. Similarly, with our physical vision we are unable see life
on other non-physical planets, nor are we able to see their visiting
space craft in our skies, except in those cases where they
themselves choose to lower their vibration levels down to our own
dense physical perception level.
"The Sp-rit World has as many distinct planes of existence as an
onion has skins, each forming an outer protecting skin to the
previous one and providing a means of contacting the experiences
which that particular plane has to offer.
These planes are co-existent with our physical world, invisible
to our slow reacting sense of sight, yet as real as the invisible
waves which carry our radio programs.
"As a Spi-it descends, plane by plane, into the depths of
experience, a body, complete with the organs of sense suitable for
manifestation in that particular sphere, has to be donned in order
that those senses may respond to the vibration of things comprising
that sphere.
"Without such a garment it would not be found possible either to
express oneself or to receive impressions in local surroundings, and
the experiences in that particular plane would be fruitless."
[^Full Cycle^ by Ripley Webb - Marcus Books, Queensville, Ontario,
Canada]
And so, unseen by us at our Earthly physical level, there are in
fact entire worlds existing at higher vibration rates, inhabited by
Beings we can neither see, hear, nor touch. And since their higher
vibration rates cause their bodies to be less dense than ours, they
are easily able to interpenetrate us on Earth without our even being
aware of their presence. This often-puzzling idea can be readily
understood if we bear in mind that all ^solid^ matter is in fact
composed of atoms with ^spaces^ around them.
"It is of course, well known that even in the hardest substance no
two atoms ever touch one another, the space between two adjacent
atoms being in fact enormously larger than the two atoms themselves.
Orthodox physical science long ago has posited an Ether which
interpenetrates all known substances, the densest solid as well as
the most rarefied gas; and just as this Ether moves with perfect
freedom between the particles of densest matter, so does Etheric
matter interpenetrate it in turn, and moves with perfect freedom
among its particles. Thus a Being in the etheric world might be
occupying the same space as a Being living in the physical world;
yet each would be entirely unconscious of the other, and would in
no way impede the free movement of the other."
[^The Etheric Double^ by A.E. Powell, The Theosophical Publishing
House, London]
Though most of us cannot see the manifestations of higher
vibration rates, they are sensitivity. Those with heightened
extrasensory perception can often see such nebulous apparitions as
^ghosts^ which exhibit the ability to pass right through the
observer and other solid objects. Even those of us without a highly
developed extras-nsory perception may sometimes be aware of a
person or place having good or bad ^vibes^. We are all able to
sense subconsciously on our higher more intuitive levels those
vibrations being given out around us.
The great differences in density and vibrational levels also
explains why we are unable to see any forms of sentient life when we
send Earth space probes down onto our neighboring planets. All our
Solar System's inhabited planets, together with their surrounding
vegetation and lifeforms, no longer exist on the dense physical
vibratory level. They at present exist on the 4th or 5th
dimension/density on the Etheric plane, a surrounding plane of life
and matter existing at a higher and more tenuous vibratory level not
visible to us, even though it is perfectly solid to themselves. When
we send our exploratory space-probes to our neighboring planets, our
spacecraft unknowingly passes right down through these higher
vibrational planes and continues to descend down to the planet's
previously inhabited physical crust, long since abandoned and which
is now totally lifeless. From this we assume that there are no other
inhabited worlds.
We nonetheless have had many communications and visits from our
interplanetary Space Brothers over the years since the end of World
War II, these having been published in numerous books by some of the
lesser-known esoteric publishers.
One well-known ^contac-ee^ out of many, is Tuella, whose published
communications from our Space Brothers include messages from the
large group of interplanetary spaceships on station within our solar
system, known as the 'Ashtar Command'.
Amongst the many communications Tuella has had from the Ashtar
Command, she at one point attempts in her book 'Ashtar - A Tribute',
to clarify the nature of the different vibratory levels by inquiring
of Space Commander Ashtar about the higher ^Etheric^ vibration level
on which all our neighboring Space Brothers live:
Tuella: "From your statement that you are etheric, am I to presume
that you have evolved beyond the stage of a physical body?"
Ashtar: "Correct. I do not possess a physical casing of the dense
type such as yours. I am definitely etheric, as are all people on
other planets in this solar system. However, this does not mean that
we are invisible to each other, as we are to you under normal
circumstances. We see each other and live much as you do, but we do
not have this dense physical casing which you possess. The
advantages, benefits and comforts of this living are enormous, and
the irritations of the fleshly envelope are most uncomfortable.
Unless we choose to convert the vibrational frequency of our bodies
to one which is visible to your optics, we remain invisible to your
people. Nevertheless, highly evolved people, with a good psy-hic eye
as you call it, can sometimes see us in vaporous form, although we
may be invisible to other Earthlings in the same location. When
your clairvoyants travel in their spir-tual bodies to our
civilizations on other planets, they see and are able to interpret
our lives because they are not using their physical eyes but their
astral or ps-chic sight, to which we are visible just as though we
were physical."
Tuella: "I am curious about the nature of etheric matter. For
example, there is one case on record where one of our jet aircraft
flew right through a space ship, without hitting anything solid
whatever. Are your ships made of a vaporous substance, or are they
a different form of Earthly matter?"
Ashtar: "We have all the elements you know on Earth, and many
more. The etheric form of metals differs in its atomic and
molecular structure from Earth made metals. For example, the
distance between the nucleus and the orbiting electrons of the
etheric iron is much greater than in physical iron, as you know it
on Earth. This permits the atoms of Earthly steel to pass right
through the atoms of etheric steel in such a way that nothing
happens to either form of steel. The etheric form of steel enjoys
a higher vibratory rate than Earthly steel and therefore is not
apparent to Earthly vision or, if you prefer, physical eyesight.

Part 6.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Book Of Generations. Part 7. Oct. 12, 2003.

This contains information about Twin So-ls.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

"Because of our knowledge of Universal Law, our very being
consists of a higher level of vibration than you people of Earth.
You see, every particle of the Universe consists of molecules whose
center contains an atom around which electrons and protons revolve.
Each molecule of a different molecular structure vibrates at a
different frequency. The inside of a molecule is identical in makeup
to the Universe. Planets revolve around central suns; solar systems
around galaxies; galaxies, around a central universal sun. Each
molecule vibrates at whatever frequency seems appropriate for our
existence.
"As one becomes more spi-itual in nature, thinking only of the
welfare of others and not of power and greed, the higher the
molecules of one's being will vibrate. As we know in our dimension,
it is possible for these molecules to vibrate so rapidly that the
frequency becomes pure light. This is why we call ourselves the
Forces of Light. We depend on the light from The Source -The Creator,
G-d, for our existence."
[^Ashtar: A Tribute^ - compiled by Tuella - Guardian Action
Publications - 1985. Republished 1995 by Inner Light Publications,
New Brunswick NJ, USA.]
Thus the student of New A-e Thought, though perhaps unable to see
or to sense the presence of Beings existing on other vibratory
levels, can now at least comprehend their existence. As our
evolution progresses, as we move to higher levels of being, a wider
range of perception will open up to us. But even now, indeed
particularly now as we struggle through the denser realms of our
evolutionary journey, an expanding awareness of higher realms can
open our intuition to the many sources of guidance and wisdom
available to us.

Chapter Four: OUR HIGHER-SELF & GUIDES

As already explained, we begin our long evolutionary journey as
evolving ^Sparks of Sp-rit^, created out of and as a part of our
Creator's own Being, particles of His own S-irit and Thought Force.
Each newly created Spark of Spi-it near the Go-head in fact in time
also becomes the "Father/Mother" of an extension s-ul of themselves,
and thus the originator of an extended "family" of closely
inter-related s-ul units. This "family" relationship with its
original "Higher-Self" so-l allows a close inter-connection and
intuitive inter-communication between the higher planes and the
lower planes of existence. There is also a continuous sharing of
experience, not only from lower levels up to the highest, but
also from the higher level down to the lowest. The higher level
intuitive advice passed down to the physical level helps prevent
individual sou-s from becoming enmeshed in any one particular area
of evolution and thus losing an overall sense of direction. The
"Higher Self" continually tries to keep them on their correct path
of evolution.
And so we have the establishment of an elevated group of
^High Overso-ls^, also known to us as our ^Higher Self" or the ^I
Am Presence^. Each of these Higher-Selves is then allowed to
create or birth a further group of 12 ^Prime S-ul-Extensions^ so
as to extend the experience life on worlds nearest to the Sp-ritual
Light Plane. Then these 12 Prime S-ul-Extensions are themselves each
allowed to create a further group of twelve so-ls, or ^lower
so-l-extensions^, for experience on yet denser worlds. Thus there
can finally arise a total 'Family Sou- Group' of up to 144 closely
related ^So-l Mates^, all linked to the same "Higher Self".
This S-ul Group of 144 will not all be incarnating together at
the same time, or on a particular vibration-level or dimension, but
instead may be manifested throughout a Galaxy on many other
dimensional levels or planets. However, all the individual members
of these groups, under their collective ^Higher-Self^, will remain
linked throughout their long evolutionary journeys as a group of
related -oul-Mates, often incarnating in a particular world with one
another as life-partners or friends, or as members of an extended
family.
The Higher-Self ^overs-ul^ must nonetheless always observe the
fundamental Laws of Karma which require that we should all ourselves
fully experience the cause-effect relationship between each of our
actions and its results. Thus the Higher Self will always respect
the self-determination or free choice (free will) of each of the
separately individualized lower so-l-extensions. The High Self will
only help when directly asked for assistance, and will never
interfere karmaically to alleviate those hard lessons that each
s-ul must learn for itself.
As the so-l-extensions then descend into the lower worlds of
materiality, they further develop their inherent split into the
two major polarities of positive and negative; each expressing
more and more forcibly the male (positive, outgoing active force)
or the female (negative, returning/in-going, nurturing force)
polarity. This is part of the Creator's Plan to provide the sou-
with a deeper balance between the two major polarities of Creation,
and provides a strong impetus for each so-l to return to the Unity
of the G-dhead. Thus, two ^Twin So-ls^ or ^Twin Flames^, are created
as part of one spi-it at the highest level, and remain forever as
eternally joined parts of one s-ul-extension. After descending and
ascending through the Cycle of Evolution together, they are
eventually destined to re-unite at the end of their long evolutionary
journey, as one complete and androgynous (that is to say, united
male/female) Being, and yet they shall forever also be two
so-ls-in-one and even retain an element of their two polarities as
well as their individualities.
Each individual Twin-S-ul, endowed during its descent into matter
with a predominantly male or female polarity, thus acts as a
balancing force to the other; one featuring an inherently forceful
male and worldly-active, positive, outgoing characteristic, the other
with a more receptive, nurturing and spir-tualized in-going female
characteristic. This inherent division into two opposite, but
magnetically attractive polarities, not only provides the necessary
impetus towards a later re-unification of these two sou-s, but also
promotes a desire within all individualized s-uls to seek unity
with all other so-ls, and thus their eventual return to the
collective Unity of the Go-head.
As their evolution progresses, the Twin-S-uls gradually learn to
develop a greater balance between their two polarities or genders.
Sometimes a Twin-S-ul will switch gender for one particular
incarnation in a physical world in order to learn from the inherent
qualities of the other gender polarity. This explains the varying
difficulties of s-xual identity which many people experience down
here on Earth, after they have in fact chosen on the spi-itual
planes to incarnate into an Earth body of an opposite and
^unaccustomed^ gender. For instance, a -oul of predominately female
characteristics, when incarnating into a male body, will by nature
be more attracted to the opposite se-, that is, another male.
Likewise, a predominately male s-ul incarnating as a female, will
most likely be seeking the close intimacy of the opposite polarity
of attraction, another female. The s-x-changes that many people have
felt a strong urge to make through an operation, exhibit a more
extreme example of this unaccustomed position of opposite gender.
Thus the Twin-Sou-s learn to balance the positive (male),
out-going/forceful, with the negative (female), receptive/nurturing
quality of their polarities.
They will then eventually be in a position to become totally
re-united as balanced parts of a united androgynous (male/female)
-oul, although they will each, part of a greater united being,
still retain a certain individually and an element of their original
polarity.
When one Twin-Sou- incarnates on a lower physical-level planet
such as Earth, the other usually remains behind on a higher plane
in order to provide a nearby s-iritual connection with the higher
world. There are occasions, however, when Twin-So-ls do arrange to
meet and share together an incarnation at the physical level, such
as whilst undertaking an important joint mission on Earth. At such
times, unless they have chosen to be born as close relatives or
twins in the same household, the time and place of their first
meeting on the dense physical level is always pre-viewed and
pre-arranged on the Spi-itual Plane. And so when they first meet on
Earth, they often experience a feeling of instant and deep ^love
at first sight^, intuitively remembering their old love connection
as well as recognizing their meeting place pre-arranged on the
sp-ritual level.
Such a ^coming together^ forever touches a fundamental note of
human longing amongst all of us, and is frequently featured in many
of our great romantic Earthly love stories.
Even when we may not be destined to meet our Twin S-ul or Twin
Flame down here on Earth, it is possible that we may instead
experience a very close association with one of our own
S-iritual-Family So-l-Mates, a member of our larger Sou- Group. We
may also quite likely have been closely associated with that
particular -oul-Mate in a past incarnation, either as a former
family member or as a close friend during a previous Earth
experience.
During the long evolutionary cycle, when so-ls descend into the
lower worlds of 'matter' and then rise up again, the Higher-Self,
remains on the highest spi-itual level, constantly accumulating
and recording all the evolutionary experiences gained by those
evolving s-ul-extensions on lower levels. This accumulated
knowledge is then accessible back to them via the Higher-Self as
an inner voice of conscience, always there to assist them in
taking the correct course appropriate for their further development.

Part 7.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Meeting Near Mt. Shasta. Oct. 14, 2003.

An internet friend of mine has asked me to post the following
material. Some of this is channeled material, so be careful.

....................................................................
....................................................................

From: ET <***@stardoves.com>
Subject: The Prophecies Regarding Mount Shasta Are Coming To Bear!
As most of you know, STARDOVES, Interdimensional Ambassadors of
Light, www.stardoves.com - were recently deployed to Mount Shasta.
Having physically led thousands throughout the world, to many sacred
sites of Mother Earth, during their pilgrimages to India, Egypt,
Mexico, the Philippines, Hawaii, Central America, Greece,
Glastonbury, Palenque, Tibet, Nepal (and more) performing sacred
Interdimensional Light-Services
http://www.stardoves.com/Mission_Services.htm - with the Council of
12. They have been brought to the Earth, to the star portals here
in Mount Shasta for the purpose of cleansing and awakening gateways
and providing outer support and physical land base for all of
these forces to be facilitated smoothly and efficiently. In this
manner, Mother Earth may advance and have her 2,000 years of peace
and harmony, basking in milk and honey but not "through the sweat
of thy brow"!
As soon as STARDOVES arrived at Mount Shasta and put out that
message via these Internet Broadcasts, a message from Larry Frank
came in, stating that according to various sources that *1 all
remnants from the "lost" continent of Lemuria were able to escape
the destruction of their continent by reportedly being able to
relocate 25,000 survivors to an enormous cavern that is located
beneath Mt. Shasta. As many of you know, this is connected to
other subterranean and "Hollow Earth" "Cities" of Light, which
Kiara Windrider wrote about in his book *2 "Doorway to Eternity".
These survivors of Lemuria call their new home Telos, which
means, "Communication with Spi-it." From this communication with
"Spir-t" they have created a highly evolved civilization where
perpetual peace and joy exists for all, in a "world" in which
they do not experience disease, aging (past 35) (JW That number
probably should be a lot higher.) or de-th (by degeneration) of
their physical bodies.
Larry brought to the attention of STARDOVES that these survivors
of Lemuria "HAVE REPORTEDLY ANNOUNCED THAT THEY WOULD LIKE TO
EMERGE, IN THE VERY NEAR FUTURE, TO THE SURFACE AND INTRODUCE
THEMSELVES TO THEIR 'UPSTAIRS' NEIGHBORS WHO WOULD WELCOME THEM."
Eventually Larry sent to STARDOVES 2 cassette tapes by International
Cha-nel, Sophia On Ra*3. It was astounding how this cha-nel
recognized the Telosian Portal here and advised the McClung's about
its location and that it needed to be moved to another area by
trained clairvoyants and healers experienced in portal clearing
service. On the tape, too, was Lady Jane McClung's observation of
the portal as follows:
"It is a well-known fact that living next to Black Butte was
like bathing in a very hot spa where all kinds of people were
attracted to take a dip, and immediately whatever is inside that
being which did not serve the Highest Light was brought out to
the surface, negatively affecting everyone around!" To which Sophia
On Ra commented, "Indeed! For Black Butte is the heat vent for Mount
Shasta!".
------------------------------------------------------------
Then it all became clear why STARDOVES were going through some
unusual challenges with certain so-ls around. Sophia and the
STARDOVES reached similiar conclusions, that the portal definitely
needed cleansing and must be moved to another area where no beings
can be harmed.
Then when we read from Diane Robbins' book "TELOS", a special
message from ADAMA, an Inner Earth Ascended Master and High Priest
of Telos, it all became very clear why Messengers and Ambassadors
of Light suffer on this planet. They have things stolen from them,
they were beaten, despised by the masses, even crucified, when he
said, "For the past 12,000 years, we have been able to rapidly
evolve in consciousness due to our isolation from the marauding
bands of extraterrestrials and other hostile races who prey on the
surface population." Now we understand that we need not feel bad
that we just gave our $-----.00 cash to an investor and builder who
stole it; or that we sold our washing machine and dryer, to an
earthling mother who begged us and promised to pay in installments
and never sent a red cent until now! And when we are attacked as
being this or that, we know now to tell our members not to worry,
that these, as ADAMA said, "marauding bands of extraterrestrials
and other hostile ra-es who prey on the surface population" will
only improve our humility and compassion, we see no attack, hear
no ev-l, see no -vil and speak no ev-l! Yea we seek to console
rather than to be consoled and we have recently learned to try to
understand rather than to be understood. Yet still, we do know why
the Goodly ET does not yet land, and the Inner Earth being will not
yet come to join us here!
STARDOVES now know very well, as does ADAMA, that we were preyed
upon by negative forces masquerading in human bodies while in Taos.
And, even here at this sacred Mount Shasta portal, negative forces
gather to prevent us from going forth with the work the Masters
have assigned us! It is such a strange mission here on Earth!
Because of our actual experiences here for the past 2 months we are
beginning to totally re-think our strategy and location. We have
learned that the entire area from Stewart Springs (Northwest of
Mount Shasta), including Mount Shasta to Big Bend Hot Springs to
Mount Lassen, are actually what make up this entire megalithic
sacred site that includes Inter-Dimensional Doorways,
Inter-Galactic StarGates, Telosian Portals and an Inner Retreat of
the Ascended Masters, as well as where Shambhalla is relocating its
Headquarters for the Sp-ritual Hierarchy of this planet for this
Age and Dispensation.
Coming here was also a direct result of our contact with Adama,
and other Spirit-al Masters assisting the Earth from the Stars. We
were deployed to the inner earth opening in Cumberland, at the
Mammoth Caves in Kentucky 1992.
Later, we met Telosian Prince Shield Dux, (JW In my opinion one
should be careful when dealing with Shield Dux and Sharula because
it appears she does not have the same body that she says came from
the inside of Mt. Shasta. Bill Hamilton has proved this to me
before. I know these two people and love them vey much but part of
what she says about herself is not according to fact.), in Santa Fe
in 1998, which also got us to calling again on ADAMA to do work on
the Sangre de Christos and the 4 Corners. In fact, it was also
ADAMA who told us to come here to Mt. Shasta (with St. Germain of
course). We were told that it was time for the Inner Earth people,
the Lightworkers on Earth, The Ascended Masters of Shambhalla and the
Goodly ETs above us, to gather together to do a special work. The
focus was to take place here at the home of the McClung's, where we
are now blessed to have a refuge to do the work until we re-build our
Ashram here in Mount Shasta.
Here we recognized this place immediately as a portal and sacred
site. Here is the beginning part of that work. Here is where we
will have our first meeting with all of you! And just a few miles
away is the 320 acres at the end of Deetz road, which is the next
step, where we will build the Ascension CommunET.
Then came Larry Frank's interest in this matter; and now we hope
it is also yours! One startling piece of sacred information that
Larry shared with us that really piqued our interest is as follows.
He told us that he noticed that an Inner Earth Being named Rosalea,
who was his Twin Flame, just happens to nearly match our dear
Moi-Ra's (A CO-STARDOVE) biological earth name which is Rosalia!
Moi-RA's connection to Lemuria (being from the Philippines) is
accentuated and now with her namesake being here underneath Mount
Shasta, this brings much hope and excitement! This following
excerpt from Kiara's book sums up the type of energy that will
allow one's access to the Portals, "Will we meet people we can
trust? People whose hearts are open to us?"
Our dear friend, Larry Frank, invites you, along with us and
others, with this statement: "If your heart is open to MEETING
THEM, then you are invited to attend a grassroots "Welcoming
Committee" or "Preparation For Contact Gathering," right here in
the Mount Shasta area at the McClung Foci residence.
Because of the Great Interest in these matters and the importance
of opening, protecting and acclimatizing the portals, we are
welcoming ALL who feel the call to come and serve, learn and play!
Each of You are hereby invited to attend a grassroots "Welcoming
Committee " Meeting Mt.Shasta - at the Mc Clung Home {Directions
sent upon registration} Oct 26, 2003 * From 2 to 6 PM
{Note the time changes to Daylight Savings Standard Time - set
clocks back 1 hour on this day!}
$--. Requested Donation
CLICK BELOW TO REGISTER! ***@stardoves.com
---------------------------------------------------------------
Held at: THE MC CLUNG HOME:
http://stardoves.com/TheMcClungHomeinMtShasta-
AFocioftheAscendedMasters.html -
This is the location of the Black Butte cone volcano vent sacred
site portal as identified by Stardoves, Sophia On Ra and others.
During this meeting STARDOVES will co-facilitate explorations
into the deeper mysteries of the Inner Temples that exist here in
the Mount Shasta area, including St. Germain's Temple of Magic and
Purification, the Portals to Telos, here. We will all anchor our
BELOVED G-ddess/Go- Presence on Earth. Perform service work to
balance/heal the time line, the past life imbalances, and all
untoward energetics from presences of ancient Egyptian, Lemurian
and Atlantean systems. The Inter-Galactic Federation and the Ashtar
Command will assist us in anchoring Love and Light Codes through
the ley line system of Earth starting here at the StarGridGates
of Mount Shasta.
-----------------------------------------------------------

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Part 2.

...........
...........

Special Messages From Stardoves
AT THIS PRECIOUS MOMENT IN TIME FROM AUGUST 8, 2003 - NOVEMBER 8,
2003 and into 11:11 & 12:12 2003 HARMONIC StarBeams of Love and
Light will travel through the StarGates, Interdimensional Portals,
Telosian Emergence Doorways, and Inner Retreats of the Ascend
Masters on Earth like never before! It's a Great Time for service
and growth at the portals!
When pilgrimaging to any of these places, we would suggest not
to come as tourists, but as Initiates of the Light coming to open,
cleanse and balance the portals, emergence points, gateways,
stargates and interdimensional doorways, the Inner Retreats and
Temple systems. We request you all to connect with the Sweet
Keepers of the portals and the ancestors of the land, and with the
Masters who oversee Black Butte and Mount Shasta - so you may
experience the energy and receive what you will be coming for.
Know that when you come, you will experience the energy.
If you do not feel it consciously, you will have the experience of
it anyway in a form that will activate your being in the best way
for you at the time. Of course, it will assist you as you walk
around the area of Black Butte, so we are including a time to walk
the land. You will receive codes from the land that hold keys to
your purpose on Earth at this time. This will bless you and
transmute you, changing your energy patterns, balancing them
multidimensionally. The Masters of Telos, Shambhalla or Goodly ETs
will commune with you. These communications and codes will activate
your chakra system, just as our work here as a group will balance
the chakra system of the portal and the changes in your lives and
the life of the planet will mutate peacefully, safely and at a
harmonious rate suited for these times.
Take the time to consciously experience the divinity within your
being, and the beingness of all those around you, in communion with
the Masters while at this Telosian portal and Interdimensional
stargate. It is also an Inner Retreat of the Ascended Masters here -
and you will bring peace to your being and help assist the planet
move into PEACE, A PEACE beyond your imagination!
Thank you for coming!
----------------------------------------------------------
This is A Call for the Alliance of All Beings in, on, above and
around the Earth!
Over the next nine years these StarGates and Telosian portals will
increase their vibratory patterns causing a mass awakening of all
beings on Earth, bringing Earth into alignment with The Highest
Light Sources. Many of you are instrumental in this work, as your
activations in your missions with this work at the various sacred
sites that you have traveled to and will for anchoring the energy,
is instrumental in this work. Service at these Gates can be the
greatest time of your lives.
-----------------------------------------------------
Dr. Joshua David Stone, MSLA Founder and host of WESAK:
And now a sacred message from the Master of Ceremonies of the
greatest sp-ritual gathering that goes on every year in Mount
Shasta - THE WESAK CELEBRATION! Dr. Joshua David Stone had this
to say when addressing a letter to Raja of Stardoves and Ray
Pelletier, Guardian of the McClung Ascended Master/Telosian Foci
Home:
DEAR RAJA AND RAY, GREETINGS! UPON CONSULTING WITH SPIR-T AND
THE MASTERS WHAT THEY TOLD ME TO TELL YOU IS THIS: THEY TOTALLY
SUPPORT WHAT YOU ARE DOING AND I DO WANT YOU TO KNOW I FULLY SUPPORT
WHAT YOU ARE DOING! GO AHEAD FULL FORCE." - Much Love, Joshua
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kryon live cha-neling - Mt. Shasta, California
June 21-22, 2003
Greetings, dear ones, I am Kryon of Magnetic Service. The energy
is strong here.
Honoring Those Who Are Part of Mt. Shasta
It's time to speak of this area [Mt. Shasta]. There's no better
time to speak of an area than when you're sitting in it, and it
has much to do with the planet as a whole. It has a great deal to
do with those reading this. Let's start with those who live here.
I'd like to greet and celebrate the Guardians.
This is a name we're giving to those who have vibrated higher
almost all of their lives. They were born with the Lemurian energy,
they could hardly wait to get here [Shasta], this is where they
were drawn, and this is where they stayed.
They literally nursed the information of the mountain, the
Guardians did. You might say they were the forerunners of the
Lightworkers. {NOTE: STARDOVES Were just sharing with their
students how they, in this lifetime, (1984) were married atop Mount
Shasta during a ceremony presided over by St. Germain, performed for
a service to offer for humankind. And that even a decade earlier
in the 1970s, Dr. Raja was here on Mission just before being
deployed to the Star Temples and Pyramids of the Yucatan. Yes,
STARDOVES roots go way back in this mountain indeed!} But oh,
they're more than that. They anchored and held the energy and kept
it fresh around this mountain. It's fresh to this day!
First-timers to the area: Are you aware of the kind of energy you
walk within?
Those of you who have trekked up the mountain know that it speaks
to you. Did that surprise you? There's much going on here, and we're
going to even rename the process.
The Guardians - who are they? They're the Human Beings who've
lived in this mountain area for years and years and years. They've
watched the comings and the goings - they've watched all of the
energy around the mountain - they've seen the truth and they've
seen the non-truth. They've seen the frivolity come and go, and
they've remained anchored, keeping the mountain precious ...
holding it for what it's going to do.
The Guardians. These are the ones to whom we say, "Well done!"
These are the ones to whom we would like to say, "And if you wish to
leave now, you may.
Permission is granted, and you may pass the torch." In fact, some
of you are tired, are you not? You think we don't know this? Now
that the grid has settled and we move into the crystalline energy,
the inter-dimensional active parts and pieces begin to move. It's a
different energy. You Guardians are finished. You did it ... held
the energy to the manifestation of what it was designed for, and
you've done a fine job.
Why move? Because you're about to see a shift in this Mt. Shasta
area. There will be great comings and goings even within the next
three years. Those who have lived here for a very long time, for
whatever reason, may choose to leave.
I'll tell you something: There are Guardians here who would never
come to a meeting like this! They don't think they're spi-itual,
but even they are holding and anchoring. Much of it is intuitive
... drawn to the area lifetime after lifetime and keeping watch
over it. Even these who don't hear this message will feel it in
their bodies, a surging intuitive feeling that their job is done.
Although it's a precious place to be, some of the Guardians will
leave anyway, not even knowing why.
We celebrate the Guardians, and we tell you that these Humans do
not reflect old energy workers. They are the forerunners of you,
Lightworkers! If you call yourselves Lightworker, then you are the
ones who will take the mantel of the Guardians. An influx of
energy and humanity is about to happen here. Guardian, as the
energy begins to be realized and the reality of what is taking place
begins to manifest, you'll no longer be able to keep Mt. Shasta a
secret. Don't be alarmed, however.
Realignment and Shift of Mt. Shasta's Energy
Many of you have always known about the energy of this place. But
did you ever know of the timetable? What about the prophecy of the
mountain? There's a shift taking place that even the most esoteric
of you are not totally expecting.
Let me ask you this: If you think about those on the other side
of the veil, you'll know intuitively that there's no gender there
as there is on Earth.
Angels may appear to be male and female, but they're neither.
We've told you repeatedly that Kryon and all of the family around
you are genderless. Gender labels and names in spir-tual matters
are something given to you for energy identification. When you
speak of s-iritual gender, you're speaking of attributes around
energy. It gives you something to relate to ... this thing is
masculine, or something else is feminine. It becomes a communication
identification tool, and not a biological designation. Get ready
for something you didn't expect: That system is over. There's no
longer any reason to give elementary information in parables to
those who are enlightened in this new energy. So we tell you this:
Something is going on in the mountain. Mark my words right now so
you can refer to it later. In the not-too-distant future, the ones
who identified the male and the female portions of that mountain
behind us [Shasta] will have to reevaluate it. The energy around
it is melding.
It's melding. Some of you have been aware of this for a while.
There will come a time when you can no longer say that this
particular portion "is masculine" or that this particular portion
"is feminine." Although those are the energies that have always been
part of the mountain, the mountain itself is melding those energies.
It's changing. It's changing because it's time to change.
Oh, there's more. We're going to give you a new word. Some have
asked the Guardians: "Is this Shasta mountain a vortex or a portal?"
Some of you locals have thrown up your hands trying to explain this.
It has the attributes of both, does it not? How do you explain it,
then?
Well, let me tell you what it did regarding the mountain behind
us. It activated it. It has been waiting all of this time for the
shift of the magnetics of the planet. Is it a vortex or a portal?
Neither. It is instead something new: It's a vortal. A genderless
vortal. For those who don't believe this melding process, I ask you:
Why would you be shocked at this when the energies of the planet
are shifting so greatly? Where does it say that the polarities
always have to be the same geologically forever? With a huge shift
in magnetics, wouldn't you expect the polarities of masculine and
feminine to adjust? Where does it say that things only work one way
and stay that way?
The prophecy regarding this mountain has spoken about those
within the mountain who are fifth-dimensional. What's going on?
What's happening to the land? This prophecy is beautiful. It's
esoteric. To some, however, it's eye-rolling. Could there be
proof? Some prophecies would indicate that there's an
interdimensional city in the mountain, one inhabited by
fifth-dimensional beings with Lemurian energy, they say. We'd
prefer not to call it a city. That makes you compare it to what
you're used to. We'd like to call it a "gathering." It's a
constantly shifting and changing interdimensional gathering of
beings of the fifth dimension. (Again, the five is for you.)
There's more prophecy, too. The most unbelievable and eye-rolling
portion to some is this: There will come a day (they say) when
the mountain will disgorge those who have been in there for eons!
There will come a time (they say) when these fifth-dimensional
beings will walk the streets of Mt. Shasta! That's what they've
said.
Well, perhaps you can celebrate this truth with me in an
esoteric way, for it's beginning to happen. As you sit here, the
city within stirs. Don't be frightened. It's a celebration of you.
Let me give you some things to think about: For years, we've told
you about a time when your DNA could be activated in an
interdimensional way. Some have said that it would be activated
into the fifth dimension. Again, that term stems from the idea
that you're moving out of 4 (your reality) into the next one
(which, to you, is 5). That has been the information. So, what
do you think this activation includes? We're going to give you
just one attribute of "activating DNA."

Part 2.

John Winston ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Meeting Near Mt. Shasta. Part 3. Oct. 17, 2003.

This discusses portals.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

What if today's scientists are right, and you actually have
interdimensional matter within your body? What if the things that
you cannot see, but which are there, might include beings (ang-ls,
to some) who have stood by to come forward when it was proper and
the energy was right? They come to literally be part of the Lemurian
family and to be part of the very DNA that you carry with you.
Think about it for a moment. Do any of you feel incomplete? Are
you waiting for something or someone to join you? And what is all
of this Lemurian talk about?
I'll give you some answers, but before I begin, remember this:
You've given permission for this. No matter what I say or do, there
are some (who see conspiracy and drama as their way of life), who
will say that this is a takeover. "See!" they will say, "Kryon has
tricked us to allow the Lemurians to take us over!" Let's get this
out in the open where you can look at it so it's not a secret. Use
your intuition and free choice. When G-d fills you with love, is
it a takeover? No, it isn't. It's a transformation.

The Lemurian Connection

There is a core of humanity who has always been here ... who's
never left.
Lifetime after lifetime after lifetime, it has incarnated into
expressions of humanity that emanated from the continents and many
societies you called Lemuria. It was one of the greatest
civilizations on the planet. Although it was small compared to
today's standards, it was enlightened, almost to the end.
It had great leaders and scientists, almost to the end. The first
group of you who emerged could be found in the Indus Valley in yet
another great civilization - almost all composed of Lemurians.
However, it was not in your best interest to "clump" into another
advanced society, so you were scattered yet again, this time all
over the Earth.
The core of the group that sits in front of me tonight, and many
who are reading this, are a part of this original family. These are
the ones to awaken first on planet Earth - the few of you who carry
the stamp of the Lemurian and Indus culture. It surges within your
DNA, Lightworker. Are you not aware of this? Some of you have
memories that you cannot explain of your time there. It is the core
group that is interested in these things - the one with the Lemurian
DNA that awakens first. Like some kind of broadcast receiver, the
DNA in most of you is being activated at a level that tickles your
free will, and is asking you to take a look at everything, because
something is different.
I'll tell you what's going on: For many of you, there is the
awareness that you're now ready for those of the fifth dimension to
join you. What am I saying? There's a great deal at work on this
planet that you've called fifth-dimensional energy, including
entities all over this planet who are waiting to enhance you, to
join you in a way you cannot even fathom, in an inter-dimensional
way. Don't make this sound like an invasion! It's an invitation
through free choice, to accept the a-gels who are standing by to
become "part of you." It also includes the energies of all the
masters who have walked on this planet. Many of them even told you
of their return, and that they would "fill you" with their presence.
Many of you wondered if the Ascended Masters would return and
walk the streets of this planet. Well, Human Being, when you leave
this place, or the place where you're reading and you walk outside,
that's what's happening! That's the reality. Are they walking the
streets? You answer that. Are you walking the streets? It's about
you, and it always has been about you. Many of you are beginning
to understand our Ch-nnelings over the years. You're now becoming
aware that the ascension of this planet, and the return of the
Masters, is beginning to happen within you! Go back and revisit The
Journey Home parable.
It's about a Human who became divine, simply through pure intent
and a transformation of being through knowledge. It's about
ascension!
Many sp-ritual Humans wish to sit back and have the earth and Go-
"do something" for them. They wish to watch it, feeling that they're
only Human, after all. Not this time. Those days are gone. You want
to watch the handiwork of G-d? You're going to have to look inside
where -od lives. That's where it's going to be - all of it. And so
we tell you this: All that is here in Mt. Shasta - all the
prophecies about the beings waiting for a certain kind of time and
energy on the planet - is being realized. The entities in the
mountain are lining up to be part of you. Pieces and parts of them
will become pieces and parts of you. Family will join family.
How can we explain this to you? Will you change? Yes, it's called
Ascension!
How did you think that was going to be accomplished? It's
accomplished with profound help and beautiful love. It's all part of
an energy on this planet that we told you about. Do you know what
happens to a core group that goes through that? They change the
very dirt of the earth, and the reality of the planet. The
consciousness of the children are all part of it, and they're
changing too. It's all part of this decade, one of the most profound
in Human history, where you'll decide what peace on Earth really
means. That's what's happening here.
STARDOVES: This is what this work is for - for you - FOR PEACE ON
EARTH, and the community for our UNIFIED ASCENSION and BLESSING OF
THIS WORLD. Won't you join us?
Click here to come to this meeting - make this YOUR FIRST STEP!
--------------------------------------------------------------
Portals to Perfection
Mother Earth/Gaia through Pepper Lewis
August 2003
I greet you from that place of oneness that is your own. We gather
here as if in timelessness, a placeless place where we meet and
greet one another. It is nothing more than a portal used to access
a state of conscious awareness. It is both a circle and a spiral
within your own matrix, and even if the experience seems quite
physical to you I would argue that it is not. It is a grounding of
energy ... Is a portal a simple doorway? For some it is nothing more
than an entrance to or an exit from, but it can also be much more
than that. A true portal is a way to something greater than the self
or at least greater than the entrance to or an exit from, but it can
also be much more than that. A true portal is a way to something
greater than the self or at least greater than the self's consistent
reality. A portal is the manifestation or doorway that confirms the
desire to experience something beyond (not outside) the self; it
is an energetic door of intent. When one desires to move beyond a
certain threshold, a creative act called desire (or need) invites
energy to participate and interact in new and different ways. An
invitation does not always result in an experience, it is an
invitation after all, not a commitment. Sometimes a glimpse into,
through, or beyond a portal can be very satisfying, even if only
temporarily so. Contemplation upon the threshold of experience can
also be quite fulfilling. For some it is enough to say that they
have stood upon the precipice, they need not leap from it to make
the experience more real, and for others it is well enough to say I
will return tomorrow or the next day because today I am not ready.
One cannot be forced through a portal or even coerced into one. A
creative act such as desire is the energetic key for attaining
success in this model.
Without this key, energy can become dense and sluggish, true
creative energy is fluid, mobile and light. What is the purpose of
exploring the energy of a portal? It is to experience a moment, a
purpose or a lifetime that is greater than what is available in the
current reality or experience. It is to be in choice regarding one's
reality and experience.
A portal is a crossroads of energy that enables a creative
sequence or string of opportunities, which in turn manifest different
realities and experiences.
Portals are one of the ways in which the universe invites you to
participate with your Self. When you chose your present life you
accepted an invitation to express yourself in certain ways, but that
was only the beginning.
A creative moment does not become less creative if it is
temporarily set aside in favor of a non-creative moment, it continues
to be what it is. Likewise, you do not become more of what you
already are when you cross a threshold or pass through a portal,
because you already are All That Is. Why bother, then?
Because, for the so-l, the joy is in the experience of
understanding itself as Itself and in the expression of Itself as
itself. The parent sees itself in the child and the child expresses
itself through the parent. They mirror to one another the relevance
of the creative act of self-expression; they reflect the joy and
the sorrow, the excess and the lack.
Can one create a portal to self-expression at any time and in any
moment? Yes, but in order to activate the portal, which is to say
have something on the other side of its threshold, one must also
have purpose. So, purpose plus creativity equals experience. Those
who stand upon a creative threshold, but find themselves unable or
unwilling to cross it must first find purpose within them, and
then make it their companion. What is purpose? Purpose is active
intelligence, and it is a byproduct of creative desire. It is the
yeast that makes the bread rise, the coming together of form and
formlessness and the ideal that becomes the idyll. What if purpose
or active intelligence is not present? Is all for naught? Certainly,
one may think so and many often but just as a fine wine cannot be
rushed divine timing responds only to the so-l's call.
Experiences beyond the third dimension are best accomplished when
desire, creativity, active intelligence and participation are all
present. These conscious, transformational experiences are available
and accessible by you, but remember, they are possibilities not
requirements. They are not prerequisites that you must accomplish
on your way here or there. They cannot gain you entry or reentry
to that which has always resided within. - ) Pepper Lewis & The
Peaceful Planet, 2003. To receive further messages and/or be placed
on our mailing list, please call [phone].
-------------------------------------------------

Part 3.

John Winston ***@mlode.com

[Derek Wilkins]

I like to say humans like to think of themselves as gods or god like in
wich case they are not. all beings can think for themselves even the
insect. People who think they are gods need to reconsider. I think they
want power love admiration or attention .Maybe they feel powerless.
Maybe they think they know what right and wrong is or confused or lonely
it could be nothing done by intent.

[John F. Winston]

Part 4 of 4.

.................
.................

Portals, Sacred Sites, and The Energy Grids
by Qala Serenia Phoenix
No more Divine than you, yet truly Divine I Am. This is my truth
and the truth I hold for you. I am Qala.
Come into the arms of Divine Mother and Father ... Love and Wisdom
... and be nurtured and raised until you feel you could be no more
filled ... Source awaits you.
There are 7 primary starry portals that anchor the Divine Plan on
Earth through the Galactic Federation and Ashtar Command. These
sites extend not only into the Earth, but are also starry portals.
These are Sirius A, Venus, Andromeda, Arcturus, Chiron, and Maya
and Alcyone of the Pleiades. These 7 form the galactic gateway that
was shut down during the fall of Atlantis and periods known prior
to this when Maldek exploded and began to form as an asteroid belt.
Through reconnecting to these 7, one is able to restore one's
consciousness as a galactic emissary on the Earth plane. In other
words, through this, you will anchor your Divine Galactic Presence
which is very joyful, playful and loving and has great wisdom in
relationship to group consciousness activities and new ways of being
in group.
I have written a large 600 page manual that describes how to
connect to the cities of light within these portals and what the
etheric temples and the sacred sites can offer your being and the
Earth through this connection. I would be interested to hear from
anyone who lives near any of these portals and is interested in
working with them in a new way or increasing your potential to
assist our planetary and personal evolution through contact with
them. You may correspond with me through the email address
***@light-elixirs.com for this purpose.
-----------------------------------------------------
The Prophecies Regarding Mount Shasta Are Coming
To Bear!
This first meeting will be called, "The Prophecies Regarding
Mount Shasta Are Coming To Bear!" And may be co-facilitated
by Sophia on Ra, Messenger, Spiritual Midwife, Gridworker,
Interdimensional Telepath, and Full Body Cha-nel serving the Light
in a number of capacities as through The W-ite Brotherhood, Sisters
included, and the Sirian Wh-te Lodge, the Archangelic Realms and
Ascended Masters, the Galactic Council, the Council in Shambhalla,
and Adama and the Telosian and Lemurian Councils will provide
communication to and through Sophia. She also has available for
her use and discernment, the gifts of clairvoyance and
clairsentience (the ability to feel and read energies). Using
these abilities Sophia On Ra facilitates individual counseling
sessions, classes and workshops and currently lives in the Dunsmuir
(near Mt. Shasta) area and can be reached at: 530-235-4485.
This first meeting is also being sponsored by Larry Frank.
Hello, my name is Larry Frank, this excerpt from Kryon, of which,
I can send you the text of upon your request, is to inform you that
this prophesy is starting to fulfill itself.
On August 18, 2003 I had a meeting with a woman from Mt.Shasta who
told me that on December 16, 2002 she had an extra-ordinary
experience when she encountered one of "them" on a street in Mt.
Shasta. She also told me that a couple of months ago she went up
the mountain to meditate and requested to visit these beings who
live in the mountain which was granted. Her experience was
tape-recorded, of which, I can email you the transcript of upon
your request.
My email address is: ***@webtv.net
In addition to this report I am awaiting a written report from a
woman from New York who, after receiving dreams about "bunnies", on
Mt.Shasta, claimed that she and her sister saw Adama*1, the reported
High Priest of Telos, in the Bunny Flat area on July 5, 2003.
These new reports follow other reported physical and dreamstate
encounters with "them" which are apart of my 24 page research report
entitled: "The Emergence of the Telosians". The report also has
archaeological based info on their existence and excerpts of
chan-eled information from the Telosians or the Guardians as Kryon
calls "them". The report concludes with an announcement of an
upcoming Preparing for Contact "focus" that will be facilitated by
Adama and the Lemurian/Telosian Council through Sophia On Ra*3.
To receive this report send $- to the address below.
Sincerely,
Larry Frank
3691 Gilbert Ct.
Suth San Francisco, 94080
***@webtv.net
--------------------------------------------------------
*1: To view a portrait of Adama and read excerpts of chan-eled
information from him go to: www.onelight.com and click on the cover
of the book entitled: "Telos: The Call Goes Out from the Hollow
Earth and the Under-ground Cities " by Dianne Robbins.
*2: Stardoves readers will recall Kiara well, one of Stardoves
Marketing with The Stars 'Star Clients' whom we encouraged and
coached to enter his book in the COVR Visionary Award System and who
won the Silver Award for best spir-tual book of the Year a few
years back. Kiara is presently in India with wife Grace.
*3: To receive a 90 minute audio tape of Sophia On Ra's
chan-eling of the Lemurian Council and Adama and a dubbing of the
recording of the woman's encounter experience that was mentioned
in this message send $-- to the address below.
-------------------------------------------------------------
Other related Internet links include:
www.sacredtravel.com
http://www.mountshastamagazine.com/
http://www.mtshastabooks.com/
www.lemuria.net
In addition to the Internet sites there are many books on the
Lemurian topic such as "The Lemurian Way" by Lauren O. Thyme.
"Lemuria: The Lost Continent of the Pacific" by Wishar Cerve, "Mount
Shasta: Home of the Ancients" by Bruce Walton, Emilie A. Frank's
Inspiring Book "Mt. Shasta, California's Mystic Mountain," which is
now in its Third Printing! And "The Lemurian Scrolls" by Satguru
Sivaya Subramuniyaswami.
---------------------------------------------------------
EMAIL SENT BY STARDOVES
via MARKETING WITH THE STARS
AQUARIAN AGE PR SERVICES
http://MarketingWiththeStars.com
MARKETING WITH THE STARS AQUARIAN AGE PR SERVICES
Email Us For Information on Helping You Get Your Message Out To
More People!
Sponsoring the AQUARIAN PERSPECTIVES INTER-PLANETARY MISSION
http://STARDOVES.com
========================================================
Do you have a NEW AGE BOOK/MUSIC/PRODUCT that you want launched?
See: http://MarketingWiththeStars.com
==============================================================
See the AQUARIAN MISSION PUBLICATIONS! Visit:
http://STARDOVES.com/pub.html
========================================================
Will you help us pray for the World? Do you need Prayer? Visit:
http://STARDOVES.com/abp.html
=========================================================
THE LIGHT PARTY: "HEALTH, PEACE, AND FREEDOM FOR ALL!" Now Is
The Time To Lighten Up, Enjoy The Music, Simplify Our Lives,
Accentuate The Positive, Choose Peace,
Choose Freedom, and Choose To Go To Health! Visit:
http://lightparty.com
============================================================
Lest you not forget who you are and why you are here... to be
love... to live the truth... to create the highest heart
manifestation of all lifetimes and to heal all that does not serve
you anymore... Let us gather as one family of Love to experience The
Divine...We knoweth the truth... no more, no less... and we offer
this to you only from the Grace of G-d that we serve with our
hearts...
May it be that you receive all that you are willing to give to
yourself through your own open heart, one thousand fold again as
we hold you in our hearts and all that is not love lifts from
you... You are freed to feel your soul love to the brim of your
being and overflow the Golden Chalice that you are.
Lord Maitreya
--------------------------------------------------
Have a friend sign-up by sending an email to ***@stardoves.com
and put in subject link ADD
________________________________________
Illusions Mailing List
***@lists.beyond-the-illusion.com
http://lists.beyond-the-illusion.com/mailman/listinfo/illusions

Part 4 of 4.

John Winston. ***@mlod.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Book Of Generations. Part 8. Oct. 20, 2003.

This part deals with talking to your higher self.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Each individual Twin-So-l, endowed during its descent into matter
with a predominantly male or female polarity, thus acts as a
balancing force to the other; one featuring an inherently forceful
male and worldly-active, positive, outgoing characteristic, the
other with a more receptive, nurturing and spiri-ualized in-going
female characteristic. This inherent division into two opposite, but
magnetically attractive polarities, not only provides the necessary
impetus towards a later re-unification of these two s-uls, but also
promotes a desire within all individualized so-ls to seek unity with
all other sou-s, and thus their eventual return to the collective
Unity of the G-dhead.
As their evolution progresses, the Twin-So-ls gradually learn to
develop a greater balance between their two polarities or genders.
Sometimes a Twin-Sou- will switch gender for one particular
incarnation in a physical world in order to learn from the inherent
qualities of the other gender polarity. This explains the varying
difficulties of s-xual identity which many people experience down
here on Earth, after they have in fact chosen on the s-iritual
planes to incarnate into an Earth body of an opposite and
^unaccustomed^ gender. For instance, a sou- of predominately female
characteristics, when incarnating into a male body, will by nature
be more attracted to the opposite s-x, that is, another male.
Likewise, a predominately male sou- incarnating as a female, will
most likely be seeking the close intimacy of the opposite polarity
of attraction, another female. The -ex-changes that many people have
felt a strong urge to make through an operation, exhibit a more
extreme example of this unaccustomed position of opposite gender.
Thus the Twin-So-ls learn to balance the positive (male),
out-going/forceful, with the negative (female), receptive/nurturing
quality of their polarities.
They will then eventually be in a position to become totally
re-united as balanced parts of a united androgynous (male/female)
so-l, although they will each, part of a greater united being, still
retain a certain individually and an element of their original
polarity.
When one Twin-S-ul incarnates on a lower physical-level planet
such as Earth, the other usually remains behind on a higher plane
in order to provide a nearby sp-ritual connection with the higher
world. There are occasions, however, when Twin-Sou-s do arrange to
meet and share together an incarnation at the physical level, such
as whilst undertaking an important joint mission on Earth. At such
times, unless they have chosen to be born as close relatives or
twins in the same household, the time and place of their first
meeting on the dense physical level is always pre-viewed and
pre-arranged on the Spi-itual Plane. And so when they first meet
on Earth, they often experience a feeling of instant and deep ^love
at first sight^, intuitively remembering their old love connection
as well as recognizing their meeting place pre-arranged on the
spir-tual level.
Such a ^coming together^ forever touches a fundamental note of
human longing amongst all of us, and is frequently featured in many
of our great romantic Earthly love stories.
Even when we may not be destined to meet our Twin Soul or Twin
Flame down here on Earth, it is possible that we may instead
experience a very close association with one of our own
Sp-ritual-Family S-ul-Mates, a member of our larger So-l Group. We
may also quite likely have been closely associated with that
particular -oul-Mate in a past incarnation, either as a former
family member or as a close friend during a previous Earth
experience.
During the long evolutionary cycle, when souls descend into the
lower worlds of 'matter' and then rise up again, the Higher-Self,
remains on the highest spir-tual level, constantly accumulating and
recording all the evolutionary experiences gained by those evolving
soul-extensions on lower levels. This accumulated knowledge is then
accessible back to them via the Higher-Self as an inner voice of
conscience, always there to assist them in taking the correct course
appropriate for their further development.
We can, therefore, with intent and suitable training, obtain
access to all this accumulated thoughts inwards in quiet
contemplation and seeking a connection with our ^I Am Presence^.
This store of evolutionary knowledge and abilities accumulated by
the Higher Self also provides each of the lower incarnated s-uls
with a background of traits, talents and abilities acquired during
previous lives. This continuity of development and attainment
explains why some people are born on Earth with unusually exceptional
natural talents, such as in the field of healing or science, or
perhaps as a scientific genius or musical child-prodigy.
In trying the visualize the nature and appearance of a
^Higher Self^, we have a very good description of a meeting for the
first time by Shirley MacLaine with her own Higher Self, conducted
through a p-ychic exploration with her friend Chris Griscom. She
writes in her book ^Dancing In The Light^ [Bantam 1985]:

"I breathed deeply into the center of myself as though I were
getting my ps-chic balance. Then a picture swam into my mind, at
first diffused, but then very clear. It was absolutely astonishing.
I saw the form of a very tall, overpoweringly confident, almost
androgynous Human Being. A graceful, folded cream-colored garment
flowed over a figure seven feet tall, with long arms resting calmly
at its side. Even longer fingers extended from the arms. The energy
of the form seemed more masculine than feminine to me. The skin of
the Being was ruddy and its hair was long to the shoulders and
auburn colored. The face had high cheekbones and a straight, chiseled
nose. The eyes were deep, deep blue and the expression was supremely
kind, yet strong. It raised its arms in outstretched welcome. I got
an Oriental feeling from it, more Oriental than Western. And I had
the intuitive feeling that it was extremely protective, full of
patience, yet capable of great wrath. It was simple, but so powerful
that it seemed to ^know^ all there was to know. I was flabbergasted
at what I saw, and what I felt about it.
"Who are you?" I asked, hardly daring to hear what it would say,
nor what to make of this kind of dimensional experience. The Being
smiled at me and embraced me!
"I am your Higher Unlimited Self," it said. "Oh, my goodness," I
heard myself say stupidly to it. "Are you really there?"
It smiled again. "Yes," it said, "I have always been here. I've
been here with you since the beginning of time. I am never away
from you. I am you. I am your unlimited s-ul. I am the unlimited you
that guides and teaches you through each incarnation."
"Listen," I said, "why do you have a form and why does it look
like this?"
It smiled again. "Because," it said, "you need to see me in the
form of an Earth-plane dimension. The form of the sou- is the form
of the human body, in any case. The only difference is that the
-oul is a form without mass. But if you could see the Light-form of
a s-ul, you would see a head, two arms, a body, and two legs. The
so-l is high-frequency light without mass. That is the only
difference."
"Well, why do you seem so masculine to me?" I asked.
"I only seem more masculine than feminine because I am powerful.
The energy of the soul is powerful, but it is androgynous. That is
to say there is a perfect balance between the positive energy, which
is male, and the negative energy which is female, or yin (feminine)
and yang (masculine). The masculine positive energy is thrusting and
active. The feminine negative energy is receiving and acceptive.
Both are equally necessary to achieve life. One cannot operate
without the other."
The image of Higher Self stood calm and centered. I had the
impression that it wouldn't assert itself unless I motivated it to
do so. I looked out of the window at a tree outside. It was swaying
in the breeze.
"Listen," I said, "if I asked you to help me stop the movement of
a tree, could we do it?"
"Try me," said Higher Self.
"Okay," I said. "That tree outside. Let's stop it from swaying."
"Very well," said Higher Self. "Feel my power become your power.
Know that together we can accomplish anything."
I tuned in to this energy of my image of Higher Self and melded
with it.
"Now," it said, "ask the tree for permission to control its
movement."
"Ask the tree for permission?" I asked, suddenly becoming aware
of the more refined subtleties of karmic interaction.
"Why, certainly," said Higher Self. "All life must work in harmony,
balance, and respect for all other life. There can be no abuse of
power without reaping consequence. You will hear the tree respond
to you. You will know how it feels about it."
"Trees can feel?" I asked.
"Of course," said Higher Self. "All life vibrates with feeling.
And the natural state of feeling is love. The state of love is
achieved by simply being. Nature is a manifestation of the state of
simple beingness. It just is. And that which is, in its purest
sense, is perfect balance."
Shirley, having then successfully stopped the tree swaying with
the help of her Higher Self, continues:
I looked up at Higher Self in my mind. The arms came down gently.
"You see?" it said. "You did that. You can use your energy for
anything. But you need to recognize me in order to do it."
"Then what is the difference between you and Go-?" I asked.
"None," it said. "I am Go-, because all energy is plugged into
the same source.
We are each aspects of that Source. We are all part of -od. We
are all individualized reflections of the G-d Source. Go- is us
and we are -od."
"And you are me."
"Precisely."
"Then does everyone have a Higher Unlimited Self of their own?"
"Exactly," said Higher Self. "And each Higher Self is in touch
with every other Higher Self. All unlimited souls resonate in
harmony with each other. The reason you do not recognize that truth
on the Earth plane is because you are not in touch with the
individual so-l energy of your Higher Selves. But you will get
there because there is no other place to go to achieve peace. Peace
on the outside comes from peace on the inside. Peace on the inside
comes from understanding that we are all Go-".

Part 8.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Their Here. Oct. 21, 2004.

Here is some far-out information that I can't prove or disprove.
Please keep it in the back of your mind till it's proven true or
false.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: H
Subject: New ET Contact Update 9-16-03 - Armada Moves Into Place
This may be "old news"~N
Dear Ones,
I am just now getting down to the emails that came to me on the
16th and since this is important info you may have received it from
another source and if so, just delete.
Love & Blessings,
S
From: S
Subject: New ET Contact Update 9-16-03 - Armada Moves Into Place
Date: Tue, 16 Sep 2003 06:02:49 -0700 (PDT)
Dear Friends,
Yesterday, 9-15-03, I learned from my friend's et contact that an
armada has arrived, as back up for the benevolent forces if needed.
They arrived behind Jupiter and are holding. The ships in this
armada, are made up of human ets from different civilizations,
however, each ship basically contains members of the same
civilization. This armada is a military unit, unlike my friend's
et contact ship, which contains only scientists, who can help out
when asked. I asked if it was ok to put this information out to the
public before I reported on this. This armada may not be needed, if
things go smoothly.
In reply to a reader who wanted someone to check out a "emissary
of light" report about a meeting of world leaders in Mount Shasta
recently, my friend's et contact immediately knew about this,
without having to check on it. They said this actually occurred,
and what they were aware of was about 60 world leaders at a resort
area on Mt Shasta (similar to a Bilderburger's convention), that
met with the Benevolent ets. I got the impression that it was a
successful meeting.
As far as the Force's ships starting to uncloak at an increased
pace, my friend's et contact said that this has occurred 47 times
since September 1st, and would continue at an increased pace now.
Most of these ships were working over Africa, and had to do with
providing water and food for those that needed it there. My friend's
et contact said the Forces would end aids in Africa, and that
would make the cure available for the rest of the world. The ships
that will be uncloaking in this area of the U.S. will probably be
remote controlled ships due to the possibility hostile fire.
Sincerely,
S
------------------------------------------
==========================================
<<<< RealUFOs >>>>
We know the truth is out there!

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Book Of Generations. Part 9, Oct. 21, 2003.

This part explains the "veil".

....................................................................
.....................................................................

[^Dancing in the Light^, by Shirley MacLaine - Bantam Books, Inc.
1985]
To further guide and watch over us during our incarnations here
on Earth, each of us has various Guides and Guardian A-gels working
from the Spi-itual Worlds.
At birth, our Guardian An-els keep a particularly close watch over
us when we first incarnate into the physical body, especially up to
the age of seven.
Young children, whose etheric sight is usually still functioning,
are indeed often able to see their Guardian Ang-ls as they stand
over them, protecting and guiding them.
In addition to our Guardian Ange-s, there are other Beings on the
Spir-tual Plane with whom we usually have had some past connection,
also acting as our Guides, guiding and protecting us as we follow
our life's path. Such a Guide is usually an ^older brother^, a
so-l of some considerable evolution, one who has probably lived
many previous lives down here on Earth and who can therefore well
understand the nature and the difficulties of life at the physical
level.
Our Guide may also himself or herself be gaining some useful
additional evolutionary learning experiences by watching our life
and learning from our lessons.
However, whilst our Guardian An-els and our Guides are ready to
advise and assist us at all times, there are two fundamental
qualifications to this help.
Firstly: they will not normally interfere unless we ask directly
for their help; they must always respect our free choice and thus
not deprive us of the important lessons we have to learn ourselves.
Secondly: we should not assume that ^whatever we ask will be
given^, for we must remember that Higher Beings have a higher, wider
vision, and they will not help us to do something which is not for
our ^highest good^. It could be so easy for us to feel, when our
fervent prayers for help do not appear to be answered, that we have
been 'let down' by our He-venly Guides. But we should understand
that the links between us and our Guides were formed and exist on
the higher Soul level. At this level they know, and indeed we too
recognize when we are visiting the higher planes in our sleep-time,
what is best for our ^highest good^.
Apart from the personal help and advice we may receive as
individuals, wisdom and guidance is also made available in its
wider context to the Earth world by other Higher Beings, known as
'Masters'.
"A Master may give his counsel unseen, perhaps guiding the voice
or the hand of a prophet; or a Master may incarnate on Earth,
giving through his life an example to mankind. A Master incarnate
on Earth may even be "overshadowed" by a yet greater Master who,
with his "junior's" consent, acts and speaks through him. The
Master J--us-Sananda was himself overshadowed in this way during
the last years of his ministry by The Ch-ist, the highest
embodiment of the Creator. Thus "Jes-- Christ" should not be
thought of or referred to as one single "person", but rather as
the Master J--us-Sananda, for a time overshadowed by The Chri-t.
Masters, such as are part of Earth^s Sp-ritual Hierarchy, are
highly evolved Beings with a fully developed degree of wisdom and
consciousness. They fulfil Universal Service. They are not usually
linked to any one individual so-l on the Earth as are your
Guardian A-gels and your Guides. They serve a far greater cause,
and when they come to this Earth they come, not so much for the
individual, but for Humanity as a whole. They often speak through
trained and inspired cha-nels to give messages to Humanity. When
they do incarnate on the Earth, they come in order to serve Humanity
and to bring wisdom and knowledge to the Earth as a whole. They are
not so much concerned with the individual as with the Greater Plan.
It is through the Masters that Knowledge for this Earth is thus
revealed and given to Mankind, and that the Divine Plan for this
Earth is revealed and carried out."
[The Master RAMALA - chan-eled by the Ramala Centre,
Glastonbury.]
There is indeed a wealth of advice and assistance available to
those who seek it in peace of mind and humility of sp-rit. Spi-itual
knowledge teaches that through a process of bodily lightening,
detachment from ego-centeredness, and a developing awareness of the
Universal Unity, we can open to worlds beyond our present limited
perception of ^reality^ and learn to receive the ^Higher Knowledge^,
the wisdom of our Guides and the great Masters. And it may be said
without exaggeration that ^we need all the advice and assistance we
can get^, for the incarnations we experience here on Earth at the
physical level are the most difficult and testing in all of our
evolutionary journey.

Chapter Five: THE LEARNING PLANET

Many people living on Earth believe it erroneously to be a place
of perfection. They complain when things are difficult or go wrong,
often becoming angry, cursing Creation, even threatening suicide.
But Earth is not a place of perfection; it is a planet of
accelerated deep learning. Moreover its lessons and the conditions
in which its people must confront them are among the most demanding
and testing in the entire scheme of evolution. Acceptance of this
fact reinforced by an understanding of its divine purpose can make
life much easier, and help to ensure that we gain the most
evolutionary benefit from Earth's lessons.
Evolution in the first half of its cycle is movement away from
the Creator's Unity. The farther we journey away from that Unity,
the Creative Center, the denser the level on which we have to live
and function. This has the multiple effect of weakening our
connection with the Highest Wisdom, whilst at the same time
enhancing the sensation of self with its concentration on worldly
wealth, power and influence. In the denser atmosphere, actions
become slower and heavier, and the body creates its own demands for
an easy life, or in frustration, the bodily gratification through
various forms of sensation-motivated excesses. It is well-known on
higher levels that Planet Earth represents one of the farthest
points from the Sp-ritual Center, with some of the harshest lessons
and one of the levels of greatest density-related difficulties.
The extreme density surrounding this phase of our evolution on
Planet Earth has also created over time a "Veil of Forgetfulness"
surrounding and dividing us from the higher s-iritual worlds,
constricting our present field of vision and awareness, rather
like a dense fog. We are unable to contact or perceive life on higher
spi-itual levels, and we have over time even lost the ability to
communicate telepathically with the animal and bird lifeforms who
share our planet at the physical level. This "Veil" between us and
the spi-itual worlds also conceals from us both knowledge of our
preceding incarnations and our potential future, our lives before
birth and our future beyond death. Not only can we not recall past
lives or review our future path, but we cannot contact those who
have recently "passed over" or any of the billions of other
spir-tual Beings living on higher vibrational levels.
The "Veil" was established over a long time around our particular
world as a vital protection in learning the difficult and painful
lessons of the dense physical plane. It was in fact requested by
us ourselves on higher levels, through our collective Human
joint-consciousness, for our own "peace of mind", as Tendor, a
Sp-rit Guide from the Higher Spheres of Earth, explains.
If incarnating spi-its on Earth could carry with them even a faint
recollection of the joys and beauties of the Spiri-ual Sphere it
would make it impossible for them to remain in tenancy of a physical
body. To drink deep from the cup of experience it is necessary to
contact life in its lowest form of manifestation.
In order to do this you have to slow down your vibrations to a
very slow rate and come under the cumbersome laws which govern that
form of matter. To one who remembered what life really is, the ache
to return would be so intolerable that no s-irit could hold down an
Earthly body. It is a merciful provision of G-d that such memories
are temporarily veiled.
[Full Cycle by Ripley Webb - Marcus Books, Queensville, Ontario,
Canada]
The "Veil" and the sensation of separation, while essential to the
"Earth Experience", is in fact an Earth-born illusion, not a
sp-ritual reality. We are forever sp-ritually linked to the Creator,
to our past and future, and to those above who stand always ready
to help and guide us. It is important to remember, especially
during our more difficult periods of Earth incarnation, that we
have never been, nor can ever be separate from our Creator, or from
all of the rest of Creation, above or below us.
Yet this "forgetfulness" of reality is a necessary part of our
evolution and our learning experience. Our world of individuality,
separateness and strife may well be an "illusion" as Buddhism
and many oc-ult philosophies tell us; but it is an illusion which
must appear real to us if we are to learn from it.
As we watch a drama unfold on television we may well remain
detached, reminding ourselves that "it's only a story"; but by
maintaining such detachment we will gain no benefit from it. It
is possible to learn by reading stories or observing enactments
of the lives of others, but we can only do this through full
emotional involvement with the story, its characters and their
predicaments, their hopes and their failures. Similarly in "real
life" it is the very collective act of turning illusion into
reality, which makes learning possible on the physical and
emotional plane.

Part 9.

John Winston ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: More About The Meeting Near Mt. Shasta. Oct. 23, 2003.

Here is some more information about the meeting near Mt. Shasta.
Part of this information is channeled, so be careful.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: E
Subject: "DAY OF CONTACT" Mt Shasta Meeting Goes Global To
Millions!
"DAY OF CONTACT"
We are currently working with technicians to arrange live
telephonic Conferencing. If you are interested in connecting with
us on THE DAY OF CONTACT via telephone during the entire 5 hours, or
just a portion, email us here to learn the details.
NBC, CBS, CNN, FOX and local cable TV stations, and public access
stations have expressed interest: email us here to if you can help
& to learn the details.
Video conferencing is being discussed including Satellite link-ups
email us here if you can help & to learn the details.
Audio tapes, CDs and Video will be available in various formats.
All results and proceedings, conclusions, sightings, photograph
will be place at:
www.stardoves.com follow DAY OF CONTACT links -
PLACE YOUR ORDERS EARLY.
Famed Musician Gerald Markoe recently appeared at the STARDOVE
CHAMBER OF THE ASCENDED MASTERS during a visit with them at MOUNT
SHASTA and recorded a series of special songs and is making it into
a new CD titled: WITH THE ASCENDED MASTERS OF MOUNT SHASTA, see:
http://www.Astromusic.com
Healing Sound Magician Jonathan Goldman opens the Event with
Sonics that only the Messiah of Sound can bring us. See:
www.healingsounds.com
Mount Shasta artist Djin and his family will appear. Djin will
play his acoustical guitar that will tune into the hearts of those
gathered and out will come melodies from Lemuria! Djin is a gifted
Lemurian living as a human amongst us.
The following assorted group of distinguished Ascended Masters
and Inter-Planetary Dignitaries have gathered at Mount Shasta NOW
in preparation for this meeting and are exploring their various
temporary sleeping quarters: ADAMA, ASHTAR, St. Germain (here year
round), and Lady Venus. They passed the following recent communiquis
through STARDOVES:

ST. GERMAIN: I Greet and Bless You from my inner retreat here in
the Golden Etheric City atop Mount Shasta. We are so joyous over
the DAY OF CONTACT, as we always know, when earth communications are
established. The WORK STARDOVES is doing via the E-MAIL SERVICES are
actually the results of a SPECIAL PROGRAM of mine that I worked on
during 8 different embodiments. I transferred the memory of the work
over with me through each incarnation, until now, it has culminated
in the Perfection intended.
"This COMMUNICATION PROGRAM is something that I have worked on
with other ASCENDED MASTERS such as SANANDA and LADY NADA, and INNER
EARTH MASTERS such as ADAMA and ROSALEA, and Goodly ETs such as
ASHTAR and LADY VENUS. Our Messengers STARDOVES will now begin to
demonstrate some of these technologies and also place them at the
use of other well-intended LIGHT ORGANIZATIONS that serve on Earth
from our realms and other Goodly Forces of Light. Our NEW A-E
COMMUNICATIONS PROGRAM includes, as do the HUNA TEACHINGS, a High,
Middle and Low Frequency of TRANSMISSION. In the higher levels OUR
Communications are BROADCAST to other planets of this and other
Solar Systems. In the Middle World they reach such anywhere on the
surface of your world. And in the lower gears the messages would
reach the Interior of your earth at Inner Kingdoms such as Agartha
and Telos Attendees are prophesizing events such as the complete
manifestation of Beings from inside the Earth, the arrival of star
ships, and space people, to the appearance of the Ascended Masters
to commune with man. The Truth be known, this is a grand first-time
experiment that has never before been employed in any solar system.
The Holy Sp-rit, the Comforter, who can reveal all things will not
say how this DAY OF CONTACT will physically play-out on Gaia. The
outcome will be determined by the company of Humans gathered, and
how their belief systems, emotions and Love In Action from their
G-d|Go-dess Heart center are employed on that day.
One thing is certain, this monumental DAY OF CONTACT will have
THE GREATEST OF BENEFICIAL ENERGIES for humankind. This magnificent
experiment is being orchestrated through the combined service work
of the Inner Earth Queendoms, (JW He may have meant Kingdoms in
this case, I don't know for sure.) the Inter-Planetary
Confederation, and the Spi-itual Hierarchy of Worlds, in order to
accelerate Humanity's contact with Higher Realities and their
Ascension into the 5th Dimension.
As we all move through this new Grand Cycle Upon us in the LIONS
GATE from August - December, remember that we are ALL Sons and
Daughters of One Father-Mother G-d who dearly Loves Us, and asks
only that we Love One Another, as We Ourselves Are Loved! For we
are our Brothers and Sisters Keeper and this is the time When We
Will Wa- No More! Humanity you will co-create the physical
dimensions of this DAY OF CONTACT, know WE WILL BE WITH YOU!
We link to you using what we call The Sound Ray. Just as we
utilize the Light Ray to see any or all of you instantly. We see you
by colors and communicate with you via sounds and when we combine
these two we make a sort of Television set out if it. We will be
using similar monitors to view the DAY OF CONTACT from our Etheric
abode. I AM personally so very JOYOUS about this DAY OF CONTACT
because with the technology at our hands so many more of humanity
can raise its consciousness, and become more attuned to the Highest
Sources, and will have the desire to w-r no more!
As most of you know who have been following my teachings over the
eons, the MIGHTY I AM PRESENCE transcends Time, Space, Place and
knows no boundaries nor limited conditions. Only in the outer world,
and in the human mind is there concepts such as limitation. If you
were so attuned now you could see Lady Master Venus calling to each
of you. For the past 2 minutes she has been sending out a signal to
each of you. Did anyone get it? You still need mechanical machines
like the computer to BROADCAST your MESSAGES. When we teach you how
to really harness the light and sound waves you will not need any
kind of mechanical device.
We recognize our disciples by their light and even planets are
known to us by the sound they emit and the colors they project. We
are going to BROADCAST DAY OF CONTACT MESSAGES throughout the COSMOS.
Afterwards it will then become a daily occurrence for all of you to
stay in communication with Us. Many of you will develop instant and
constant contact with us. Within the next year, to be determined by
the level of the current vibration you as a group can maintain.
Then we will PRODUCE for you some of our Great Inventions. These will
BENEFIT HUMANITY GREATLY. Call upon us when you meet on Sunday
10-26-03: DAY OF CONTACT! Our Love, Light and Wisdom enfolds you I
AM St. Germain.

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: E-mails About The Shasta Meeting. Oct. 26, 2003.

Here are some e-mails that have come into the people are hosting
the Meetting near Mt. Shasta this Sunday. They also say how you
can listen to the programs on your computer.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: E
Subject: Latest DAY OF CONTACT emails from around the World!
Mount Shasta Prophecies Meeting 10-26-03: "DAY OF CONTACT."
A SAMPLING OF SOME INTERESTING EMAIL
FROM PROSPECTIVE ATTENDEES
The following are real people. E-mail addresses not supplied due
to past experiences. If they are public personalities, nonprofits or
businesses, web-sites may be included. All sincere wishes for
communication with any on our list may be directed to us at:
***@stardoves.com Once we determine yours is a sincere request,
and the intended party agrees, we will release e-addresses.
We leave off where we ended last {#49}. All previous emails can be
read on our web site listed at end.
-------------------------------------------------
#50: Please register Mary OGrady and Karen Stalie of Earth Angels
Shop, Redding, CA. We would like to attend the event.
Mary O'Grady
----------------------------------------------------
#51: Dearest Doves:
Andi & I send Blessings of Light & Love through Sound to you both,
and to Adama and company!
Jonathan Goldman
http://www.healingsounds.com
P.O. Box 2240,
Boulder CO 80306 USA
[phone]
-------------------------------------------------------
#52: To Whom It May Concern:
WE are a Network TV production company interested in doing a story
on the events being planned at Mount Shasta by your organization.
Please give us a phone number and contact person so our staff can
get in touch with you.
Sincerely,
Robert Kiviat
Executive Producer / CEO
Kiviat Productions, Inc.
[phone]
---------------------------------------------------
#53: DATELINE - NBC is especially encouraged by this story. Are you
suggesting these beings will come out of the Earth, and from the
skies in star ships? If so, we would like to report or investigate
this event. We look forward to any ideas and comments you have in
how we may do this. Perhaps we will send a short crew and film
segments to appear on the news. We would really like to cover the
larger Crestone, Colorado event you mentioned as the next DAY OF
CONTACT to occur in Crestone, Colorado. Between now and then we
would like to report and investigate all the occurrences that
resulted from THIS DAY OF CONTACT. We have a good feeling about the
next one. When are you planning the 4 Corners DAY OF CONTACT and
where exactly?
Sincerely,
Asst., Associate Producer
DATELINE - NBC
***@news.nbc.com
1) WEB ADDRESS - You can visit our area on the MSNBC website to
watch video and read printed versions of our recent stories @
http://www.nightlynews.msnbc.com
2) TRANSCRIPTS - Transcripts for all NBC News Programs are available
through the Burrelle Transcript Service by calling 1-800-777-TEXT.
3) VIDEOTAPES - Segments from NBC News programs are available on
vhs through the Burrelle Transcript Service by calling 1-800-777-TEXT.
cassette through NBC NEWS ARCHIVES. You can purchase a segment for
$--- by mailing a request to:
NBC NEWS ARCHIVES
30 Rockefeller Plaza
Room 327W
New York, NY 10112
----------------------------------------------------
#54: Thank you so much! Your message was enthralling. I have sent
it to many lightworker friends with this message: My Dear Ones, I
am so excited reading this. Kara, I am hanging on to my halo!
Karen, note mention of Crestone below. I would SO love to be there!
I am almost transported telepathically!
Bob, you and Nancy were already at Four Corners! Enjoy! I awoke
at 3:30 a.m. this morning and was so excited about the Day of
Contact that I could not sleep. I live in Norman, Oklahoma, am a
76-1/2 Indigo child! It is not too feasible for me to afford this
trip, but my sp-rit longs so to be there. What would be the cost,
etc.? Could I fly there if I can afford it? Everything in my being
urges me to attend!
Love, Lois
---------------------------------------------------------
#55: Please register me for the event on October 26, 2003
MaryAnn Kikerpill
Dunsmuir, Ca 96025
Thank you!
--------------------------------------------------------
#56: Would like to register 3 for the meeting/welcoming to be held
at mt shasta on the 26th,...
please let me know what i can do to make this happen...
Blessings, love & light...
-----------------------------------------------------
#57: Beloved Angels- Oh I would so dearly Love to be there! Do you
know of anyone who is coming there from the Las Vegas, Nevada
area???
Love and Light of the Luminescent AWESOME kind
-Terre/RainbowHeart
***@hotmail.com
------------------------------------------------------
#58: Hello,
Please rush me details ASAP as this is the first I've heard about
this event.
Many thanks
Maribel
-----------------------------------------------------
#59: All the last time I could receive your mails - unexpected. I
am so grateful for these informations. It`s like a fresh breeze!
Thank you.
With Love and Light,
Judith Jung
-----------------------------------------------------
#60: Dear friends,
My name is Summer Breeze and I am a representative, and Managing
Editor for "Nomad News", a publication of the Rainbow White
Buffalo Nation. I will be attending this event in Mt. Shasta with
my husband Cephas and some friends.
Please give us more information about the media presence and
how we can interview some of the folks involved for a story in
our magazine.
Will we be permitted to take some photos and to bring a tape
recorder, at least for interview purposes? For more information on
our group and our magazine, contact ***@writeme.com.
This is truly exciting. See you on Sunday and hope to get a
reply before then by email.
Or call Summer Breeze at [phone].
---------------------------------------------------
#61: Here's a comment from a local in Mount Shasta. There is some
concern in the community about the type of people who it will
attract. "Well, I think it's like the Loch Ness Monster. I can
see what it's doing, and it really is no the community about the
type of people who it will attract. "Well, I think it's like the
Loch Ness Monster. I can see what it's doing, and it really is no
different from what Solara and Peter Caddy did that brought some
of us over here - BUT it seems scarier. Like it will attract the
real fringe element of needy, desparate people that can be
dangerous to live with. That's what I feel.
I'm happy to be wrong if beings start popping out of the
mountain. But if there is too much media hype it may backfire in
a lot of ways. We'll see how Sp-rit works there."
STARDOVES: All that we have shared this with say this is not
love, this is coming from a space of fear. What we are doing
here, Dana of Mount Shasta Magazine said, "Is the best of humanity
as a group of people who are putting our minds together to do the
best we can do for humanity and then with the other side obviously
reaching out to us, how dare we try to stop this with limited fear
thinking!"
STARDOVES: Do not fear Local friends. THE NEXT ONE WE DO IN
CRESTONE WILL BE THE REALLY BIG ONE WHERE ALL THE NEWS AGENCIES
PROVIDE LIVE-COVERAGE, AND NASA, NAVY, ARMY, GOV-RNMENT will all
be there! THIS ONE WILL BE MUCH MORE LOW-KEY NAVY, ARMY, GOV-RNMENT
will all be there! THIS ONE WILL BE MUCH MORE LOW-KEY
THEN YOU THINK. Most of the technologies will be taped by the
large Press Factions by reps and fed to them - they will not show
up locally. THE GREAT MIGHTY I AM PRESENCE has designed it that
WAY, with St. Germain's and ADAMA's aid. Tell the locals that
the Mountain is way ahead of them - and she told me to make it a
smaller scale here to protect the community - but in Crestone - in
FEBRUARY - the mountain is begging for the energy and the global
focuses - as it is destined to create the new world-earth.

KRYON told them things were changing, and new energy was coming to
town! We do care about the economy of the land. So not to worry,
dear locals, your fears are unfounded. We will protect YOU! We
will make it real safe and friendly and loving and caring people
only - we have the right - all others not admitted!!!
TRULY and we will not admit all the fringe lunatics, warring
news-factions, and negative fear-based shadow go-ernment types. This]
is purely love! Thank you for sharing with us this opinion - we
do want to consider all people's feelings - especially the
ancestors and the locals. OM!

Yet let's not be pushed into a corner buy fear-based thinkers.
We face the negativity of local energy everywhere we go to do our
MISSION! Breaking down the old fears and dogmas is our work, not
many like that and start all kinds of commotion to stop it! But
the Master clearly says, "YOU ARE EITHER WITH ME OR YOU ARE AGAINST
ME." Yet we now see many gray shadows in-between - none the less -
it is one way or the other - AND MOST OF ALL THERE IS NOTHING TO
FEAR BUT FEAR ITSELF! THE AN-ELS ARE WITH US!
It is time the Earth opens to the real light, entertaining
unfounded fears or gossip, is not going to help and will not be
allowed to interfere with the event. Love thy neighbor as they
self. That is what we will tell anyone who sends fear signals.
LOVE THY NEIGHBOR AS THYSELF! WE ARE OUR BROTHERS AND SISTERS
KEEPERS AND WITH FAITH IN THE HOLY SPIRIT WE CAN CREATE WHAT WE
WANT TO SEE IN OUR TOWN.
Bless You!
Dr. Raja 'Merk' Dove
Professor Moi-Ra 'Lady of the Sun' Dove
{STARDOVES}
-------------------------------------------------------
#62:
Repeat of message &60.

----------------------------------------------------
#63: Hello,
Would you please send me the details on Sunday's event.
Thank you!
Victoria
-----------------------------------------------
#64: What a privilege it would be to be with you on THE DAY OF
CONTACT, Sunday, 26th of October. Please tell me the cost and where
to go to. Thank you, Mary Staffa
Mary Staffa * Light Creations * 541-955-9216, fax: [phone]
-------------------------------------------------

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

Part 2 of 2.

.................

#65: As-Salaam-Alaikum! Peace be unto you! Greetings beloved!
Kodoish Kodoish Kodoish Adonai Tsebayoth! Holy Holy Holy is the
Lord G-d of Hosts! Ah Ho!
O'siyo! Namaste! Salu! Shalom! Om Nama Shiva! "In Lak'ech"
means: "I am another you" or "I am another yourself".

We here at The R. Watchman, the Canadian Ground Crew, send our
prayers and blessings for the "Day of Contact". We wish we could
be there with you to help celebrate the Great Mt. Shasta "Day of
Contact" but unfortunately due to finances we will not be able to
attend. We, The R. Watchman families and friends, will however
be there in sp-rit as well as holding our own celebration on that
day.
We wish you much peace, light & love!
The R. Watchman Families & Friends
In Love & Service!
Respectfully yours,
Charles Taylor Sr.
-Galactic Confederation of Love & Light
--------------------------------------------------
#66: Bless you Raja for your outstanding work and Moi Ra.
SUSIE ANTHONY
-------------------------------------------------
#67: Aloha - please sign me up.
Mahalo,
Paradise
Be Love & Be Loved
------------------------------------------------
#68: Hi,
Is there anything happening here in Melbourne, Australia? If so,
would you be able to tell me where I could go to hear it.
Regs, Kay Sawatzky.
-----------------------------------------------
#69: Hi,
I would like to find out how to connect to this event on the
26 of Oct by phone. If that would not work for any reason, would
we be able to buy tapes from this event from you? It would only
need four 90 minutes tapes.
---------------------------------------------
#70: I am very interested to be able to listen to the messages
regarding the day of contact. I am staying in Malaysia and do
not know if it is possible.
Please let me know.
Love n Light,
Vanessa
--------------------------------------
#71: I am here in NY..so it looks like I will not be there
physically, but yu better believe I will be there in spir-t.
My husband and I have been to Mt Shasta 2 times. Last October we
were there for the unveiling of Adama's' portrait. If there is any
service you would like me to do from this distance I would be so
very happy.
In Love
--------------------------------------
#72: I would like some details about the hookup for the meeting
and any details about first contact that day. I am in Port Richey
Florida (just north of Tampa). It has been a long time coming.
Thank You All.
- Wilbur Adams
-------------------------------------
#73: This is Sheila and yes I want to be included on the day of
Contact. I had a vision a few months Ago of a starship hovering
about 1/4 mile from my home and it was beautiful. Then I saw
hundreds of things (?) flying out from this starship and as they
got closer to me all I could make of it was they looked like
batman. All in black. I got so scared I opened my eyes and laid
in bed afraid to even go to the bathroom. Not sure if there was
any reason to be scared but I was. Anyways...yes yes. Right now
I have had black helicopters flying over my home for the last
several hours not sure what is happening but something is
happening. Do You Have Or Know Someone Who Does?
Sheila
Love & Light

STARDOVES: Have no fear - ever - my dear!!! FEAR is the Great
Mind Ki-ler - Nothing to FEAR but FEAR itself - as you think so are
you - Goodly ETs and An-els will help you, never scare you. All
Black ops have been stepped up - it is their last hurrah!
--------------------------------------
#74: Dear Raja and Moira,
Hello, I am Chavah Aima from New Zealand. I heard of your work
from my friend Whitecloud. My partner and I will be arriving in
the U.S. on Oct. 25, 2003 for a three week visit. We will be
traveling from northern California to Oregon, and also throughout
the southwest and rocky mountains in northern New Mexico and
Colorado. I am a Qabalistic minister, and I teach the western
enlightenment traditions (Hermetic/Egyptian, Rosicrucian, and the
Ecstatic traditions, among others). I lived in the U.S., and
practiced in a mystery temple there for many years. I came to New
Zealand two years ago at the request of certain western masters, and
have been relatively quiet until this present direction came to
return to the US for a brief time. I feel it may be important that
I meet you, and wondered if that would be possible. Could you
please let me know by return e-mail when and where we might find
you during our time there?
My web site is www.enlightenedlife.org I look forward to hearing
from you at your next convenience. Thank you. Many blessings in
the light that is love -
Shalom,
Chavah
--------------------------------------------------------
#75: To whom it may concern:
Both my husband and I are of the opinion that we originated from
another planet or star and it is becoming more obvious to us as
time goes on that we do not fit into this world the way it is.
We are involved in helping to advance the announcement of NESARA
and wait patiently every day for this to happen. But we have felt
lately a great desire to establish contact with some one from the
Star People. Would this be possible? We live in the country in
Queensland, Australia and as we read more about Star Ships and
Star People on the Fourwinds website we find the need to
communicate.
I read where they do not like or have confrontations with humans
as they find it dangerous. Well not with us as we are light
workers and very desirous of entering the 5th dimension. Can you
help us and show us what we would have to do to make contact.
Thank you.
Margaret & Robin Therklesen,
Email: ***@austarnet.com.au
------------------------------------------
#75: The Christian Science Monitor finds your DAY OF CONTACT
amazing! If your event is selected for publication, we will contact
you. In addition, you might want to consider sharing your views
in Monitor Talk, our new online discussion forum on our Web site
at: http://www.csmonitor.com/monitortalk - Plus Online Events and
Online discussions with Monitor reporters and other thought
leaders are held regularly. Visit Monitor Talk to find out about
the next one or read scripts from past events.
http://www.csmonitor.com/monitortalk/index.html
Sincerely,
Opinion/Editorial
The Christian Science Monitor
-------------------------------------------
#76: Hello,
Please send me information. I'm a member of http://www.cseti.org
and http://www.disclosureproject.org
Thanks,
Lance Cassino
303 838-0221
-------------------------------------------------
#77: Greetings,
This is AthenaStar, Ascended Host Channel/Healer (over 16 yrs
this lifetime); with St. Germain, Intergalactic Council, many
Lady Ascended Masters and other Hosts. I would very much like
to be on the telephone conf call on Oct 26; just received the
notice. I would be happy to mail a check for the donation as I
don't do charge cards on line. My email is not working very well
to receive emails right now. My cell phone is 808 258 1063 for the
information for the conf. call; I can call you right back if you
leave a phone number. I recently did and activation session with
a high being in Mt. Shasta and all the mountain portals throughout
the planet connected in (this was done by phone and St. Germain was
leading it); it just happened and Mt. Shasta opened up to us; I
didn't plan it........ Anyway, that was a week ago so I see the
connection now. I am actually in Florida right now near a major
Atlantis vortex.
During Nov 8-11 I will be in Vancouver. Blessings in your
wonderful work and hopefully I will be able to receive emails
next week. I can send them right now, but not receiving and a
new computer is on the way.
Rev. AthenaStar
VictoryVisions
Cell 808 258 1063/941 426 7145
p.s. Would also be interested in Mt. Shasta Magazine;
(my address is 5467 Talbrook Rd, North Port, Fl 34287)
-------------------------------------------------
#77: Hello: I would be pleased if you added my name to your
e-mail listing. I live in the town of Newmarket, just north of
Toronto, Ontario, Canada. One aspect of my work is as a Reg.
Dietitian in a J-wish Home for the Aged in Toronto. Most (about
130 of my 158 residents) have Alzheimer's disease and many are
reliving the horrors of the holocaust. Thus my work there is
feeding not only their bodies but also their s-uls. It is part of
my work to be a peace-commanding prisons for the residents, their
family members and the staff.
I work with Mother Mary's energy and Her Compassion and Love
come through to bless all. I am happy to connect with others who
are involved in raising up Humankind in whatever way they are
gifted.
Many Blessings to you.
Linda Mary Elaine Radske
My e-mail address is ***@sympatico.ca
These may be viewed on line at:
http://stardoves.com/Emails_From_Mount_Shasta_Prophecies_Meeting.
html
------------------------------------------------
Mount Shasta Prophecies Meeting 10-26-03: "DAY OF CONTACT."
Just a few seats left in the main hall - then we start in the
adjoining hall.
That room will have no view of the presenters - sound only -
register now with credit card to guarantee a seat reserved just
for you - call NOW: 530-235-2979 or 505-770-5426 or email credit
card details or use pay pal buttons on our web
sites: http://STARDOVES.com or http://MarketingWiththeStars.com
------------------------------------
EMAIL SENT BY STARDOVES
via MARKETING WITH THE STARS
AQUARIAN AGE PR SERVICES
http://MarketingWiththeStars.com
MARKETING WITH THE STARS AQUARIAN AGE PR SERVICES
Email Us For Information on Helping You Get Your Message Out To
More People!
Sponsoring the AQUARIAN PERSPECTIVES INTER-PLANETARY MISSION
http://STARDOVES.com

.....................

From: E

Subject: DAY OF CONTACT: Mt Shasta Bulletin Board, Web Site &
Live Web Cats
Here is our Bulletin Board For DAY OF CONTACT - Mt Shasta.
Have fun beloveds!
You may all go here and love, learn and play:
http://members5.boardhost.com/dayofcontact/index.html
On Sunday a.m. or maybe late Saturday - we will have the live
links for THE LIVE AUDIO WEBCAST posted at:
http://radio.photon.net - we wish to give this to the world ON
A DONATION BASIS and not charge - after all DAY OF CONTACT is
the beginning of the NEW WORLD - and gone soon will be MONEY
(as we know it) and NO MORE W-R!!!! Yahooooooooooo!
A web site for DAY OF CONTACT will also be ready on 10-25-03,
it is beginning now at:
http://www.wearefreestyle.com/news.html.
BLESSINGS
NAMASTE!
STARDOVES
http://STARDOVES.com
http://MarketingWiththeStars.com

Part 2 of 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[Ugly Bob]

[Phone numbers and addresses edited out]

"John F. Winston" <***@mlode.com> wrote in message news:Pine.BSF.3.96.1031026064236.19548B-***@shell.mlode.com...

<snip>

Post by John F. Winston
-------------------------------------------------
#77: Greetings,
This is AthenaStar, Ascended Host Channel/Healer (over 16 yrs
this lifetime); with St. Germain, Intergalactic Council, many
Lady Ascended Masters and other Hosts. I would very much like
to be on the telephone conf call on Oct 26; just received the
notice. I would be happy to mail a check for the donation as I
don't do charge cards on line. My email is not working very well
to receive emails right now. My cell phone is ____________for the
information for the conf. call; I can call you right back if you
leave a phone number. I recently did and activation session with
a high being in Mt. Shasta and all the mountain portals throughout
the planet connected in (this was done by phone and St. Germain was
leading it); it just happened and Mt. Shasta opened up to us; I
didn't plan it........ Anyway, that was a week ago so I see the
connection now. I am actually in Florida right now near a major
Atlantis vortex.
During Nov 8-11 I will be in Vancouver. Blessings in your
wonderful work and hopefully I will be able to receive emails
next week. I can send them right now, but not receiving and a
new computer is on the way.
Rev. AthenaStar
VictoryVisions
Cell _________________________
p.s. Would also be interested in Mt. Shasta Magazine;
(my address is ____ Talbrook Rd, North Port, Fl 34287)
-------------------------------------------------

<snip>

" Athena is is well known for channeling the legendary rock star,
Elvis Presley and many other celebrities.

Her gifts as a psychic medium make for an entertaining and fun
listening experience on talk radio and classic rock stations
alike. What's better than playing one of Elvis' classic records
and then having a conversation with the King himself? Athena is
sure to be entertaining even to the most stubborn skeptic as
she channels and converses with celebrities from ages past. Call
______________to book her."

http://www.talion.com/guests.html
________________________________________________________________

A woman of many talents, I see.

http://www.salescoachtraining.com/CoachProfiles/AthenaStarr.html
________________________________________________________________

Selling her house so, when the "Mothership" comes...

http://www.sellitbyowner.com/real-estate/FL/4135.htm
________________________________________________________________

I hope to see them soon on Dateline NBC® with Stone Phillips...
(just imagine me saying that with my best "broadcast quality voice")

-Ugly Bob

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Book Of Generations. Part 10. Oct. 26, 2003.

This part deals with Karma.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

This apparent "contradiction" between illusion and reality is
paralleled by another contradiction often argued here on Earth: the
nature of Good and Ev-l.
In the sense that all is learning, all is evolution, there is no
e-il, for it is precisely through the experience of alternatives
that we learn to choose the Highest Wisdom through our own volition,
understanding and motivation. In this sense there can be no good or
-vil, only evolution, and the learning, experience and wisdom which
it imparts.
But to us here on Earth, 'E-il' is the path of self, of ego, of
separation from the rest of Creation, a separateness leading us
into exploitation and conflict in our relationships with one
another, and the abuse of the planet and the animal kingdom which we
consider to exist purely for our personal exploitation and
gratification.
In contrast, the path of 'Good' is found in placing the self not
above, nor below others, but among them, respecting them as we would
have them respect us. And this applies equally to all life-forms.
The worm's life may be unimportant to you, just as your life is
incomprehensible to the worm; but the worm's life is important to
the worm, just as yours is to you. From this basis of equality we
can then develop the concept of respect of others and service to
others, graduating ultimately to the total radiation of unconditional
love which is the mark of Higher Beings.
'Good' and 'Ev-l' are very real to us here on Earth, and must
remain so. Thus we need to maintain a difficult 'balancing act'.
On the one hand we must strive to comprehend and remain constantly
aware of the ultimate objectives for which we must aim: namely the
Universal Laws of Right Conduct and Highest Wisdom. As we do so we
attempt to avoid and reject the opposites of self-centeredness and
ego-motivated aggression.
On the other hand as we inevitably "fall" into wrong thought and
wrong actions we can at least learn from them by making ourselves
fully aware of their effects upon ourselves and the other life-forms
around us, and ultimately rejecting such actions in full
understanding. In this way we are enriched by the experience of
"evi-" and its consequences.
Throughout the journey of evolution we are faced with choices.
Indeed without free will/free choice the very concept of evolution
could not come into being.
We cannot become individuals following the path of Highest Wisdom
through personal conscious choice until we have experienced the
alternatives and their effects. Free choice allows the individual to
choose between the path of Highest Wisdom and the path of Self, then
having done so, to experience, to the full, the consequences of each
decision.
Many of the great Masters, Teachers, and Occult traditions confirm
that here on Planet Earth free choice is put to its greatest test
under the most difficult conditions.
When you come to look at the Earth and, in particular, at the
actions of Humanity on its surface, here you witness only disorder.
Why should this be so?
It is because Humanity has been given the Divine gift of free
choice and so can create the nature of its own world. Obviously,
this must fall within the evolutionary cycle and the destiny of the
G-d or Lord of this solar system; but evolutionary path.
[RAMALA - cha-neled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury - The C.W.
Daniel Co. Ltd., Saffron Walden, Essex]
Through free choice we create for good or -vil, and having done
so we must then experience the results of our creation. This is a
continuing process and exists throughout the spectrum of life. We
make choices and create the results from moment to moment and from
life to life, both as individuals and collectively as communities,
nations, ra-es, and rel-gious groupings. We can escape neither
choice nor the results of it. We can only observe, experience,
assimilate, and learn from our choices and the effects which they
have on ourselves, on other living beings and on our planetary home,
then having learned and gained in wisdom, amend our future conduct
accordingly.
As we experience the trials and tribulations of Earth we are
often moved to ask why we are undergoing such misfortunes. In
reality it is we who have chosen both our Earth inc-rnation and
its specific circumstances. All the difficult confrontations in our
lives have been pre-planned by us with the help of our Guides on the
Higher Planes and with our total agreement, so that we may confront,
overcome and learn from them down here. All the unexpected,
difficult and painful experiences we encounter in our Earthly lives
do not come as some form of 'Hea-enly retribution', but are
pre-planned by our sp-ritual selves as a vital lesson to overcome
and learn from whilst the opportunity exists on the physical plane.
Down here it is much easier to make rapid progress in evolutionary
learning than on the 'easier' Higher Spheres. Rejecting, opposing
or failing to fully embrace these lessons we have come down here to
learn will only delay the process and cause unnecessary pain. By
recognizing and contemplating our errors and assimilating the
lessons to be learned from them, we can then flow with the learning
process and derive the maximum benefit from what is universally
regarded on other levels as a unique learning environment.
Earth is a planet of learning, not a planet of perfection. But its
imperfections are of our own making and it is therefore within our
power, individually and collectively, to rectify them.

Chapter Six: KARMA & RE-NCARNATION

Evolution involves learning through choice, and to this end we
have been granted free choice by our Creator. Here on Earth, free
choice is exercised, and its consequences learned, in the most
extreme form and under the most difficult conditions.
On higher levels of being it is possible to see in a single moment
the probable outcomes of various alternative paths. Thus it is a
simple matter to make the right choice. But the Earth phase of
evolution is clouded by the "Veil of Forgetfulness", hence it is
not possible for us to look into the future. We on Earth must learn
by the more arduous process of physical experience; we must make
choices, weigh up the perceived advantages to self and to others,
then experience the consequences of our choices.
Central to the concept of free choice is the Law of Karma, or the
Law of Cause and Effect.
The Law of Karma is also known as the Law of Balance. In the
process of living, evolving, experimenting and learning, our actions
affect others either harmfully or beneficially, thus incurring
numerous and often complex debts on our own evolutionary balance
sheet of progress. The Law of Karma requires that the effects which
our actions have on others, including all other life forms, the
animal, plant and mineral kingdoms, must always be balanced. When
we harm others we incur a debt to ourselves as well as to them. When
others harm us they incur a debt to themselves as well as to us.
Debts for good or ev-l, by ourselves or by someone else, must be
balanced by both parties. Similarly, when you injure yourself,
perhaps through misuse of the physical body, you create an
imbalance, a debt to yourself that must be repaid by your
comprehension and rejection of such actions. All, in the end, must
balance.
Through this Law of Balance, or Cause and Effect, we experience
and learn from the results of our chosen actions and those of
others.
From wrong actions taken in specific sets of circumstances, wrong
effects follow; we must then revisit and recreate those sets of
circumstances again and again until, having learnt from the ill
effects of taking the wrong path, we choose the right path. This is
the Law of Karma. Tests will be instigated by our Higher Spi-itual
Self and repeated until they are ^passed^ by our own acknowledgment,
acceptance and assimilation of the lesson to be learnt.
Challenges will be planned by us and repeated until they are
overcome. This process can take place as a short lesson lasting one
moment or one day; or it can take place over a lifetime, or several
lives, or even over several inc-rnations. But we ourselves, and only
ourselves, require that our lessons must, in the end, be learned
thoroughly.
Similarly our ^good^ actions, actions which show respect for other
lifeforms, those ^random acts of kindness^ which benefit others, set
in motion a positive chain reaction.
The Law of Karma works ^automatically^. We magnetically attract to
ourselves ^bad^ experiences when we have a need to learn from them.
Likewise when we do not need to learn a particular lesson, we will
not be touched by any danger or -vil. We resonate magnetically
towards good and bad experiences, drawing them only to us when we
have a need to learn from them.
"Do not see karma only as a plus or minus column in a Divine
Accountant's book in which is recorded what you owe to someone
because of the wrong that you have done them! It does not work in
that way. It is rather a teaching process in which you learn from
what you have done. It is you that has created those ripples on the
pond of life and they will in turn affect you. The purpose of karma
is not punishment. It is rather a process of balance and education."
[The Master ZEN TAO, chann-led by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury]
We have to also understand that what we give in the form of energy,
creativity or effort (power) to the Universe, we will eventually
have returned to us.
Likewise, that which we take from the Universe in the form of the
energy or creativity of others, is a debit, which must ultimately
be balanced by our further giving.
"The Universe is run by a plan, and that plan has divided the
power, or the creativity, proportionately. If you demand of the
Universe more than your portion, it will dish out your portion and
then that's it, because there isn't more of it for you. If you try
to take it from other people, it might seem to work for a while
because some people don't know how to hold on to their power and
they'll give it away. But the Universe is a great equalizer, and if
you give away your power, the Universe is going to redistribute it -
not necessarily among people on the physical level, but it may use
it to build new universes, or another kind of use."
[The master VYWAMUS, a Higher aspect of Sanat Kumara. C-anneled
by Janet McClure in "Prelude To Ascension", published 1996 by
Light Technology Publishing, P.O.Box 1526, Sedona, Az 86339]

Part 10.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: She Was A Good Old Girl With Heart So True. Oct. 28, 2003.

This information is about a lady who contacted who was old.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: S
Subject: News Jennifer Lee Report: Oct. 24, 2003-"This being she
told me that she was 300 years old, but she looks like she was only
twenty, and was in absolute perfect health! She was a very beautiful,
gentle and loving ..."
---------------------------------------
The report today reads...
Greetings Commanders!
What a blessed incredible day! Today I have something very
special to share with you. This morning I had a very blessed
experience of the divine-in-action, and as I was driving and waiting
to be able to reach someone. I suddenly got a call from the King of
Swords who told me to 'follow his instructions to the letter', and
so I did. I was guided to a special facility in the area where I
live, and I was told to go inside. This facility is a place that is
clearly controlled by the Illuminati, but there are folks who work
there who are double-agents, who really serve THE LIGHT OF G-D THAT
NEVER FAILS, and The Office Of the Christ.
First let me describe this place. It was a regular office type
building, with lots of desks, and people milling about doing their
daily work activities. There was coffee brewing in the corner, and
I could hear a bird singing in someone's cage. It was a totally
regular office working environment.
I was guided by the King's instructions to see an incredible woman
who worked there, an Essanni-Human, which means she is part Zeta-
Reticuli and part human, and has DNA from both species. This being
understands the reality of time and space, and she told me that she
was 300 years old, but she looks like she was only twenty, and was
in absolute perfect health! She was a very beautiful, gentle and
loving being, with blonde hair, and very large almond shaped eyes.
She stood about 5'6" tall, and was very slender with long thin
fingers on her hands.
She took me through an amazing experience that not only
facilitated a personal healing for me today, but also gave me a
glimpse of what our world is going to look like after we pass
through the GREEN DOOR and have the NESARA announcement. All of
humanity will receive so much healing. Our DNA will be brought
back to it's original divine blue-print, and so much more. I saw
the Ships landing and the world was living in harmony and balance
at last.
What happened was this wonderful being projected a 'full 3D image'
of my whole life time from an apparatus that she was wearing over
her right eye---and I was able to 'see my whole life pass before
me', from the time I was born until now. I was looking at a movie
of my whole life. What happened then was that, my mother, who has
already passed on from this life, was brought back from Andromeda
Rex which is her real galactic home. I was able to interact and
actually 'speak to my mother' and what was said by both of us,
brought us to a place of forgiveness for the many things that
happened in the past between us. I was finally able to forgive her
completely. Also I was able to forgive myself as I was not a pretty
picture at many times in this life, and neither was my mother, and
both of us had still been carrying many wounds.
My mother told me that she had been waiting for this moment for a
long time. Now she can go on with her evolution. I can truly say
that the divine energy of forgiveness passed between us. And I can
say that I am finally FREE to BE ALL THAT I CAN BE.
I hope you can feel the tears of gratitude that are flowing for
what happened to me today, and the love in my heart, as I am
telling you this story. I needed to have this healing today. If I
can heal my old wounds and issues---then, so can all of YOU dear
ones, because I represent YOU! This is what time it is, my friends.
As I left the building, and I had such an overwhelming feeling of
PEACE come over me, and I knew that this feeling was what it was
going to feel like for all of us after the NESARA announcement.
Our world is surrounded by SO MUCH LOVE, by hundreds of millions
of Star Ships of Light, and these benevolent beings have come from
many far civilizations [23 Super Universes]. We and Mother Earth
have called them IN with our hearts, with our prayers, because we
know our planet is dying, and without their knowledge and wisdom
we will never make it! They have come from the future with open
hearts and hands to share their gifts with us, and we are going
to be blessed beyond measure in receiving them.
So--all of you White Knight Teams out there---listen-up! I am
speaking to you! You have nothing to be afraid of. Trust your
inner-knowing---listen with your heart, not your head. YOU CAN
DO THIS! The FORCES OF LIGHT are here to help us bring our planet
back into alignment with the Divine Plan, to restore the Earth's
true destiny.
Let's meet them halfway, IT'S TIME TO USE ALL THE RESOURCES---AND
TIME TO CALL THEM IN! The whole universe is watching us!
ITS TIME FOR NESARA NOW!
Tomorrow the largest PEACE RALLY ever to take place on Earth will
commence around the WHITE HOUSE at 9 AM, ET. Many others will be
gathering in 45 cities across the USA, and another 120 cities
worldwide. Pacifica Radio, FSTV, and others will be filming the
events live, and CSPAN may also carry it. We have a New Moon in
Scorpio at 8:50 AM EDT and during the evening at 9 PM PDT a Global
Prayer on behalf of NESARA will take place. What a power packed
weekend!
So let's join with our brothers and sisters of Light across the
world, and with our family of the Star Nations above let's keep our
prayers and energy work going.
WE CAN MANIFEST NESARA NOW!
Beloved Lord Sananda touched our hearts with this message from
Nancy Tate's Good Morning Wake-up Call yesterday. Here it is
again...'Go now and create that which you know already IS. Bring it
into manifestation, and ROCK THE WORLD with its' majesty! It is but
one-trillionth of a degree from being in your living room and
villages and cities. Give it your one-trillionth degree more
LIGHT, and bring it into your reality. I go now to the stars and
await your brilliance in manifestation. I bless the ground YOU
walk, and I salute you!'
With this kind of salute---let's remember to LOVE OURSELVES,
and our bodies, and to CELEBRATE!
We love you all so very much.
See you on the Bridge,
NAMASTE
^j^ ^j^ ^j^
This is Jennifer saying signing off. I love each one of you
immensely!
Click Here for a Special Poem, Vote for NESARA Now
----------------------------------------------------
*************************************************
Jennifer Lee 8726 South Sepulveda Blvd. #B-13
Los Angeles, California 90045
Home Ph:#310-410-1173
The address for A&A:
c/o Marilyn Green
2442 Cerrillos Road #385
Santa Fe, New Mexico 87505
Ph #: 505-983-0477
The address for Ms. A, our transcriber is:
Ms. D. Y. Amrito
1460 Vega Circle #1
Idaho Falls, Idaho 83402
You can use A&A's phone number [505-983-0477] if you need to
leave a message for her, and she will call you back.
NAMASTE
^j^ ^j^ ^j^
LOVE ONE ANOTHER--EVEN AS I HAVE LOVED YOU
[Beloved Lord Sananda Kumara in his lifetime as Jeshua]
--------------------------

John Winston ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: The Alien Fogmen In Russian Lakes. Oct. 30, 2003.

This is something I haven't heard about before. It seems that
we have some beings inside of some Russian Lakes. Here is the
information.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: "L
Subject: FSR: Huge 'Alien Frogmen' in Central Asian Lakes
Flying Saucer Review, Vol 46/1, Spring 2001, pp. 18 and 19
Mysterious Huge "Alien Frogmen" in Central Asian Lakes!
by Paul Stonehill
Note on Paul Stonehill.
[In my article "UFOs in the Soviet Waters", in FSR 44/1 (1999),
I gave an account of the book *The Soviet Files: Paranormal
Encounters Behind the Iron Curtain* (ISBN 1-85833-858-1) by Paul
Stonehill, the Ukranian-born (Kiev) investigator who founded the
Russian UFO Research Centre at Tarzana, California.
Born in 1966, and so today aged 34, Mr. Stonehill tells us that
he first became filled with the desire to explore the UFO mystery
when, just 8 years old (1972), he met a retired Soviet pilot who
told the boy how, when flying over the Russian Arctic regions, he
had once seen a disk-shaped craft that followed him and his crew so
closely that finally they had opened fire on it.
One year later (1973) Stonehill's parents left the USSR and took
the boy to the U.S.A. and adopted their less "Russian-sounding" new
surname.
In my article under reference (in FSR 44/1) I gave a summary of
some of Stonehill's researches on the Soviet experience with UFOs
under the seas.
NOTE: Paul Stonehill reports that he is now planning to write a
book in collaboration with Philip Mantle. G.C.]
Notes on Paul Stonehill's article.
[On page 15 of FSR 44/1 (1999), at the close of Paul Stonehill's
article on the "UFOs in the Soviet Waters", we gave the following
brief item about *another* Russian mystery - *not in the oceans,
but in the lakes of Russian-controlled Central Asia!*:-
"A man named D. Povaliyayev was hang-gliding one day in the early
1990s above the town of Kavgolov in the Leningrad area.
The region has many lakes, and in one of these lakes he observed
what seemed to be "three gigantic fish". He descended in order to
get a closer view, and was able to observe "swimmers in silvery
garb". He mentioned this episode in a book written by him -
"LETUCHI GOLLANDETS" ("The Flying Dutchman") - published in Russia
in 1995.
In that particular area of Northern Russia there have been many
UFO sightings."
Further and Fuller Report.
In continuation of this strange new phenomenon, "Alien Lake
Frogmen", in Russian Ufology - certainly I myself had previously
never heard of such a thing - I now give below a further and
fuller report which Mr. Stonehill has just sent to us, and which
describes weird great "alien frogmen" allegedly seen in, or
reported from, several of the lakes in Soviet Central Asia, in
the early 1980s, and only recently researched by him. G.C.]
Paul Stonehill's New Article. Russian Underwater Encounters:
What Lurks Beneath the Surface of the Lakes?
In the autumn of 1982, a Soviet Army officer, Mark Shteynberg,
and a Lt. Col. Gennady Zverev, were conducting periodic training
sessions of military reconnaissance divers ("frogmen") from the
Turkestan and Central Asian Military Regions. The training
exercises had been taking place in ISSYK KUL (Lat. 42 degrees
30N., Long. 77 degrees 30E), a deep lake in the Transiliysk Ala
Tau area, Kyrgyzia.
One day, totally unexpectedly, these officers received a visit
by a very senior officer, Major-General V. Demyanko, Commander
of the military Diver Service of the Engineer Forces of the USSR
Ministry of Defence.
He had come to inform them of an extraordinary event that had
recently occurred during similar diving exercises by military
frogmen in the huge Lake Baikal, (Lat. 51 degrees 00N, Long. 108
degrees E, some 1,500 miles to the north-east, in the far eastern
Trans-Baikal area of Siberia, and also in other lakes (not named)
in Western Siberia.
In those lakes, during their diving exercises, the men had
encountered mysterious "underwater swimmers, very human-like,
but huge in size (almost 3m. in height!)"
These beings were clad in tight-fitting silvery suits, despite
the icy cold temperatures of the lake waters. They encountered
the "mystery swimmers" at a depth of 50m. The strangers had no
scuba diving equipment ("aqualungs"), nor any other detectable
equipment, apart from sphere-like helmets on their heads.
Alarmed at this situation, the local Military Commander at Lake
Baikal decided to try to capture one of the entities, and sent
an officer and a squad of seven divers with a net to do the job.
When however, the seven Soviet frogmen attempted to net a
"Visitor", the entire group of seven divers were flung up out of
the lake by a powerful force. When returning from such a depth,
it was essential for the men to be decompressed, and this is a
slow process that has to be strictly followed.
The seven men were severely ill as a result, with aeroembolism -
Caisson disease, and a compression chamber was at once essential
for every one of them.
In the Baikal area the authorities had several such chambers,
but only one was in working order, and it could contain only two
men at a time.
The local commanding officer tried to put four of them into the
chamber at once, and the result was that 3 of the divers, including
their leader, died, and the other 4 were left as permanent invalids,
- the terrible consequences of characteristic Soviet inef-iciency
and bun-ling.
The Major-General was now rushing to Issyk Kul to warn the local
military, lest any similar rash acts should occur. (Issyk Kul is a
great deal shallower than Lake Baikal, but nevertheless the
authorities evidently felt that such beings might be there. Or
maybe they even knew this as a fact. Did the Major-General already
know something?).
A short time later, the Headquarters of the Soviet Military
Region of Turkmenistan received an order from the Commander-in-
Chief of the Soviet Armed Forces. It gave a detailed account
and analysis of the Baikal episode, and was supplemented by an
information bulletin issued by the Headquarters of the Engineering
Forces of the Soviet Ministry of Defence.
This bulletin listed numerous other deep-water lakes where there
had been "anomalous phenomena": sightings of underwater creatures
similar to those seen in Lake Baikal; the descent or the surfacing
of gigantic discs and spheres into or from the lakes; powerful
luminescence emanating from the depths, etc., etc.
The purpose of these documents, in all cases highly classified,
"for eyes only" of a very limited circle of senior military
officers, was stated to be "to obviate the occurrence of
unnecessary encounters"!
Terry W. Colvin, Sierra Vista, Arizona (USA
***@mindspring.com
**COPYRIGHT NOTICE**
In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, any copyrighted
work in this message is distributed under fair use without profit or
payment to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving
the included information for non-profit research and educational
purposes only.
http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/17/107.shtml
To subscribe to this group, send an email to:
Para-Discuss-***@yahoogroups.com

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Report On What Happened At The Meeting Near Mt. Shasta. Oct. 30,
2003.

Here is what transpired at the meeting near Mt. Shasta.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................


From: E
Subject: DAY OF CONTACT, REPORT, VIDEO & CD OFFER, NEXT CONTACT!
Our dearest Enlightened Reader,
Thank you so very much for your interest in the first ever DAY OF
CONTACT in Mount. Shasta.
Day OF CONTACT WAS VERY SUCCESSFUL!
ON MANY FRONTS!
111 Listened to the live webcast.
88 people attended the event live in Mount Shasta.
77 were in the chat rooms.
70 were on the Bulletin Boards.
= 346 TOTAL PARTICIPANTS-plus more unknown connections
THE EVENT ELICITED MOST POSITIVE BENEFITS received BY NEARLY ALL
who ATTENDED. (Please see the samples of 3 emails below that came
in already about the event.)
ADAMA DID MAKE CONTACT and presented a Program For Achieving
DIRECT CONTACT with HUMANS via A SPECIAL ARRIVAL PLAN. ADAMA
designated two EMERGENCE POINTS from caves. The first EMERGENCE
POINT will be from Cave Springs in Dunsmuir, California. The second
EMERGENCE POINT is from a cave at Big Bend Hot Springs, located
in-between two volcanoes [Mt Shasta and Mt Lassen}.
The EMERGENCE PROGRAM will start in gardens around these caves.
The Dunsmuir Botanical gardens has a wonderful location right next
to the Cave Springs along the Sacramento River. The forest around
both these areas are highly enchanted!
ADAMA said certain codes will have to be met for those desiring
contact. He liked the idea of forming WELCOMING COMMITTEES all
about the Earth in cities, towns, villages, hamlets and barrios
world-wide! And for those way out in the woods alone, wherever
they are!
The formula he gave was in the form of planting gardens in special
locations - tress, shrubs, flowers, etc., from all nations on the
face of the globe. We were informed of the possibility of planting
seeds from Telosian gardens and other gardens to represent all of
the New Lemuria. These gardens must be tended by those who can pass
the requirements of the Code of Entry as seen below. No military or
armed surveillance of this EMERGENCE PROGRAM. The Codes can be
viewed here:
http://www.thegroundcrew.com/updates/underground/020202_print.html
mil-tary or armed surveillance of this EMERGENCE PROGRAM. The Codes
can be viewed here:
http://www.thegroundcrew.com/updates/underground/020202_print.html
- and will be explained in more detail below.
Telos' Code of Entry
(1) You must have attained close to a 5th dimensional awareness
in your consciousness .
(2) You must embrace Unconditional Love for Self and for others,
as well as for all kingdoms of life.
(3) The duality consciousness will have to be unified at least
to a 90% degree.
(4) The way of harmlessness (Ahimsa, Sanskrit) will have to be
embraced in every area of your life.
(5) You will have to clear and heal your emotional body of all
negativity, past and present. This means that all past records of
pain, anger, grief, guilt, sorrows, trauma, shame, addictions,
hopelessness, low self-esteem, negative imprints, miasmas, etc,
will have to be embraced and released from your subconscious mind,
solar plexus and emotional body. Because the high energy frequency
vibration of Telos, any emotions or thought-forms outpicturing less
than divine love would be amplified over a thousand times in your
mind and feeling. We know that unless you have diligently cleared
those records, this could be traumatic and it would not be possible
for you to stay in our vibration for more than a few minutes.
(6) Six, the number of service, and the last Code for entry is:
you must have completed your seventh sp-ritual initiation to be
eligible after passing all 6 of our codes of entry. On this planet,
the Office of the Christ under Lord Maitreya and Lord Sananda,
(known as your beloved Je--s in his earth ministry 2000 years ago),
is the head of this work. Dr. Joshua David Stone's MELCHIZEDEK
SYNTHESIS LIGHT ACADEMY is the place in the Aquarian Age where you
can apply to receive these initiations at his web site at:
http://www.drjoshuadavidstone.com/
These initiations take place on the inner planes, and they take
place by how we live our daily life and unfold our consciousness
regarding all aspects of your life. Passing these initiations and
moving on to ascension and spiritual freedom has been the goal of
WESAK for thousands of years. The seventh initiation is certainly
not the end of your evolution on this planet, but our codes of entry
require for the candidate to come to Telos that he/she has attained
at least that level.
ADAMA then revealed that the steps for CONTACT and EMERGENCE will
proceed by a formula whereby FIRST WOULD BE SENT seeds of flowers
TO THE SURFACE IN GARDENS THAT WOULD BE TENDED at the stated
EMERGENCE POINTS by those who passed the entry codes. If the FLOWERS
AND SEEDS FLOURISH, then we will send up SMALL ANIMALS and if THEY
FLOURISH, THEN 3 BY 3 and|or 5 BY 5, we will send GROUPS of our
INNER EARTH PEOPLE to COME UP TO GREET THE CHOSEN SURFACE PEOPLE.
One of the first pair of G-ddesses who stand guard with
crystal-topped sacred poles, turned out to be a gardener for both
locatons selected by ADAMA - a revelation that the words he spoke
were true.
ALSO DURING DAY OF CONTACT, COMMANDER ASHTAR CAME FORTH AND STATED
THAT THE ASHTAR COMMAND FEDERATION SHIPS WILL MENTOR and monitor
PROGRESS. AND ONCE SUCCESS IS ACHIEVED, ships will begin to land in
designated landing sites that we build. We were shown the exact
spot in both Dunsmuir and Big Bend.
St. Germain CAME forth and said that at the SAME TIME - THE
ASCENDED MASTERS WILL also BRING certain Adepts INTO THEIR INNER
RETREATS WITHIN THE MOUNTAIN.
One special treat after the meeting was the meeting of an original
Adept trained by the Master R in Romania who is the Soul from which
St. Germain has come forth. The connection with the roots of St.
Germain was very special. No more may be said at this time. I do
hope those of you able, may reach the energy that was released by
this special meeting. Another result of this meeting is the
establishment of a temple of the Go-dess in New Zealand.
We were all admonished to "always remember that Love is the Key!
that will open all doors to us." Start embodying that Love that
you are and quickly propel yourselves on to the highest levels of
your pathways to your limitless spir-tual freedom. From Love we came
and to Love we now return. Adama, our Lemurian brother, and Rosalea,
our Lemurian sister and High Priestess await us on the in-side of
the Mountain.
------------------------------------

SUCCESSFUL CEREMONY ON THE LAND IN FRONT OF BLACK BUTTE !
Many shaman and Mother Nature healers and G-ddesses of Light were
there as we did a sacred ceremony to clear and purify the vortex
at Black Butte. Our Videographer said he also got some good shots
of that even though it was outside and the lighting was challenged.
Several cars then focused their headlights so the cameras could
capture some nuggets from the night service during DAY OF CONTACT
and we are told it came out wonderfully!
The video and CD videos will truly be something to cherish and
hold for a long time.
EMAILS OF APPRECIATION
The first letter came from the Minister of the Ch-rch where we
held the EVENT.
#1: Dr. Raja, I bow to you and Prof. Moira. Together you have
empowered all of us in Love. Your serving as the "mixer" for all the
different energies here in Mt. Shasta has brought out the best in
all of us. Love continued to predominate at all times Sunday
afternoon (and morning, too, of course.) I found several interested
in Religious Science and expect to be hearing from them as my own
part in following my guidance throughout the day. Found the $---,
thank you. Thank you also for how neat and clean the church was
when I entered on Monday. Please come back again to our Center -
anytime.
We welcome you.
Rev. Eleanor Richard
Chur-h of Religious Science for Sp-ritual Growth
Mt Shasta, California
#2: Greetings Raj, I AM AN EMPATH, I KNEW WHEN THE MAN ENTERED THE
ROOM HE WOULD BE A PROBLEM OR HECKLER { NO JUDGMENT CALL HERE}. I AM
ALSO A SOUL TRAVELER AND EXTREMELY SENSITIVE TO ENERGY. MAN OH MAN
THE ENERGY FLOW WAS AWESOME AT TIMES THROUGH MY CROWN CHAKRA. I FELT
LIKE MY HAIR WAS STANDING UP AT TIMES FROM THE TREMENDOUS FLOW OF
THE DIVINE ESSENCE OF PRIME CREATOR. I AM SO GLAD I CAME UP FOR THE
EVENT. I AM ALSO GLAD TO HAVE MET YOU IN PERSON.YOU GLOW LIKE A LIGHT
BULB.YOU ARE A SPECIAL LIGHTWORKER AND I CAN NEVER EVER GET ENOUGH
WORDS ON LOVE AND COMPASSION AS EXPRESSED FROM YOUR MATE TO THE
GROUP,
FOR ME, LOVE IS THE KEYS TO THE KINGDOM AND ASCENSION AND THE MAIN
LESSON FOR SOUL ON IT'S JOURNEY, IT'S EARTHQUEST. MAY THE BLESSINGS
BE, PAPA FREDOH
#3: Great event this Sunday!! Thank you!! Just for the record,
today's papers say the solar storm is the third most powerful on
record... Barbara
------------------------------------------------
ORDER "THE DAY OF CONTACT" Video & CD NOW!
So you can share in the exciting memories, teachings, and love
shared and felt.
For the First 100 orders we will give the following pre-production
sale. After November 1st. all prices will go up 15%.
We are taking orders of our professional 3-chip Super VHS video
production of the event. Available in 2 formats:
One 2 hr. video edited = $--.--
Three 2 hour videos as unedited raw footage = $--.00
And we are also producing CDs in two formats:
One 2 hr. CD edited = $--.00
Three 2 hr. CDs uneited raw footage of the entire event = $--.00
Click on appropriate selection above to order
-------------------------------------------
The Awakening Prose
Dear One, For whom we've waited, Patiently, we must add ...
Welcome!
All is well with the world. The long appointed time For which the
world had waited drew near the Earth.
And the Angels sang, The Harbingers brought Sounds of joy for all
to hear.
347 joined with us in exaltation, for the time of joy had arrived.
We took fear and threw it to the wind, For light is the way love
will descend.
Great tidings of joy and comfort came to all who attended, well,
nearly all.
Take heart, my loved ones And feel the presence That gathers
'round the Earth.
The Ancient Masters once again Await the joyous birth. For those
sensitive enough to see and hear
Great joy emerged from Heaven on 10-26-03 DAY OF CONTACT and
filled the hearts of Man.

Part 1.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Report On The Meeting Near Mt. Shasta. Part 2 of 2. Nov. 1, 2003.

This concludes the information about what happened at the meeting
near Mt. Shasta.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

The sounds are in the wind. All movement hastens homeward
As The next chapter nears when we meet them again in Dunsmuir and
Big Bend.
Take hearts and lift them upward, To your Father in the sky
He brings your elder brother To prove that none e'er die.
With joy around his presence And love within his heart He draws
together all his clan
So none shall ever part. With sounds of joy and gladness His love
surrounds the world
His love has gathered all of us, And into his heart we hurl. With
joy and love abundant,
We dance in ecstasy, With faith our Father knows our fate, We
meet out destiny.
Go softly now my young ones, till we meet again, through hill
and dale and vale.
The time's not up. The book's not writ, The curtain's yet to
fall.
The old order is rapidly changing, The ways of man are done,
All the gentleness that's staying Is the world to finally come.
Open up your hearts in gladness, Allow your heart again to shine.
Focus it upon the Heavens,
And allow His love in thine. Fill your hearts with joy and
gladness
For the rays shall stretch to Him And give Him the needed
stairway
He can once more in love descend.
Here comes the called for Savior. He shall descend on Earth,
Not into one man or woman, But into His safe home berth. And
where, my friends, is it, at Christ|Krsna|Buddha| Great Spirit
shall call His home?
Safe within the hearts of those Where love has freely shone.
Now take this message far and wide, For G-d has proclaimed it so.
The Christ in Man now can shine As elder brothers know. Take all
your outworn wisdom,
Allow it to float away ... New days, New ways, New changes Await
the coming age.
New love, New hope, New beginnings... For all who will accept.
The ancient road has led us well, Don't feel the need to tred
Where feet of old have walked the path And for Mankind have bled.
The road is new, The wisdom too. Allow it its own place. The
ancient myths foresaw this time And directed Mankind's fate. But
allow the myths to nobly die Once their purpose has been done.
For now the next appointed time is November 8th, day of HARMONIC
CONCORDANCE.

We here in the Mt. Shasta area invite you to our EMERGENCE POINT
and ADAMA requested that you all have WELCOME COMMITTEE MEETINGS in
your home town or sacred site.
Allow yourself the freedom To drop your heavy load, Your burdens
of guilt and failure...
For none of you have failed. And here at last We all have come
... Safely, we must add. Allow the tears of gladness Down your
cheeks to roll For man has come at last to grace, And Christ shall
bless us all.
So in your heart of hearts, Learn from this modern rime. The
clock's run out .. .
The ancient time shall mark the path no more. Ancient ways and
ancient days Shall only hold you back, Lay down your guilt and
suffering Lay down your shame and blame.
You failed him not ... Your train arrived At the appointed time.
We all are gathered waiting For Christ upon the Earth To turn
your hearts skyward And release you from your berth. He has entered
and is helping All those who lead the way. The time has come, The
lesson's done ...
Come learn a whole new way. Lay down your guilt and suffering For
Christ has come in you.
You all are saved, You all are through ... You all are now
Christ's too.
Turn not away, the prophecy's made ... His Word will see you
through.
Lay down your guilt You failed Him not The road is now arrived.
You led Him home
So now He too Can lead His family home. With sounds of joy and
gladness He leads you from the earth, And overwhelms your senses
With the wonders of your mirth. Great joy and gladness fill you
And carries you right away ...
The appointed day, The prophesied way, Now descend to earth.
Miss not the train that's coming For its stop is short and quick.
For all who must reach it ...
The heart now holds the trick. Look deep within your own heart -
Forget about all others.
The time has come. The old way's done. The Plan at last is come.
Within your heart the Christ is.
Seek Him out for He shall lead.
The station's ready The train draws high The Christ light now
shall lead.
Open your hearts All ye who hear,
To the joy to be received. From Go- and love In Heaven above...
Your tethers and your teachers have been freed!
Enter softly in joy For you have been expected.
------------------------------------------------

ADAMA'S PARTING MESSAGE: I ask that at this time we send out the
request to all of you to respond by letting us know if you would
like to have a meeting in your home town for the next meeting on
November 8th if you will sponsor meetings and if you world like to
come to Dunsmuir gardens or the Big Bend Hot springs STARDOVES will
facilitate the Dunsmuir and the -- will facilities the Big Bend.
Those of you who are inspired to facilitate future meetings and
gatherings, please get in touch with us. If you have messages from
your sp-rit guides, share them with us and we will add them to our
regular emails and productions to the world.
---------------------------------------
DAYS OF CONTACT ... TO BE CONTINUED!
Let us not leave the waters cold. Let us always warm our HEARTS
with LOVE, UNCONDITIONAL LOVE that will lead the pathway to the
INNER EARTH, to fulfill our DREAMS OF CONTACT FULLY ACHIEVED AS
ONE BIG BALL OF LOVE AND JOY!!
We recommend you each start a group or join 1 of the the DAYS OF
CONTACT group now being formed in your area. This group and its
meetings are designed to lead and train you step by step on what to
do to meet with the Telosians. We recommend that each group meet
weekly, bi-weekly or at least monthly. However, if you wish to work
alone or only via the Internet, you have our blessings.
So, you can live in China and still be a part of our MT SHASTA
group if you are not affiliated with a local group in your area. We
would love to see groups in Mt. Fuji for example, Mt. Banahaw in
the Philippines, and Mt. Kailash in Tibet, etc.
The Mt. Shasta DAYS OF CONTACT Group will meet weekly at Lake
Shastina Resort as long as we are in that area. Prospective dates
to be announced soon. These meetings can also take place via
Internet. For instance, we already have internet groups forming in
Italy, India, the Philippines, Mexico, Australia, New Zealand and
Canada.

These groups will be called the WELCOME INNER EARTH FRIENDS
COMMITTIE. We suggest that we all meet on a Thursday evening, to
continue the inspiration we started last Sunday, October 26, 2003.
This will be the lifeblood of your lives - teaching lessons
imparted by HIGH PRIEST ADAMA and HIGH PRIESTESS ROSALEA designed
to align you with the CODES OF ENTRY. A lesson plan will be
available from OUR RADIANT ONE very soon.
--------------------------------------------
Each WELCOME COMMITTEE GATHERING will include a Mother Nature
Shaman Ceremony for clearing and empowering. Healings for all
those in attendance who need them. Potluck of vegetarian whole
food and drink, make merry and break bread together. Chan-eling
from the Leaders of each local group, and sharing of the weekly
messages from the masters. Lesson information will be sent from
headquarters of STARDOVES will round out the weekly format. The
work will proceed as if in a Temple, for ye wilt be in the TEMPLE
OF THE NEW EARTH.
---------------------------------------
Be sure to click here if you want to attend a meeting in your
area. Or click here if you are a Leader who want to start a group
in your area - or click here if you have the room and want to
invite a Leader with a group to meet in your home. Click here if
you can see this translated into another language and have a
network to send it to in that Country.
------------------------------------------------
Pay attention to the skies THE COSMIC STORMS continue as the
Elohim Make a New Heaven and a New Earth. This is all tied into
DAYS OF CONTACT and the HARMONIC CONCORDANCE. In 1987 STARDOVES
took 12 disciples of the LIGHT to inaugurate HARMONIC CONVERGENCE
to the Yucatan, to Chi-Chen Itza and Tulum. ON NOVEMBER 8th
STARDOVES INVITE YOU TO JOIN THEM AT THE FIRST TELOSIAN EMERGENCE
POINT: THE ENCHANTED FOREST AND BOTANICAL GARDENS OF DUNSMUIR,
CALIFORNIA. Click Here to Join!
-----------------------------------
DIANNE ROBBINS BOOKS MAY BE ORDERED AT: http://www.onelight.com
-----------------------------------
For tapes or more information regarding the Lemurian Connection,
Contact Aurelia Louise Jones At Mt. Shasta Light Publishing or The
Lemurian Connection, P.O. Box 1509, Mt Shasta, CA 96067
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone] E-mail:
***@mslpublishing.com
For information about the wondrous city of Telos beneath Mt.
Shasta, and The Lemurian Connection Cha-nelings from Adama, the
high priest of Telos and several others, Books oriented to various
aspects of s-iritual advancement Visit our Web Page At:
http://www.mslpublishing.com
----------------------------------
EMAIL SENT BY STARDOVES
via MARKETING WITH THE STARS
AQUARIAN AGE PR SERVICES
http://MarketingWiththeStars.com
MARKETING WITH THE STARS AQUARIAN AGE PR SERVICES
Email Us For Information on Helping You Get Your Message Out To
More People!
Sponsoring the AQUARIAN PERSPECTIVES INTER-PLANETARY MISSION
http://STARDOVES.com
========================

Part 2 of 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Part 2 of 2.

.................
.................

ADAMA: This Day of 10-26-03 is the First Day in this never before
tried experiment with humankind so that you will be able to reach
out and touch our city below. In a few days, we will allow you to
hear clearly and distinctly sounds and words from Telos. Just as
you are Broadcasting Messages to those on the surface of your world
using electronic email, I also have ways of sending my thoughts
telepathically to all the members of our society. As High Priest of
Telos I have a clear cha-nel, you might say, too all our people and
they ARE ALL EXCITED ABOUT THIS OPPORTUNITY ON YOUR SURFACE WORLD
and are incredulous over the lack of support and understanding that
occurs amongst the general populace when one suggest having such
meetings with our people. Yet we have been living with that type of
indifference for a long time. Yet we will say much goodwill and
support has been forthcoming from the more enlightened portions of
your populace.
How many of you believe that Go-|G-ddess-born Beings live within
the interior of the Earth world? I have some announcements for you
to set the pace of revelations to be released during THE DAY OF
CONTACT. One of the greater benefits we have is our weather which
is gentle and lovely, never any hurricanes or tidal waves, etc.
Neither do we have extremes of heat or cold.
America is where we have selected to emerge first and right here
at Shasta. Then in the 4 Corners area and the Sangre de Christos,
especially around the Crestone, Colorado area. Soon America will
have weather like ours. We will bring this weather program to your
surface. Our weather is created by our Great Central Inner Sun which
we call the 'Eternal Sun of Eventide Pressure.' Thus we have a
perfectly balanced atmosphere of equal harmony to all who dwell
therein.
I know that it shocks a great many people who feel it highly
unlikely, to put it mildly, that there are beings who live inside
the Earth. Because those of you who will have assembled there on
that fateful day of October 26 - THE DAY OF CONTACT - because your
desire to KNOW THE TRUTH IS GREAT - Because you will come with
clear and open minds and loving hearts and as students wishing to
learn the TRUTH. You SHALL HAVE CONTACT! The first TRUTH I MAY
IMPART TO YOU is that there is absolutely no place in the Universe
where Self-Conscious Humans like yourselves may not go to see and
understand the Great Mysteries of the Omniverse. The second TRUTH
is that the center of the Earth is not a mass of fiery-flames.
Inside Earth's crust live Aware Human Beings so far advanced from
human surface dwellers it would boggle the imagination. As an
Ascended Master newly elected to serve on the Council of 12, which
I AM joyous to say, I have served all life at many levels of the
Universe, inside the Earth and on other planets. it is because of
my place on the Council that this Meeting is being called, if The
Truth be known. I urged the Council THAT THE TIME IS NOW and found
absolutely no resistance and everyone championed the idea.
Many of us have taught and assisted all levels of the outer
experiences of life on many planets, and in every condition
imaginable. Some planets have beings that live in the inner cores,
some in the fiery outreaches and some in the aura around the planet
and so many levels of etheric dimensions. If man can think of it,
it can and has been done - it is all one simultaneous Holy Breath.
I will take my leave of you at present, as one is approaching the
podium from far, far away. I WILL SEE YOU ON SUNDAY! My Peace do I
leave with you. I AM ADAMA.

ASHTAR: Blessings One and All! It is wonderful to Greet You on
this Fine Occasion! Just as these emails are being Broadcast to far
away places from Mount Shasta to places like Hong Kong, New York,
London, Sydney, Paris, Cairo, New Delhi, Bombay, Llhasa, Vienna,
Prague, etc., etc - we also have communication devices aboard our
ships that will BROADCAST THESE MESSAGES and the results of THE
DAY OF CONTACT to every planet in this Solar System!
Distance makes no difference to our devices. Our device will
transmit the sounds and energetics through the web to the first
Etheric Belt around the Earth. Once this happens the most beautiful
sounds and melodies can be heard as the music of the spheres. I
have commissioned another to send a message through for you, and
therefore will not take up much of your time here except to say, I
WILL BE WITH YOU ALL on THE DAY OF CONTACT. In the Light of Our
Radiant One. I AM ASHTAR.

LADY VENUS: Greetings dear ones! I bring you the sweet fragrance
of a coconut palm swept Hawai'ian beach breeze. It is the Feminine
Ray that brings a special balance to your surface world. It is good
that many of you are recognizing that now. If the entire planet but
realized that by balancing the feminine with the masculine within
each being, that this would bring Perfect Balance in every phase of
the Outer world reality. If you could but drop the FEAR, just that
one thing in your emotions, the energy feeling that it produces
would drop away from your world entirely. Because your motives are
pure you will see us on THE DAY OF CONTACT. All those whose motives
are pure and whose intentions are beneficial - on THE DAY OF
CONTACT, wonderful contact will be world-wide!
Surprise is in the skies on that day - and they | we - will be
noted worldwide! And again, we will have another DAY OF CONTACT
and each month they will increase until communicating with you
becomes a daily common place. To that And again, we will have
another DAY OF CONTACT and each month they will increase until
communicating with you becomes a daily common place. To that purpose
I stand with you and serve in the Light of Our Radiant Oneness. I
leave you with sweet essence of Pine! I AM, Lady Venus.

Click Now, email us: to join us at THE MOUNT SHASTA PROPHECIES
ARE COMING TO BEAR MEETING AND BE A PART OF THE PROPHECIES AND GO
HOME WITH SERVICE WORK TO CONTINUE TO SEE THE PROPHECIES COME TO
BEAR, OR CALL: 530-235-2979, or 505-770-5426 for reservations or+
further information. Tickets are selling out and seats may need be
moved into the next hall where a large speaker will broadcast the
message, register now to confirm preferred seating!
- YOUR STARDOVES, WHO COME TO COMFORT YOU - COMFORT & JOY!
See:
http://www.healingsounds.com
http://stardoves.com/Portal_Work_NOW!.html
http://stardoves.com/Register_Grassroots_Mt__Shasta_
Welcoming_Committee__Meetinghtml

http://stardoves.com/MEET_ADAMA.html

Part 2 of 2.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[M***@ReservoirDogs.com]

Post by John F. Winston
ADAMA: This Day of 10-26-03 is the First Day in this never before

There's a creme pie with your name on it, buddy...

============================
Mr_Blonde Presents the: "MORON OF THE MONTH" Club:
Harry Hope, WeThePopTarts, §yko D'Mann, Barbara Waker
Polybius, Kurt Knoll, Mark K, Clough, Robin Carmody
Michael Everett, kcaj, JoettaB, beber, Ray Fischer
Hogan's Goat, amigocabal, Bob Hubert, George Johnson
Dunter Powries, Tlalocelotl Tlatoani, gaffo, Mr Video
Kalun D, torresD, the entire country of France, fâhç
Wbarwell, John F Winston
============================

[C***@PasoSchweiz.de]

Post by M***@ReservoirDogs.com
There's a creme pie with your name on it, buddy...
X-Authenticated-User: Mr_Blonde
X-Root-Access: Yes
X-Mail-Sys: Lotus Notes 6.51
X-Conservative-American: Yes
X-Weapon-Of-Choice: Desert Eagle 50c
X-Moron-Stomper: Yes

Crawl back into your cave!
C.

[Derek Wilkins]

I wouldlike to say i cant speak for Jesus . For no one knows the son
except the father .No one knows the father except the son. Jesus
seperated his self from his father. THen added himself being one with
his father. He never said they were the same .

[Derek Wilkins]

like me you need to get out more

[Derek Wilkins]

that is 2 out there

[Derek Wilkins]

you definitely need a shrink.

[Nunn Ya Bizness]

I read the article about the "Shadow People " wth interest,
Now , I know who they are ,and what they are up to.
The poster states he saw them intha bathroom , and entering a linnen
closet.

?>?>?>?>>??>?>?>?>?>?>?>?>?>?>?>?>?>?

They are hired by Holliday Inn to find lost Bath Towels !
HEHEHEHEHEH

[John F. Winston]

Subject: Some Space People Are Getting Tired Of Waiting. Sept. 6, 2001.

Here is some information from a group of space people that I
normally have nothing good to say about them, but I'm going to need a
ride off of this Earth I'll probably take anyone who comes along
and offers me a ride. This information comes by way of Richard
Boylan. Some people don't like him but I've met him personally in
Sacramento and found him to be a straight shooter.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: "P.
Subject: A Cosmic Update! Important
Ok Guys ET contact time is fast approaching! Here is a message
from Richard Boylan!
Blessings C

Friends,
Tuesday evening I came into possession of some information from the
Star Visitors about past, current and upcoming events. I wish to
share a small excerpt, which I feel is timely to share and everyone
begin thinking about.
This excerpt came from some blue-skinned Visitors with classic Zeta
Reticulan appearance of large (to us) head, large slanted black eyes
and three long-fingered hands.
These Star Visitors were involved in the creation of the
mega-pyramids in Egypt, long, long before the era of the historic
Pharaohs. They used vibrations to create anti-gravity effects in
moving the huge blocks of stone, whose weight still exceeds the
ability of humans with modern echnology to lift.
The Visitors (as a federation of r-ces in contact) let it be
known that they are __most__ displeased with the gover-ments of
the (basically Group of Seven) developed countries, who persist
in maintaining the UFO Cover-Up despite Star Visitor repeated
requests to inform the populace of contact and their presence.
The Visitors are even __more__ distressed by the wars and bombings
which our supposedly-civilized population persist in. They feel
that these problems need to be addressed by them.
They have given up on trying any more to convince the major
go-ernments to end the Cover-Up.
The Visitors have also arrived at the conclusion that their program
of going directly to the civilian population by daily series of
individual close encounters is proceeding too slowly.
They are constrained by the imminence of the date of 2012, when a
time-loop for Earth will reach the end of its cycle, and it will be
necessary to retrieve people from the Earth until a new time cycle
is established. 2012 is only nine years away, and at the current
pace of individualized close encounters, the entire Earth
population will not be reached by that date. The populace of Earth
needs to be informed of the Visitors, so that they will be
psychologically and socially prepared when it is time for temporary
retrieval.
Therefore, the Star Visitors have determined that they will soon
adopt a new tactic of public close encounters.
This would mean that, for example, whole groups of people, say,
in a shopping mall, will have the experience of contact as a large
group and remember it as such.
Needless to say, this will before long cause the implosion of the
UFO Cover-Up. The Visitors indicated that they will initiate this
new strategy soon, no later than 2006, but quite possibly sooner.
(2005? 2004?)
There is more.
When the Star Visitors return, many of the population will
interpret the luminous humanoid (Pleiadean, Altairean, etc.)
Visitors as angels or saints. Further, at a certain point in the
foreseeable future, the individuals we know as Je--s and Mother Mary
will return also, along with other Great Teacher avatars.
The churches will have a lot of explaining to do, and the
distortion of original messages will be revealed. The Visitors are
working with rel-gious leaders to prepare their peoples for this
return.
Reli-ious leaders to be worked with include those of major faiths,
and of indigenous spir-tualities around the world.
The Visitors feel that the rel-gious traditions of
love-one's-neighbor will provide the proper context for the people's
experiencing the mass public return of the Star Visitors.
Thus, Public Contact will not just be an exercise in interstellar
anthropology, but a family reunion.
We do indeed live in interesting times.

Richard Boylan, Ph.D., LLC
Director, Star Kids Project, Ltd
P.O. Box 22310, Sacramento, CA 95822
[phone] (USA)
E-mail: ***@sbcglobal.net
Website: www.drboylan.com

John Winston. ***@mlode.com

[John F. Winston]

Repost.

Dear Folks: Someone asked for me to send them part 4 of the
Different Types Of Space People and I had to have all my recieved
e-mail erased by my server due to technical problems. So
I'll now send it again and hope the interested party will
get it OK.
John Winston.

Subject: Some Of The Different Types Of Space People. Part 4. Aug. 13,
2003.

This tells who caused the NE US Blackout.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

JAWAS

Another group of extraterrestrials has been termed the 'Jawas',
after their resemblance to the creatures in the film, Star Wars.
This groups is distinguished by their clothing. They wear hoods
and robes, are generally short, 3-4 1/2 ft. tall and their faces
are concealed by the shadows thrown by their hoods. There has
been reports that this species has glowing eyes.

KORENDIAN

Humans allegedly living on a colonized planet known as 'Korender'.
Perfectly 'human' in proportion yet 4-5 ft. tall on the average.
Gabriel Green described alleged contacts with this group in
publications during the late 1950's - early '60's. The accounts
published by Gabriel Green were rather fantastic, although perhaps
no less so than some other accounts. Robert Renaud is one of the
main "Korendian" cont-ctees, and he claims that they have a large
underground facility somewhere in Massachusetts. The Korendians
claim alliance with the Arcturians and are part of a massive
collective Alliance of worlds who lean more to non-Interventionism
than to direct Interventionism. (JW These are the space people
who have am underground base in the NE part of the US. They saw
that the grid system that gives us electricity could be knocked out
by triggering certain relays of more that one site. They did this
themselves and it was called the NE US Blackout. Sometime after
that we did install certain safety equipment that protects us from
such an attack.)

LEVIATHANS

Sea saurian 'sea serpents' such as the so-called 'Loch Ness
Monster'. Loch Ness has been the site of much occult or paranormal
activity including UFO activity, 'Grey' sightings, etc. Aliester
Crowlay, the Satanist-Illuminist founder of the O.T.O. or Ordo
Templi Orientis, claimed to be in contact with 'The Beast' of the
Loch. He owned a mansion on the shores of the loch and this same
mansion later became the residence of the British occultist Jimmy
Page, who not only played with the British Rock group Led Zeppelin
but also owned a large bookstore dealing with witchcraft and the
occult. Being aquatic in nature and having lost the use of their
limbs via atrophication and mutation, this branch of the "serpent
r-ce" is allegedly used for long-range 'psychic' warfare and occult
manipulation of the human ra-e.

LYRAN

Supposing that the human inhabitants of Lyra (who are said to have
a common origin with Terran humanoids) were driven out of that
system several thousand of years ago, then it is likely that some
of the present day inhabitants of the 'Lyra' constellation may be
of reptiloid descent. During the Lyran wars which are mentioned in
several 'co-tactee' accounts, a mass exodus' of humans reportedly
left the system and escaped to the Pleiades, the Hyades [which are
130 light-years from earth in the Taurus constellation], and to Vega
which is also in Lyra. This region, like our own system, may still
be a 'battleground' between saurian greys and humans.

MARTIANS

Inhabitants of the planet Mars, both human and non-human, including
the alleged inhabitants of the two Martian 'moons' (which many
believe to be artificially-hollowed asteroids, one of which --
phobos -- is said to be under the control of the "original" Greys,
or self-reproducing Greys which are the "hosts" for the Grey "clones"
which operate from various space stations that are disguised as
planetoids. (It is from these"carrier" ships that the abduction,
implantation, programming, mutilation, infiltration and other
projects are carried out against planet earth). It has also been
suggested that thousands of years ago the surface of LUNA and Mars
were much more 'habitable', that the surfaces of these bodies may
have been decimated after passing through the asteroid belt or an
~asteroid storm' (consisting of debris which 'may' have been torn
from a planet which apparently existed between Mars and Jupiter at
one time -- possibly destroyed by a close encounter with another
planetary body in the tradition of Velikovsky's theories). It is
believed that ancient 'ruins', possibly thousands of years old,
have been seen on both 'planets' and that these attest to such a
cataclysm. Refer to Reticulians.

MIB'S

Also referred to as the 'Men In Black' or 'Horlocks'. These are
apparently in many cases humans who are controlled by draconian
influences, although other 'MIB' have been encountered which do not
seem human, but more reptilian OR synthetic. The 'MIB' have been
encountered often after UFO sightings, usually intimidating
witnesses into keeping silent about what they've seen (many of the
witnesses may be 'abductees' with suppressed memories of the event).
Their 'threats' appear to be motivated by attempts to utilize
'terrorism', 'fear' or 'intimidation' as a psychological weapon
against witnesses. This 'weapon' may not only be used to keep the
human 'MIB' under control, but by the human MIB's themselves. 'They'
are often, though not always, seen in connection with large, black
automobiles, some of which have been seen disappearing into
mountains -- as in the case of one basing area between Hopland
and Lakeport, California -- canyons or tunnels or in some cases
apparently appear out of or disappear (cloak?) into thin air. Most
humanoid MIB have probably been implanted by the Draconians and are
essentially their 'slaves'. Bio-synthetic forms possessed by
'infernals' also seem to play a part in the MIB scenario, as do
subterranean and exterran societies. Sirius, at only 9+ light years
away, has been identified as a major exterran MIB center of
activity, with a subterran counterpart existing in ancient
antediluvian 'Atlantean' underground complexes which have been
're-established' beneath the Eastern U.S. seaboard.
A rac- of peaceable humans some 7-8 ft. tall, with pale-blue
skin and large 'wrap-around' eyes which are extremely sensitive to
light. They MAY be the same as the large humans allegedly
encountered on the moon by our 'astronauts' according to John Lear
and others, who in turn were silenced and not allowed to tell
what they saw. These people may, according to some accounts, be
allied to the 'Nordics' and/or 'Blondes'. They claim to be
descendants of Noah who traveled to the Western Hemisphere a few
centuries following the deluge and discovered ancient antediluvian
cavern systems and ancient technologies which of the
Ozarks-Arkansas and surrounding regions.

MOTHMEN

Largely subterranean, pterodactyloid-like hominoids with bat-like
wings. Sometimes describes as possessing 'horns' and thus are
considered very similar to the traditional depiction of the
'd-vil', according to certain individuals who have encountered them.
Although often referred to as 'Mothmen', this title might be a
little misleading. These creatures -- which have also been referred
to as the Ciakars, Pteroids, Birdmen and Winged Draco -- have been
encountered near underground systems near Mountauk Point, Long
Island; Point Pleasant, West Virginia; and Dulce, New Mexico.

NAGAS

Also referred to as the 'Reptoids', 'Reptiloids', 'Reptons',
'Homo-saurus', 'Lizard-men', or the 'Large Nosed Greys'. They play
a significant role in the legends of India and Tibet where they
are considered by some to be demoniacal residents of a subterranean
realm.. They are described as being around 7-8 ft. tall and of
various colors, grotesque, but most often moldy greenish with scaled
crocodilian 'skin'. Allegedly descended from a branch of bipedal
sauroids which existed thousands of years ago on earth and via
mutation and natural selection developed the brain-body coordination
necessary to develop a technology. Some species still reportedly
retain a visible 'tail' although much atrophied from their
supposedly extinct' saurian ancestors. Some abductees claim that
the "lizard" people resemble a humanoid version of a Velociraptor.
After a reputed battle in ancient times between a "pre-Scandinavian"
r-ce from the Gobi region and a Reptiloid ra-e based in Antarctica,
the reptilians allegedly lost the battle for domination of the
surface world and were driven into underground networks in which
they eventually developed aerial and space technology. Refer to
Agharians, Tarzissians, Dracos.

NORDIC (Wingmakers?)

Blonde, Blue-Eyed, Angular Faces. Commonly refered to as the
Elohim.

ORANGE, THE

These entities largely converge beneath southern Nevada, northern
New Mexico and possibly Utah. Some sources refer to a [1] 'human'
ra-e with stalky yellow, red or orange hair, others of [2] a
genetically-altered, humanoid-reptiloid strain or hybrid. They are
often described as having a humanoid form yet certain 'reptilian'
genetic features. They are also said to possess human-like
reproductive organs, and possibly (or not) a human 'soul-matrix',
and therefore a divergent branch of the human r-ce, or reptiloid
ra-e depending on which 'type' of Orange one is referring to, as
some accounts suggest there MAY also be [3] orange-colored
reptilians which possess no soul-matrix. Refer to 'hu-breds and
hybrids' Some of the "Orange" allegedly have connections to
Bernard's Star. These may also be the Native Amerian's Sitecah
or Red Giants.
In 1911, miners were digging out layers of bat guano froma cave
located about 22 miles southwest of Lovelock, Nevada, when they
happened upon the mummified remains which would have stood 6 1/2
feet tall alive. The mummy was still crowned with 'distinctly'
red hair. The ancient legends of the local PaiuteIndians described
a ra-e of red-haired giants who were the enemies of many Indian
tribes of the region. Go to the Greys for Orange Description.

Part 4.

John Winston. ***@mlode.com